Modding By Kaupenjoe: modelagem de tecidos para Minecraft 1-18-1

1. Introduction to my Minecraft Modding Class: Hello, I'm Nico company or a master's student for computer science and an avid Minecraft player. You might know me from my YouTube channel tutorials by Cotton joe, where I'm making Minecraft modeling tutorials. But now we're going to go even bigger. This is the microwave modeling 118, one class with fabric. Here you will learn everything you need to know to make an awesome and amazing Minecraft MOD, even absolute beginners can start by going through the provider Java introduction, which is really going to help you learn some of the fundamentals. Then we'll learn some of the simple concepts such as how to add an item, block, recipes, and even tools to my craft. After that, we will continue by looking at custom block models, custom crops, and so many other cool and interesting features. In the end, we will even tackle some advanced topics such as block entities and world generation. So what are you waiting for? Sign up for this class now, and who knows, maybe your model is going to be the next great hit. I will see you in the first lesson. 2. (Java) Installation & Download: Welcome to the fabric 118 course and here to the Java introduction. So we're basically starting off with a little bit of a Java introduction. Either if you haven't used Java at all, this is going to be very, very useful to you. Otherwise, if you already have worked with another programming language or with Java itself, then this is a very smart idea to have this as a good refresher here in the beginning. So I highly recommend going through the entire Java introduction. There's gonna be some assignments along the way as well, which you can do to further basically solidify the concepts that we are going to be discussing in this introduction here. And there's going to be a few prerequisites that we're going to need. The first one is going to be a JDK. Jdk is a Java Development Kit, and they come in different flavors, so to speak. But what we're going to use is the one from adopt him here, and we're going to need to use 16. So JDK 16 in this case, this is called tamarin 16. And I have linked this in the resources basically that you can download this. This makes sure that you select your operating system and your architecture. So for me, this would be Windows and 64 bit architecture. I highly recommend downloading the MSI here because that's basically just installer, which then installs the JDK onto your machine like basically any other program, really. Well, just install that normally like you would any other program, and then we can proceed. Once you've installed the JDK, we will also need an IDE. And IDE is an integrated development environment, which in our case we're going to be using IntelliJ idea. This is, I found absolutely a great tool to be using for this, we can use the community version which is free and built on open source, which is pretty much includes everything that we would could ever want or need. So definitely make sure that you choose the community version here. Once again, also just download the EXE if you're on Windows, and like you've maybe seen here, you can also Trick check here if you're on Mac or Linux, basically switch over and install them as well. And also just install this like you would any other program as well. And then once that is installed started and then we can proceed. When you open intelligence for the first time, a window similar to this will appear for you as well. Now it's gonna look a little bit different, but it will have these three buttons, The New Project button with the Open button and the get from VCS button. Upon clicking the New Project button, you can see a new window will appear. What's important is we want to select the new project right here. Here we can just name it whatever we want. So for example, Java introduction, you can choose a location right here using the language Java Build System intelligence and the JDK being 16 for our purposes here for the Java introduction, the sample code has to be checked by them. With this done, we can click the Create button and then a new window will appear. Now firstly, what we actually have to do in the newer versions for intelligence, they changed some stuff. I'm unsure why that is the case, because they actually do tend to change a lot of stuff which is kind of annoying. But our main class right here, so you can see this main, if I double-click on this, it will open. You might have opened for you already. That's fine as well. Now, in going forward, it's actually going to be in some packages. So we actually have to do this manually for our case here in this case, but that's gonna be fine. But we just right-click the source folder so you can see source right-click new package. And then we're gonna, I'm gonna call this net. And then on this net I'm going to right-click new packet and I'm going to call this help. And Joe, now you just gonna call it whatever your name is. Basically you're going to have net and then your name, for example, I'm going to drag the main class into it, say Refactor, and then we're gonna be fine. Then you have this package up here as well. This is very important because there's an upcoming lectures. We're going to have this as well. Now if this displays differently to you, it might be the case that it actually looks kind of like this. I'm going to show you just for a second that it sort of compacts here, net dot count Joe, all in one line. If that is the case, you can go to this gear right here. To tree appearance, height, MT, middle packages, you can de-select that and also flattened packages also deselected. And then you're going to have exactly the same thing as we have right there as well. Now we're going to continue with Pascal and Joe for the rest of the lectures. So in this case, what we're going to have is the, we're gonna have something called main here and another main here. And then this is a common where it says write your code here. Now we're not going to write code in this first In lecture right here. We're going to start basically immediately in the next lecture. This is really just the setup. So overall, this is pretty much all that we need to do. All of the code is always going to be available in each lecture. So in each lecture you're going to find a resource link or you're going to find this basically linked somewhere where you can have either the GitHub repository. So all of this is going to be saved in a GitHub repository. And each lecture is going to be a individual, basically an individual branch there. Or you also have individual jurists where each of the different, each of the code, everything of the code of this lecture is also linked there as well. So no worries there. Everything can be accessed before you can even take a look at this because of course, some people, they would rather have the code in front of them and then change it a little bit. Some people just want to code it, like while I'm coding it. And that's totally fine. Both approaches are absolutely basically valid in this case. But for the time being, this is basically it. So all of the code will be available and hopefully you've made it to this point. And then see if once the next lecture starts, you can see whether or not everything has worked there. But that would beat for this lecture right here. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 3. (Java) Datatypes: Welcome back to the Java introduction for a Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be talking about datatypes. So we're starting very, very slow. The idea is that in programming, we can save things in variables. Now, what those things are, right? There's different types of data. And basically in this lecture we're going to go through what types of data they are, basically meaning the datatypes. So there are a few different types of data types like even going further. And the first one would be the numerical types, basically how to save numbers. There's a bunch of different datatypes here. So there's an integer, there's a float and the double. So those are the ones that are mainly used. I'm going to talk about those in a bit. So you can see first of all, when you create sort of a new variable, which is, you can think of that as a container that contains a certain value. And the type of value is determined by, in this case here, the first word, you can see that it's actually even marked in orange. That is not always going to be the case. This is only going to be the case with primitive data types. But what those are we're going to see in a little bit in a later lecture basically. And you can see that this is called a number. This is the name of the variable and then the value is 42. Now, an integer, like I said, is a particular type of datatype, a numerical data type, which is a whole number. So this can only save whole numbers or integers. And the actual range that it can save, it goes from negative 2 billion to plus 2 billion as you can see. So this is basically the numbers that you can save that can be stored in one integer. That's the idea. And then there's float, or when you need a comma. Now, what's very interesting with floats and doubles that are almost the same thing, not quite, but almost the same thing. They're both floating point numbers. And the idea is that this is actually not stored like this, is actually stored like scientific notation. You might have seen this before somewhere. And this is something like 1.412 times ten to the four would then be 14,120. And basically in this notation here, the floating point numbers are stored. And what's important with a float when using those, they have seven decimal point precision, meaning that you can have seven numbers. It doesn't matter whether or not they're left or right of the decimal point, but seven numbers and then they're going to be precise, and after that it's going to get rounded. This is also why usually you don't want to save very, very, very precise things in floats. So for example, if you have like ten thousands or a 100 thousands of a Bitcoin, something like that. That should definitely not be saved in a float because that could be very easily get rounding error. So those are floating-point rounding errors. Those are very common. Now a double is a little bit better in that it has 15 decimal point precision. However, still they might be, it might still lead to some rounding issues. So that is something to be aware of. Usually in most cases, for example, in our case, this really doesn't matter. So if you have a float, usually that can represent, for example, you have certain block positions in the world written this something between those block positions because of course a block is not like a single point in space as like a little bit of a gradient there. And then there's a little bit of a rounding thing that's going to be totally fine. And that's also probably one of the reasons why if you go like millions of millions of blocks in one direction at some point, the world gets really messed up because floating point errors and stuff like that. So that is probably also one of the reasons. Now there are some other numerical types which are not used as often, at least personally, I've not seen it as often. A lot of people might say, Well, I mean that's not quite right. Of course, you need to be aware of these, but usually I have not seen those used as often anymore. To a byte is eight bits and it can store numbers from negative 128 to 127. So this, I'd call this a tiny number because it can basically only store a certain amount of values. Basically here in this case, a short is a small number which can store between negative 32000 and plus 32000. And then on the other hand is a long which as you can see, can store it from negative nine quadrillion to like positive quadrillion nine quadrillion, which is Bree, that's that's pretty staggering. That's a lot of like that's a very big number, usually, very rarely used. Like I said, from what I can tell, an integer is the most common number for a whole number. And then floats or doubles are used for, well, basically decimal numbers or something like that, right? The next data type of bracket are going to be the Booleans. This is sort of the logic. So what you can think about is, well, we have a boolean, a boolean and either be true or false. So it can either be one or 0. This can be represented in one bit because a bit, if you know or not know, can either be 0 or one, That's the only two possible values that it can take. So this is pretty much the same. It can either be true or false. So are these great videos, will I do hope so. So that's true. And it's this HTML. Well, that is, hopefully you didn't think that because that's false actually. So that's sort of the Boolean stuff. And the logic is actually incredibly powerful like the entire logic field. Because of course, the entirety of all of our computers and operating systems and all of that is all based on binary code. And in theory, booleans are nothing but binary code, right? Because a true is a one and a force is a 0. So sort of the same laws apply in that sense. You can think of it as that, but overall Booleans, likewise with integers, we're going to take a look at those in a little bit more detail in the future. But I definitely wanted to introduce you to those. In the third and last sort of big bracket here, our characters and strings to a character, as you can see, score a char. And this is a single character, so this is marked with these single, single quotation marks here. And this can store a single character and special characters regulate commerce. So I can put a comma in here, that's fine. I can put a dash in here, like a hashtag, the plus symbol star, that's all fine. Oh, well, I can even put in a space and it works. However, what I can't do is I can put two characters in here, then it's not going to work because two characters or multiple characters next to each other is called a string. To a string, like I said, is basically just a sequence of characters. And this is marked with a normal quotation marks. So double quotation mark here and double quotation mark here. And as you have probably seen, the end of every line always has the semi-colons. Those are also very important here. And that's sort of the idea. So you have characters which are singular, singular characters and an, a, a string of characters is a string. So that's sort of the idea here. And then at the very end, I wanted to mention something that we're going to definitely see in the future as well, which is null, the null keyword. So you can see that this string test is equal to the value of null. Now what's very important is that null is not 0. It's literally empty, like it has no value. Though. This is sometimes in the beginning, especially a little hard to really get across the distinction between what I don't understand, no value. What does that mean? Well, it just has no value is undefined, so to speak. It is non-existent. Write this test like while it sort of is defined here, it's not, it doesn't have a value, it's null. And we're definitely going to look at that and see that in a later lecture as well. So no worries there if that is a little bit confusing, no worries. The rest should be at least fairly understandable in the sense that, okay, we have some buckets, we can think about that, some containers in which we can save some values. And depending on what type of value they are, we have to write different things in front. So that's sort of the general idea I wanted to get across here are the data types. Otherwise, I hope that this was useful to you and you learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 4. (Java) Java Syntax: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft Martin. And in this lecture we're going to take a look at how to read code. Or I'm also going to call this maybe Java syntax. So the idea is first of all, and this might, some of you might have already been like wait a second. It's been ignoring all of this up here. What is this? First of all, we're going to calm down as we're going to have to start building up some more fundamentals before we talk about everything that happens up here. For the time being, what I recommend is you just ignore this. The only thing that we really care about is that this early bracket here. And then if I actually put my cursor there, you can see that this one lights up everything. First of all, right, now has to happen between these two curly brackets. That's all that we're going to care about. We don't care what this means. We don't care what this is, what all of those public, static, void, main, string, all of that, no worries at all. We're going to figure all of this out in the future lectures that are to come for the time being. We're going to figure this basically inside here. That's our main prerogative at the moment, though, first of all, code is read from top to bottom. And that's interesting. Well, yes. So this is also why we have these lines here, which is very useful, can be very, very useful in determining arrows. We can say, Hey, you have an issue there in line 18. You look at it online. 18, There it is. Okay. Fair enough. That's very useful. And usually there are, of course, exceptions to the rule. But in general, you read from top to bottom. Now if you have a two slashes here, then you have a single line comment. And if you have this slash, star and star slash, and you can have multi-line comments. So that's also something to be aware of. And The, There's a few different things that you can do when you have a variable, right? So we're back to variables. And we've seen those of course, right? Different datatypes. And variable was sort of like a bucket or a container in which we could store a value of a certain type and we have to specify this. So when you declare a variable, then declaring a variable means that you declare the data type of that variable and the name of the variable. And note once again that all lines end with a semicolon. This is normal. So every line, every instruction ends with a semicolon. This is by the way, also very interesting because I could in theory, right? Another one. So in x and I could just do this. Well, this doesn't quite work because we're all using this day 0. So y, for example, I could do this as well. This also works because this is a single instruction, so it doesn't necessarily have to be every single line. And basically doing this also would work even though there is a two lines. And by the way, this is like a horrendous thing. This is like formatting that is of the devil. Don't ever do something like that. But whatever the case may be. So it doesn't necessarily be lines always, but it's in single instructions. That's sort of idea. And you will usually saying that every line has to end with a semicolon is a good start. Basically that's a good start. It doesn't always be the case, but it is usually the case. Now, this is declaring a variable and then we can also assign a variable a certain value. And this is what we're doing here. We've already declared this. So if I now exists somewhere in the ether of the program, let's say, and now we say I is equal to 30. So we have now assigned a value to this variable, okay? Now we can do both at the same time, declaring and assigning a value, which is then index equals 10. And this would be called initialization or initializing this variable in this case. And that's very interesting. Usually people don't throw these terms around necessarily. It's just something to be aware of a little bit. Okay, I've declared this variable, now I've initialized it here, I've assigned this variable, so it's just something sort of the terms here should be, at least store it in the back of your mind. That's the most important bit here. And then there's a possibility of accessing variables or methods. We have talked about methods yet of certain variables or objects. We also don't quite know what objects are yet, but we're going to figure that out in the future as well. But for example, if we have a string, we can actually get the length of the string. So how many characters are in that string by doing dot and then something after it. So if I put this in, you can actually see that enormous amount of stuff is thrown at me as a suggestion, knowers at wall, we're going to look at those things in a future lecture as well. For the time being, we just know that the dot operator also makes us able to access certain variables or methods of a, another variable. That's sort of what we should store for the time being. And then the actual application of this we're gonna see in a later lecture to a far, far, for greater extent and in way more detail than this. But for the time being, this is sort of the general gist on how to read code here. Like I said, this is of course not exhaustive. This is not everything, but those are sort of the main things I wanted to get across for the time being. So you have the idea of declaring a variable, assigning a variable, and then doing both at the same time and then accessing something with the dot operator. And most importantly, that this year school should be ignored and all this should be ignored and everything just in between those curly brackets should really be paid attention to for the time being. But like I said, we're going to venture out of this, these curly brackets avenged, but that will be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 5. (Java) Output & Input: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at outputting things and inputting things. So this is both outputting something to the console as well as reading something in from the user. So we're basically storing to supercharge our ability to actually do something. And the first thing that we're going to do is we're just going to output Hello world because this is something that every programmer learns at the very first time. And this is what we're gonna do. So we're going to type in a system. And you can see that some things are actually being suggested for us. We're just going to write it this out system with a capital S, very important out, all lowercase and then print line, print LN. And then we're going to make a first open parenthesis. The closing parentheses should generate automatically. And then we can just go here and put in a semicolon. Now this is Oregon. We're going to be fine here. However, we now want to put something into the parentheses and that is going to be output. Now we have to make this a string. Therefore, we're going to type in the basically quotation marks here. And then the second quotation marks should generate automatically as well. And then we can type in hello world. So as simple as that. And now to actually start this program, we go up here, ensure that this is all fine. This should look pretty much exactly the same. And we're just going to click this Run button. And then after a few moments, you have helloworld. If this was the first time you have ever run a program where you have first literary starting to program in this moment. And this is the first time you've run this. And everything here says hello world and this says process finished with exit code 0. Congratulations. I'm not even being like I'm not being, I don't want to be patronizing here because this is actually a step that every programmer goes through. At some point, they're going to write a Hello World program and they're going to be like wait a second, I can make things display that I1. So I could, for example, say hello students. And you're going to be like, way that can't be the case. I can just do that. Yes, I can just run this. If I actually run this properly, There you go. Let's run this Hello students. And now it says Hello students, no worries at all. So as you can see, this is actually really, really freaking cool and this is going to be supercharged even more because now let's say we have an integer variable x, which is equal to 10. Well, why don't we just output this once again system and I can start writing this. And you can see that this is sort of like has sort of a selected rate is sort of highlighted, so to speak. And when I press the tab key, it actually auto-completes. So I can write this very quickly. So you can see out as also already, basically is a suggested here and then dot print line as well. And I can just put the x in and look at this. Everything works and sometimes goes very quickly. So you can look at this like this, well that's so much for that, right? So system out print line, you can see how fast that sometimes works. No worries though, I'm going to try to make this, especially in the beginning here, a little bit slower so that everyone can be basically keep up. And well, we can just put in the x here, so the variable inside of these parentheses and then the value is being output. That's really cool, isn't it? Where you have the ability to actually output something that's in a variable. And now we're going to go even crazier. So once again, System.out, print line. Once we can just auto completing it with the Tab key. And now I can say something like outputting some value. And now look at this. I can go beyond the string, right? Make a plus x. No errors whatsoever. Everything looks fine. What is going to happen now? Well, look at this now. Outputting some value and then the value of the variable is going to be output there. So that is pretty frequent, sick if I do say so myself. That's actually really cool. Another question comes in, well, how can we read something in from the user? Now this is a little bit more complicated. Usually, this is something, you know, it's sort of a, I would say, semi limitation of Java. It's kind of a bummer that it is complicated, but no worries to what we're going to write is the following. We're going to write scanner and then just space everything when something turns red here, no worries at all. We're going to keep calm. Everything is fine. Then scanner in small equals a new. And then once again scanner in with a big S with a capitalist inside of the parentheses. So we're going to make parenthesis System.in. And I'm ending this with a semicolon. Now both the scanner here and the scanner here should be ready. That is totally fine. What do you have to do is you have to click on this and press Alt and Enter to import this up here. So like I said, usually we want to ignore all of this, but we can make one little peak up here. So you can see import Java util scanner that this is basically imported. So that's no worries at all. You can, if this is important while you're writing this, because when you press the Tab key, when you write scanner, this might be important automatically, no worries at all. Just making sure that this is the correct, well, phrase, so to speak here. And that this is written like this. We're not going to worry about what this means. What are we doing here? None of that, we're just going to know, okay, we need this in order to read something in. So then we're gonna say system out, print line, type in your username, something like this. And then what we're gonna say, we're gonna make a new string variable called input. And we're going to make this equal to scanner. That. Next. There you go. Okay, So next, as you can see, has to be written like this. So we have to put in next and then open and closing parenthesis. And then that's fine. So this is now going to save whatever we're going to type in to the console in this variable here, and then we can do something with it. For example, we're just going to immediately outputted again. So system out print line, your username is, and then we're just going to say input. So just for the, we're testing this basically. So let's store this. And what we should see is a lot of students tend outputting some value. And you can see that first of all, the program doesn't end automatically because it's waiting for our input. So let's just say this. Well, my username is count Andrew. I'm going to press Enter and then you can see your username is. So that is a pretty cool like when you think about it. And this really also starts where you can just play around with this a little bit. You know, you have some intractability with the PC. You can now actually talk to the PC, so to speak, which is really freaking cool. So this is one of the first step. I very much a, basically would just advise you to try out a bunch of stuff here, just typing some stuff in, typing some stuff out. It actually can be really fun, but we're of course going to use this in future lectures and the coming assignments as well, where we basically are going to read stuff in evaluated and then do things depending on what the input is. So that's all pretty cool. But this, for now, is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 6. (Java) Errors & How to Deal with them: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at some errors and how you can ask for help when you get these errors. So first of all, we're basically starting with some pre-done code again right here. But no worries. This is of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or as an individual just as well. And this is very interesting. So first of all, we're basically can uncomment some lines to find some errors. The first error we're going to have is the java cannot find symbol error. And that basically, how are you going to see this is hey, something is red inside of the code. For example, I'm just going to uncomment this and you're gonna see that a2 31, basically a variable we're trying to access or reference is not actually existing. So this is going to be red. Now, this might be something that you haven't noticed. So red is also going to be like underlined here and in the main class appear and you're going to have a problem symbol and a problem there. So there's gonna be a lot of signs here, but you might actually just not notice this, which is totally fine. So if you then still run your program, what you're going to be greeted with is this. So the first thing to say is when you get an error, don't worry at all. Honestly, getting an error in the beginning might seem very daunting and you might be getting nervous. Let's say, Don't be nervous at all. Getting errors is actually something that is sort of expected when you're programming to have something work the first time around actually gets you very suspicious because it's very rare that when you're working on some code that it works at the first time running it. So please, first of all, always remained calm when you get an error. There's nothing like this. No shame in that whatsoever. You haven't done anything wrong and you will always be able to fix it. So this arrow, in this case, it says, like I said, java cannot find symbol. It actually says to us what the variable here is and where it is located. And if you take a look at the very top here, you can actually see this 1128. And that actually means this is at line 28, at character or other line 11, character 2008. So this is actually really freaking cool. So we can immediately find where this arrow is and can say, Okay, I've made a typo there or I forgot to make a variable, something like that. This would be this arrow right here. The second thing that you might run into at some point is exception in thread main, Java, Lang, NullPointerException. So this means that something is null, meaning that it doesn't have a value. For example, we have a string variable right here. And we set the value to null, which I already told you about is means that it doesn't have value. It doesn't pretty much exist. Now if we were to now try to call the length on this, this of course doesn't make any sense because the length of nothing is also nothing like you can't call a length on something that doesn't exist, meaning we're going to get a NullPointerException. So this looks kinda like this. And this would be called the stack trace. So a stack trace in like layman's terms, just in general. So you know, what it is about is basically what code has been called up until this point, until the error has occurred. And you can see that this happened at cotton domain main and then 16. So we can actually click on this and it will give us the exact line and sometimes even the exact piece of code where this has happened. So this is the NullPointerException. This is something that happens routinely even with advanced developers, that sometimes you forget to initialize something. Sometimes you just call something in the wrong order, you forget to call a method that is something that happens all too often. Once again, nothing to worry about, but that is the null exception. You can usually fix this by properly assigning a variable. And then the last thing that's not really like an exception, but we've seen this here as well. So this is this process finished with exit code one, or sometimes it might also say finished with non-zero exit value one, something like this. Or it could also be something different than 1, 13042, whatever. So it could be some number that is not 0. That's the most important thing. That means that there is an error. You should never post only this. If you only post, hey, I got an arrow and you post-process finished with exit codes 0 or finished with non-zero exit value. Everyone knows that you don't know Java. Now that's not an issue of course, because you have to start somewhere. But this just if someone wants to help you, right? So for example, if you were to go into the Q and a and you're like, Hey, my you know, I have an arrow and it says this. If you post this, first of all, I'm going to know that you probably haven't watched this Java introduction, which is of course finds your own decision. However, what I also will notice that this is not, this doesn't give me any value at all. This just tells me there has been an error. That's it. That's all that this says. If the exit value is not 0, then that's just means there was an error somewhere. I don't know what the error is. I don't know what the exception was. I don't know anything. Meaning that I will actually have to ask again. It can just be a little bit frustrating because then you have to ask again, Hey, can you show me the error log is there are some output there. Just put the arrow in there as well. Usually when you have an error, It's better to give too much information rather than too little. So that's usually the case. It's not always the case. Like don't just drop like 80 different files on someone that wants to help you or in the Q&A, something like that. But usually you should have something like this, right? An exception and error, some type of log something which says a particular thing like this exception. You might have an exception somewhere, something like that. So that should be like the thing you want to look out for. That's just something that I wanted to give you, which can be very important. Rubber that is already it. So this is sort of the, just a general overview of those errors. And of course, don't hesitate to ask if there are arrows. If you get arrows along the way and ask for help, that's totally fine. I just wanted to mention, especially this year because it can be frustrating, not only sometimes for me because of course, then have to ask a follow-up question. And then depending on how long that's going to work and maybe you just look for that. And another answer didn't come in like 20 minutes, so you have to go do something else and then it takes a long time. So that can be sometimes a little bit frustrating. Well, whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 7. (Java) Integers, Arithmetic & Math Methods: Or I will come back to the Java introduction here for the Minecraft modern cores. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at integers. We're going to be looking at math, and we're going to be looking at arithmetic operators. Now those are all very big words. However, I am sure that we will manage. The first thing that we're gonna do is we're going to initialize two integers. This is going to be int x equals 100 and int y equals 20. So up until this point, everything should be fairly clear. Overall, this is just, these are two variables, x and y. They have the value 120 respectively. They are both integers. So we started with the board int. So that should be fairly straightforward. And we will also have an integer called a result. Now we're going to actually just declare this variable without actually assigning any value to it, because we're gonna be using that in the following ways. The first thing that we're going to take a look at is addition. So those are basically arithmetic operators, addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and then there's a fifth type, which we are going to be taking a look at in just a moment. So the result here of addition is of course going to be x plus y. So that shouldn't be too crazy. We're just going to in x in here. And this operator, x in from the left. A, an integer could also be a float. So that also would work. So both of those, both of these, if X and Y, when both the floats would also totally work. Now this, of course then the result would also have to be afloat. Very important. Think about that. We're gonna see one example in a future lecture of that as well. Like if you start to mix those, but that should be fairly sensible. We simply put in the plus symbol and then basically we're going to add x plus y. So let's do system out, print line and then print the result just so that we're going to see, well, this should be a 120. Let's see. And of course it is a 120. Everything working perfectly fine. We can of course, also use a subtraction, right? And what I'm going to do is I'm actually going to let all of this right? So I'm just going to drag my mouse over here and then press control C to copy all of this for my mouse here, control V to paste it in. I usually do something like this just so that, you know, it's a little bit easier because this is of course very much duplicate in this case. Now for subtraction, you probably guessed it. We just have to put a minus sign in here. And then all of a sudden we're subtracting y from x, meaning that this should be 80. And of course it is AD totally fine. And let's actually copy off of these like completely. I'm once again going to select this control C and then Control V right here. And then we're also going to take a look at multiplication and of course, the vision as well. So multiplication is going to be a star right here. And then division is just a slash. So this should be fairly sensible, nothing to be too crazy. Overall. Those are just the normal ways that you basically would well calculate stuff. So that's pretty much it. Let's just go through C 2005. That is actually all fine. And now the question becomes, well, what is the fifth type? Or the fifth type is actually the remainder. So this is also sometimes called the modulo operator. That's in like actual mathematical terms. But for us, it's the remainder operator and that looks like a percentage sign. So for example, we could say 20 remainder two, which would of course be 0. So if we're just going to copy this once again, Control C, control V, This is going to be 0 because when we divide 20 by two, then there is no remainder left. So this is a very good way actually of taking a look at whether or not a particular number is even or odd. So that's actually pretty cool. And those are the five arithmetic operators. A fairly straightforward all things considered. How often are they use? Well, I mean, you're going to use some math inside of the entire programming thing. Whether or not be in modeling or in programming in general, there is some math associated with it, of course. So these things are definitely important to have seen before. And then the last thing we're going to look at here is going to be the math methods. Now, first of all, we're not going to worry about too much trouble. Well, it's a method. Well, you can think of that as a particular function. So for example, Let's make a call this math. So you can see if I type in math, you can see Java Lang and get that suggests it. And then if I put in a dot, I have, I get suggested a whole bunch of things that I can call. And there are things, for example, like the max method right here, where absolute, right. So I can call max here and I can say x, y. And then it's going to return me the maximum value of each of these, which of course in this case it's going to be a 100. But we should see at the very end here at a 100 pop-out they ago. So actually fairly straightforward. And then let's just actually duplicate this for the sake of arguments or Control D to duplicate that. And let's get the absolute value of, for example, let's say minus 500, which would be 500. So In Math, like a mathematics, it is written like this. So maybe you've seen something like that before with these like absolute lines, so to speak. And that then turns into 500 because we don't really care about the sign that is in front of it. So we're going to see as 500 as well. And as I've said, there are a bunch more stuff in here, like as you can see, this seal. So you can basically round up, round down. You can get the cosine, you get some exponents. So you can put something to the power of e logarithm 10. There's some crazy stuff in here, rounding random Even, even at random, there's even like constants like e and pi. So there's a bunch of stuff in here. Usually, It's very rarely that you need to use. A lot of them are especially something like the max and the Min method and the absolute method sometimes are actually quite useful. And it's good to have seen this before, this so that you don't like when you run into this, when you may be looking at some GitHub repositories of other modes or just cold in general from other people. And they use something like this, then you're not completely caught off-guard, right? But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 8. (Java) Assignment Operators: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be looking at assignment operators. Now we've seen the normal assignment operator, which is the equal symbol. And there's actually a very interesting thing for this, because this is actually sort of a sided operator, right? So we're going to assign the right value that the left variable. So we couldn't just type in something like, for example, 30 equals y. That doesn't work, right? We actually have to have it in a particular order in that case. Now that well, is that going to be the lecture? Is that it? No, of course not. There are some specific, very interesting assignment operators that, well, you know, you require the arithmetic operators to sort of understand. But what we can do is of course we can say x, for example, equals x plus y, right? So we're just adding y to x in this case. And then writing that back into the variable x, that totally works. That's not going to be an arrow, that's totally fine. However, we could also write this in a little bit of a nicer way, and that is going to be x plus equals y. So that also works right here. And that's actually really cool thing. So this is where this is amazing. Oh, this is very much like easier than this. And usually it's also a little bit easier to understand. Now if this does actually confuse you more than this, that's totally fine. You will, however, have to take a look at the assignment operators, especially if, for example, if you take a look at other people's code, they just might use only these and not this long way of writing it so that you have to be aware of that. So even though you might not be using some tools that we're talking about here, is all of this are basically tools, rights to program. You still have to know about them to read code that other people might, right? So let's actually just print out the, the variable x here, and then let's just go through the rest as well, right? So we're going to select this, copy it and then let's just, you know, just paste it in like five times. So what can, of course do a minuss equals. We can also of course do times equals. We can also of course do like Ned, like divide equals. And then at the end we can even do remainder equals. And that I've never seen before like that is really something that is probably a very, very specific like moment where this is, has to be cold. But let's just see if this works. Of course it does work totally fine to start with a 140 because we've added 20 here, right? So we're starting here with 120. An adequate again is a 140, and then subtracting it is a 120 and then times 20 is 2400 and then divided by 20 is 100120 again, and then dividing or remaining it is of course 0 because we can divide a 120 by Wendy perfectly, which would of course be takes exactly. That's very good, Very well done. So if I however, now just wanted to add one to it, right? So maybe I just want to do something like this. X equals x plus 1, right? But just want to add it by one. This would be called incrementing or an increment x by one. Well, I mean, of course we could just write this as well, right? We can just do this. Yeah, of course, that would also work totally fine. But there's even an easier way that we can do this. And that will be x plus plus. Look at this. This is pretty crazy. So we go from here to here, but that's actually how crazy that can be. And let's just print this out. And then of course, you know, x minus minus, of course also works. That would be decrementing it. So this is, let's just keep it for a bit here. Platelets, so increment, incrementing, and then also this would be decrementing. So basically we're just adding one or we're subtracting one. Let's just take a look. We start at 0 right here. Adding one, adding two is two or adding another one, right is 23. And then we're printing it out and then decrementing it, and then we're back at 2. So that's sort of the general idea here. Those are the assignment operators and then also incrementing and decrementing Europe, which is kind of important as well. But those two are going to be seeing a lot, especially these X plus plus and x minus minus. Those are things that are definitely used very often in certain capacities, let's say inside of the code. But that would already be for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learned to the New. And I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 9. (Java) Booleans & Comparison Operators: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at a Booleans and comparison operators. Last time we looked at integers, and now we're going to move on and look at Booleans. So the Booleans in general, we can remember this from the second lecture, are basically a datatype that can either save a true or a false. So for example, we're going to make a new boolean here. For example, likes the lectures, lectures major that is written correctly, and this is of course true, Let's hope so. And let's also make a boolean, which is, for example, asked question. And let's just make this false for the time being, maybe that turns true later, but for the time being, that is false. So we remember Booleans, like I said, a true or false, 1 or 0, that is the idea. And we can even print this out, right? For example, we can say you have, or you like these lectures. Let's say you like these lectures. Who likes these lectures? And then I can press Control D to duplicate this. And for example, you can say, you have asked a question in the Q&A. So I could, for example, say this. And then instead of like the lectures, I can say ask questions. If I were to do this, then what we're going to see is just true and false, basically just like a string outputting, they're totally fine. Okay, so that's the sort of idea of Booleans, right? True or false, Fair enough. But now what are comparison operators? Well, let's think about this comparison operators, right? Well, there's a few of them. And the idea of comparison operators that of course, well we're going to compare two different values to each other. And that is going to return a Boolean because of course, if we compare something, for example, we could say bigger than right? So we have something that's bigger than something else, then of course, it's either going to be true or false, right? If I'm going to say, hey, I have an apple that's like the size of a baseball. Like okay, fair enough. And then I have an apple as a sizable like a football. Well, obviously the size of a football is bigger, so there's going to be like a true under this. There's also a bigger or equal. There's also equals, there's not equals. They're smaller than and smaller or equal to. So those are the comparison operators. We're not going to look at every one of them individually. And we're going to take a look at a little bit. So the actual example we're going to be looking at is, for example, you have a score at, or maybe you made an exam, right? You wrote an exam and your score is 98. Well, thank you very much. That is a very good score and it's actually actually your score day, you go in. Then you can say, well, we could write in a Boolean that is called past class, right? And you pass this class when exactly. We can think about this. Well, of course you need at least 50 points. Let's just say for the sake of argument here, you need 50 points to pass this class. Well, it's very easy. You can just say your score has to be bigger or equal, 50. Does that make sense? So that should make intuitive sense. All things considered is it this would be true in our case, of course, but if your score changes, then the answer here changes, right? Because as soon as this is no longer leg, if it's 49, you no longer pass the class, right? So that should be thought of fairly self-explanatory. So we can even just print this out. So just system out, print line, let's say for example, you asked, let's just put this in so and then pass class, right? So we're gonna get a true if it's true and a false if it's not. And we can even say something like with your score plus points, something like that. We can say this. And if I now run that and see you pass true with 98 points. If I were to put this to 49, which of course, in this case now is no longer true. So no 49 is no longer bigger or equal than 50. Well, this now will return a false. You will see, there you go. You passed false with 49 points. Let's keep this as 1998 DOE. And let's think about this as well. So let's took another idea here. So we can also have a boolean, for example, has perfect score, right? And this could be then be equal to your score is equal to a 100. This is the equals operator. Very important that those are two equal signs. And that's something that sometimes people get confused on knowers at all. One equal sign is the assignment operator where we're assigning a value to a variable. And two equals signs is the comparison operator where we're comparing whether or not this value of this variable here is equal to the value of this one. And that's very important. And here of course, this is false. As of course 98, not equal to a 100. That should also be fairly straightforward overall. And we can even do something like this that's very interesting. We can even negate something. So this is basically this the declamation mark here, though. We can also say something like, hey, we pass the class here, and then we can make another Boolean that's called failed class, failed us. And this can be equal to, well, not pass class, right? So we just negate whether or not we pass the class. And of course that, that makes sense. So if this is a little confusing, you're write it out, like actually write a writer text. If failed class is true, has class is false, of course. So those always need to be opposite of each other. So we can always just negate this. This could also be an idea. So negating year is of course, negating basically meaning the two put the exclamation mark in front, means that true turns to false. And then if it is false, it turns to true. It returns true then right? That's sort of the idea. Comparison operators. You can also think of this. They return a comparison operators. You can think of it like this. When we had a plus rating, we took in an integer on the left, plus integer on the right and return an integer. Again, it makes absolute intuitive sense. You don't even think about it when you're, when you're working on mathematics and calculating stuff. When you do 5 plus 5, like of course it's going to return it to 10, which is a number. Well, the comparison operator is pretty much the same. You just put in, for example here an integer and an integer, and you return a Boolean. That's all there is to it. But the only thing that really changes is the return type, so to speak. Thinking about this and that's it, something to keep in mind here. And that would be the comparison operators. I highly recommend just playing around a little bit with this. It shouldn't be too crazy. It really is just comparing two different values to each other. And that is then expressed as a Boolean, which should actually make sense is that there are only is ever a one right answer in this case, right? Either the score is bigger or equal to 150 or not, implies that. But whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and learned something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 10. (Java) Booleans & Logical Operators: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be looking at a logical operators. So I have prepared a few Booleans right here, watch lectures, asked question, finished assignments and engaged review. Those are of course related to a course like scenario, let's say. And we're now going to take a look at the logical operators. And there are three of them, basically which we're going to take a look at. There's the end, there's the OR and the not. So we've seen previously where we were able to negate something and the AND, and the OR are also very interesting. So the logical operators take in two Booleans and give you a new boolean. So for example, for the end of the Booleans, you have to give it, have to be true, and then it returns true. Otherwise it returns false. And for the, or either one of them has to be true and then it returns a true. So this only returns false if both of them are false. So for example, you could think of it like this. So Boolean finished course, right? So if you want to finish the course, you have to have watched the lectures and finished the assignments. That should make sense. That sort of a good concrete example here. And then you could also say, well, a fan, right? So, so let's say it's fan, right? So someone who is a fan would finish the course. So finished cores and Eva review, that also should make sense overall. And now someone who might be learning, like maybe learning a lot, they watched the lectures or they asked the question. So this is something someone who's learning, right? Either watching the lectures or ask a question. So either of them could be true and then learning would be true as well. Let's sort of a general idea here. And there's one more thing that I have and that is going to be this right here. So this is just a general overview of what basically happens. You can also download this as a cheat sheet. This is available in the resources. And the idea here is that it just shows you what the different types of outcome, that's basically what the results are. So you have a and B. And then depending on what they are, this is the return that is given, like I said, both of them have to be true for the answers to return a true. And here, if either of them is true, then this returns a true. Otherwise it's false. You can also think of it, write a or B towards sort of, it's sort of really baked into the language when you think about the negation, like I said, we've already talked about that is sort of the general adjust when it comes to the logical operators. There is, of course a little bit more there as well over that, is this really a good beginning for this? And then of course, the real thing that you can think about is that when you have one of those which returns a Boolean, you can of course, then chain those together. So you can then also say, for example, end ask question, right? So you can see that because this of course returns a Boolean, we can now use the AND operator again. So this pretty much works very similar to like the arithmetic operators were. Of course you can also plus, plus, plus. You can have 5 plus 8 plus 7 plus 9 plus 15. That works totally fine. In a similar way, you can chain the logical operators together as well, right? But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 11. (Java) If and Else Statements: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at the if and else statements. Now in this lecture, basically we're going to start really having some interaction with the computer. A lot of the previous lectures were very theoretical, is sort of showing some concepts. But in this lecture, we're going to be really well interacting with the computer. Let's just start by making two integers. Exam 1, Let's say for example 65 and exam 2, which is going to be 51 for the time being. And we could imagine that let's say we have to write a program that evaluates those values of those two exams. And basically says, Hey, you have failed or past exam 1, you have failed or past exam 2. And then at the end, maybe when people have passed both exams, maybe something is printed out Like you have passed the class or something like that. So how can we do this? Well, what we can do is we can make an if statement. And for that we literally just like right if, right here. And then we can do the following. We can put in a parentheses. And if you put it in an open parenthesis, the closing parentheses should automatically generate. And inside of those parentheses we have to put in a Boolean value. So we remember back to the previous two lectures where we had comparison operators. So what we can say is that, well, if exam 1 is bigger or equal than 50, then we know that we've passed the exam. And then we put hidden here is after the closing parentheses, we put in a curly bracket. And if I put the open curly bracket in and I press Enter, the closing curly bracket should automatically generated for you. And now what we can do is we can write something else. So we can say system out, print line. And then for example, you have a past exam one. Though, this all of the code between these two curly brackets here is going to happen when whatever is inside of the if statements. So inside of these parentheses, true. So if this is true, then this is going to happen. So that's pretty cool actually. And then we can sort of supercharge this by adding an else here at the end and also putting in a curly bracket. And once again, we put the open curly bracket in any press Enter a closing curly bracket should automatically generate here. And then for example, we can just select this control C control V to paste it in. And then we can say you have failed Exam 1. So this year, right from the else actually happens when this is false. That actually works out very well for us. So we can basically use this to, well, take a look at whether or not Exam 1 was passed or failed. So let's actually run this and we should get a U past exam one. And of course we are getting this, as in this case, exam 1 is bigger than, bigger or equal than 50. So this is being called. So that's pretty cool. Now we can basically do exactly the same thing for the second exam. So let's just copy all of this selected Control C, Control V. And then here we're going to say Exam 2. Here we're going to say Exam 2, and here we're also going to say Exam 2. That's actually pretty cool. All things considered. And then the question becomes in, well, I mean now we want to outputted when you have actually passed both exams. So how can we do this? Well, now we're getting pretty crazy. So the last two lectures will seem a little more coherent, so to speak. We're gonna say exam 2. Exam 1 is bigger or equal to 50, right? So that's still passing this End Exam 2. So, right, this exam 2 right here is bigger or equal 50. And then if this, if both of these are true, then we know you've passed the class so we can copy the system out here and then we can just say you have passed, let's say the class just for the sake of argument here. So that is really freaking cool, right? We have now if statements and if else statements, and what you can also do by the way, when you have an else statement that you can put another if statement on here, right? So you can just put this one in there. Basically if this is false, then else and then put another if statement is where you're going to basically, just for the sake of argument, just say true here. Of course this would also work, but, you know, and then we can say else and basically chain those together so you can make if else, if else, if else, and the last one is always going to be else or you can also just not have an else here as well. That also works. I wanted to mention that as well. But now the really cool thing is, well, let's think about this. Let's say this is actually a program where the professor comes in and actually writes in the results of your exam. Oh what? Well, we remember how can we read something in we have to write in scanner, scanner, scanner equals new scanner. And then system.out.print. And then this sort of just works for us. We remember that we don't want to worry about too much what this means. Then we can say something like system out print line and say results or exam one. Right? And then let's just duplicate this. Make results for an exam 2. And then we can just say that Exam 1 is actually equal to scanner dot next int right here, right? So we're going to read in an integer and then save it in the exam one variable. And the same thing we're gonna do for to go. Now what's going to happen is really cool. And we start this and now it's actually expecting us to put in an exam. Well sadly, 32, actually not 320 but 32. Well, and then the results for exam two, they were actually very much better. There were 68, sadly, just a little bit, not quite enough for 69. And then you can see you failed exam 1 and past exam too. So now we're really starting to go into a sort of part of this java introduction where you are able to really do something with the computer. And you're really going to see this in the first assignment as well for the next lecture is going to be a sort of a alternate version of the if statement, which can also be very important. And then the first assignment, I highly recommend doing the assignments here for the Java introduction, especially when you're just a beginner because they can be really, really useful. And with this, of course, the core is available in a repository or a just as well. But take a look at those in the resources. And I highly recommend playing around with this a little bit, just reading some numbers in comparing them, doing some if statements, just making a whole bunch of cool stuff like this, you can already pretty much make a really cool game. So, but for the time being, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 12. (Java) Switch Statement: Or I will come back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this very short lecture, we're going to be looking at the switch statement. The switch statement is sort of like the little cousin to the if statement, so to speak. So it is very similar. Let's just take a look. So we're going to make an integer called a metal placement, which is for the time being just one in. You could imagine this one representing the placement in, for example, the Olympic Games, right? So one would be the gold medal, silver, bronze. So two is silver and bronze is three. And then anything else as records, no metal. And we could do this by just making some if statements, whoever we could also make a switch statement. You can see if I type in switch here, then inside of the parentheses, I put the variable that I want us to evaluate. Then once again make the curly bracket or the second one should generate automatically. And now I have to actually specify in each, inside of these curly brackets, each of the cases that this variable can take. So I can say case 1. So this means that it has taken on value one, system out print line and then for example, say gold medal. And then I can say case two. And then I can say system out print line, silver, metal. And then once again, at the very end here I can say case three, system. The system out print line. There you go. Bronze medal. However, it is formatted, that's totally fine. And then we can also say default, meaning that this is going to be called if it's neither this case, this gets more this case. So we have predefined cases here. And then in the default case, it's actually going to be called if it's anything else that we can say no metal. And the first thing that you will notice is wait a second. We have to define every single case. Yes, here, the issue is that you can use something like bigger or equals, which immediately makes it much easier to narrow something down. If I wanted to make the exam evaluation here, I would actually have to go through each case. So I have to go through cases one through 50 or one through 49 for saying, hey, you failed and then the other ones for you succeeded or you passed. So the switch statement isn't always the best choice. It can be however, sometimes. So let's just take a look at this list. Should of course, actually print out gold medal. But the first thing you're going to say is wait a second. It's actually printed out everything exactly. Because there's one more thing that we actually need to do. And that is when you have the case, the very end, you have to end with a break right here. We have to put in this break. Otherwise, it will just basically go preserved. It will just go through the switch statement is just going to continue along and just pull out all the cases. And if we have the break here, then you will see that only the relevant one is actually going to be taken. Let's just put in three just for the sake of argument here. So as you can see, that now works. So this is very important for the break keyword here has to be used with the switch statement. This sometimes can be a little bit annoying. So the switch them usually for integers is okay, can be used. It's usually used for enums because enums have defined values that they can take and that usually is easier for the cases then what is very rare or which is basically impossible. You shouldn't use floats in switch statements because here you of course have to define the exact case. And because of the floating rounding or errors that can occur, this might actually just never work. So never use floats and switch statements. Basically, that's a very important thing to remember. Otherwise, a switch statement, even if you are not going to use it yourself, might of course come up in someone else's code. You will have, at least have to have seen this before, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and neurons and the new, I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh yeah. 13. ASSIGNMENT 1: Trivia Game: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft modding here with the first assignment. In the first assignment is going to be a create, a simple trivia game. I will explain shortly what that entails. Though the idea is that you should define at least three questions. I recommend doing three questions, three answers, that's going to be enough. Otherwise, the code will get very cluttered very fast. And what I want you to do is I want you to prompt the user to type in their answer. You can use the scanner for that to basically get what they typed in and then evaluated with an if and else statements to check whether or not the answer that the user typed in was correct. So I recommend rewatching the output input lecture is that was very important in that case. And the if else statement lecture might also be very interesting to look at it one more time. So if they were correct, output that they were, and if they were wrong, then tell the user that they were incorrect and also output the correct answer. Another thing you should do is basically just increment a points total, meaning that when the user has a correct answer that appoints increased by one, then at the very end, you just have a unique output for each of the different point totals. So basically three, basically saying, hey, you've done everything correct to something like 0 minutes, okay, one mistake, one and so on and so forth. So basically from 0 to three, having some if else if statements at the very end, there are two things to keep in mind. So those are some tips that you will have to keep in mind when you are reading in a string from the user, please use scanner dot next and not scanner dot next line. Because if you're using scanner dot next line, that sometimes messes up the way that this is read in. But I highly recommend doing this. And then when you're reading in an answer from this, ended up next, we have a string and you want to compare that to a string. Don't use equals, equals, but use the input dot equals and then put the answer, the correct answer inside of parentheses here. This will also return a Boolean value, and it will make this a little bit easier. So otherwise, because there's sometimes does not work and this will definitely work. So that's keep that in mind. And that is pretty much the assignment right here. This is also written in as text here as well. And I suspect that for a beginner, this is something around about 45 to 60 minutes. I would definitely recommend taking your time with this. Probably going back to the old lectures, taking a look at the output input lecture, if and else statements lecture. And with that, you should almost be completely done. Basically, that is pretty much what you need. And then once you're done, you will have access to the, to the solution, of course, and I will also step through the solution in another video. So that would be it. N, Good luck. 14. SOLUTION 1: Trivia Game: All right, so you've made it through the first assignment and here is the step through solution. So you've probably already seen how it looks like an hour just going to go through. So of course, the questions here in this case are actually done as strings. That of course makes a lot of sense, right? Otherwise, you can really save the questions in any way. And the one answer is actually in an integer, that does work. However, I do also see the point in making this a normal string as well. Over answers would be correct. So no worries. There. We have an integer points and then a scanner, and then we just start, we output the first question. We then say the user input number 1. We're just going to put this in here. We're going to see if that is equal to the first answer. If it is, we're going to increment the points, output that it was correct and you have that many points. And then otherwise we're going to say incorrect and output the correct answer. After that, we're pretty much doing exactly the same thing. I'll putting the second question, getting the user input again and equalling it or saying, Hey, is this equal to the answer here, incrementing the points if it's correct, outputting that and then saying no, it's incorrect, this is actually the correct answer. And then the third time again. And then at the very end here you can see that it basically goes through sort of a cascade here. So points going through three to 0. Then I also have sort of an Easter egg here. When you have less than 0 points you get, how do you even get negative points? Because there's no way to get those. You could of course also something where you get some negative points if you make a particularly like stupid answer or something like that, that would also work. But I've not implemented anything here. It was just an example. So that's actually how that might work. So this is one example. Once again, if the actual program works right? So if this works for you and you can play this game and it works, but it looks different to this. That's absolutely fine. Like No worries at all. So that's the beauty here. There's multiple ways to do this, and we'll see this in the upcoming assignments as well as we are going to basically always use this trivia game as well, sort of a template. And we're going to redesign this next few assignments basically in a different way. And that's, I hope that you will be able to see that it gets easier and different, let's say in the future lectures and the future assignments. But that will be it for this solution right here. I hope you found this assignment useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 15. (Java) Strings & String Methods: Or I will come back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at strings and some string methods. Well, basically all around the string so to speak. And we're going to first of all, start by making a new string variable called sentence. And this is going to be equal to, it's a wonderful Dava introduction. Well, let's hope that that is also true. But whatever the case may be, this is what the value of our string variable here is. And we're just going to print this out. So sentence right here, system out line sentence. And now the question is, what else can we do here? Well, the first thing that we're gonna do is we're going to actually duplicate it. Let's align. And what we're going to say this is done by Control D by the way. And what we're gonna do is we're going to say length is, we're going to say something like plus. And then we can say sentence dot length. So as you can see, I can call the dot length with the parentheses here, meaning this is a method call. We're not a 100 percent sure yet what that is, but we've seen this before a couple of times, and this is basically just returns us the length. And if I ever actually hover over this, you can see in an integer returns the length of the string, length is equal to the number of characters in that string. So this is basically Unicode units. Let's not worry about that. It's just basically equal to the characters in that string. Let's see. Length is 35. So that's interesting here. And then also of course we output the actual string as well. But what else can we do? We have to be able to do some interesting stuff. Of course, we can. Let's actually get this output here. Let's actually just duplicate it three times y naught. And the first thing is going to be shouting, well, that is going to mean that everything here, I'm going to turn into uppercase. How do we do this? Well, we can do sentence dat to uppercase right here. This actually already suggested. And then of course the same thing just would be whispering, right? And then we're going to do sentence that to lowercase right here. So that's just going to first of alternate uppercase and lowercase. And then just for the sake of argument, let's also just output the sentence one more time. Oh, let's also add a commentary, right, so this is upper and lowercase. So fairly straightforward. We can just turn the entire string to uppercase, an entire string to lowercase. And then here what we should just get the lowercase string as well, right? So if we just put this out, you can see shouting everything in big letters, so everything in uppercase, then everything in lowercase. And then here it's, it's the normal string. That's strange, isn't it? Well, here is the very interesting part about this. These methods actually return a copy of this sentence variable. They don't change the variable in themselves. So when we had things like x equals x plus 1, we actually changed x-ray, EEG plus equals one. That changed the x variable. In this case, we're returning a copy. So that's very important and you have to really keep that in mind. But onto the next thing, Let's say, I'm telling you, Hey, what position is that Java found the word Java. You're gonna be like, I don't know, it's like exactly. So what we're gonna do is we're going to just copy over the print line again. And we're going to say the following. We're going to say the word Java or something like this is found at position. Now we could count, we're not going to call just yet. We're going to count in just a moment. We're going to say sentence dot index of the can see there's a couple of different types of index of here, but we want the string 1. It doesn't actually matter by the way, which one you choose your, you can see that as soon as the cursor is inside of the parentheses, it's actually going to suggest which ones you want to do. We're going to take basically, and I'm gonna say Java here. So Java, Let's just see when is that? Like where does it happen? 17, okay, let's just count. So I'm going to start here. So my cursor is always going to be on the left side of the character that I'm counting on, 123456789, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. And everyone's gonna be like Wait a second. But that said 70, didn't it? Yes. It did say 17. Now why is this 18 though? Haha, see this is a very interesting thing because in Java or in most programming languages, we're actually counting starting from 0. Now this might be absolutely crazy to you, especially if you were very much a beginner. That's totally fine. Don't worry about it. The thing about it is that you get used to it very quickly actually. And there's a few other places where we have to use this. But if we start counting at 0, you can see the 0123456789, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. All of a sudden, the j is exactly the 17th character, or rather it's the character with index 17, right? So because this is of course the index, the index of this, the index of this word. And we're basically looking for the first character here. That's very interesting. Indeed, when we really think about this end, well what if, well actually we're not, this is not correct. Where we add is actually we want to replace something. So system out print line and we want to say a sentence that replace, and we want to replace Java with, let's say C Sharp. But why not? Right? So you can see the target that we want to replace as Java, and what we will replace it with is C sharp. So if I were to run this now. We'd see it's a wonderful C-sharp introduction as not right, That's not okay. But in this example, of course, that's totally fine. So this is the replace method and that's also very interesting. Once again, this is not replaced it in the sentence. It has returned a new string, a copy of this that basically replace this. Very important, right? Maybe we want to see whether or not a certain sentence starts or ends with something. That's very easy actually, we're just going to duplicate the replace your once again with Control D. And what we can just say it starts with, you can see, and I could just say, hey, I write and that would be true in this case. And then we can also, can you guess it what the other one is, of course, ends with, which would be, let's say an uppercase a, which is of course false in this case, this would be true, this should be false. So let's just see for the sake of argument. And there you can see true and false. Very easily done. Now what is if we have an, a string, right? And we're just going to call this S for the time being, and it's just going to be an empty string, right? So a string with nothing in it. How can we check that this is empty? Well, we can make a Boolean empty. For example, we just say S is empty. And there you go. That's pretty much all that we need to. And if we were to system out, print line that is empty, we could of course also put S dot is empty inside of your butt. Why bother? That's totally fine. And they go, this is actually where is it true? It's true, of course it's true. Sorry. There you go, Right? Of course, it's true because this is empty. And there's one more thing that's really interesting when it comes to sort of the Boolean methods for the strings. And that is the contains, one. That's very interesting. So system out print line sentence that contains, let's say Java. And this is of course true, right? Because this contains Java, we should see r2 year as well. Beautiful. What about the other way around? When we think about index overhead? What about a certain character at a certain position? Absolutely no issue whatsoever. System out print line, sentence, char at what position? Let's say 17. So we know that it's going to be a. So they know that it's going to be a j. That's going to be very important and there is a J. Easy enough. Once again, we start counting at 0. Therefore, while this is the 18th character, is the character with index 70, very important. That's, it might be hard, but after a little while using it, I'm sure that you will get used to it. And let's just do one something else. And that's going to be the substring. Interesting substring. What is that? Well, let's do system out print line, and let's just say sentence dot substring. And where do we begin? Well, let's begin at index 17. But what it's now going to happen is it's going to take everything starting from like 17 and it's just going to return everything afterwards. So this now the substring 17-year should say Java introduction, exclamation mark. And of course it does as well. That's very nice. So if we take another look sentence that you can see that there are of course a bunch more methods that you could call not, this is not an exhaustive list that I've shown. I've just shown a few that might be interesting here. I always recommend trying out a little bit. You're trying out a bunch of stuff. This great thing here is that it really is only typing out a bunch of stuff, clicking the Run button and just seeing what happens. And if something happens, that's cool, even better. And if not, if there is an arrow, but the work through it and see if you can't fix it. But that would pretty much be it for the strings. And these strings method lecture. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new if you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 16. (Java) Casting: Or I welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at casting. You can also think of that as converting datatypes between each other. What does that really mean? Well, let's take a look. For example, we want to have an integer loan, which is, let's say $750 Euros, whatever the case may be. And then we have a interest rate, which is of course in float, right? And this is going to be 0.0525, let's say. So this would be equal to 5.25% interest rate at this point, should all make sense. So now we want to actually calculate the interest. Now the interest, we should calculate that as a float for the time being. And I'm going to show you why in a second. So interest is equal to the loan rate times the interest rate. That should also make sense. You can see that even though I'm taking a, an integer times a float, it all works because we're saving this in a float. Interesting. Okay, Let's do system out, print line and just print out the interests, the sea. And it should be something like 39, that's okay. Then of course, if you sense here as well, That's totally fine. Now the question is, how can we just make like multiply an integer and a float and get a float out of it. That's pretty crazy, isn't it? Well, what happens is basically that this integer in the background is converted into a float. We can make this explicit by typing mode in parentheses in front of the actual variable. And then we have this explicitly. So this is an explicit cast before it was an implicit cast. Now, the thing about it is that we're going here from an integer to a float. What happens if we make the actual interests in integer? First of all, what's going to happen is that this is going to show an error because as soon as we have one float in a, in a mathematical expression here, everything is going to be turned into a float because flows have more information, right? Because everything after the decimal point is more information, therefore, everything gets converted into a load. Now, let's actually explicitly cast this to an integer. Now let's know Mori, the background here being yellow means that this is a, is basically a warning. We're not going to worry about this because I actually want to show you basically what the warning is, warning us because all of a sudden it's a big fat 0 and you're going to be like, wait, how did they turn into a 0? Well, when we cast a float to an integer, what's going to happen is that everything after the decimal point is just cut off. So basically it's like this. So all of a sudden, interest rate is going to be 0 when we cast it into an integer, meaning that you're just going to say loan times 0 is of course 0. And you can see that this is also what the warning here says. That's why we want to get back to the float right here. So they go. And then instead of making this an integer, we're just going to keep this at the interest rate and normal. And that's going to be fine though. This is sort of the idea when you go from integer to a float. So from a, basically from less information to more information, that's usually fine. Go from flows to integer. So for more information to less information, that can have some consequences, let's just say. So that is always what you have to keep in mind. And this is also a thing. So basically this idea of writing a different datatype in front of a variable to cast it into a different datatype is something that we are going to see a little bit later in a later lecture as well. So that is something to basically also keep in mind. Well, but that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 17. (Java) Ternary Operator: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be looking at the ternary operator. Now the ternary operator at first glance sounds like something completely crazy, really complicated, but in fact, it actually isn't. So we're going to make two integers. One of them is going to be the exam. This is just going to be the exam result as an example here. And then an integer called gift. But this is, let's say our Father wants to give us a gift of X amount. We're going to specify that when we actually pass this exam, though, how we could do this as the following way. We can say if exam is bigger or equal to 50. So basically we're passing the exam, then we're going to say gift is equal to 10 and then else gift is equal to 0. Now we wouldn't necessarily need this else here, but I'm just going to add this just in there. And then we're just going to system out print line. If so, no worries there. This should all make sense. But now what we can do is we can actually write all of this year in one line. And what we can do is we can say gift is equal to. And then the first thing that we have to do is write a Boolean expression. So for example, exam is bigger or equal 50. Then we're going to write a question mark. And then what we want to return if the Boolean expression here is true. So 10, then a colon, and then whatever we wanted to return if the Boolean expression is false, so it was 0. And this is the ternary operator, question mark colon. And that pretty much is the exact same thing as this. So what we can do is we can basically just copy this over. Let's just comment out both of those so that regardless of what happens here, this isn't assigned to. We're going to first have a 0 output and then a 10. Let's see. There you go. So the 0 is of course this 0 right here that we've assigned up here. And then the 10 here is the ternary operator. So that's actually pretty cool. Now usually the ternary operator is used. I wouldn't recommend using it too much basically, but sometimes with like fairly simple things like this. You could also think of maybe taking this Boolean expression, making a Boolean out of it saying like asked exam. And then this reads a little nicer right past exam, are that it's 10, otherwise it's 0. So you can think of this as well. So I probably wouldn't keep it like this because this is something like this not to redouble rate. There's too much brain power that goes into looking at exam equal, little bigger equals 50. Okay? Okay. Oh, I get it. If you have something like an is, does pass exam or something like that as a Boolean that makes sense in this case. But whatever the case may be, this is the ternary operator and basically the same thing in if statements. Now, just because this is all in one line doesn't mean that it's necessarily better as well. Line count is no indication of quality code at all, okay? And I want you to, I want this to be very, very clear. It doesn't matter. A great program can be 1000 lines. If it has to be 1000 feet long, it has to be 1000 night long. Just because you can make that program 800 lines doesn't necessarily mean that it's better. That's very important. Because the most important thing when writing code is that you can read it and someone else can read it, which includes you six months from now. Because you're in six month, is going to be a different person because you will have forgotten everything you wrote in your code. Therefore, you have to make your code readable or other people, that's the most important bit. And if a ternary operator makes sense in that case, that's great. I would never, I would definitely advise you to never put multiple terminal operators in the same line. Because of course you could put in another ternary operator on the true or false here. Definitely don't do that because then it gets very, very complicated, very fast. Stick to if statements. In that case, whatever the case may be, this would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 18. (Java) Arrays Explained: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at arrays. Arrays are definitely the, let's say, most complicated topic we're going to be looking at up until this point. However, what I first want to tell you is that if you struggle with this, no worries at all. This is totally normal. I also struggled with this when we learned this. And at the end of the lecture, I'm actually going to tell a little bit of a story about that. But for the time being, Let's remember back we had the three strings, right? We are at question 1, question 2, question 3, and answer one, answer to answer three. Now, granted, the first answer was actually an integer, but in this case it's a string. That's totally fine because that's for demonstration purposes. It's a little bit easier to show. And what we had here was the idea that, well, we had those questions. Let's just say, I tell you, you know what, your trivia game that was in the first assignment, you should actually make this have a 150 questions. Now you're going to be sitting there going to be like, excuse me. Yeah. A 150 question. Well, okay. Then you start duplicating this and then changing every one of them. Now, then maybe, you know, I, I know thing you can keep all pressed and then change multiple things at the same time, but then they all change to the same number and it's all sorts of just screw it up. It's not very good. So that doesn't quite work. Okay. How else might we be able to do this? Well, what we can use is an array. Now an array, you can think of that as a list. It's not a 100 percent a list, right? It's a little bit different because there is actually something called a list in Java as well. However, we're going to think of it as a list. And you were going to make a string array of questions and it's ring area of answers. And we're just going to take a look at what that basically entails. So how do we make an array? Well, we just type in the type that we want. So the data type that we want, and then these brackets here, and this is going to be questions and it is equal to new. So we have to take the new keyword and you can see that this is already being suggested to us. I'm going to type this out string and then once again, the angle of the brackets here and then ending with a semicolon. Now this is not done yet because inside of these brackets, we actually have to supply the length of this array. So how many elements are going to be in there? Three, in our case? Well, that's pretty much it. So that's pretty cool. Now. That's it. It's like yes, that's pretty much it. And now of course we need to assign something. So what we can say is questions. You can see that I basically autocomplete that with the Tab key, right? The brackets again and then assign, for example, one equals two. And then let's just take this right here, right? So something like this. And then I can just continue with this, right? 23. And then let's just, well, how can I output this right? How, how is this possible? Well, IT system out print line, and then we can just say questions, no questions, there you go. And then for example, three-year know at my mean is all the same, right? Now, let's just change this, actually copy this over. So select this control C control V, like this Control C Control V. And let's just bring out the three here. That's just C and O know what happened here? Well, what happened here is that we maybe forgot. Now I didn't forget, I actually wanted to show you this. But what happened here is that we have to start counting at 0. So this is where we get back when we saw the strings where we start to count at 0 year, we counted 0 as well. But this means that when we have three elements in this questions array, the first element is of index 0, the second is of index one, and the third is of index 2, meaning that three doesn't exist here, and then we get an exception. We're going to see this at the end of the lecture again, because I want you to like see the exception and I want you to understand what that means. But for the time being, this is how you assign different strings, in this case, different values to the array. And you can also read it out pretty much like this. So that's actually what all it takes. And let's also just copy this over for the sake of argument and call this the answers, right? And then we're going to copy the swell. So I'll select this RP here, here and here. And then we're just going to change this to the answers here. So this is going to be 50. This is of course going to be London. And then the last one is going to be F e. Very interesting indeed. And then what we can do is, for example, we can output the answer 0. So we're just going to see answers one in questions 1. And then all of a sudden it says something like, well, what is the capital of the United Kingdom? London? Very easy. And let's actually change this to, actually, we don't need to change this to 0. That's totally fine. All we can do is now, well, okay, Then can we just like reassign this? So we can take this, I'm just gonna take this. Actually, I'm going to write it outwards. So questions, once again, bracket 0 equals, for example, how old is Ian? Mick Jagger, right in 2021. That's just, let's date ourselves. Why not? That's totally fine. And then we just output this again. Now the 0, let's say, and the 0 here. The question. We've reassigned here, and then the answer is still going to be correct. By the way, that is something I have checked. By the way, as I did want this to be correct. That's pretty cool. All things considered. The really cool thing is that here everything is sort of in one datatype, right? So questions now has all of the questions. Instead of having three different strings, we actually have everything in this questions string array. That's pretty cool. We can also get the size of the length of this array, of this list, so to speak, by doing questions that length, as you can see here, we can just take a look at this. This is of course 3 because this is what we have supplied right here, right? So in this, we had to supply the length. Therefore, this is pretty much it. And you might have also seen a lot of suggestions here. We're not going to worry about any of those at the time being because all of those are very, very complicated. And we then also have is I'm actually going to copy over just the tiniest bit here. But this is the array index out of bounds exception right here. It's pretty much what we've already seen, but I'm going to show this one more time. So if we put a number into the bracket, then actually it does not exist. We're going to get an array index out of bounds exception. So you can think of it like this. Well, this is an array and it has a certain bound, okay, fair enough. Like an index. So the index that we're passing in, this is the index rate three. I want the question with index three, okay, fair enough. But that is out of bounds because this only has three elements and we start counting at 0. So therefore, the index or the element with index three does not exist. And once again, you get the really nice stack trace here so you can get the exact location where the issue has occurred. So that is also something I wanted to mention here. Otherwise, that would pretty much be the general gist of arrays. And now of course, the sort of thing I told you at the beginning. So when I learned areas in university, the interesting thing was that I didn't understand them fully. So I said, You know what, I don't need areas. I'm never going to use areas, ever. It doesn't matter. I'm just going to stick with this. I'm going to make individual variables. But of course, you're going to run into very hard issues as soon as someone says, well, then make like 20 different ones and then just like if me get them out, put them in a random order, it's not going to work because these things definitely have to be learned. This is also not the right approach wide. Oh, I don't understand it. Therefore, I don't have to learn it. Therefore, it's not important, none. And of course, if it exists, there has some merit to it in that sense in the programming here. So I definitely highly recommend taking another look at this. Just staying calm, trying a few things out to sort of understand this. And also once again, if you get any errors, no worries at all. Errors are totally normal to get when programming. There's nothing like there's no shame, doesn't like it's totally normal, genuinely it every programmer, it gets multiple arrows every day when they program. Even veteran programmers still get arrows every day though. Never feel bad about that at all. And yeah, so that's sort of the general idea of arrays here. I hope I was able to sort of get the idea across that this is really much like a list, right? It's not a 100 percent ellipse, but you can think of it as a list. You put different elements into, basically with different indices or indexes, something like that, right? But otherwise, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 19. (Java) For and While Loops: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be talking about loops. What we are going to need for this lecture are both of the string arrays that we've made previously for the questions and the answers. But before we do anything with the areas, first of all, I want you to do the following. Output. Every number from 0 to 99, right? You're going to be like, Okay, system out, print line 0, then you might be like duplicate one, duplicate two. Now you're going to be sitting there all along time like that. Let's just be honest, that's gonna take a long time. Well, and then come loops. Loops are something where you can execute a piece of code multiple times. And the first type of loop we're going to be looking at is the for loop. For that we're going to type in four and then parentheses. Once again, the closing parentheses should generate automatically. And then we're going to type in int I equals 0 semicolon I is smaller than a 100 semicolon I plus, plus closing parentheses and then an open curly bracket. Then the closing curly bracket should generate once you hit Enter, when you take the system out print line and put it inside of the curly brackets here. And I'm going to change the 0 to an eye and now see the wonders of programming. As you can clearly see, everything is output from 0 all the way up to 99. So what is happening here? Well, in a for-loop, the idea is that what we're doing is we're defining, as you can see, we're initializing a, an integer i e to the 0. And then we're saying we're having some sort of Boolean expression here and then an increment. What happens is that I is set to 0, whereas being checked is whether or not I is smaller than a 100. If this is true, we are continuing with this loop. So if this is true, everything inside of you happens, then we're going to increase I and then this is checked again. And then we're doing this again, increasing I, check increasing i and so on and so forth. So this is basically done forever until this year. This Boolean expression is false. And once it's false, meaning that I is no longer smaller than a 100, which happens once i is a 100, then this is no longer executed and everything afterwards, after the curly bracket here starts to happen. This is why it stops at 99 and not a 100, because when I is 99, this is still true. 99 is smaller than a 100. Everyone agrees, yes. But as soon as it's a 100100 is not smaller than a 100. It actually is in fact equal to a 100. Therefore, this no longer basically is true. Therefore, this is no longer executed for armored. That's sort of the idea and that's really cool, isn't it? Like we can very easily do this? And now I'm going to absolutely blow your mind. So now I'm going to tell you, well, output all of the questions and answers and you're just going to occupy system out. Print line question 0, answer 0, just like we had before. Well, this is going to be easier for int I equals 0. I is smaller than questions dot length I plus, plus. And then what I'm going to do is I'm actually going to copy this one twice. And then instead of this, I'm going to call questions I oh, that's interesting, isn't it? And answers I. Now this, that's pretty cool. So you can basically pass in the integer here into the brackets and access whatever index you want and whatever index this integer takes on. Another really crazy thing is because we're actually looking at the length here, right? Because we have the length, this immediately saves us from any errors. Now the only error that might occur is if we all of a sudden make this four here, right? Because we're taking the length of the questions while the answers is not the same. So then we could run into an error. Once again, the area out of bounds exception or the array index out of bounds exception. But for the time being, when we use the lengthier, that's going to be totally fine. And if I just run this, you can see it prints out everything. Harmony sits at the US AIR 50 capital of United Kingdom, London. And then chemical symbol for iron is phi. So that all works. So that's pretty, that's pretty insane, right? That's pretty cool. Or loops insanely valuable and can be used for all sorts of stuff. There's another type of loop which is very similar to the for-loop, which is the for each loop. Now you can see if I can actually type that in and I could press the Tab key to autocomplete this. However, I will not, because the formatting is a little bit weird for me. I don't know, quite know what that is the case. We're just going to write in for that. I can say string Western, olden questions. And the way to read this is, or each string question in questions, this is how you would read it. And then you can just do a system out, print line, question. And I can just print out each individual question here. Once again, that's just going to work. So as you can see, there you go, uh, basically now have access to what the individual elements inside of that list or array in this case, and I don't have to specify it via the index here. I'm actually getting all of them well individually. So this is the for each loop and this for each you go, That's another type of loop that's interesting. And then the last type of loop that I want to show you is the while loop. Now I have a personal preference to very rarely used the while loop simply because of the fact that it can be, well, it can get you into trouble. So we can say something like while true and then curly brackets. So what happens is that everything inside of here is going to happen while this is true. Now obviously, when you think about this for a second, wait a second. If I put in true, then this is always going to be true exactly. This is now a while loop and a while loop and endless, right? So this is an endless loop and this is the danger you might run into with a while loop. You could run into the issue with for loops as well in theory, but it's very rare that are actually happens. But in while loops, it's very often the case or it can be the case that you have an endless loop. Now everyone has to go through that at some point. I'm just saying that my bias is that I don't really like while loops. But what we can do is, well, let's do the following. Let's actually add an input for the person. So Scanner here, scanner equals new scanner system.in and then done. And what we're gonna do is we're just going to say something like the following system out print line. Do you want to continue? So we're just going to say, Hey, does the person want to continue to use? We're going to continue and then we're just going to say, hey, if scanner dot next, right? If that equals yes. Then what we're gonna do is we're just going to continue, right? So continue the, the actual keyword else we're going to break. This is an example here of the Continue and the break keyword, the continue keyword that basically ignores everything that comes after it inside of the loop and jumps back to the top of the loop while the break keyword breaks out of the loop. So basically it goes to the end of year and everything afterwards is then executed again. This would be the same if this all of a sudden turns false. In this case it is of course, an endless loop, right? So, so as long as I type in, yes, this is going to continue. As soon as I type in anything else, it's going to break out of it. So that's sort of the idea of this while loop here. Let's just actually take a look at this so I can type in. Yes. And I can type in, yes. And I can type in. Yes. And then I'm going to make a mistake here and an OH no, All of a sudden he called this stops. That's sort of the idea. So this could be an endless loop with sort of a braking system. Now what's very important is that the continue and the break keyword should probably only be used sparingly because there are a lot of developers who don't like this. Because if you have like, let's say a longer FOR loop or longer or while loop. And you have a lot of Continue and breaks in there. Sometimes can be a little bit confusing. Like to read it, right? Because you're going to have more branches so to speak. So you can think, if you can think of way of doing it in a little bit of a different manner that usually is better. Whatever the case may be. Those are the loops that I wanted to show you. Really pretty cool stuff. And we're really starting to get some very, very cool tools in our toolbox to really work with code and to just program something that's really cool. So, but for the time being, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new if you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 20. (Java) Java Methods: Welcome back to the Java introduction for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at a methods. So first of all, we once again require the string areas here. We don't necessarily require them, however, we are going to use them in this lecture. And well, methods. What are methods? Well, we've seen this word thrown around a few times before with the string methods. And also something like system out print line is also a method. And I might have said once or twice before main method. So there is something to this. We've seen the math methods as well, so we've definitely heard that word before. What is it really? Well, in theory, a method, you can think of it as a few lines of code, one line of code or a 100 lines of code in theory, that are executed when you call that method. So you call a method like for example, when we type in a system, system out print line, right? And I say Hello, read this. It's something in the background, happens, right? So this print line, when we call this, this method here, something in the background happens. Now we don't, in this case necessarily know what exactly happens. But something happens to that this hello, right? Once I run this, so that when this happens, something happens in the background that this hello is now being displayed in this Run window. So we don't really know what, but something in the background happens, so some code is executed. So if we have a piece of code that we might want to reuse, let's say a 100 times in our code. Then you might say, well, we can just make a for-loop, you know, a 100 times. Well, but what if I want to do this at different locations in my code, right? So maybe I want to ask a question in this case, right? And an output and answer and then check for the answer. Then I want to ask questions again. It's like, well, I mean, you could do a for loop, but well, maybe we want to make some if statements in there. It's going to get a little bit complicated. So this doesn't always work. So let's say, for example, what I wanna do is I just want, I wouldn't just something that I can type in that I can give, let's say a, an array here, red. So the string array of questions, a string area of answers, and that just outputs meet all of the answers and all of the questions. So all of the questions, answers just in enroll. So I could of course write something like this. Right eye for loop int I equals 0. I is smaller than questions that links, Let's say I plus, plus. And then I could just say system out, print line questions. I write something like this and then duplicate this and then say answers. I could do that. Well, let's say once again, I want this to be done a 100 times throughout our code. Now the observant of you might say, well, why don't we just put this for-loop into another for loop. And you would be absolutely correct. You could do that as well. However, let's not get too clever. Let's just think about this and make this a method. Now, what we're going to do is I told you before that we are only operating between these two curly brackets. We're, we're expanding our world now and moving outside of these curly brackets. Because now our new curly brackets are those two basically. So now this is our new home. And this, you might have sort of thought about this. Well, this is the main method that is basically being executed when we press the Run button, then the main method is executed. Now we're going to add a new method. And first of all, going to write this out. And then I'm going to explain what happens here. So we're going to write public static, void. And I'm going to call this output questions and answers. Then I'm going to type in a parenthesis, the closing parentheses should generate automatically. And then I'm going to make a string array here. So this is going to be the questions and then a, another string array answers, right? And then I'm going to make a curly bracket. And you see that the second curly bracket has already generated. I can just press the Enter key and then the formatting should also be complete. And with this, a newer method has been created. So for the time being, we will ignore is this public and static. We don't quite know what that is yet, but we're very close to figuring this out with in a future lecture. We're going to actually figure out what that means for the time being. We just know this is an access modifier. We don't know what it does yet. We just know that we need to have public static written here and then everything is going to be fine. There's void here is actually the return type of this method. So some methods return something and we'll see this in just a moment. So after we've done this method, we're going to make another one that actually will return an integer. Then we're going to have the name of the method. Now this is something that you can decide yourself. Usually, naming variables and naming methods should be very expressive. So even though this might very long to you don't shy away from long method names or long variable names. If they exactly describe what they are doing, that is going to be the best thing. Then after the name, come, the parentheses here. And inside of the parentheses, we basically also define a variable sort of speak. And those are called parameters. So we have two parameters here, and both of them are of type string array. And overall, this entire thing here. So all of this, right, the access modifiers, the return type, the name of the method, and the parameters is what's called the method signature. So because we need to know this, method signatures have to be. Unique meaning I can't have the same thing. So I'm going to select all of this. And then I'm going to say Control C and then Control V. And you can see that if I hover over this now we're going to say is already defined right here. So this is exactly the same thing and it's already defined. That doesn't work, right? So that's very important. However, if I change the method signature, meaning for example, I make one less, I put one less parameter in here that works. You will, they have the same name, they have a different signature. So this, in this case, would now be called method overloading because we have the same name, this with a different signature off. So for example, different number of parameters, different types of parameters, different return type. That's sort of the ways you can alternate year for having methods of the same name. This is going to get interesting, maybe later down the line for the time being, we're going to delete this one and we're just going to keep the one method right here. And what we're just going to do is we're actually just going to take this Control X to cut it out, Control V to paste it in. And all of a sudden you can see everything is working totally fine because of course, we are having the parameters here, Westerns and answers. And the idea is that we're going to pass those in. So because right now of course this questions, this answers, those are not the same as these two. I can call this, let's say Q0, Q, Q u, e, just for the sake of argument. And I'm going to call this E&S just so that there's no misunderstanding. This year is not the same as this because I could call this with, of course, a different string array of questions in a different string area of answers. So this is going to be very general. This is just going to do this for any area I'm gonna put in. So that's the really cool thing. Then what I can do is I can call this, I can say output. And you could see as soon as I type in out, the actual method is being recognized by the program. It actually suggested here. So I can just put in the tab key. I can press the tab key and it automatically generates your and I can just say Q0 and ANS. So now I've passed in the questions string array as the question perimeter and the answer string array as the answer parameter. You might, what you've also might have seen is that the method turned from gray to yellow. This simply means that this method is actually being used, so being called. And that's also a, an important idea. And if I now run this, you will see that it actually works. You can see how many sets. The US, they have 50 capitals, United Kingdom, London, and chemical symbol for iron is F, e. So it outputs this and it just basically calls all of the code of this inside of here. And now of course, methods can call methods, and methods can call other methods. So this, of course, does get quite complicated at some point. However, for the time being, this is really cool. Now, we're also going to make a method which is, might be very complicated. So what we're going to have as one's going to public static int. So we're now going to be returning an integer and we're going to sum two numbers together. So for that, what do we need? Well, of course an integer x and an integer y. Now, once again, the names of the parameters, by the way, also can be whatever you choose to. Usually you want them also to be very expressive in general. Now we have this sum method right here. And what we're going to do is we're going to type into the return keyword x plus y. There you go. So we're just going to return x plus y because that's of course the sum of these two integers in that case, nothing too spectacular. However, what I did want to show you is basically the return keyword and that you can return different types as well. So the SAM method in this case, we can just take a look at this, right? So system out print line, and then we're going to say some ten and let's say 12. And then if I run this and it should say 22, there you go. So no worries at all, that all works. And that sort of the general idea here that you have with methods. So it can either return something or it can nab return something, then you have to write in a void. But that's sort of a tentative look at methods. Of course, once again, you really have to also apply this a little bit to really get the understanding here. However, that is a great segue to the assignment which is going to be up next. I highly recommend making like doing the next assignment because that's going to be basically methods. And even if you don't get Sue will basically do everything in there, at least looking at the question and then the solution to it will hopefully illuminate also the way that you can use methods in your own code. But for the time being, this is going to be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 21. ASSIGNMENT 2: Trivia Game with Methods: All right, Welcome to the second assignment of the Java introduction here. And in this short video, I basically want to explain the assignment. So overall, the assignment is not actually that complicated over I still want to basically walk you through this. So the idea is that you should recreate the trivia game from the first assignment. So basically pretty much the same thing. But this time you should have five questions and five answers. And the way that you should save those is in two areas. One for the questions and the answers. And what you should also do is you should at least create two methods to make the code more readable and easier to follow. And basically as a hint, you're going to think of it like this. When you have some duplicate code, you should probably make that into a method. We'll think about that. Think about where you might be calling something twice and then you can basically make a method out of that. And what you should also do is you should make an endless loop and then some if statements in there in some capacity. So some logic, who make the user to prompt the user to keep playing or not if they don't want to anymore. I highly recommend taking another look at the loops lecture again because they are actually had a very similar use case that they are aware we had an endless while loop that you can stop with them IF statements and the break and the continue keywords. So those might come in very handy here. Otherwise, overall, this should be fairly straightforward. The game in and of itself should play very similarly actually than the first one. It should just look a little bit different. So overall, that would be the entire idea. Of course, don't forget things like the points as well. Also the, you know, add those as well. Otherwise, this is pretty much all that you really need to do. I suggest round about another hour or so for this assignment, depending of course on your level, you might also do it in like 30 minutes, 45 minutes, who knows? But don't stress yourself. Take yourself some time to really dig into this. Watch a couple of lectures again, the loop lecture, I highly recommend methods lecture was very nice areas if you don't quite fully understand those, I highly recommend this. And otherwise, of course, the solution will be available to you as well. So no worries there. Otherwise, I wish you the best of luck for this assignment, though. Yeah. 22. SOLUTION 2: Trivia Game with Methods: Or I welcome back to the second assignment and the solution to the actual assignment here. So once again, the code is of course available for you. And as a, well, basically disclaimer here, if your code doesn't a 100 percent match the code that I have, that is of course totally fine. There's no shame in that because there's always multiple solutions to this. And I do think that my solution may be uses a few, too many methods. Actually, interestingly enough, but for the time being, we're just going to step through it. So of course, the string arrays, questions and answers should be fairly self-explanatory here. Same with the scanner once again to read stuff in, and then a points total here, just core points. So that's fairly straightforward. We have a while loop that is always true. So you can see this is basically the entire while loop here. And let's first of all take a look at the very bottom here. So this print play again, method prints out, Hey, do you want to play again? If you put in a y here, then it basically resets the points and then continues with this while loop again. Otherwise, it just breaks out of the while loop. And then prince de goodbye here. That's sort of the idea. Otherwise you can very easily actually follow this. Does the names of the methods almost entirely describe what they are doing and then see Print title, Fair enough. And then we're gonna go through for each of the questions here for this for-loop, very, fairly straightforward as well. And we have the print question here for the question that currently is basically being asked BY then read in the user answer. And then we have an if statement that calls another method here. So is correct answer from this user answer. And it basically compares this to the answer that is correct for this question. If this is the case, so if this method returns true, we are then printing out, you had a correct answer where then increasingly points total and writing that back into the points variable. And then here we're also printing out the current points total basically. And if this was not the correct answer, then we're printing out that you had an incorrect answer and we're also printing out the actual correct answer. That pretty much is all that we really need here. And you can see then at the end here we're just printing out the point total and then asking the player to basically whether or not they want to play again. So that's the entire logic here. And then if we go down, we can see that there are a lot of methods in here. And all of them are very, very simple, right? Almost all of them just one light, basically all of them just a one line. Now, you can make a very good case that, that might be a little too much of a good thing, can also be a bad thing in this case, right? Or too many methods might be too much. However, this definitely is very easy to follow here. There's also points in saying, well maybe we could just take this entire IF statement and make a method. Are that as well, we could maybe take the entire for loop, make an entire method out of that. We can take this part and make a method others. So there are multiple ideas that you can follow and you could still, of course make more methods out of this or fewer. That's totally fine and that's totally okay. As long as it works, you have a few methods you made, then it's going to be absolutely fine. So once again, if this is not exactly your solution, do not worry about that in the slightest. Once again, the beautiful thing about programming is that there are always, I mean, there's a million different ways that you can do this. Of course, some of them are going to be more optimized than others. But at the end of the day, when we really think about it, this is totally going to be fine usually. So if this isn't a 100 percent correct like you have it, that's okay. If it works, I'm already very happy with that. Otherwise, this pretty much is my solution. This code is of course, also available to you. Otherwise, I hope that this assignment was useful to you to dig a little deeper into the idea of methods and how to use them. I can always, of course, also just suggest playing around with it in your own time, just trying out a bunch of stuff. At this point you have a lot of different tools. You have if statements, you have loops, you have methods, arrays. So there's a lot of stuff that you can play around with. You can read stuff in from the user. You can write out stuff to the console, which at this point actually just opens up a whole bunch of stuff to you. So if you want to make sort of like a choose your own adventure, just a little tiny thing, right? Go ahead, right, just try out a bunch of stuff. I highly recommend just being experimental with it. You, you can't break anything here, right? As long as you write your code in here is just for you, it's all going to be fine. Like I've already said in the lecture about the errors. If you get some errors, no need to worry, this is not the end of the world and everyone gets arrows, right. I get arrows anytime, like when I program, of course, there's going to be arrows and that's totally fine. As long as you work through them, you try to understand why did I get this error? How did that happen? And sort of something like that. But this would be it for the solution right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 23. (Java) Java Collections: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at collections. This will include a realist maps and sets. Though especially sets is something that is used quite extensively in Minecraft modeling in general, but in the Minecraft codebase. So sets are very interesting things, but we're going to first of all start with an ArrayList. Though. We will think back to the string array, which we were able to define like this, right? So questions for example, here, with a new string array, let's say of size two. And then we were able to assign those questions kind of like this. How any states, no States? Does. The USA half goes something like this. And we could duplicate that line. The other one as well. For example, making this a little shorter capital of UK. So that works totally fine. No issues whatsoever rate. However, one of the things you might ask yourself is right, but what if I want to change the number of questions inside of this area? Well, you have to change this number right here. And that can be a little annoying, right? Because then you have to go in here, have to change this, makes sure that if you then have a area that has answers, you also have to change the size of that, and so on and so forth. So kind of not the best thing. And for that we're going to take a look at a list now. So we're going to type in lst, so list. And you can see that it already basically suggests us at this one. And we're just going to press the Tab key, which is now going to import something at the top here. If that doesn't happen, I'm going to show you in just a moment how you could fix that. And then you're going to put in the angle bracket right here. So angle bracket and the other one should automatically generate as well. And then we're gonna put in a string right here. And then afterwards we're going to call this the question list. And this is equal to a new ArrayList. You can see that this is already being basically suggested to us. Once again, I'm going to press the Tab key to automatically generated. And we're going to end this with a semicolon. And the first thing that you're going to see is that we, we have not defined any length for this list. And this is exactly right because there's no need to define a length for a list, because a list is sort of dynamically while Lengthen solar speak. So basically we can just add stuff to it, add elements to it and the list we'll just expand dynamically. So that's really cool. That's the first very cool thing. So we can say question list, dot, add, and then put a string. So for example, what language is spoken in Germany? As a question here. And then I can just duplicate this. And for example, say, what is the capital of Canada? And then at the end here maybe something like, you know, let's just say in what hemisphere? Hemisphere is Brazil. But just for the sake of argument. So those three questions examples, just add it to the list, and this will now be the element with index 0. This will be the element with index one, and this will be the element with index two. So that's really cool. And the first thing that we can basically say is that lists, right? They are basically add entries or elements dynamically. So that is really freaking cool, right? So we can add and well, even remove stuff. How would you remove stuff? Well, that's actually fairly easy as well. We can just say question list dot remove, and then either I can put in the index that I want to remove or I can put in the actual object that I want to remove. So I could also pass in the actual string here, or I could just say one. And then it's going to remove the question, what is the capital of Canada? That's pretty cool. Now, the next question you might have is, well, how are we able to basically get the length of this? Well, we can say question list dot. First of all, you're going to get a lot of things suggested here as you can clearly see. A lot of things most of which don't interests us at the moment. We actually have to use the size method right here. So size with the parentheses, meaning of course that this is a method call. And this returns as the length or the size of this list. And how can I get a, an element out of this list? Well, we can just type in system out, print line to print this out. And then we can say question list that GET. And then here we have to pass in the index. So in this case 0 for example. And if I just run this, you will see that we're going to get two for the size because of course we have removed the first question or the string with index one. And then the element with index 0 is still going to be what language is spoken in Germany. So that's pretty cool. All things considered. Now, let's take a look at something else. And that's going to be a list of integers, for example, right? So numbers is equal to a new array list. And what you're going to see is that this some issue here. So ArrayLists rates something like that. And then you can see that it's sort of, you know, it doesn't behave quite right. There's like a red underlines here. What is going on? Well, if we hover over this, you can see type argument cannot be of primitive type. That means that we actually can't use in Boolean and stuff like that. However, before you. This may and say, Oh my god, that's the worst thing ever. No worries. There are wrapper classes which you can use so you can actually see replace it with Java Lang integer. Well, I can either click on this or I can just type an integer right here. So this one, in this case. And if you use that, then everything works fine. So these are this list and these angle brackets are what's called generics. And the idea is that you can put any datatype into here, except for the primitive ones. That's very important for those we need those a wrapper classes. So there are wrapper classes, right? We can use, can use instead of the primitive, a primitive datatypes the u. So this is very important to remember here there are wrapper classes and they should exist for every one of the primitive datatypes. So no worries there at all. And here we can very easily just say numbers at, you know, were 20 for example. And numbers add something like 42. No worries at all. As you can see, we can just add those numbers in here and they're normal integers and we can basically use o. That is totally fine. But I did want to mention this that you can't use the primitive data types in these generics as they are called. Like I said, generics are these tour of these angle brackets, right? These angular brackets. And everything that's inside of it is called a generic because, well, it is generic in the sense that we can put in any other class or any other object, any data type that we want into here. And it will just work. This by the way, includes a list as well, right? So we can have a list of a list. Of course, why not? Right? We multiple lists that would also work. But for the time being, that will be it for the lists. Let's take a look at maps. So maps are very interesting. Read, a map is the following thing. A map contains a key and a value. And the key, the key actually maps, right key maps to a certain value that all should make sense. This is called a key value pair. Okay, fair enough. What can we see? Well as just type this in map as you can see, and we have two different things in the angle brackets this time. So let's import this, right? So you can see that this is also imported here. If those aren't important automatically, you can see that things turn red and you can very easily do this yourself. You can just click on this and press Alt and Enter, and it will import this class. You can see I have also had to do the same with the ArrayList. And then down here for the map, actually don't have to do this just yet because I'm not done yet, but we will see this in just a moment. We're going to have a map that maps a string to another string. And we're going to call this the country to capital map, which is going to be equal to a new HashMap in this case. And then what we can do is we can just press Alt and Enter. And then it's going to be important here as well. But those are very important, those imports basically, so that the program knows that we are using these datatypes, right? So the list, the ArrayList, the map, and stuff like that. And what we can do now is we can add to this country to capital MAB as well. So we can just say put and that puts in new values. So for example, Germany would be Berlin. Hopefully you knew that one. Let's do another one. So let's actually just duplicate this a couple of times. And we're gonna say France. You know that one that is Paris, of course, early straightforward, Italy, Wu now it gets interesting Rome of course. And then we're going to have a USA, and that is going to be Washington DC. So very straightforward. All things considered here, as you can see, I can put in two strings, right? Because this is what I've defined here. Those do not have to be the same. I could put in an integer year, a float here, I could put in a string here, a list here. Anything would work. This does not have to be both of the same. That's very important. I also wanted to mention that. And how do we now get a value out of a map? Well, let's say system out print line. And then we're going to say country to capital dot get. And you can see I have to supply a string. And what I'm going to get out is of course a string here, but this is what I have to supply. And then this is what I get out of it. So the return type and I put in Germany, and then Berlin will be output as Germany is the key to the key-value pair, Germany, Berlin should be fairly straight forward. I can also ask whether or not the map contains a certain key or contains a certain value. So I can say system out print line. And then just so that everyone knows what we're asking here contains key Germany. And then we're going to say, country to capital dot contains key, Germany, which of course is going to be true. Then we're just going to duplicate this. Then we're going to say contains a value. So we can also ask for values, London for example. And then we can call the contains a value method right here, pass and London right here. And then if we just run this, we should see. First of all, right here, Berlin rate is the capital of Germany and then contains key. German is going to be true because it does contain that key and then contains value. London is going to be false because of course we don't have London urine here as a value. We can also remove things from a map. So once again system out, print line and connect to say, I can say country to capitalize, dot remove. And the cool thing about the Remove you can see is that I can either pass in the key or I can also pass in both the key and of the object as well. And then it's going to return a true if that has been removed because maybe those don't match and you want to a specific functionality here. Otherwise you can just pass in the key and then you will actually get the return as well. So you will get a last, last store of value year. So this should now say Paris. And after that, brands is actually, as you can see, and after this is basically removed from this map, that's a very interesting idea of maps. They can be incredibly useful. However, it is, of course sometimes it's hard in this abstract sort of ways when I just show those where you can really use them. Using these data types, sometimes can be, well, it's not an exact science, right? So sometimes you want to use something. I'm not sure if this fits. Once again, just try it out. Steve works and then you're going to be fine. And then last but not least, what we're going to take a look at sets. What sets, as I've mentioned, are things that are used heavily in the codebase of Minecraft. And a set is just a collection, a collection that contains no duplicates. Well, that's the most simplest definition of a set. It just is a, well, a list or a collection that doesn't contain duplicates. So a set, for example, of string, we could have this as usernames, for example, with each issue which is equal to a new HashSet in this case, then you can see this has also been imported and now this has turned into a story here because all of those are in, under the util package. So it actually doesn't have too many imports here. It's sort of does that on its own. That's very nice. So now we have a set and we can of course add to that user names dot add, for example, cotton job. Or we could say usernames dot add, nano tech right here. And then we can say, well, okay, fair enough, This is really cool, but what else does a set do? Well, once again, if we now want to add something twice, so you can, for example, say something like usernames add, let's say FV, right? And then I duplicate this, and I want to add it the same name twice, right? We're actually going to get returned eight faults. Here we get a true, here we get a false because this is already in there, the string is already inside of the collection. And because it contains no duplicates, we can only ever have it once. If I actually all this, you will see that the first one is true because of course F or V was not added yet. And then after it has been added and we try to add it again, we're going to get a return false. So that's a very interesting. Over all the sets, you can't really call individual things inside of the set. The set is really a collection that should be used sort of together. And I just wanted to just gently introduce the sets here just so that you've heard about them. So once we see them inside of the game basically, or inside of Minecraft code, then you're not going to be completely caught off guard. So the last section here, arrows you might run into, right? So that's always a, an important thing though. You can just, let's just do this. Uncomment were arrows. I just saw where errors, please, not for terrorists that, that would not be good. Lets actually copy this over for the sake of argument and we're just going to change this C to a small c and n are going to be fine. So the first one is the index out of bound exception. So let's just do the following. Let's uncomment this. And first of all, this is the question list. There you go. No worries at all. And if we do this, then you will see we get an exception here, the index out of bounds exception. So this is a very, very similar exception to the array index out of bounds exception is just with a list. That's pretty much all there is. So we tried to pass in an index into the getMethod that doesn't exist for lists. So of course, when we only have two elements, the first one is of index 0, the second one is of index one. So very important here that of course, passing any two would not work, right? So that's the first exception. And then, well, the other thing is not really an exception, but it is going to return a null. So if we pass in a key into a map that doesn't exist, we're going to get a null returned, right? And that might lead to an arrow down the line. So if I do this, then you will see that if I do that, we'll get a null at the bottom here. And this is basically right, of course, Malta, we don't have that in our country to capital Mab. This is actually going to get us returned a null. Therefore, it might be very valuable to see if it contains a key before you actually try to get it was great. Getting returned a null is not the end of the world. Of course not over if you then, if you don't expect this to be null or you don't handle this to be null possibly, then you might run into some issues. Well, those are some of the errors that I definitely wanted to mention here as well. So those would be, well, the sum of the collections. Of course, there's plenty more, there's plenty more datatypes that you could use. You know, there's not only list's maps and sets, There's plenty else, but for the time being is going to be enough to basically get you started. So this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. If you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 24. (Java) Java Object Oriented Programming Explained: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be talking about object oriented programming. And as you can see, we are actually on PowerPoint. In this case. We're actually going to have a little bit of a PowerPoint presentation here. So let's actually just start with the idea of what is this object-oriented programming? Well, in this lecture, we're going to go through a little bit of the theory and some of the terms that you will well basically need to familiarize yourself with in order to know what is going on and to understand the parlance when talking with people that know programming and when I continue along with this, so especially in the Minecraft part of this lecture or this course, you're going to see that I'm going to basically always use the terms that are necessary to use. So classes, methods, objects, stuff like that, and you should know what those are. But the first thing that we can think about is everything is an object. Okay, let's, let's store that as an information, as a piece of information and we can create custom objects with custom functionality. Interesting, Okay, and these would be called classes. So a class is, we can create an object from a class, okay, Interesting. And then classes can inheritable functionality, which would be methods, variables from other classes. We're going to see two basically Theory examples of this. And then in later lectures, we're going to take a look at some practical examples as well. But first of all, let's go through the very important terms here. So a class, or classes are custom or user-defined data types. But now we get actually to the point where you can make your own datatypes. And those classes then can basically be used as templates to create objects. And these classes include methods and fields which are called members. Let's take this one step at a time. So a class is a custom or user-defined data types that pretty cool. And those include methods and fields, which we're going to talk about right here. These are members and how they can be used to create objects. Now what is an object? An object is nothing else than an instance of a particular class with defined data. We're going to see an example of that in just a moment. So this will get a much clearer. But first of all, let's talk about the members. Those should be fairly self-explanatory or way easier than the objects. So members of a class is either a method or a field, and you can also call methods functions. Now, people who are a little bit more into Java might know that this is not strictly necessary. So functions are tiny bit different than methods. For our purposes, it's totally fine. Some people still say functions, even though there are methods, it's going to be fine and no one's going to go crazy with this. We don't have to be too pedantic on this, right? So methods or functions basically defined specific behavior for an object and methods can be called for specific objects. So one example of this, which we've already seen is something like the size method for a particular list. Of course, every list is going to have the same size method. What is going to be returned is specific to a specific list. So for that object, but that's the general idea. Eagles or attributes as they are also called our variables that are defined in the class that store some data related to that class. So for example, if we were to have a person class that might save a string called name, that should also make sense and should be fairly self-explanatory as this example here. And once again, all of this we will of course also see live and in action, I believe next lecture we're immediately going to start to jump in to classes and objects. So no worries there at all. So let's first of all take a look at the idea of inheriting stuff. So this, I want to, first of all preface with the idea that if you don't fully get this, that's absolutely fine. Inheritance is very complicated. I just wanted to mention this so that you have heard it once before. So the idea is that we might have an animal class, right? And that actually basically inherits all of its functionality and all of its variables down to two classes. So the two-legged animal and the four-legged animal class, and these are related in the following way. The animal class is the superclass of the two-legged animal and the superclass for the four-legged animal. While the four-legged animal and the two-legged animal classes are subclasses of the Animal class. You can always only have one superclass, but as you can see, you can have multiple subclasses. And then here we can even go further down and inherit even a more stuff and add more functionality. So you sort of go from a very generic or very abstract, very specific, right? Animal is a very abstract category. Two legged animal. We're starting to really get into more specific stuff, human and an ostrich. Now we're very, very specific. So that's one idea you can think of, right? So let's think of a dog class now, right? So we have a class which is called a dog, and that might have some attributes or some are fields, right? Which is going to be a picture, a name, and an age. And we're going to be like, Okay, that's fine. That's okay, that there's good enough to describe a particular dog. And well now we want to create a new dog. So we want to create a new instance of the dog class. We want to create a new object. Well, let's just do that. There we have it. Right now we have created a new dog. Benji was seven years old, and here is a very cute picture of him. Isn't that just nice? Yes, if I do say so myself, I think that this is a very cute picture here, and this is a particular dog, right? We haven't really changed anything here. The only thing that we've done is we basically created an object rate. When we go back here once every dog has a picture, a name, and an age, and this is a particular instance or a particular object of the dog class. Now let's just create another one. For example here, Gracie with five-years old and also has a very cute picture right there. But as you can see, those are two different objects or two different instances of the Dog class. However, they are both dogs. So this is sort of the separation that I sort of want to get across when it comes to classes and objects, that the class is the template. And then once you create a particular object, that then becomes an instance of that class. So that's sometimes can be a little weird, especially for beginners. But no worries at all at once. We're actually going to start programming with this eerie or when we actually put this into practical use is going to be way more clear. I'm sure of it, right? But that would already be the end of the lecture. Actually. The most important thing of this lecture, let me just quickly go back here is this one right here, right? So this slide is probably the most important one. The slides actually are also available to you as a resource so you can download this as well. So no worries there. So you do have access to both of these cute dog pictures as well. So that's actually going to be a very big plus of course. Otherwise, this would be it for this lecture right here, like I said, a little bit more theory and the next lecture we're going to put all of that into practice. So that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and neurons are the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 25. (Java) Java Classes and Objects: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to basically apply the theory that we've learned last time. In the last lecture, We're gonna be talking about classes and objects. So first of all, of course, we need to create a new class, a custom class now. And for that, we're going to go into this project window right here inside of our package. So this is the package, right? Net helped Monroe was the package that we created or other I created. Hopefully this is your name. Then in your names package, you right-click new Java class. And then you're going to call this the dog class, making sure that the class here is selected and then press Enter. Now this year this window only appears for me because I have a GitHub repository associated with this project. If you don't have that, that is absolutely fine. Don't worry about that at all. So I just wanted to mention this. And now instead of these curly brackets, oh, add members to this class. So for example, we could add some fields, right? So we can say something like adding, adding some fields, right? And then let's think back to the PowerPoint presentation that we've seen, right? We had a public String picture. We were thinking about a picture. We're just going to say that a string that's totally fine for the time being, a public string name. And then let's say a public integer, which is the age variable. Now that's all fine for the time being. We're once again going to ignore the public here. We just have to set this to public once again in a very, very short time. Actually, we're going to see the access modifiers. So that's literally the next lecture as well. And then we will understand what this means for the time being. We have to set it to public. And what we can also do is, for example, something like a public void. And then we'll for example, so we can make both fields and also methods, right? So this is a method here, and this is, of course this was fields here. Then I can do something in that method, which is just for the sake of argument. I'm just going to say just at that, at this time. Okay, So now this is all set up. Now, what are we doing with his dog class, right? How are we making a new object out of it? Well, we can do the following. You could say dog, right? Logo. And now this might at first we can say something like this, for example. Now this might, for the first time be a little confusing. Maybe like wait, but I mean, I sort of should recognize this, right? This is just a normal variable that we have declared here, right? Is just a type of dog. Now, like I said, because you're now starting to use custom classes. So custom basically datatypes. This might be a little weird, but this is just the same as if I were to do this, right? Really when we think about it, it's just a variable. This time of type dog. And another way I can actually initialize this is I can say new dog and you can see that it actually generates this automatically for us. And now I have created a new dog. So this is the general idea of how you can create a new object. So you need to use the new keyword, which we've actually seen previously a few times. For example, with the scanner, we had to create a new scanner. And now that also makes sense. Scanner is just another object or another class which we can instantiate a new object or a new instance of an inch can basically use that. That's sort of the idea. Now, the real question though is that okay, Like I have this dog here, but like i the fields, what are, what are they now? Well, let's just try it out. Write system out, print line, Togo, dot name for example. Let's just see, well, what is that dog was named as a dog? No, actually the name is null because we have not assigned any of those values. Therefore, they are all null because here we have used, right, used the default, default constructor. So what does that mean? Well, the constructor is another part of a class which is very important, and this is actually not classified as a member in this case, this is something else. So the constructor, as the name suggests, is something that constructs an object from this template, from this class, right? So the default constructor, every class that you create has something like this. So it is written like this with an access modifier. And then the name of the class immediately followed after by parenthesis, which have nothing in them. And then basically just almost like a normal method, just without a return type or rather the return type is the same as the name. You can also think of it like this. And this year is the default constructor. And this is what we've been using for this doc here, right? So this is the default constructor now. And the real issue here is of course you can see that nothing happens in it. So none of those things have any value assigned to it. We can, however, also create our own constructors. Right now we can create a custom constructor. So for example, public dog, string, picture, string name, and age, write something like this and then we can assign those. So this picture equals picture, this.name equals name, and this dot age equals age. And you will see, all of a sudden, everything still works totally fine. Now the first thing you might ask, what is this, this keyword? Well, this refers to the object that we're creating rate. So for example, you can think of it when we call those Wolf method. If we were to call this, we would have to call this on a particular object. So every time I use this inside of this method, that particular object is basically being referred to. So you can think of it like this. Same way with the constructor. When I use this, that particular object we're just now creating is being referred to because the parameter name here has the same name as the field. They don't necessarily have to, but in this case they do. Then we want to use this tool very much specify, hey, this is the field and as the parameter. And now what I can do is instead of creating one with the default constructor here, I can actually do something like, for example, dog and Benji, let's say equals new dog, right? And then you can see if I wait a second here, can basically take a look at this. There it is. So now we actually get a suggestion here, either no parameters or string, picture string, name, string or int age. So we actually get the suggestion here. Let's say Benji dot PNG, right? Let's say Benji for the name and then seven for the age. And you can see this is pretty much almost the same as just a normal method call, but in this case it actually creates a new object. And then we can do system out print line. Now Benji dot name, and then let's say Benji dot h. And now this will output is Benji and a seven as you can see. So that's actually really freaking cool. There's one more thing. Let's just say for the sake of argument here, when we have a lot of fields, right? Sometimes it can be a little tedious to put all of them in here in the constructor. So what we can do is we can also right-click generate constructor. Then you can just select all of the fields that you want to initialize, you'd see by the constructor and we say, okay, and this generates exactly the same thing that we've done previously. I wanted to mention this because that can be sometimes very useful, right? So there's a lot of things in here that can be generated automatically. So keep that in mind as well. But let's also make another dark. So just to illustrate this, so dog Gracie is equal to a new dog, right? This is the greasy dot PNG, Gracie, and I believe Gracie was five or five is fine. Now let's actually output that as well. So I'm selecting this Control C, Control V to paste it in and then changing the variable here and sort of Benji to Gracie. And this, of course now also works and it's going to have different values. So once again, those are both dogs raid, but they are a two different dogs. So there are two different objects. And I hope that the theory from last lecture sort of carries very easily over to this illustrative example here, once we're actually using it, it hopefully becomes very clear. And we will also do is we'll just change this wolf you're actually to this dot name, just waft. Then what we can see is also that when we call this method, once again, this method in particular, we actually have to call on a particular object, right? So we actually have to save Benji dot or racy dot should all make sense. And now what's going to happen is that it's not going to be the same for each one of them, right? So Benji just moved or Gracie just Swift. So this once again refers to the actual object where this is being called on so to speak. So that's the idea. And then one last thing that might be a little bit different or a little weird. It's like, well, wait a second. Benji dot age, right? Okay. Can I just like assign this to something? Yes, I can. Well, that's very interesting, right? All of a sudden, right? Benji has become 10 years old and you might be like, Wait, that's not, that doesn't make any sense, right? Is only seven them. That's not right, Is that yes, this has now saved. And this is something that we're going to look at the next lecture when it comes to access modifiers. Because all of this being public basically means that, well, you can change this and access it from anywhere in the code. And that is sometimes not what we want. You sometimes want to restrict the access to certain fields, variables, methods, all of that jazz basically. And like I said, we're gonna take a look at that in the next lecture. However, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 26. (Java) Access Modifiers: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft morning and in this lecture, we're gonna be looking at access modifiers. So you will need all of the code from the last lecture. No worries, of course, this is available to you as a resource. So definitely take a look at that and then well, we'll just jump right in. So the idea was that, well, we had all of our fields here as a public, right? So everything here was public. And we were thinking, well, okay, so how are we going to use this? Or how will we be able to not make some Thiel's changeable or like modifiable here outside of this class. Well, let's just go through all of the, well, let's say access modifiers. So there's public, There's protected, and there's private. Then there's two more things that we're also going to see which is static and the final, well, it's not really access modifiers, but they're also sort of modifiers that you can put in front of fields and, or methods. So when it comes to making the name, for example, protected here, this actually will do nothing. Now the reason why it does nothing is that a protected field or a protected method can be called in the same package. And because the dog and the main class or in the same package, we can still refer to this field here. And the protected keyword also works or classes that extend from this. So basically, assets that inherit from the dog class would now also be able to use the name variable. What about the age variable? Well, let's do the following. Let's make this private. And all of a sudden we can see related problems, right? Everything's going crazy. Everyone is freaking out because all of a sudden we can actually access this because a private variable and only be accessed in the same class, meaning that we can't directly access this. However, we can do something which is going to be a method, returns this value. So this is what's called a guitar. And what we can do is we can right-click Generate and you can see that we can actually generate getters and setters. Setters are pretty much the same thing where you set the variable rate. So where you can basically set this and a getter is just very much the thing where you get this. So I can select the age variable and say, okay, and see it generates a method for us public integer because of course that's the return type here, get age. So this is the way that you would phrase this or the name of this was usually get and then just the name of the variable or the field. And then we return age in this method. And then instead of calling it directly, we can say At age, at age, if age. And now here's the interesting thing. Of course this does not work because we can't assign something to a method. Therefore, this does not work, right? So we can say doesn't work. So we can't assign a new value to this age variable. So that's really the cool thing. And then we can also have a static and a final keyword. Okay, What is that? Well, static is going to be very interesting. So when I have a public static int, and I'm going to call this the dog to human ear multiplier. Multiplier, which is equal to seven if I'm not mistaken here. And this is what we can think of it like this. Does every dog have to have a specific field to them, which is this multiplier. I mean, if we're really honest, not really, right, when we think about it. The doctor here, dr. Human year multiplier really is something that works for every dog. Exactly. That's why it's static. Is static variable or a static method and actually be called on the class and it doesn't require a specific objects to be created. So what I can do is, for example, instead of calling Benji that HE, I can say dog, dot, dot, human, doctor, human year multiplier. You can see I call this on the actual class and not the object. So that's a very interesting thing. And that might be breaking your brain a little bit here, because first of all, getting into static is a little weird and it seems very counterintuitive at first glance maybe, but no worries at all. When we're really using this, It's going to be fine. And the general gist is that, you know, if something static usually is something that is the same for all of the objects, right? Because once again, you, Dr. human year multiplier doesn't change from Dr. dog. Now let's ignore the fact that maybe it changes if there's different breeds and stuff like that. Let's just ignore that. It's just an example here, of course, right? And then the question also is, well, wait a second. This really doesn't need to change, right? Because now we have the same issue once again, right? So dogs, your multiplier and all of a sudden equals ten, we can just change this and it's like that's not really smart, right? That doesn't have to happen. Well, luckily there's the final keyword as well. And that makes it so if I actually press Control Z to go back, you can see that cannot assign a value to a final variable because one is a final variable than the value can never change after it has been assigned. That's also very interesting. However, there is of course, a distinct difference between a private and a final variable rate. Because a final variable we could in theory change, right? We could say something like, for example, let's just make a public, public void. Public void birthday, right? For a dog, where we say age plus plus. But that still works even though it's a private, we can change this variable. We could never change this variable once it's final. So that's the difference there, which is hopefully understandable in that sense, right? So let's actually take another look at the following rate. So we can also then say something like, Well, I mean, let's just add a, let's just add one more thing, something like a public int. So getAge in human years, right, where we can use the multiplier here that we're going to return the age variable times the doctor here, human doctor, human year multiplier right there. Now we can just call this usually you can of course also say dog dot this. We don't have to do that because we are inside of the dog class, so we can just call it without that. That's very much personal preference, just whether or not you want to do that. But what we can then say, for example, is we can then say Benji dot get age in human years, and that will then be, what is that? 49? Yeah, 49. There you go. So easy enough. But that's sort of the general gist. We have public, protected and private for the access modifiers. And then there's also static and final. And we will definitely be, we're going to encounter all of those in future lectures, especially when we get into microwave modding, that's going to be very relevant here, especially something like the final keyword and the static keyword, those are going to be used a lot. Once again, if they are a little bit unclear, that's absolutely fine. No worries at all. Once you start working with them, it's going to get away clearer. And once again, I can very much just advise you to try out a bunch of stuff. Just fire up intelligent, make a bunch of classes, and just try out a bunch of stuff. Make a few classes, make a few fields, whole bunch of stuff. You can't break anything. Not really. So it's just really a matter of being open to experimenting basically. So that's very much an advice that I can give you. But otherwise, this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 27. (Java) Inheritance & Polymorphism: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we're going to be talking about inheritance and polymorphism. Well, first of all, a polymorphism and inheritance for very large words rate. But overall, they're concepts are fairly straightforward, especially polymorphism isn't that crazy of a concept actually? Now, another disclaimer I want to say right out of the gate is that because this is an example, the actual sort of concept might not be a 100 percent transparent, which is absolutely fine. By the way, this is something that once again, has to be built with just trying out a bunch of stuff, right? I usually have think about the same. I hear. I forget. I see. I remember. I do. I understand. So there always has to be some doing that goes along with it. Whatever the case may be. Let's say, for the sake of argument, someone says, You know what? I really want a cat class as well, because I'm not a dog person, that's fine. That's totally okay. Well, let's add a cat class in here as well. So a new class, cat. And there you go. Now, what you will quickly realize is that, well, like let's be honest, the cat renal should also have a picture and a name and an age. And you might be like, well, I mean let's just copy those fields over. And then you might be like, well, I also need to get age that the getter and then the wolf, maybe the baby. I'm Mimi Chao and you come to a point where you're copying over a lot of code and usually tabbing over a lot of code is a sign that you can optimize something. Now, premature optimization is the road to hell. I understand that. However, sometimes this just makes a lot of sense where you have like this copied over, this copied over, this copied over, and it's like, let's just make a method or a class out of it or something else. And that something else is actually going to be a superclass for the cat and a dog being the animal class. So we're going to make a new class called animal, and that is now going to store this. So I'm going to cut that out with Control X, Control V to paste this in right here. And now all of a sudden, what we can do is we can extend the dog class by the Animal class, meaning that the, let's just do it right? So we're going to inherit everything from the animal here. We're going to say extends animal, and this now is inheritance. So the dog class is now the subclass of animal, and the animal is now the superclass of dog, meaning that everything here has been inherited. Now I can actually literally delete this. The only thing that is going to turn red is going to be the age, because I actually have to make this protected here so that it can be accessed in the subclass. But we've seen this in the last lecture where I said that when it is a protected variable, then you can actually access it from the subclass as well. So that's sort of the idea. Let's actually get rid of a few of these comments here as well. We can also get rid of the default constructor that is also no longer necessary. So now we have this animal class, right? And that's pretty cool. Now, you can see that via this Dog class, everything here is being set. However, we want to make sure that everyone, that every class that actually inherits from the Animal class also work. So we're just going to make a new constructor as well. So right-click, generate an instructor, making sure that everything here is selected and then press Okay. And then we're immediately going to be greeted with an arrow right here. Because if we hover over this, you can see there is no default constructor available in a net com zoo animal. What does that mean? Well, when you actually add a specific constructor here, that is not the default constructor. The default constructor no longer works. So once you have one constructor that is, isn't the default constructor, you have to add it like manually again. So I could, for example, say public animal, right, with nothing in it, right? So something like this. However, of course that doesn't. Now, you know, that once again, we don't actually want that. So this is going to be deleted and then the default constructor no longer works. And now what do we have to do here? Well, what we can do is we can call the superhero, and this basically calls the constructor. So we can actually put in PI, as you can see, it actually already suggest, say let's just take all of the parameters here and put them into year. And now this super is now calling the Animal constructor right here. This is actually perfect in this case. Then something else, maybe for example, the, both the get age and birth. They could also be in the animal class, for example. That would also work totally fine. And the rest here is actually totally okay. I'm going to just make this a little bit different. So I usually want the constructors at the top of the class, right? So first-come the fields and then the constructors and then all the methods and stuff like that. Although the order of course is something that is completely up to you, but this is usually the convention 0. Now what would happen if I now were to say, well, the cat now also extends the animal class. We'll, we're gonna get an error here, which is there is no default constructor available in animal. And then we have this were possible solution, which is the create constructor matching super, which is something we're going to see a lot of times. Because if you click this, you will simply get a new constructor here with all of the needed parameters that you need in order to call the constructor of your superclass. And that's pretty much it. That's really freaking cool. And now we can actually create a new class. You can see everything here works. So we can say the cat whiskers is new cat, right? So new account here. And this is for example, then whiskers dot PNG. And then the name is going to be whiskers, right? And then maybe, maybe they're like 12 years old or something like that. And then we can simply call, for example, whiskers dot ns can see I can call everything get age. Now I actually have access to the age variable here. This is simply the case because we are in the same package. This usually should not be the case. I just wanted to mention this because usually when you actually are extending a particular class is very unlikely that you are in the same package. So just wanted to mention this. And that is a, well, I wouldn't say a limitation, it just is a reality basically. But now the real question, communicating about now, what is so interesting about having this? Well, let's think about this, right? So we have the wolf method here, right? Let's just delete that or actually let's be even smarter rate. Let's just copy this or cut it out, right? And then add this to the animal. Now first of all, you're going to say, wait a second, not every animal, Wolf's right. Yeah, that's fair enough. So let's just call this makes sound. And then we can say this name, just, let's say just made a sound. So we can't do this. And other really interesting thing is this is defined in the animal class. However, I can still say something like whiskers, dot-dot-dot makes sound right? So because whiskers is a cat and a cat is an animal, I can call all of the public methods here still. And if I call this, you can see whiskers just made a sound. So that's pretty cool. But now we're going to supercharge this because while every animal does make a sound, a cat makes a different sound from a dog, right? So what we can do is we can actually override the implementation of this method in the subclasses. So that's pretty frequent, cool. But what we can do is we can either start typing the actual name of the method as you can see, or we can write an override, right? We can start to write that. And then you can see all of the possible methods that we might be able to override. We're going to of course, choose the mic sound method here and it will get this annotation added. This is not strictly necessary, however, it is very valuable for you if you have this and I definitely recommend keeping it, because if you go through the actual classes, you can very clearly see, okay, So this was overridden from one of its superclasses. So that's very important. Then I'm actually going to just take this one. So I'm actually going to take this and just modified a tiny bit, right? So I'm going to say this, Just me out. Let's say I'm gonna do the same thing. Copy this over to the dog here. And I'm going to say this name, just waft the slurry, have something different here. And what you will then see if I actually call, for example, Benji, don't make sound. And I'm then also going to Gracie, don't make sound. What will happen now? Well, very interestingly enough. Meow, woof, woof. So as you can see, the overridden methods are now being called instead of the one by the actual superclass. So that's really frequent, cool. And now this is sort of the idea of inheritance, right? We can inherit both methods and fields here in this just makes it so first of all, everything is a little nicer separated, and then also we don't have duplicate code. Now the real question is, what is polymorphism? Polymorphism is a big word for a very, very easy to understand concept. Actually, in the very easy to understand concept is that a dog is simultaneously a dog and an animal should make sense, right? So you have a dog class is both a dog or an object of type? Dog is both a dog and a animal. Fair enough. Okay. What does that mean? Well, I can save this in an animal, right? So I can save animal, animal is equal to a new dog. Let's just say jeoneun dot PNG. Jenny. Maybe Guinea is like 15. All dark, but that's okay. And now what would happen if I do this in a mole dot make sound. What is going to happen now? Well, I mean it's an animal. So obviously it should say Jenny just made a sound, right? Because that's the most logical thing. Wait a second in the background, it's a dog. Exactly. Then he just moved. Because even though we save this in an animal, polymorphism makes it so that the dog object can take on multiple forms, or any object really can take on multiple forms. That's what basically polymorphism means. Multiple forums in a very loose translation, let's say. And the great thing what I can also do is I can make a list of animals, for example, rate called animals. And I can make this a new ArrayList just for the sake of argument. Let's import this. And then I can just say animals, not add. And I don't only have to add an animals because of course Benji is a dog, but the dog is also an animal. And then I can also add Gracie, and then I can also add whiskers. So as you can see, even though they are all save as animals, right? If I want to get those back, animals get one, for example, make sound. So it makes out there, yeah. Oh, right. And the get method here gets you back an animal. But once again, we've seen that calling a method on this actually caused the, what, what do we say the most specific method that it can. So even though this is being saved as an animal, Gracie is being saved as an animal here, the mic sound is going to make it so that Gracie, just, so that is pretty cool. Once again, if you don't clearly see the application for this, that's absolutely fine. This is a very abstract just introduction for this, of course. However, this would, for the time being, be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 28. (Java) Interfaces & Abstract Classes: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture we are going to be taking a tentative look at interfaces and abstract classes. So we're actually going to start with the abstract class first because that's a very illustrative example actually. So what we can think about is the following. What is a dog? Well, I mean, you've seen have you seen a dog before? Yes, of course. I mean, either as a picture or somewhere in the world you might have seen a dog. Have you seen an animal before? Now you might say is that well, I mean, I've seen a dog before it but no, no. Have you seen an animal before? And you're going to meet and fuse, right? Because it's like, what is an animal at the moment, what we can do is we can say animal, let's just say a is equal to a new animal, right? With, for example, just like x, p and g x and that just like 10 years old or something like that. And then you might be like, what is an animal like? What does that represent really rate in animal is a very, very abstract concept. And abstract classes, right? See the congruence there, right? So really we shouldn't be able to create new objects from the Animal class because what really is an animal like? Things can be classified as an animal, but the object animal doesn't exist, right? So what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a public abstract class out of this. And you immediately going to see that we have a related problem, which of course is exactly this right here, because we can't create a new animal if it's abstract, you can see animal is abstract, cannot be instantiated, meaning that we can't create objects from in abstract class in the cat and the dog. Literally nothing has changed because of course, the animal is still at everything here, so works. Now what we can also do and that is really cool for an abstract class is that we can make certain methods abstract. For example, the mic sound method right here. So we can just basically just, let's delete this. And then what's going to happen is that we can say public, abstract, void, make sound, right? And now look at this, we just ended. So we still have to have a normal method signature year. However, the actual implementation is left to the subclasses. And if we were to not override this, what you can see is also would find that class dog must either have declared abstract. So either this has to also be an abstract class or we have to implement the abstract methods from animal that can just hover over this into the implement methods and then this will get added as well. So I'm just gonna go back with Control Z here and then everything just works fine. So that's sort of the idea of an abstract class. And a interface is amine, something that's very related to this as well. So what we're just gonna do is we're just going to add an interface, so a new class here, and then we can select interface. We're going to call this the petal interface and the IP edible interface. You're in interfaces. We also just define a method signatures. So void, pet For example, rates of symbol like this, and that's it. So no access modifier, just this. And if this interface is implemented now for example, in the cat right implements, we have the right, then I palatable than what you will see is a very similar error than before. Implement methods, the method and the ego. And now I have to have some kind of implementation in this cat class. Why do we have interfaces and classes, you know, couldn't I just make another class? Edible animal and stuff like that? Yeah, of course, that also works. But the limitation here is that you can always only extend from one class. You can't, however, implement multiple different interfaces. So that's really the interesting thing here. And then also the interface basically is what the name suggests. It's an enables you to interface with something in a particular way. So when something implements an interface, you sort of have a, I mean, you could think of it as like an unwritten contract that everything inside of this interface is definitely has a certain implementation. So for example, I could say something like, you know, just this name was pet, something like that, right? And then I can just copy this over just for the sake of argument. I'm going to also implements this in the dog here. So I pedal and I'm just going to add this and then we're going to say something like was scratched and scratched behind the ears, for example, right? And now what I can do is instead of, for example, making a list of animals, now I could, for example, also make a list of iptable, right? So now we have these pets rate new ArrayList of that, and we can add those as well, right? Pets dot add. And then let's just say Benji, and then let's just say whiskers, right? And now we can make a petting zoo if we wanted to. That's really cool. And it doesn't matter. Once again, with polymorphism, it doesn't matter if they're saved as I petals. Once again, their actual real implementation is being called When we were to call, for example, Pets dot get one. Then what would happen is that of course the actual implementation is being called whiskers was patched instead of whiskers was scratched behind the ears. That's sort of the general idea here. Once again, interfaces abstract classes. Sort of in the same vein as the inheritance and the polymorphism in general. Where it might be a little weird because in these examples, it sometimes it's hard to really get across the idea. Once again, trying out a bunch of stuff really can help or following the assignments, also a worthwhile endeavor. But otherwise, for the time being, this is going to be for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 29. ASSIGNMENT 3: Update Trivia Game: All right, Welcome to the third assignment here for the Java introduction. And this is actually a fairly straightforward assignment. As you can see, it's not that long. Over once again, the time it takes it and make this might be round about an hour or so as usually a very conservative estimate as well. So there's a little bit of wiggle room they are you might be able to do it in 30 minutes, right? No worries at all. But for the time being, let's just go through here. So trivia game with classes and objects. So once again, we wanted the same trivia game that we've been making in the last two assignments as well. I basically want you to modify the trivia games that it uses classes as well. Now this can be in any way, shape, or form that might be the case. Think about like how you could make some custom classes that, you know saves the answers and the questions may be together. Maybe you can use a list, something like that. It really is up to you how you want to structure this. But just think about how you can make this way easier with classes and objects, and then just try that out. Of course, once again, the solution will be available to you once you're done, I highly suggest really taking a crack at it and really trying this out. And I guess I'll see you in the solution. 30. SOLUTION 3: Update Trivia Game: All right, Welcome to the solution for the third assignment right here. And well, I mean, I guess let's just take a look. You can see I have actually only two classes, a trivia game class and a trivia class. And the trivia game class basically contains all of the logic and the game loop. And the trivia class contains the questions and the answers. So let's take a look at the trivial class. First of all, let me zoom in a little bit here so we can see I have a string question, a string answer, and just a constructor that passes in both of these shrink variables here. And then I have a bunch of methods here, right is correct answer would basically puts out a Boolean and also makes sure that everything is in lowercase. So the input as actually being put to lowercase, though, that you can basically put in uppercase letters and it still counts as the correct answer. Here we have the print question, the print answer. We also have validated answer which then brings a, Hey, this was a correct answer, or this was an incorrect answer as well. And this is pretty much the trivia class. Once again, if this doesn't look exactly like yours, that's absolutely fine. This is just one example of how to do this. And then same with the trivia game, right? We have a list of trivia here. So those are all of the questions basically which are being populated right here. So this is actually called, sorry, in the start game method, right? So this is the first thing that happens, populated trivia list. And this is done right here, where we just have a new ArrayList and then we add a bunch of those trivial right there to the actual list here. And this is really cool because this now could also be done via a reading in, from a file or, you know, downloading stuff from the internet. So this method here could very easily be replaced with something else. And this is really the power when you do this separate in these classes, right before we had those individual string variables, there was no way that we could change this very easily. In this case, we could change this wooden database onto that. You could put, like I said, something on the internet. You could do almost anything, read it from a file. And that's really the thing that you wanna do with classes. You want to make this sort of generic in the sense that you can very easily add and subtract stuff from it. Usually add, of course, right? And then there's a bunch of other stuff here as well, right? So the game loop is the main thing where we have this infinite while loop right here, where we just go through each of the questions, validating the answers by getting the user input and then increasing the score if the answer is actually correct. And then we will just print the score after each of the questions. Then at the end here we asked, Hey, should we abort the game? And if the user says yes, then we just break out of it and print the final score at the end of the game as well. That's pretty cool. All things considered, this is pretty much all you really need. Once again, if your answer differs, no worries at all. But hopefully you have this answer that you can walk through and sort of try to understand, okay, well, how would I do this? Why was this done? You know, methods, okay, That's very interesting classes. So that's sort of the idea here. But for this solution, this would be it. And I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 31. ASSIGNMENT 4: Bank Management System: All right, Welcome to the fourth assignment here for the Java introduction. And in this assignment, you are supposed to create a bank management system. Now overall, this might first of all sound very complicated, but no worries. I'll step you through the idea that I had here. So the bank management system should have something like these components, a person, a bank and a checking account. And then to open a checking account, you should go via a bank, right in it might require a certain initial deposit here. And the individual components or classes that you have rights that a person might have a first, middle, and last name, and age. Maybe it's something like a social security number is not necessarily required, but you know, something like that. A bank might have a list of customers. Their checking accounts may be a maximum overdraw mount, something like that. And then a checking account might have the current value and the methods for taking out and depositing money overall. That's sort of the general idea. There's a bunch of ways that you can approach this. So I'm very interested to see what you come up with. And of course, the solution will once again be available to you. I think this is probably a little bit harder. I would imagine something like 1.5 hours is probably best to set aside for this so that you can really dig in and try to understand and make something that's pretty cool. So good luck. 32. SOLUTION 4: Bank Management System: All right, Welcome to the solution for the fourth assignment. And as you can see, we have three different classes, pretty much like I said in the actual assignment. And well, let's just go through. So we have a person class which is fairly straightforward, read first, middle and last name, and an age or private this time, and basically accessible via ghettos here. And then we also have a boolean right here, which basically just returns whether or not a person is older than what has been supplied here, which is very interesting. And the account here is also interesting, right? We have a balanced, we have account ID. At this point is not actually really used all that much, but it's very possible that you can do something with this as well and then an account holder as well. And that is used in the bank to basically get a specific account here. So we can see ever have a list of accounts, right? And the way that we can get an account is get account by person. But that's the way that I personally right now to get the accounts here. And the rest is pretty much does the bank account, right? So basically, if you can open this account, is that the case? And it basically validate whether or not someone is 16 or older than 16, and also whether or not the minimum deposit has been actually hit. There is actually a little bit of a bug in here, right? In this method, that's very interesting. You can try to find that yourself. Just a little bit of an interesting exercise as well. But otherwise, you know, overall, this is once again just one example of this. We can just take a look at this, right? So what we're going to have is I have some code here, so nano tech is not old enough to open a bank account and then ten, say euros or dollars is not enough. We need at least a 150 and then we actually get the balance from Maria's account, which is 2000. Then trying to withdraw 3000 doesn't work because the withdrawal amount is actually 500 or the overdraw basically. And that is why this doesn't work. So that's sort of the general idea here. Once again, There's plenty of ways that you can do this if it looks completely different to yours, but you're still works, that's totally fine. Regardless of that, I hope that this was a useful exercise or useful assignment two, you end and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 33. (Java) Anonymous Classes: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at the anonymous class. So what is an anonymous class? Well, when we inherit from something, so we think back the dog class, right? That had a name, right, and inherited from the animal class. And now what we can do is for example, we can make a person here, right? So I still have the person class from the last assignment. So for example, personnel is equal to a new person, but it's so nano attack and eight years old, let's say just for the sake of argument here. Now, this is all fine. If now I wanted a class that extends this person class, which is a manager. Now the only thing that we're going to do is actually just make it so that when you get the full name, you're gonna get the name like Manager printed out as well. Okay, So, so how would we do this? We'll make a new class, right? And all of that. Well, let's just say that we actually only really need this one. So what we can do is we can make an anonymous class. So we can say person manager is equal to a new person. But let's just say John Smith, right? Let's say 42. And then we end this. Now what we could do instead of ending this with a semicolon, after we're done, we're actually going to make a holy bracket and end the ending curly bracket with a semicolon. You can see that there's no arrows here. Because inside of here now we've created this anonymous class because it is a class that extends the person class. However, it doesn't have a name, therefore it's anonymous. And when we can do is, you can see if I start writing an override here, I can actually override everything that is inside of the person class that is over writeable. Prefer example, I can say fullname and then I can say something like Manager, and then plus get the full name. So this is now what this particular anonymous class does. And then I can, if I system out print line, for example, nano dot get full name. And then I can also do the same for the manager dot getName. You will see that nano is just going to be nano attack. And then it's going to be manager John Smith because we've added this manager right here. This example might not be the most illustrative. I find it very hard to really show you a very illustrative example of anonymous classes. It's usually the further in you go, you know, with interfaces and inheritance and stuff like that, it becomes very hard if you're not in a very, in an actual environment where you actually have some classes and some functionality. But this is definitely something that we will see in the modelling section of the course as well. Because there's plenty of stuff here that's going to be needed for that. But whatever the case may be, at least you've seen this even if we are not going to go into too much more detail here, I hope you've found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 34. (Java) Enums & Advanced Enums: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this short lecture, we're going to be taking a look at enums and also advanced enums, overall, enums, you can think of those as a certain data types that have predefined values, and you can only assign those values to that actual variable. So let's just create, for example, a difficulty enum, right? So we can make it a class and then just change this to enum right here. And then the way that an enum basically is structured is it has the actual values that it can take it just inside of it. So for example, easy, medium, and hard, for example, as the difficulties of a game could be. And then to create a new variable for this, it's pretty much just once again difficulty. Then let's call this the game difficulty, right? Under like this. And then this is equal to 2. Assign this, you can see difficulty dot, and then we just have these three values as possible options. So let's just say difficulty medium here. And we can then normally just reassign this right? Again, difficulty equals to 2. Difficulty, difficulty hard for example. And then two. For example, we can also make IF statements out of a retro game, difficulty equals, equals. Now that equals something, for example, difficulty easy. And then we do something here. So that's pretty much all it really is for normal enums. And there is something interesting for what I call advanced enums. So for that, we're going to create a new Java class. Again, that's the tool tier, and that is going to be also renamed to an enum here, I'm actually going to copy over some stuff from the other monitor right here. So this is actually also of course available to you, a GitHub repository or adjust as well. You can see that while this is an enum, it has a constructor here and we have some fields rate. That's very strange. Yes. So the idea is that you can have enums defined. So of course this is an diamond enum. And just for general examples here. And the cool thing is that those work exactly the same as the other ones. So I can say a two tier tier is equal to, let's say, for example, the tooltip diamond, right? And what I then can very easily do is I can say system out print line tier, for example, git tag multiplier, which then gets me the attack multiplier of whatever the tier has been assigned to. So I can basically have a, I don't want to call it a list necessarily because a list is a little something different, but you can have predefined values in this enum here, in this enumeration. So that's the enumeration and you can then access those as well. So that's actually really will end, can be really useful. And we will definitely see this example in when we're making tools, custom tools or Minecraft. That's definitely something that we're going to see. But otherwise that's pretty much it for the enums. I just wanted to show you this and mention is that you have at least seen this before. Otherwise this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in neurons of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 35. (Java) Exceptions & Try and Catch: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for microwave modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at exceptions and the try and catch statement. So overall, this is not the most interesting, or what would you say, the most exciting topic? However, it is, it can be a fairly important one. Nonetheless. Though exceptions we've seen a few of those. For example, the something like the IndexOutOfBoundsException and the NullPointerException. So there were a few exceptions that we've seen before that were thrown by the actual code. And what we're gonna do is we're now going to throw our own custom exception. So in our package we're going to create a new class, which is the test exception, because it just really requires us to have a test exception here. We're just going to extend the exception class right here. And I'm actually going to copy over the two constructors that we're going to need here for this. So this is of course, all available to you in either the GitHub repository or energised as well. We're going to have is we're going to have a scanner where we can just quickly scan in some stuff system in right here. And then we're just going to save the following. So we're going to say next int, and we're just going to basically save something in an integer here. And just for the sake of argument, what we're gonna do is we're going to throw this exception when we pass in a number 0 into a specific method here. So private, static, void check for 0. That's very straightforward in the number. And what we're just gonna do is we're gonna say if the number, if the number were passing any residual, then what we're gonna do is we're going to throw a new exception. How do we do this? We're going to write throw new tests exception, and then we're just going to say number is 0. For example, something like this. And that's pretty much all that we really need to do here. What you see is that this actually throws an error here because Add exception to method signature. So we actually have to have this at this method here. So we have to add the throws test exception to the method signature, otherwise it doesn't work. And if I call this now, right? So if I check for 0, i, what you will see is that this also has to be added to the main method as well because this is not handled properly, so we're not handling this exception. So what you can do is we're just going to run this. And if I, for example, type in a one here, nothing happens. The program ends normally over if I put in a 0, you can see exception and main thread count and your test exception, very interesting numbers 0. And then you can even see where this has been called, right? So here first and then here was the exception that was thrown. So that's very interesting. Let's first of all, a comment this out and get rid of the artistic section up there. And what we can do now is we can say, for example, let's just say z is equal to the scanner dot next int. Or actually just skip it the I here for that. That's fine. We can now make a try statement. So this is going to be a try with the curly brackets. And then here it's going to have an catch with an exception e inside of it. And this is basically handling an error, right? So the try and catch statement is there to handle an error. So we're going to try this right here. Write a check for 0 I. And if an exception is caught or thrown, right? And we can catch it here. And then we can do something with it. For example, we can just basically just do something like this. So GET message then just for now, basically just print out what is actually happening here, right? So the actual exception, there's of course other things that you might want to do or have to do if an exception is caught. And then you also have this finally here, which we're just gonna do the following. We're just going to basically print out finally, just to see that this is printed and then we're actually going to copy the out. And this is going to be, this happens always. But now the interesting thing is when you actually handle exceptions properly with a try and catch statement here, then what happens is that the program does not just break or it doesn't just end, it actually continues along. So what you can see is that first of all, when I call, when I put in a 1 for example, right? So one day you go finally, and this happens always. So the finally, as you can see, is always cold and then this is always also called, right? And then the interesting thing is that when the exception thrown, you can see we're printing out the message. But finally still happens. And the, you know, this happens always, also still happens. So the rest of the program continues along. What's very important is that in general, you want your code to fail as loudly as possible simply because of the fact that you want errors to be seen very, very early on. That's why throwing exceptions can be useful. Now, granted in microwave modeling, you're very unlikely to have to, especially in the beginning, right? I mean, most of this, I'm assuming for beginners, right? This is not going to be very important for beginners. This is something way more for advanced people. When you're really sitting there, you're like, Okay, I'm going to make like a giant mode now, right? I want to make it like the next thermal expansion, Let's say on that level something like that, then making some custom exceptions. Very smart idea, definitely. But whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 36. (Java) Java Lambda Expressions: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling. And in this lecture, we're going to take a tentative look at a lambda expressions. So lambda expressions can be very complicated. I just want to give you a very brief overview of the ones that we have and what lamda expressions are. So in general, and the veteran people are going to three methods. They are basically functions or methods as variables. Now that's pretty cool when you think about it. And we're going to take a look at these five just in very, very sparse details. So we're not gonna go into any detail at all. I just want you to have seen those n to basically store that in the future. Because especially in 4D modeling, this is something that is very important actually in fabric, not so much, well, whatever the case may be. So a supplier, for example, right here, right, is something that has no parameters but a return value. And it could be written something like this, right? So no parameters in the parentheses and an arrow and then the x could be whatever is being returned. You can see supplier of type integer means that an integer is returned. And then this is how it looks like. The cool thing about this is that this also means because when we can make a variable out of it, we could also pass it in into a method, meaning that we could, we could pass in these suppliers in there, which might have different functionality. So that is fairly cool actually, this is also used in afford programming a lot or enforced modeling, especially because when the supplier, when you have something inside of it, this is only called when the getMethod here is called. So you can sort of delay loading of certain variables and stuff like that. That's pretty much the extent of my knowledge in that area as well. So we're not gonna go too much into it. And then after we've fixed this mistake here per meter, of course, right? So the consumer sort of in the name really consumes a parameter but doesn't return a value. Here is an example for the consumer for a string, which simply basically is where you pass in a string and then it does something with that string. A callable is no perimeter and no return value. So very similar to a supplier, however, it throws an exception, so a callable, it's possible for that to call an overthrow an exception as well. That's the general idea. You can also always hover over this and you can actually find a very nice summary of what they actually are, right? So here we're calling the callable in this case, then a runnable is something that has no parameters and no return value. Then a function basically is literally like a function that maps a certain input to a certain output is just the function for the circle, basically where I just have the pi here. But that's pretty much all that there is really to it. So overall, like I said, I really just wanted you to step through this once I've seen this before, when I say, Hey, we're going to make a supplier that you don't sit there and you're like, oh, I have no idea what that is. No. A supplier basically is a datatype that has, that sort of more or less saves in a function or a method. It's not quite that, but it's very close to it so that, you know, especially for beginners, it's enough to think about it like that. Whatever the case may be, this is actually it for this lecture right here. I know that this was very short, but like I said, it's really just a very brief overview rather than really explaining every detail of it. But I still hope that you found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 37. (Java) Java Generics: All right, welcome back to the Java introduction here for Minecraft modeling and for this last lecture of the Java introduction section, we're going to be making a tentative look at generics. Generics, of course we've seen those before, right? A list was a generic, for example, where we could put in an integer like any class basically, and basically have the numbers, for example, with a new ArrayList here. So that all worked out very easily and very fine. That was well, fairly straightforward. But what if we have generics that we want to use ourselves for that we're actually going to create a new class here. We're just going to be the pair class. And you will be able to save two different values in it. So we're just gonna make those angle brackets and then x, y. And the idea is that X and Y are now placeholders for certain datatypes. So we're going to have a private x squared first and a private lie called second, right? And this is, the idea is that you now have to think of this like, okay, those are generics, meaning that those are just placeholders, like I said, right? And let's just generate a constructor for this. So right-click generate constructor. And then for both of those we're going to just read the constructor. And then actually we're also going to do right-click Generate getters and setters for both of them. And there you go. That's basically the entire class already done. And you can see it always uses the x and the y because those are basically just placeholders for the actual data values or data types that are being used. Now what's very interesting, what you can also do is you can say that a certain data type as to extend from a different one. So we can, for example, say extends float, meaning that the y now has to extend the float, meaning that it can either be a float or any other subclass of that class that were defined here. That's very interesting as well. It is something that you can do and that is done in Minecraft modeling extensively as well. And what you can also do, let's just make a new pair here, right? So pair, Let's say are like integer, integer float for the time being, like this term equal to a new pair of them. We're going to say some like 2250.55. Sure, that's okay. Making sure that this is an f here, then it should work. There you go. This is now working totally fine. And what you can also do, instead of passing in a certain actual value or a certain data type, you can also make this a question mark. And then the generic will just sort of figure it out. This is what's called a wildcard generic. We're not gonna go too much into detail about this. This is something that you will also see in Minecraft modeling a little bit as well. However, this is, there's no real need to understand this. It's entirely because generics definitely is something that is way, way advanced, like very advanced topic that even like skilled programmers don't like a lot of them don't even understand this. Like I wouldn't include myself in that description by the way, like, I know generics good enough so that I can basically deal with them. However, making like a real generic class myself, I will be honest, this is very, very hard, right? So this is a very complicated topic, so no worries there at all. I just wanted to mention this and wanted you to see that this exists and that you can also make your own generics. But that would be it for the Java introduction in this section of the course. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new if you're a complete beginner, I hope that you now have the Java foundation that you're going to need in order to continue along with microwave modeling. So best of luck to you, and I hope that you will enjoy the microbiotic section of this course. 38. (Basics) Installation, Setup & GitHub: All right, Welcome to the Minecraft fabric course here for 118. And in this first lecture, we're going to go through while a few prerequisites that you will need in order to start modeling Minecraft. Now we're going to go through everything, downloading everything that you need, the programs, setting up the fabric project, and then even setting up a GitHub repository so that you can either share your code with someone that might help you. So for example, if you run into an issue, you can then upload all of your code and then can send it to someone else. For example, me in the Q&A. And then I can very easily try and find the error, which is just going to save a lot of time between the basically the question and the answer. But first of all, if you are an absolute beginner, I highly recommend if you haven't watched it, watching the Java introduction, I just cannot recommend this enough. It is going to help you immensely. Because if you don't have that, especially going through the Minecraft modeling part of this course, you're going to feel very lost very fast. Because at this point, I assume that you have at least seen everything in the Java introduction and you are reasonably familiar with the concepts that we've discussed there. But whatever the case may be, Let's start with downloading the JDK. So we need a Java Development Kit, and this is going to be Java's 17. Actually, this link is linked in the resources. Despite having used Java 16 for the Java introduction, we now have to download Java 17. That is no issue by the way whatsoever. So this is linked and this should in theory detect what your operating system is. If this is wrong, you can go to other platforms. You're making sure that you select tamarin 17, and then you can basically just select your operating system, the architecture here as well, and then just download, download the MSI year. And when you download this, this is just a normal insulation so that you can install this on your PC like any other program. And once you've done so you can then continue for the next part is we're going to need an IDE that is an integrated development environment. And for us we're gonna choose Intelligent idea. If you are once again a beginner, I highly recommend just sticking with this because otherwise there's gonna be a few things that might look different to you. So for example, if you wanted to use Eclipse or VS Code, also totally fine. However, do keep in mind that if you run into any issues there, I might not be able to help as good as I might be able to with intelligent idea because I know all of the legs, Let's say shortcuts and all of the buttons you have to press when something goes wrong in idea, I'm not 100% familiar with Eclipse or VS code, so just keep that in mind and download the community version. Very important. This is free so you don't have to pay anything. The community version on the right side here. So just download that once again and then install that to your PC, just like any other program as well. Now we come to the next thing and that is going to be the fabric example more. Now you can see that this is a public template, so there's a few things that you can go about this. You can either use this template and just make a new GitHub repository. That's not what we're gonna do. We're gonna do is we're going to go to the code here and click download a zip. This is going to download a zip file with all of the required files that we basically need. And I've already prepared a holder here where I want this to go into. I'm just going to right-click here, extract here. This is just for this I'm using wind rawr. You can also use seven zip or another ZIP program to basically open this up. Well now everything is in here. I'm actually going to Control X this to get this out and Control V to paste it into here. So I'm just wanting everything to be in this folder. And now two things that we can do immediately. We can delete the license and the README file so that we are not going to get the same license here because this is basically the public domain license. And that is actually not something that I personally want. Of course you can stick with it however you would like. And then I also highly recommend just deleting the GitHub folder right here, the dot GitHub folder, because that basically contains some workflows. Here you can basically see automatic bills the project and run any configure tests for it. You don't really necessarily need to do this. You can keep it. But this is something that sometimes might be a little bit confusing for, especially once again beginners. So I highly recommend just deleting that and not worrying about it for the time being. Now we have the fabric example mod in here, and this is actually all that we need. We can start intelligence for the first time. Now it's probably not going to look exactly like this to you. However, it will have three components that we need. And this is the new project, the open. And they get from VCS for those three buttons, basically Arthur, things that you're gonna need. And we want to click the Open button and then basically navigate to this directory. So we're just going to put this directory in here and you can see the fabric horse 118, and it actually has this symbol here and we're going to hit Okay, and then crossed the project and then a new window here will open and you can see some things were already start here. That's totally fine. Just keep it going. If you get like red here, arrows, no worries at all. We're gonna fix all of those in just a minute. The first thing that you will probably come up with if you, for example, have a different version of Java here, you can see that you are using an outdated version of Java. That is correct for me because I have multiple versions of Java installed. Now, how do you fix this? Very easy. You go to File project structure, and you can see here in the project SDK, you have to select Java 17. And then here in the project level language or so 17 hit Apply and Okay, and there's a second thing that you need to do, and let's go to File Settings to the execution deployment built tools Gradle, and make sure that this year is set to project SDK. That is also very important. It apply if that is not the case, okay? Then you can hit this little elephant here again and let us run through again. And now you should not get any arrows in that case, but it should just run through correctly. But you can see I got a build successful here, so that's actually really good. And then what you will also see is that you will have three of those orange folders generate. And then if we, for example, open up the source folder, so SRC stands for source. If we open that up, you can see that we also get some colors here. Now the next thing is that when I opened this java folder, you can see that everything here expands. If you're using intelligent for the first time, this might not be the case for you. Go to this gear up here and make sure that both flattened packages and compact middle packages is turned off. So this might be the case, how it looks for you. Just make sure that both fly and packages as well as compact middle packages is turned off and then everything looks exactly the same for you as it does for me right now, we need to modify a few things inside of the Gradle dot properties file. So you can see there are some properties defined, so there are some fabric properties, there are some more properties, and then there's also some dependencies or a little interlude right here. So what's very important is that there are two ways that you can go about this. Number. One, you can either take the just example mod and then you will be on 1800s. Please note that a few things do not work exactly like in 101. So this name, you're going to be the tags, the advanced item, which uses tax basically and world generation. You're going to have issues there at the end of this, at the end of the course. So there's gonna be an update video where we're going to update the 1800s things to one 1800s. However, if you want to follow the course in its entirety, mainly words or iteration, I highly recommend thinking about possibly choosing one 1800s one. Here. I will probably add a section at the end of the course for 1800s. And not only the changes, but probably also different lectures that will replace the, not replaced. But there's gonna be corollaries for the 1800s lectures. So either you can change the Gradle properties file to these values right here, or if that's not your, if you don't want to do this, if you want to use 1800s, you're of course, welcome to do so. But please keep in mind there are gonna be some differences versus what you're going to see in the lectures. So just keep that in mind and I guess back to the lecture. So overall the fabric properties, you can see that we actually have a link here and we're going to look at that page in just a moment. And we basically just specify what is the Minecraft version, what is the version of the mappings that we're using? This is basically to translate the code so that we can actually read the method names and things like that. And then the loader version is just the version of the fabric loader basically. Then we have some more properties, those we can define ourselves and we're gonna do that in just a moment. And then we also have which fabric version we are using at the very bottom here. If we open up the link fabric MC net slash versions, then you will see that we actually have some updates here. So what we can do is we can just take this control C or right-click copy and then go back here and then basically just paste it in. So let's just paste it in. We're gonna get a few arrows because there's multiple ones here. But what we can do is we can just replace this down here. So I press Control X to cut it out and then Control V to paste it back in. Now we've, we'll update to 0.44. This might actually be a different version for you, which is totally fine. Usually while there are some differences in versions, there shouldn't be crazy differences. And if there are, I will try to keep up with the best I can and probably add another lecture after this or somewhere between the changes. And then it will basically be caught up with that as well, right? And here we're just going to delete all of those and then also just make sure that they are written correctly. So basically hitting the tab key to move them. And now you've seen that we've basically updated on profit on six to 12.8 and from 431, I think to 440, that's totally fine. Once again, we can click the little elephant here up in the corner. And if we expand this build window, you can see it's downloading things like crazy, but no worries. Again, this might take a couple of seconds. Once again, maybe a minute or so. I have seen it take a lot longer for some people, but this depends on your internet connection and how good your PCS. So sometimes it might take like 20 minutes, I've seen that before, but that's very rare. Very rare. So there you go. 21 seconds, actually already done. And now we can start to, well, go ahead and see what we can change for our own MOD. Basically, all of our changes are going to happen in the Gradle dot properties file. That is basically very easy for us to do this. And the general idea is that we have to change our model properties here and then also change a few things here in our folder structure or packaged structure. The general gist is that right now we're using this example MOD where there is, of course not quite what we have. We have a specific math that we want. So if I double-click on this example mock class, you can see it says example mod. It even has a few comments in here. That's very nice. But overall, we need to change a few things in here. The first thing is that I want this to be in my own package. What I do is I go up here and I'm just going to change this to net account and rho naught Mc course, that's the package. I want this to be a highly recommend not calling this cotton job because you're in a coulomb joule. And second of all, just use net your name. And then MC course for example, I highly recommend doing this because it's just very weird to use someone else's name if you're making your own code because it's just gonna get confusing for people who are like you didn't write that, that was by cotton row and it's like, well, what I can do here is this, of course now going to have a red underline. I'm just going to hover over this and you can see move to package net Cotton joe MC course. I'll just click this and you can see a new package has been created. And this has now been well basically done. What I will do then is I'm going to take this mixed and package and just move it right into EMI EMC course package refactor. And there you go. Now I can actually delete the fabric MC here, just hit the delete key and then confirm. And then what I can do is I can now right-click this. This is very important. Don't just change this name here. Right-click Refactor Rename. And then this is going to be the MC course mod class. Now, this is what I will refer to in the coming lectures and in the answers for some questions as the main class. So this is the main class. The main classes, the one that implements the more initializer interface, very important. This is what I will refer to as your main mod class will also delete all of the comments here because they're not needed. And then I will introduce a new field here. And that is a public static final string called mod underscore ID. And there's going to be equal to a new string, which is called MC course, because this is going to be our model ID. Now the more ID is very important. So once again, listen carefully here, the more ID can only contain lowercase characters, underscore dash and numbers, nothing else, no spaces and no uppercase characters. So that is very important. No uppercase characters. I've seen this multiple times for your model ID, you cannot contain uppercase characters. And then instead of calling the model ID here, we're just going to say more ID. So now everything here is fine and dandy. So this is actually all that we need to do in RMC course math class. Now let's go into the example mixing because we're gonna get an error here, because this is still trying to use the example mode. No worries, We're just gonna say MC course. You can see as soon as I type it in, it actually gets suggested to us. So I can autocomplete this with tab, and then let's open the import here and you can see they actually get an error here as well. We can just delete this import and then all of the arrows here should go away. Well then let's navigate to the greatest property again. And here we have the mod version. I highly recommend what you should do is you should put the micro version either at the front or the back. So you can, for example, say something like this is version of 0.01 dash 118. So then the user is, knows, okay, this is version 0.01 for your MOD. And then for micro version 118, they may even group of course is just going to be net.com row dot IMC force and then the archive base name. Not actually sure how important that is, but this is just going to be for us, fabric verse 2018, right? And now this has been modified. That is fine. And now we need to modify something else, and that is in the resources folder right here. So open that up and you can see that it actually is a model ID icon. We can actually delete this. We don't need that at the moment. And there's a fabric more JS file and a model ID mixed illustration. First of all, we're going to go into the fabric moderation. And here we have to actually specify a lot of things. The first thing that we need to do is we need to change the mode idea here, of course, to MC course. This is the model that we've chosen right here, right? So this has to be exactly the same everywhere. And then the name of Ahmad, I'm just going to choose MC course fabric mod. That's fine. We can also add a description here. So we can, for example, say mod, teach others. Fabric morning, fabric, microphonic. Sure, pagan authors is homeroom course. Once again, put in your own name. Now me, I'm not the author of your model, and then you have some contact, for example, I can change this to come to the net and then sources. I will probably change this in a little bit because of course right now we don't have a GitHub repository yet, but we will of course make this in this lecture as well. The license I'm going to choose, the MIT license that I personally think is the best one formats usually that's just, you know, it's still open source than the entry point here. We have to change this as well as you can see, this is net count and rho naught Mc course and then not example more about MC course mod. Very important once again, that you changed this. Exactly how you have it right here. You can see net out and row MC course, MC course model. That's very important. Same with the mixins. We changed the model ID here to MC course. And now everything here has been done at the Icahn doesn't work at the moment. We could of course also add on new icon here. We're not gonna do that for the time being. Then let's open the more I the mixins, Jason. And what you can see is number one, what we want is right-click Refactor Rename and then change the model ID here to MC course. And then the package here you can see also has to be changed. The net accountant Joe at MC course, mixing, that's fine. Then the example mixing here is also fine. This is just an example of the actual mixins. We're gonna take a look at that in the way later lecture because mix-ins can be quite complicated. So for the time being, we're just going to basically ignore the entire thing here. Same with this one. We're just going to ignore it and say That's fine. But now actually all of the modifications that we need to do have been done. We've specified RMC course MOD ID, exchanged the name here, we've changed the things in the fabric mod Jason, very important, you do not change the name of this Jason. You only change them name of this Jason has also a very important thing. And now we still have the elephants. So let's just click this one more time and let's see everything done in 940 milliseconds. That's very fast. And how can we start in Minecraft will be go to the top right here to the Gradle, expand the tasks fabric, and then run client unless you see double-click this. And then in the future, you will have this up here. And then you will also have sort of a, just a play button that you can basically click. And that's also then going to work. But for the time being, we're just going to wait a few things. This arrow here is absolutely normal because we are in a development environment, we have not logged into Minecraft, therefore, we're gonna get this error. That is totally fine. And Minecraft will already have started hopefully, and you can actually hear it. I'm actually going to turn down the music because that can sometimes be a little distracting. And there you go. So fabric is actually in, we can see fabric model also works totally fine. When this happens, you're actually through, we have set up the development environment. Let's actually quit the game. And let's do two more things. Number one, what I want you to do is I want you to also click this Jen sources right here. So just double-click this. This is going to generate the source files for Minecraft and fabric, just so that we can take a look at those in more detail. Basically, I'm going to show you what that means in basically the future lectures is gonna be very important that we have access to the source files for Minecraft and for fabric. Because there are a lot of great examples on how to do things in there as well. Now this will actually take a little longer, but no worries, just be patient, waited for it and then we'll see after everything has been done, There you go. So almost a minute and then Jen sources is done. You can also click download assets Just in case Sometimes you need to do that. Sometimes you don't. Sometimes the assets, usually they should be already downloaded, but there might be some issues there. And once you've done this, you can close it and then make sure that you select the Run client here. You can also select the Minecraft client here. You can select either of them, or you usually choose this one. And then you can basically start microphones again with this Run button right here. Right now everything has been set up. So now let's move on to how to add the GitHub repository. Highly suggest not skipping this step making a GitHub repository because if in the future you run into an issue, I'm just providing me your GitHub repository with, for example, an error log and say, Hey, this didn't work, is gonna make my life and your life a lot easier because I'm gonna be able to respond the way faster to an issue or a question that you might have. So how do we do this? Well, first of all, you need to have a GitHub account. I highly recommend making one on GitHub. It's totally free. It's very good. It's a website used by almost anyone that codes. There's a few others, but I highly recommend just making a GitHub account. Once that is done, you can then go into your back into intelligence here and go to VCS and then say share project on GitHub that we need to choose a name. I'm okay with fabric dash course month 18, that's fine. I'm going to choose to make this private. You don't necessarily need to. Remote origin is also okay. I'm not going to add a description right now. I'm gonna say Share. Now you can see Account can't be empty, Fair enough. So I'm going to add a count and you can see login via GitHub. I'm just going to press this and it will then open this JetBrains account. I'm gonna say authorized in GitHub and then you can see successfully been authorized because I'm already locked in here. Now I'm going to go here and you can see github.com slash cotton row and then say share. Now at the bottom here you can see it's starting to do stuff. And then here it basically suggests hate. What do you want to push? Like? The idea is that we have two different things. You have a commit and a push, and a lot of stuff will turn red. So the files will turn red and we'll say initial commit. We're gonna say Add. And then it's going to continue doing stuff here at the bottom right. And you could see successfully share project on GitHub. I believe I can just click this and there you go. So now actually the horse course get a repository has been created under columns row slash fabric course 118. And this will also be available to you. So in each of the lectures, you basically will find a link to the branch for that particular lecture so that you can always take a look at the code compare and make sure that everything you've done is correct, just like we have here. I also highly recommend, especially when we go into the more complex topics, I'm going to start copying over a lot more of the code because it's not fun to watch someone write 300 lines of code. And then basically just looking, watching someone, right, that it's not actually very interesting. It's far better for me to copy some stuff over and then explain what is written. That's actually how easy the setup for the GitHub repository here is. Once that is done, you can see at the bottom here I now have the master branch and if I were to change something, so I'm just going to, for example, add a Hammond, the comments, right? You can see that the file turns blue. This means that a change has occurred. How can I now will mark this? Well, I can go to this commit tablet right here and just say, yeah, every old changes, right? I wanted to, I wanted to mark them. And then I'm gonna say added a comment. Then what I want to do is I'm gonna commit. Now this change has been committed. If I go back to the project window, you can see it's no longer blue, but it is not yet on line. Because what I need to do is I need to go here to this push button, to the arrow that points to the top-right push. And then it says Master origin master. This basically means that you're going to push the changes that you've made on your local machine. That the origin and the origin is basically online and there to the master branch, push. And you can see hopefully what can happen is pushed one commit to origin master. And if I now go back here and reload this, you can see added a comment has just been committed. If I don't want to go into too much detail about how Git works and all of that. However, it is very important that basically you do set this up. I highly recommend this. I cannot recommend this more. Getting help by either me or either or even other people will make it so much easier if you have a GitHub repository that you can share. So please do this and also very important that all of these files are in there. You have to have the Gradle w file, you have to have the builder Gradle file, the Grail properties, all of those things have to be there. Very, very important, right? But whatever the case may be, this is already it for this lecture. I understand that this is quite an extensive one. We have done a lot of things, but if Minecraft works now, congratulations, you've started mindful of mourning. It's going to be a crazy and cool journey along the way. And I'm sure that you will learn a lot. If at any point you run into any issues, of course, feel free to use the Q&A to ask a question. Otherwise, I also highly recommend just checking everything again for spelling mistakes and making sure that you've done everything like I have. And then hopefully everything might work. But that is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 39. (Basics) Create a Custom Item: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding our own custom item. So this is very exciting. We're starting off with adding items because they are a little bit easier than adding blocks. But let's just start. What do we have to do? Well, inside of our MC course package, we're going to right-click new package actually. What item so that the package structure in general is highly subjective and it can change. It's basically a individual organization. How you want to organize this, you can select that basically however you want. I highly recommend sticking with something that you like. Basically you and if you have a team, your team, as long as you can find everything, that's fine. I'm going to stick with basically how I do it for inserting the item package. We're going to right-click new Java class called more items. So this is a new class here and this window will appear if you have GitHub repository initialized. So basically this is at the file to GitHub and usually what you want is you want to say Yes, Add, and then it will turn green. So this is basically a new file has been added. If you have not set up a GitHub repository, then this will not appear and everything is fine as well. So to add a new item, we need to register it. Now, there are two things that we need to do. We need to have a public static boyd or register more items method. And this is just going to say system out print line. And it's going to say something like registering, registering items for mod items, mod items, or plus MC course mod that melody. So this will be called INSEAD side of our uninitialized method to initialize the static items that we have in this class. This is actually strictly needed because otherwise the items will not properly be registered basically. And then we'll have a private static item or register item, register item with a string name and an item, Item. Now you will see that this item is red here, no worries at all. What you can do is you can click on this, press Alt and Enter to import the net Minecraft item, item class. As you can see, we're still getting an error here because of course we have to return an item that's no worries at all. What we're gonna do is we're going to return the registry, not register with the registry dot item all in uppercase AMA, new identifier from net Minecraft util, MC course MOD that model ID name. And then after the first parentheses comma item. Once again, the registry kras is not being imported yet, so click on it all into two important at Minecraft UTI registry, registry. And this call basically will register the item under our namespace who are under our model ID with the name given here as the first parameter. And it is going to be this item. So this is basically a helper method to help us register our items. And what type of items are we going to make? Well, we are going to make or recalc them. Well, this is already calcium in goods and nuggets and raw or recalc them. And then later Oracle can blocks and all of that jazz. So how do we make an item? So we're gonna say public static final. So this is once again just basic stuff, right? So that static, so that we don't have to make a new more items class. And then final so that we can't change it afterwards. And this is going to be the recalc income underscore English. And this is going to be equal to register item. You can see I'm already getting this and then the first one is a string. This name here will actually generate automatically. You do not have to type this out. Zoom in a little bit. You can see that this looks a little bit different from what I've been writing. So this generates automatically, you do not have to type this out. And this is an oracle come underscore ingot and then comma, and then a new item. So you will actually already get some suggestions c, We want a normal item here, new item with the new fabric items, settings, that group, item, group that Misc, write this one. And then at the end here, a semicolon. This is the entire thing to make a new item here. In this case, we're basically making a new item, the name or the calcium English. The oracle come in, get here. This is the name of the variable of course, and this has to always be written in caps lock and also underscores separated boundary scores basically. And this all has to be a lowercase, just like the model ID. So the name here, the string here, always all lowercase. And usually I highly recommend sticking with one way to write this. Basically having the underscore here is fine, right? In New Item requires item settings and you can see that we've just call it the group method and given it to the item group dot miscellaneous, so that this item is actually added to the miscellaneous group. And I can actually put a dot in here as well afterwards. And it put in more stuff to this. You have a little more Java knowledge. This is a builder pattern and you can see I can actually do a few things in here, a change, a few things up for the time being. We're just going to stick with basically selecting the group to be group miscellaneous. And that is pretty much it. We're going to stick with this for the time being. But towards the end of the lecture, we're actually going to make another item just so that you see how that works. That some people have been a little bit confused with. How do I add a second item to have to make a new mode items class, No, No worries. We're just going to basically stick through it in our MC course mod class in the initialized method, where now we're going to call more items that register mode items. And we can delete the logger info. That's going to be fine. And now we need to venture into the assets folder and basically make the JSON files. Well, JSON files are something that is, I mean, I wouldn't say necessarily annoying, but it can get very annoying because for every block and for every item you add, you will have to add these JSON files. We're gonna go through the item JSON files right here. And then next lecture when we talk about blocks, we're going to also go through those as well, so no worries at all. So in the assets folder, Right-click new directory called MC course. So this has to be your MOD ID. Please make sure that this is written correctly. Everything here that I'm doing right now has to be written correctly. Otherwise it will not work. Say this one more time. Please make sure that your folder structure is written correctly. Check this eight times, really, I mean it MC course, right-click new directory called lang. So this is the first directory that we're going to need. And then there's another one called models. And then there's one more which we're going to need, which is the textures. But very important, Lang models with an S at the end and textures with an acid the end. The models folder will also have two directories, one called broke. This is singular. And then what I can do is I can take this folder and when I press Control and drag it into the same folder, I can make a copy of it and just mean that item. Now we're going to take both of these and actually make a copy of them into the textures folder, because we're going to need a block, an item folder in there as well. But this is at the moment how this should look like. Make sure that everything is in the correct place so that nothing like the models folder is inside of the assets folder. Everything has to be like this. Resources, assets, MC course models, M, C corps textures, MCQs, Lang. Now inside of the leg folder, we're going to right-click New File and underscore us dot-dot-dot Grayson it Enter and once again, of course, add this to the GitHub repository if you have one. And now this is the translation file. So this is going to translate the name of items into different languages. Now for our purposes, we're only going to use e and underscore us, Jason, because we only want to translate this to the English version. However, you can very easily find out the other types of languages that are supported and then translate to those as well. We need to do is we need to put in curly brackets here and then a string. So this is going to be item that MC course, that recalc underscore ingot and then a colon or a calcium score, a no null underscore space in it. There you go. So this year is the not translated name. Basically this is the translation key. You can think of it like this item because this is an item because MC course, because this is our model ID. And then the silicon ingot right here is the name given in the mod items class right here. But this is the general idea. And this thing is going to follow basically to almost any other thing as well, the blocks, different things. So yeah, this is then the translated name. So this is the name that you're going to see when you hover over the actual item in the inventory, right then under models item, right-click, new file or pre-calc, underscore ingot that Jason are important like this and also making sure that this is written correctly. Now the Malcom can be a hard word, so just double-check that it is written correctly. It enter and I'm actually going to show this one time, basically writing this out. I usually don't write this out because there's no need to. Most of the JSON files are going to be the same across the board. Basically, what you're going to have to have curly brackets and then a parent colon, item slash generated comma textures, colon, early bracket, layer 0, Olin, MC cores. So your motto De all an item, flash or Malcolm or recalc m underscore English. What is happening? Well, the parent simply makes sure that this is displayed as a normal item inside of your inventory. Then textures simply provides textures for this particular item later, 0 simply means, hey, we're going to just use one layer. We don't need to worry about it too much, but this is just how this is basically going to have to be written. And then this specifies the location inside of your textures folder. We're going to see a deep dive in JSON files after the block lecture as well. I sometimes feel like it's good to lay sort of the general groundwork first. So basically making the items end of the blocks and then talking about each of the individual JSON files in a later lecture as well. That's going to happen as well, right? So because this is item sludge, silicon ingot, this has to go, the texture hasn't gone to the textures of MC course in the item folder and it has to be named Henri calcium ingot dot PNG. So I of course have this prepared already. I'm just going to copy this over or a PNG, okay? And of course added to the GitHub repository. And of course, this is all available to you in the wrist. The GitHub repository and the extras are also all available for you to download as a zip file. If there are multiple ones and if they're just single ones, then they're probably going to be as single textures as well. Right now that is actually all that we need to add the item properly to our MOD. So now we can actually start the game and see if it works. Make sure that you've selected run client where the Minecraft client here, either one is fine. And then pressing the Run, Run button there. And then it's just a matter of waiting until it starts. All right, so we find ourselves in Minecraft here. Just make sure that your own creative, of course, that we can basically will easily see whether or not it is working. And let's just see once we're in game for it. So here we are in-game and let's just see. So let's go to the miscellaneous tab and let's go at the very bottom here. There it is. The already calcium in good, absolutely amazing. And I do love the texture as well. So for all transparency, by the way, the textures, you can actually use them, however, they are under a specific license. I'm going to show you in just a second, but that is actually really cool that you go, the item has been added successfully, but in here we are the credits notice, so that's very important. All textures were done by nano attack and they are distributed under the CC BY SA four-point zero international license. Make sure that you follow this. If you want to use them in your own repository, just add this file to it. I'm sure actually that this will be fine, but make sure that this is done. Otherwise, you are actually infringing on copyright. So I'm just wanted to make sure that this is the case. Otherwise, the textures here are actually all great and you can use them. No worries at all. Just to immediately show you how you can add a second item here, we basically are going to copy this, so I'm going to select all of this and press Control D to duplicate it. And then what we're gonna do is you can see that just have to change this about a bit. We have to change the name here of course, to oral calcium nugget. And then under here as well nugget. And now the second item is actually already in the game of yours course also need to have a new item model. So what we're gonna do is we're going to copy this one by just dragging it into the same folder while holding Control, right? So something like this. And then we can immediately rename this to Oracle com nugget. Okay? And then inside of here as well, for a calcium nugget, then we're gonna take the calcium nugget, extra rugged in here as well. All right. And then in the EN underscore us Jason file, we're going to copy this. So basically what I've done is I've just, you know, press Control C, Control C, Control V, Control V for paste it in multiple times so that everything here works and the nugget, and then here of course also nugget. And now that's actually all that we need to do to add a second item and every new item is basically the same. It's just a another public static final item right here with a new name. So that's very important that this always has a unique name. If there are names that are basically used multiple times, that's not going to work. So just for completion sake, let's see if it works. All right, friends have black in Minecraft. So let's go to the miscellaneous tab and let's see, there it is, the oracle come and knock. It also has been added to the game. So everything worked perfectly. Isn't that great, right? And this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. All of the code for you is of course available in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well, linkedin and resources. So I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 40. (Basics) Create a Custom Block: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be looking at adding custom blocks to Minecraft. Or custom blocks are similar to adding the custom items, however, they require a few more JSON files. But first of all, of course, we need to code them in. So inside of our MC course package, right-click new package called block. And then inside of there we're going to create a new Java class called MOD blocks. Now this will once again require the public static void called register mode blocks method that is going to just output basically something like registering monologues or MC course mod, mod ID that we're going to have to call in the MC course mock class. But this will also require, I'm going to create two different helper methods here. The first one is going to be the private static item called register block item. Now the reason I'm going to do this is because when we create a block in item is not created for it and we actually have to create an item for it. So the first parameter is the string name, then block, block, and then item group, group. And then we'll also everything here red, totally fine. Click on it and enter to import it, altered and enter the important, very important that we import the correct block class. You can see net Minecraft block, very important. And then the item group, the same thing, just Alt and Enter. And then it's going to be important. And then here we're going to return registry dot register, registry dot item with a new identifier, MC course MOD that mod ID name. And then once again after the first parentheses comma new block item, this time block item. Right can press the Tab key to basically autocomplete this, passing the block parameter here. And then once again new fabric items settings. Once again, also just autocomplete with tab. There are group and then pass in the group parameter. And then the three parentheses and then a semicolon to end the line and they you go the register block item method is completely done. And then we're going to have a method that basically calls this. So for the block, we have to register a block item and of course also the block. So we have a private static block or the register block method, which is going to be a string name block, block, and then of course item group, group. And the first thing that it's gonna do is it's going to call the register a block item method with the name block and the group. And then the second line here is just going to be returned once again, registry that register. This time registry that block. The block right here with a new identifier. Identifier MC, course mod, mod ID name. And then after the first parentheses again block. So just like this, the code here is of course, also available to you. You can take a look at the GitHub repository or the just as well. In the idea here being is that for each block, we're basically going to call the register block method so that we can then immediately have an item that is registered for that as well. And then what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new block here, gonna go through everything, take a look at whether or not it works. And then after the first block has been added, where they're going to also add a second block as well. So public static, final block, or 40k Malcolm underscore block, which is equal to register block with the name once again, of course, recalc come underscore block or written in lowercase. And this name here once again generates automatically. And we're going to make a new block. You're just a normal block. With this time fabric rock settings, you can see that of that. So this basically copies a material here. This is going to be material, actually material that's known. And then we're going to say that actually the block, now the block will actually have metal for my not so of material metal. And then once again dot and you can see all of the different settings that we can set. There's a lot of them, as you can clearly see, some of them are have to strike through. So for example, you know, break BI tool. You can see that if I were to actually add the tool tag here, and you can see that this actually is a red strike through as well. So we can't use that one. So the ones that have breakthroughs shouldn't use the other ones we can use. No worries. So for example, something like this strength can be used, which is basically the hardness and resistance. Basically how long it takes to break that block. We always wants to call the requires tool method for every block. Basically, it is very important. Then after we have the block, we also have to pass in the item group. So item group miscellaneous right here in this case. But in basically the next lecture, we're also going to see how to add our own custom item group. This is why this is very important that we have this as a possible perimeter here is just going to make our life a little bit easier. Right now this is actually the block defined. Let's go to our MC course class and let's go to here. So this is going to be the blocks dot register mode blocks. Make sure that this is called after the items. This is just the order that I like to do it in. I do not specifically think that this is always necessary, but it just makes sense. Sometimes the order here is very important for the time being. We're just going to stick with this. And let's actually first of all open D in underscore us JSON file. And let's see. So what would be the block? Well, that is actually fairly straightforward. Block dot AMC course that recalc underscore block. And then of course once again the translated name or Malcolm block right here. So this of course now starts with a block and that's Oracle can block here is once again just the name given in the mud blocks. Now the JSON files are a little bit different because we actually need a new folder. So inside of the assets and an armada D, in our case MC course, right-click new directory called Bloc states. Also very important that this is written correctly. And so there we're going to need a new file called recalc underscore block, the adjacent the ego. And I'm going to once again do this one time manually and then I'll explain. So we need curly brackets and then we're going to need a variance. Make sure that this is written correctly, all in curly brackets again. And then empty quotation marks, curly brackets, model, Olin, MC course, fallen block, or a cow come underscore block, right? So exactly like this. Now this is very interesting block situation. Like I said, we're going to see this in a future lecture. I'm going to go through what each of these JSON actually means. The general idea is that, well, there are different variants that we can define. Currently we have nothing to find because our block doesn't have any block state properties. So there are different properties that we can define later, which is something that we'll see in the intermediate section of the course. And then we can point to different models. So for our case, we actually need a model under the block older call or a calcium block. So inside of the models folder Block, right-click new file for a calcium underscore blog.js, JSON. And the block model looks as follows. This is going to look similar to the item model. So curly brackets and then parent block slash cube underscore all this simply, this parent basically just says, hey, the textures is going to be the same all around. Then we're going to once again have the textures here. Colon Record. And then all fallen MC course colon block or a calcium underscore block. So you can see once again, we have a texture and this is going to be the texture for all six sides of the cube, but this is why it's cube all. And then this is under MC course block or unblock. This is once again the name of the file that we have to have. So that's pretty much all there is to it. And we're actually going to copy that over as well. I already have that prepared. You can of course, also get that as a download, but please also make sure that you follow the license in the credits right here. So all the textures are actually licensed under a particular license. So make sure that you follow that as well if you use that in a public setting, right? And we actually also need an item model. This is the thing with the blocks. It actually requires three different JSON files, basically all named the same. A block 6's Jason, a block model Jason and an item model Jason. I'm actually not going to copy this over. I'm actually going to make a new one. So in the item models folder, right-click or recalc come underscore loc Jason. And this actually looks different from the other item models because a block item model is actually different. So this is going to have curly brackets. And then it's going to have parent colon, MC course block, or unblock slash, or a calcium underscore Block. Now this right here refers back to the block model and makes it so that the item instead of the inventory is displayed in this 3D way that blocks usually are displayed in the inventory. But once again, we're going to see this a little bit more in detail in a later lecture when we go through all the JSON files. But now we have the three JSON files. We have the texture and the translation done and what blocks register mobile UX method is also called. So let's see if it works. All right, we are in Minecraft, so let's go here. The earliest the Oracle can block, and if I set it down there, it also is. So everything works totally fine. So I wanted to mention one quick little thing. There are basically two sections where you can have an issue. Either the texture inside of the world doesn't work. So once I set the block down, it might have a black end pink texture year, or the texture inside of the inventory doesn't work. There are two different things that might be going on. If the texture in the world doesn't work, it is most likely the block stays JSON file. That is too lame. If the texture in the inventory doesn't work, it is the item model Jason, that is to blame. And if both don't work well it then can, it could be any one of those reasons. So very important. That is basically the general idea, right? And just so that it is shown how you can add a new block will basically I select this and press Control C and then Control V to paste it in. And then we're going to change this to Oracle or here, and once again here as well, right? The name is also very important. The rest, if you want to change those things that you can, of course change them. Let's, for example, say the volume or it's actually not strong. And also it actually isn't metal or it really is metal. It's more like stone. That's also totally fine. And this, I'm actually very happy with. Now, the block is in the game, but it doesn't have a texture yet and all of that jazz. But we need to basically also add a block C Jason for it, a block model JSON and item milk Jason. Now what I usually do is I just take one of the already existing Jason's and just copy it over like this, right? Drag it in while holding Control, and then you can change the name here. So Oracle or, and then the same in here as well. Recalc OR, and then the same for the block model as well, right? Instead of Oracle can block, we're going to have pre-calc or a year. And then this is going to point to the recall or texture instead of the block texture. And then the last thing is going to be the item model also is going to be renamed or here. And then over here as well. That's usually how I go about adding new blocks, right? Just copying over one. The basic example of this, then the same here in the language, just going to duplicate this, add the comma here, and then making sure that this is or, and or everything working fine. Then I'm also going to add the texture, which is of course available to you or download as well. The ego and now the calcium or block is also added to the game. So just for completion sake, let's see if it works. Right, we are back in Minecraft, so let's just go to the miscellaneous tab and let's see there it is already calcium or now also in the game, let's just set it down, everything working totally fine. That's also one of the benefits. If you have a already working block and you copy over the JSON files, usually when it works for one block, it's hopefully also going to work for the other block as well. So that's once again, pretty cool, right? But that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. All of the code is available to you in the resources, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 41. (Basics) Adding Custom Item Group: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding our own custom item group to Minecraft. Now this is actually a very easy exercise and doesn't require a lot of, well, basically changing of code. Inside of our item package, we're going to right-click new Java class called the mode item groups. And then inside of here we're going to make a new public static final item group. All course. So this is just the name of the variable here, and this is equal to the fabric item. Group builder built a new identifier, MC course mod that model ID AMA horse as the name of like as a string. And then after the first parentheses, we're gonna make a supplier to open and close parentheses followed by this arrow here with a new item stack. And then we're going to pass in more items or a calcium ingot and then ending with a semicolon. So this is now one item group. If we wanted to add a second one, we just could copy this over. Just, I'm a Course 2, I guess something like that. Then of course also change the name here as well, right? That's very important, but this is how you would add a second one and then you can just refer to that as well. But for our purposes we're just going to add one. And then of course, how do we call this? Well, instead of the more blocks class, we can just replace the item miscellaneous here with more item groups that course. And then the same thing goes right here. So I'm just going to copy this Control C, Control V. And then the same thing goes for the more items right here will be called the miscellaneous. We're just going to pass in the course group right here. And that's going to be fine. Also, just remove this as well. There you go. So now everything is nice and tidy. And of course, the item stack here, this refers to the actual thing that is being displayed in the actual tab, right? So now it's going to be welcome item or a cotton England that is being displayed. You could, for example, also say if you wanted a he or a cotton block to be displayed, you could also put that in and that would also work as well. But we're going to stick with the ingot, That's going to be fine. And then this course here is actually very important because we also want to add the translation for it. So in the ear and underscore us JSON file, we're just going to go at the very bottom. This is going to be very interesting this item and then group the gate g. The g actually written in uppercase. Very interesting with your MOD ID MC course in our case. And then course is the name that we've given there. And this is just going to be the Course tab. That's going to be fine. This is now the name that is being displayed when we hover over the tab. And once again, this course here, exactly this right here. So now after we've added this and added in the blocks anymore items, classes, Let's see if it works or if answers back in Minecraft and let's see. So this is a very good indication if we have a second page right here, and there you go. The course tab, Course tab and all of our items or our box are in there. But that's actually great and we can take them out and use them however we would like. So that's actually really cool. But in the future, of course, we're going to use the Course tab. So I highly recommend making your own tab as well. So this is basically an abused in all future lectures. But for the time being, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 42. ASSINGMENT 5: Custom Blocks and Items: Welcome to the first assignment here in the fabric course for 118. And your assignment is going to be to add a row or a calcium item to the mode items. And of course, all of the necessary JSON files as well as the textures as well. The textures will be provided to you. Please note that they are licensed under CC BY SA 4 international flights. And so if you want to use them in your project, in an open project, make sure to give proper credit there. And then also, you're supposed to make two blocks, a deep slit or a calcium or, and the robbery calcium or block. So once again, the textures there are provided under the same license. The textures are also provided and everything is also written on this page, you should see the assignment written somewhere as an actual assignment. I had to guess this shouldn't take more than a round, about 20 minutes. Maybe you have to go back and watch the previous lectures one more time. We'll basically really solidify this. But otherwise, this shouldn't take too long. And I would say, good luck and see you in the solution. 43. SOLUTION 5: Custom Blocks and Items: All right, so let's take a look at the solution to adding the two locks, the droplet or calcium or in the rock record can block. So of course, it's basically just an exercise in copying those over, changing the names here and making sure that we are choosing the item group force here, of course. And then in the model items, adding the Rory calcium, once again, just copying it over and changing the name here. And then of course, just the JSON files are all fairly straightforward. They're basically exactly the same as the other ones, just pointing to a different model in this case. All of those are of course, once again available to you in some capacity in the GitHub repository and also in a just so that you can take a look at each of them individually. And I believe I will also have them for download as well. So overall, this shouldn't be too crazy. This actually should be a fairly easy exercise for you to follow. And I hope that you have managed this. If any questions arise along the way or have arisen along the way, don't hesitate to ask questions using the Discussion Question and Answer system. I hope you learn something with this assignment and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 44. (Basics) Add Custom Recipes: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be looking at a custom recipe. For custom recipes overall, you might say, Well, they're going to be probably really complicated. However, that is actually not the case. Some people of you might have already played around with data acts in the past. And it's pretty much the same thing. So we go down to our resources folder. And instead of putting this in the assets folder, we actually have to create a new one instead of the resources folder called data. And then inside of there, we're going to create a new folder with our model. In our case of course, MC course. And then inside of there, we want to create the recipes folder. Now once again, it's very important that everything here is written exactly how it is, so that has to match exactly your model ID and recipes also has to be written like this or lowercase hour. Just wanted to mention that one more time. And inside of here now, all of our recipes will go. Now, how do they look like? Well, I'm going to write out one recipe. You're just for the sake of argument, though, I'm going to right-click New File and we're going to call this the oracle income underscore Block, underscore from index.js. And what sometimes might happen is that at the bottom right here you can see Jason Minecraft recipe Jason, that basically the schema is automatically detected, but you can also go in here, right? So for some JSON files, I'm just going to open this one. For example, you see no JSON schema. You can always go in there with red and click on this and then basically search for a recipe and setups. You have microwave data recipe. So there is some stuff here. You don't necessarily need it. The only advantage you're gonna get is if you start typing stuff in C that you get some suggestions here. But in a moment I will show you how you can actually copy over vanilla recipes, which is gonna make all of our lives hell of a lot easier. So no worries there. So we start with the curly brackets and then a type. Now the type is basically what type of crafting this is. And you can see there are a bunch of stuff for this shaped, shapeless, lasting camphor cooking, smelting, smithing, smoking and stone cutting. Overall, what we're going to take a look at is basically the shaped, shapeless, the smelting and the blasting over the rest very much are pretty much the same. There isn't that much of a difference in all of them. First of all, we're going to take a look at a shape recipes. So this is a shape recipe. We actually need to define a pattern here, but this is the pattern that's basically a list, and it contains usually three strings. And usually those three strings have the length of three. So these rings represents the crafting table. So if I do this, right, so I fill all of the, all of them up with ash extras for the sake of argument here, then what you should notice is that, well, that's a three-by-three. That's literally the crafting bench. And that's exactly right. So the pattern here represents the crafting bench. So if I were to do this, for example, then I will have to fill the outside and leave the middle slot basically empty. And then, you know, you could do the same thing with something like this. So that's a general sort of idea on how you can do this pattern. Now you don't necessarily have to have three strings, and they also don't have to necessarily be of length three. So something like this, which would be the door, for example. Because you can graph the door either on the left side of the crafting table, on the right side of the crafting table. And this would basically take care of that. There once again, a little bit of experimentation is of course, very smart. And also towards the end of the lecture, we're going to take a look at the vanilla recipes so that you can also then copy from those. Then we need to define a key. Now the key here is very interesting because of course, this has to somehow related something, right? What does the Hashtag alarm? I don't know exactly. So we have to define this. We're gonna do hashtag colon and then once again curly brackets. And inside of here, we're going to define an item. This is of course going to be MC cores or a calcium underscore in it. And this now means that the hashtag here is supposed to be this particular item. But also be not too crazy, then we can make a result here at the end. And that's going to be MC course. Or a calcium underscore block. For nothing too crazy should be in here. This should all be fairly sensible way we're going to put the oriC welcome Ingrid here as a key. And then this is basically being recognized. Hey, we have to put in nine or calcium Ingles to get one or a calcium blocker as the result. Now the question will come in. What about the other way around? So if I put in an Oracle can block into the crafting bench, how do I get nine or a calcium ingots out of it? Well, I'm just going to copy that one over. All of the recent files will of course be available to you. So we're gonna take a look at this in C. This is now a shapeless type. Instead of a pattern, we now have ingredients. And you can see we have, only have one ingredient here. The Oracle can block and it would turn into nine for calcium England. So you can also specify a count here that by the way, also works for the shaped recipe as well. That is no issue there whatsoever. So that also works. So those are two examples of these shaped in the shapeless recipe. Now let's actually take a look at the smelting and the blasting. I'm going to copy those over as well. Right here we are. So you can see the type here is just blasting and then here is just smelting. And once again, you have to define an ingredient. In this case, you can only define one ingredient. Does you, of course, only have one input slot in either the blast furnace or the normal furnace. Then you can say, hey, what is the result here? You can even define how much experience you get from each individual smelt here, and then also the cooking time. So how long in ticks this is basically going to take. You can see that of course the blasting one is faster than the actual smelting. One. One more thing I also wanted to show you is for example, here I have this stack diamonds from another star custom recipe. And you can see that I'm using both my own items as well as Minecraft items. And you can see that there's no issue with that whatsoever. You just have to specify Minecraft namespace here and then the name of the item. So that pretty much is all there is to it for crafting items that are not your own. You can craft Minecraft items that works totally fine, though that is one example of that as well. And now before we take a look at this, Let's actually go down so we can take a look at all of the data and asset files from Minecraft by going down in the project window, the external libraries, opening that up and then going down. And you can see that basically this one right here, right here. So we have the net Minecraft, minecraft project mapped and so on and so forth. This one before the Black big list of which all look the same, right, to above that we have this one. We're going to open that up and you can see there's an assets folder, there's a data folder, and there's even a net folder. In the net folder, all of the code is written in what we can basically take a look at all of the code as well. But we're not gonna do that for the time being. We are interested in the data folder, Minecraft, then recipes. And you can see, I could now take a look at every one of those recipes legged wouldn't even matter here, right? So I could take a look at anything. But for example, Oh, how does the smelting from coal or oh, that that's how it works. Okay. Fair enough. We can go to the composter. How do you craft that? Oh, yeah, of course, that's how you crafted that. You can see that you have access to everything in here that you might want. So genuinely you should be able to almost do anything in terms of the recipes that you would like with this equipped, you basically have access to anything. I highly recommend if you then want to basically take one of those. So let's say, for example, the cook salmon here you're like, okay, I want to take this. What you do is you just elected press Control C. Then you can move up back to your own recipe folder Control V to paste it in. And then you have it in there. And then you can basically change it however you would like. But that's the general idea of how to do it. I'm just going to delete it again because we're not going to need that one. That's going to be fine anyway, after having added all of those, Let's see if it works or if ourselves in Minecraft. So let's first of all see whether or not we can craft the block with the oracle coming minutes and there you go. We can very easily done. And what you will also find is that as soon as you have the recipes will made once, you can see that they are also available here in the actual recipe books. So that's pretty cool. Let's see if I can smell the robbery, count them as well here. And of course I can, and it should work in either the normal furnace or the blast furnace as well. Now, yeah, this one actually is definitely faster so they go easily enough. And you have seen I can also after the other way around. So like that also works. That's pretty cool if I do say so myself. Now of course, all of the blocks that we have, there might be some more recipes missing over. We're actually going to have those in the next assignment, which is going to be after the next lecture actually, where you basically have to add the rest of the recipes here. And those will, of course, then also be available. So no worries there. And of course you always have access to the recipes right here. So in theory, this should be a very, fairly simple exercise. But for the time being, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new if he did. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 45. (Basics) Custom Block Drops with Loot Tables: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be looking at custom lose tables though what our custom route tables, well, those basically define the things that drop from a block when you mine it. So we have in our blocks, the Oracle can block and the orbital OK. And if you hopefully have done the first assignment, then you will also have the deep slate or more and the row or a column or block. Now we're going to now implement drops for the block and the, or, the, or is of course special here because there's going to be some differences whether or not you have a tool that actually has cell touch on it. And if that is the case, then of course the actual or block drops. Otherwise the raw or a calcium will drop. Though there's a couple of things that we need. Once again, in our data folder, in the MC course folder, Right-click new directory called loot underscore tables. Once again, very important that this is written exactly like this. Then inside of there in new directory called blocks. But I'm going to make a new file in here called the Oracle come underscore block dot-dot-dot JSON. Now what's very important is that this name right here has to match the name given right here. But this is different from the recipes because the recipes we're not really dependent on a particular thing. We were able to define the result in the side of it, while this time in the luge tables, the name of the file once again has to match the name given here. Very important, right? We're just going to go through, so we're going to have a type. And that is going to be Minecraft colon block because of course this is a block loot table. Then we're going to have a wills. And this is a list. And then basically a curly brackets here again, roles, roles one. And then we have some entries here, which is another list. And inside of there, we're going to have a type which is Minecraft items. So we want to drop an item here. The name of that item is MC course colon or a Malcolm underscore block, right? So this might look pretty crazy to you and that's absolutely fine. Because overall, the general gist of the luge tables is that they can be quite complicated. This is definitely an example of a very, let's say easy or symbol 1. However, the, they can definitely get way more complicated. For example, the old one, I'm actually going to copy this over right here. So a recap them or, and you can see that this is a little more complicated as you can clearly see, that you can see that while we only have one entry, this is now of type alternatives, which means that basically, well there's two alternatives. We either have an item where if a particular condition is met, we're going to choose that one. And otherwise we just have an item with a particular amount here. These lewd tables can get very complicated, very fast, as you can clearly see. And the general idea is that, well, there is a good resource. There was actually two good resources that I can highly recommend. One of the resources is the Wiki entry right here. So this is the Minecraft Wiki loot table entry. I highly recommend taking a look at this because you can basically look at all of the different things that are in there. So this is basically how this is described. Now, overall, this is a little complicated to read for the first time, but I highly recommend if you really want absolutely custom route tables, you'll have to take a look at this and just have to take a look and go through this basically, then there's another thing and that is the loot table generator by a missile GitHub IO. This is incredibly useful and you can basically just choose everything that you want, right? So you can say, I wanted to stone to drop only if there's a specific things. For example, you can have a random chance in here. Once again, location check, even match tool. There's a lot of stuff that you can do in here, and I just highly, highly recommend it when you look at this link as well, generating some stuff, make sure that you are 11, 18 up here because there are differences between the version sometimes. Now if you do not require anything that is to, let's say, out of the realm of vanilla, then you can also of course go to the external libraries down here, to this one right here, net Minecraft, minecraft project at, and so on and so forth into the data folder, Minecraft loot tables. And then basically take a look at all of the luge tables that the normal blocks have as well. For example, I mean, what might it be? The chest are not actually interesting because the dropping of the of the chest was handled differently in that case. But where else do we have? I mean, what might be interesting? You might, grass might be an interesting one, right? The grass block actually right here. Once again, we have alternatives, right? If you have silk touch on it, you get the grass block, otherwise you get dirt. So I highly recommend once again, if there is anything that already exists in vanilla, just taking a look at the external libraries is gonna make your life way easier. But just adding those to lose tables is actually not everything that we need to do now this is very important. Do not skip this step under any circumstances. Otherwise it will not work, right? So we actually need to add some tags as well. We've not talked about tags yet, but we will very soon. However, for the time being, we can just think of them as sort of a list of items, blocks or whatever we can think of that has a common purpose or is grouped together in some way. So inside of our data folder, we're going to right-click new directory called Minecraft. Now you might have heard of that before. Now, inside of there we're going to create a new directory called tags. And then inside of there we're going to create a new directory called blocks. And then the last but not least in terms of their, we'll also need a new directory called mineable. Mineable actually they ago and now I'm actually going to copy over the or mineable tags right here. And I'm going to explain in just a moment, we also need three tags or the blocks. This is of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And this is also to be found right here again in the external libraries, right in the data folder, we go to tags blocks, you can see mineable. There's exactly those four JSON files as well. And then in the box folder here, the other four are, the other three actually are also available. So what does this mean? Well, we have to be able to set the inability or our blocks. This means that if you can take a look at this rate, I have added already the oracle comorbidity block, the raw recalc and block and the deep slate or a telecom or to the pickaxe adjacent. This means that this is, these blocks are mineable with a pig acts. That should make sense, that should be fairly sensible here. Nothing too crazy. Now the same thing goes for the needs Diamond needs iron ore, needs stone tool. We can basically define what level of tool that it needs in order to mine this. So the iron tool here, I've actually have basically defined it as needing iron tools. At least each of those blocks would not be mineable with a stone tool only. So that's actually very interesting. So it needs iron ore up, and that is basically what you need to add additional things in here. You can literally just add a new one here, right? So I don't know MC course test. And then basically just make sure that we have a comma here as well. And that's pretty much it. So that is all that you need to do. Make sure that all of the blocks that you define inside of these tag files are actually valid. So you can't just like I did the test one. If that doesn't exist, then you might run into an error. So that's very important, but you will need those tags and you will need to define everything inside of your for them to drop their loot basically, that's a very important thing. I highly recommend you do this. And once again, of course this is all available to you. Otherwise, making those files really isn't that complicated as you can clearly see, they're not that crazy. But for the time being, let's see if it works or faster back in Minecraft. So let's just try to mine this with the stone pickaxe and you can see it already takes a long time. And it, It's, this should not yield a result. And of course it does not. When you use the iron pickaxe, it works and it also drops right here. But let's try the same thing here. And you can see that our raw or a telecom drops. And we can also try this with the nether write X for example. I mean, this is actually taking so long. This is a very good indication, usually of course, that this does not work, right? And then diamond of course, also works because it works up, well, basically iron or above, That's the general idea here. So that is pretty cool. And then just for completion sake, a diamond pickaxe with silk touch. And you can see that now it actually drops the Oracle CRM or here as well, right? One more last thing I wanted to mention is that if you have not called The requires tool here, then this might also not work as well. So this is another prerequisite that is very important. I just wanted to mention that because I am not a 100 percent sure whether or not I mentioned that in the block tutorial as well, but this is definitely needed as well for each of your blocks. So that is very important. But otherwise, this would be for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 46. ASSINGMENT 6: Custom Recipes and Loot Tables: All right, Welcome to the second assignment here for the Minecraft portion of this course. And in this assignment, you are supposed to do the following things. Now of course you have the actual tasks hopefully in front of you as well. But the idea is that you should add loot tables for both the block, the deep slate or a falcon or, and the row or a column or block. Those should be fairly straightforward as we've seen two examples which are almost exactly the same. Well, that should be, I think, fairly straightforward. And then when it comes to the recipes, I actually want you to do a few things. I want you to add the blasting and the smelting recipe for both the or blocks. That's number one. And number two, I want you to be able to, I want you to be able to get a nuggets from an ingot and then also crafting nuggets back into an ingot as well. And then last but not least for the recipes, I want you to just any recipe using some vanilla items. It can be anything that your mind can basically dream off of, you know, getting 64 diamonds for like 2 third blocks or something like that could be anything, as long as at least takes into Minecraft items in the recipe, I'm fine with it. That would be basically it. If anything is unclear, you should, of course, have the tasks available to you to basically double-check, but good luck and have fun on the assignment. 47. SOLUTION 6: Recipes & Loot Tables: All right, let's take a look at the solution for the assignment here. Of course, the robbery calcium block was fairly straightforward. Hopefully it is pretty much the same as the normal or recalc. Unblock. This here. Dropping the rock record can block that should hopefully when very easily here. And then the div slate or a calcium or is almost the same as the normal one as well. We're down here, it drops the Rory calcium over up here. It actually drops the deep slate or a calico or that is just one tiny change that you would need to do in the oracle or loot table, Jason. So hopefully those were not too crazy. But let's take a look at the two blasting recipes. Of course, you're only the ingredient really needs to change. So the result is of course still going to be ingots. And then for the smelting amine is pretty much almost the same. The only thing that here, the changes for the blasting to the smelting is the cooking time. And then here once again, the items That's pretty much all there is to it, the nuggets might be a little more interesting because of course one of them is a shape recipe and the other one is a shapeless recipe that returns a count nine as well. So that might have been very interesting here. And then of course, there's no solution for your custom one. As long as it works, it is fine. You can of course, always take a look at the stack diamonds from nether star right here, which is a idea or a, one example of a possible thing that you could do as well, but that will be it for this solution right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So yeah. 48. (Basics) Making an Advanced Item: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we are going to be looking at an advanced item. So what is an advanced item? Where would I call advanced items are items that have their own item class. So if we go into our more Adams class, we can actually see that neither the ingot Northern nugget nor the row or a calcium have their own classes because they're all new items here. Now this is going to change. Instead of our item package, we're going to right-click new package called custom. And then inside of there we're going to right-click new Java class, and this is going to be the dowsing rod item. Now a few things to mention here. Usually you want to end this with the name item here, whatever the name is of your item, and then ended with item, just so that you can easily see that this is actually an item. This is now going to extend the item class. So we're going to choose this one right here. And then we'll hover over this creed constructor matching super. And now we're actually very happy with how the SR and out. We can now already be using this class. Of course, however, we want to add some custom functionality to it. Namely, when I right-click with this item, I basically want to check every block below a block that I've just clicked and see if there are any valuables in there. So how are we going to do that? Well, let's just first of all, middle mouse button click on the item class, and here you will find a bunch of things that you can overwrite. So this is number one in appeal. Once again, if you are not familiar with Java, to take another look at the Java introduction, I highly recommended because now as we're getting into more and more advanced territory, I will basically assume more and more that you just know what inheritance is, at least on a basic concept and an overriding of a method. You just aren't sitting there and you're like, I don't know what that means, but you at least have a general idea of it. But we can override methods and basically create our own functionality for them. So as you can see, there are a lot of methods that we could overwrite in theory. And that is also one of the cool things. So what I can do is I can start typing override. And you will also get basically all of the suggestions that are possible for us to override. Now there's a bunch of them. So the US, for example, is the right-click method without right-clicking on block. There is something like the append tooltip, which as a tooltip which we're also going to see in a future lecture as well, the inventory tick, which is executed every tick, This item is in your inventory usage tick. I'm actually not a 100 percent sure, but I think that this is executed every time you have this in your main hand and you right-click something like that. Although also if we were to just import this and I middle mouse button click on this on the Super one here. Sometimes they have some indication above them, so some comments. That is not always the case, but, oh, well, but what we're going to use is we're going to use the US on a block method. As you can see, we'll just type that in and double-click and then it will generate this. The add override here is an annotation and this is not strictly necessary. However, it does give you on a normal glands through this class the idea that, oh, okay, So this is an overridden method. That's why this is here. So that's actually very important. And now comes the custom code that we will write basically. And this once again has a lot to do with Java knowledge basically. And we're going to start by, first of all, checking whether or not we're on the client or the server. Because in this actual case, what we actually want to do is we wanted to only do something here on the client. This is not always the case. Usually we want to start to happen on the server, but that is sometimes the thing. We're gonna go into the little bit more detail, however, not too much. So for the time being, what we have is we have that context here, has a whole load of stuff. So for example, the world, which is exactly what we need, the autocomplete that with tab. And then we're gonna say is client. And I usually take the method over. This doesn't really matter if whether or not you take the method or the field is totally fine. And now what we know is that if we're inside of this if statement, we are definitely on the client, so that's pretty good. Now what we want is we want the position of the block that was clicked and we get that as a block Pause. And this is just the position lift. And this is equal to context dot get blocked path as you can see. And then we want the player, this player entity layer, which is equal to context dot get player right here. And then we can also have just a Boolean, which is going to be the found block. This one just checks whether or not we have found the block. We're gonna do that in just a moment. But the idea is once again, when I right-click on a block, I wanted to check every block that is below that block, going down all the way to bedrock. And basically checking, hey, has this found a valuable item? Those valuable items we're of course going to define in just a moment. But for the time being, let's just make a for loop. So for int I equals 0, I is smaller or equal than position clicked. That gets, why actually get y? And then I plus, plus. And then what we wanna do is we want to do something very interesting. We want to get the block below. So block, the block, block below. And that is going to be the context dot-dot-dot world. But to get block state at position, clicked that down and then passing in the eye. And then here we're going to get the block. So, and then of course, also import of this class. So now this might be pretty crazy. Well, let's just think about this. First of all, we're just getting the world that should be too crazy. And then we're getting a particular block state. Now we haven't talked about blocks and versus block states just yet. However, the general gist is that block states are the representation of blocks inside of the world. While a block is sort of like a perfect idea of a block, the block state is the thing that actually exists inside of the world that has coordinates and have different properties, for example. So this gets the block state at this particular position. And then of course, when we have the position that we clicked, we're just going down by I, which at the first time is nothing. And then as we increase i, as the for loop continues, we go down further and further. So this is basically always the block below. And then what we can do is we can check, hey, is this a valuable book? And for that we're actually going to make a new method for that. Because that actually makes, because that actually makes it a little bit easier. So we're going to say private boolean is valuable lock. And then we're gonna just going to pass in the block here. And then we can basically return a Boolean. And what we're gonna do is we're just gonna say block equals blocks dot col, or for example, coal or, or LOC equals locks dot copper, or let's just add a few more. So block equals Langston diamond or an Last but not least, let's also add the iron ore as well. So blocks the iron or the ego. And now this method here, if this is cold and a block is passed in, if it's either of those four blocks, then it will return true. And what we're gonna do is we're gonna say if is valuable block here, and then pass in the block below, right? Then what we wanna do is, let's just say what we wanna do is we want to output the actual coordinates of that block. We also want to turn found block to true. And then actually what we wanna do is we want to break out of this for-loop because we have found the first valuable block and that's basically then done. So that is the general idea. Now the first thing that we wanna do here, like I said, is the outputting of the coordinates. Now for that, we're going to make a new method as well. So the idea is that let's first of all write this out and then take the written thing and make a method out of it. So we can say player sendMessage. This is actually a very interesting way to do this. Then we're going to say New literal text. Though, a literal text here. This is basically a string. We can find where we can put stuff in. We can say something like found. And then we can say block, block below that as item that gets name, that get string. So this is a pretty crazy one, but this basically gets the actual name of the block. And then we can say at, and then at the particular position. For the particular position is going to be something lake. Open parentheses and then pass to the position clicked dot getX. Plus comma. Position clicked. Why? Then plus once again comma, then plus position clicked dot get z or z. And then closing the parenthesis in the string here. And then after the literal string component, we want a false here are the ActionBar. Now you can see this is very unwieldy Rayleigh. So this is like, first of all, it doesn't look good. It's very unwieldy. So what we can do is we can just select all of this right-click Refactor Extract Method. And we're going to do that. And you can see that now we have actually extracted all of this. And it has, well basically just done all of the work for us. Now we just have to set a name. We're going to set this name to output valuable ordinates right here. And then inside of the actual method, what I wanna do is I want to just maybe change the names here so I can click on Control and Shift fx, something like for example, the block paths here. And then the rest, I think is defined. So this, of course could, we could change this even more, right? But for the time being, I think that this is going to be fine. This will simply output the coordinates of whatever we give it. That looks pretty good. Now what we are going to get here is we're going to get a while an argument because hey, player could be null. So you can see argument player might be null to either assert. We can also change around a bunch of stuff. The time being. I would not worry about this actually. And there's one more thing with that we want to do, of course, and that is if the block has not been found, right, then we want to output something as well. But for example, something like player dot-dot-dot sendMessage. And then we're gonna do is we're actually going to make this one the radar translatable text component. And then let's set the action word false as well. So usually I highly recommend using the traits legible texts components here whenever possible. So you could use a translatable text component here as well. However, it doesn't make this a little harder to actually properly do, but you could do it. I highly recommend using this whenever possible, where we basically define a key that we can then put into the E and underscore us adjacent file. So for us I'm going to do it like this item, MC course. So I'm going to stick with that. And then we're going to take the name of the item dowsing rod, not know underscore valuables. Lets the name that we're going to define in just a moment in the end underscore us adjacent file, but that's going to be it. And then outside of this if statement, we're actually going to say contexts that get stack. So this is the, the actual item stack, the item that we have in our inventory, dot damage. We want to damage this by amount one. We're going to say contexts, dot get player. And then the last parameter is going to be a consumer. I believe this is going to be a player exactly player consumer of player entities. So we're just going to call this player. And then we're going to say player dot sind, sind tool and tool bricks status with the player dot get active head. But this might also be pretty crazy to you, but no worries. Well, this all does is simply says, hey, the actual item we have just right-clicked a broke with, we're going to damage by the amount one. So this is going to decrease the durability of it. And then we just pass it the player, that's totally fine. Then the last thing here is just what type of tool break animation it should send when the damaging of that item stack is actually going to result in the item being broken. Now. And that is basically the entire class right here. Though, it is pretty crazy. And once again, without some Java background is probably going to be very complex. I highly recommend you have this, of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or in an individual just as well to take a look at it, try it out, you know, to put it in your own math and just try it out a little bit. Just change a bunch of stuff, see what might happen. And let's not forget to add this to our E and translation file here. I'm just going to add this at the very bottom. This is actually going to say the following. This will simply say, no valuables out. So that's all that this one says here. And now the great thing is if we had, for example, another language file, we could translate it into a different language. That's why usually the translatable text is the thing that you want to use. So keep that in mind. Now, just having added this class, of course, is not enough. We also have to register it in our mod items class, and we're gonna do that as well. So let's just copy over the rock outcome. Like I said, I usually just happy over old old items because they are almost always the same. This is the dowsing rod. And then here as well, of course, dowsing rod. And instead of new item, this is very important. This is a new dowsing rod item. So this is the main thing that we need to do here. So very important that you make this. We also want to set the max damage right here. So max damage is going to be, let's say 32. So we can use this 32 times before the actual dowsing rod breaks because of course we're damaging it right here inside of the use on block method. So this should be totally fine right now also, let's add this to the un underscore use JSON file. So dowsing underscore rod and then here as well, of course, dowsing, dowsing rod without the underscore. And then last but not least, we need the item model as well as the item texture. So let's just copy over the role or calcium for this dowsing rod and then your dowsing rod. But once again, this is the normal way I go about user, usually adding items when I already have some existing models here is very much way easier than anything else. Writing it out is absolutely crazy. And if there are any typos in yours, you can, of course, always take a look at the GitHub repository or the jurists as well. And let's copy over the dowsing rod as well. There you go. Of course, also available. Please note the credits notice though, that you follow the license there. So overall, that is actually totally fine. And I would say We're now ready. Take a look at whether or not it worked or finds us back in Minecraft fans can see the dowsing rod has been successfully added to the game. And what you will also find is that I actually can't stack it. That is exactly right because of course we've added the max damage. And if you add max damage, then, well basically the stacking will no longer work. Now let's just go over here and let's actually just right-click and you can see upper or found there an hour for their, uh, no, no valuables found right here. And you can see that the actual durability decreases as I'm continued to click here. Let's see, maybe we can find some diamond before it breaks. Wouldn't that be pretty crazy? We sadly didn't. But there you go. Now at broke in and now we have the other routes, of course available as well. So we can just go through this and see if we can find anything below here. But that is pretty much the general idea of the dowsing rod, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. If any questions remain for the advanced item, please don't hesitate to ask. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So yeah. 49. (Basics) Making an Advanced Block: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be making an advanced block. So just like we've seen last lecture with the advanced item, now we're going to do an advanced block for in our block package, right-click new package called Custom. And then inside of there we're going to create a new Java class called the SPD block. Now this will extend the block class, making sure that we choose the correct one, net Minecraft block, block, and hover over this creed constructor matching super. And just like before we can middle mouse button, click on the block class and basically take a look at all of the possible methods that we can override in our custom block class. And as you can see, there are tons of things that we could override here. And I can also put in the word override. Any will see there is a bunch of stuff here. Now one thing I wanted to mention is that things that are have this strikethrough that are basically deprecated, right? So if I take a look at this, you can see that this one right here is deprecated. Usually. What that actually means is that you can just, you can override those methods, however, you shouldn't call them. So that's the general idea in the block and the item class, things that are deprecated. I don't mean that they're deprecated and they are not be available in future versions. In that case, actually it is about them not being caught. And that includes the super for example. But we're going to see that in just a moment. What is the SPD block gonna do? Well, the SPD block is going to have two different functionalities. Number one, if you step on it, you get the speed effect added to your character. And then just so that you've seen it, the right-click functionality, when you right-click the block, we're gonna just output a message into the chat. That is going to be it. So let's first of all do the stepping stone method that is called on, stepped on. And you can see there you go. And what we'll do in here is actually very simple. We're first of all going to check if world is client and are very, very important. We're going to add a exclamation mark in front of it to say, we don't want to be on the client, we want to be on the server. As when you add, for example, a status effect, you can only do that on the server. Then we're going to check whether or not the entity that has stepped on this is instance of living entity because only living entities can have status effects applied to them. And then we can, without issue, get the living entity right here and just cast the entity to it. So entity dot cast. And then usually it fills up with living entity are here already. And we can take the living entity and we can call the Add status effect method. And what we can then do is make a new status effect instance, as you can see. And that takes in the status effect, that is effects that speed and a duration to a 100. The duration here is, of course in ticks, therefore this would be ten seconds. It would of course change this as well. That is of course totally up to you. But that is actually all of the method that we need for the step on speed effect here. That is literally it. That's all that we need to do. But now let's actually take a look at the right-click functionality as well. And that is the owner use method. And you can see that is one of those ones that has the strikethrough that is deprecated. So we're going to make sure that we do not call the superhero. And we're going to say action results. That success, that's going to be fine. Right here. There you go. And then in here, what we're gonna do is we're going to say if world, that is client, the ego. And then inside of here we're going to say hand equals and that main hand. And then we'll do an else here. So what, what is happening? Why am I doing this? Well, we're going to copy over a little comment that I've already prepared for. The idea is that the unused method is called for times. When you right-click the block, It's called twice on the server, one for each hand, and then twice on the client for each end. That is the very interesting thing. Then what we're gonna do is we're just going to output, this is why not the ego, that's going to be fine. But this is just once again players and message with a little text. This is something we've already seen, of course. And that's pretty much just an idea. I just wanted to have this in here as well, just in case that you might want to have a red click functionality of your block, you will use the unused method. And this is very important to keep in mind here is, for example, if you were to change something in the code, knowing that it actually happens twice for each hand is actually very important. So please keep that in mind. And that is pretty much with the SPD block class done. We don't need to do anything else here. The next thing that we need to do is we need to go into our model blocks class and then of course, make the actual block and register it. So we're just gonna copy of the raw or a calcium block. And we're going to make this easy speedy underscore block right here, and then of course here as well, speedy underscore block. And then right here, this is now the SPD block, the new speedy rock here. Very important once again, that we make sure that this is correct and not just a normal block. Very, very important. And otherwise we just need to add the JSON files. And those are of course available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well. I'm just going to copy those over because those are very much just normal everyday. Jason files, right? There's nothing interesting really going on here. The block model looks exactly the same order Brockman rules we've seen the item model is pretty much just the same as any other block item model here. And then we'll also copy over the texture, which is of course also available to you, please not the credits file for the specific license to these textures, but otherwise that's actually it. Let's also add the translation. Of course, let's not forget that. Let's just copy this one over and we're just going to say is the block. And then here the same thing. Speedy block, the ego. And now everything has been set up. So let's see if it works. Or funds back and microfinance can see the SPD block has been added to the game and I can set it down so the texture is just normal. So like I said, right? Even though this kind of looks a little bit sided to where it would change the texture. It actually doesn't. This is something we're going to see in a future lecture actually. And let's just, let's just, for the sake of argument, put it down so that the arrow looks in the direction we're going to move into just so that it's a little nicer. And as soon as I go on top of the block, you can see that I have the speed effect applied to me, and this is now for ten seconds. Now if I keep standing on this, see that it keeps applying the facts to me and resetting it to 10 seconds. And then I can basically just run with a speed effect. And that is pretty much it, right? Actually, we have to return here is an actual result pass. And then the actual calling for two times for the server and the client will actually work. So that is just a little bit of a difference there. So let's actually just see if that works as well. All right, so now if we right-click, you can see I get a message in the chat for both the main hand and the offend. And also we can still place blocks next to it. That's also a very interesting thing. I highly recommend playing around with the actual results that you return. Because depending on what you return, they'll have a different type of interaction when you right-click. So you can see when I actually place a block down, by clicking on that block, you can see that it actually only gets called for the main hand. While when I click with nothing in my main hand, then it gets called for both. Take a look at what you can change by changing what you return in that method, right? But that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and he learns that the new, if he did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 50. (Basics) Making a Custom Food Item: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom food item to Minecraft. Now that is actually a very straightforward process and we won't even need a custom item class for that. Over we are going to make a new custom class, and that is in our item package, right-click new Java class. And this is the MOD food components class. And this will hold all of our food components because we basically have to add that in our item. So for the time being, let's just go in here and let's add this, so to say public static food component called turnip. Because what we're going to add a turnip here. And this is equal to a new component builder. You can see right there, I'm going to press Tab to autocomplete this. And then you can see this is a builder pattern once again, so it can add multiple different things. The first thing I wanna do is I want to add the hunger, though this is going to restore one piece of meat in our hunger bar. And then the saturation modifier is basically how much saturation, saturation you have in the background, so to speak. Then we have to end this with a bill. And then the food component here is built. Now what you can also do is you can also add an a status effect here as you can see. So I could add a status effect that this is exactly the same idea as before we've seen with the SPD block. So we just have to pass in a status effect instance. For example, of effects, status affects not as a generation or something like 200 takes. And then here we actually have to pass in a lot was, which is the chance you have on getting this effect right here. So this is just an example here. We're not going to keep it like this, but you've seen it. It's actually very, very straightforward. Or vanilla examples what you can do is you can press shift twice in rapid succession and then you get this search window up. You can search for the food components class, make sure that you check this, include non project items and then here item. Click on here and you can see all of the food components that Minecraft already has. And you can basically also see all of the different things that are in here. So there's actually like everything already in front of you and you could just take a look at how this all works, right now have two, we've added the food component. We now need to add the food item in our model items class. What I'm gonna do is I'm going to copy over the row or a calcium. And this is going to be the turnip. And right here as well turn up. And this is a normal New Item, completely normal year. And then we're just going to add after the group, we're going to add food. And this is going to be the mode food components that turnip. And that is pretty much all that we need to do that of the food item. Now we should be able to eat this basically when we are hungry in game. Now of course, we still do need to add both the translation here in the year underscore us JSON file, as well as of course adding it the texture and the item model JSON file. The item model JSON file is of course once again just a normal item model Jason that points to a texture right here. And the texture is right here, so no worries at all. And now everything has been added. So let's see if it works. Or farms that back in microfinance can see the term has been added to the game, so let's start eating it and there you go. It fills up exactly one hunger bar. So to hunger is basically one meet symbol right there. So that is pretty much it. And yeah, that's actually how easy this to add a custom food item to Minecraft, right? And there's already it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and he learns of the new, all of the corners, of course available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture, though. Yeah. 51. (Basics) Making a Custom Fuel Item: All right, let's continue with the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a accustom fuel item to Minecraft. Now, this is also a fairly easy and straightforward process. But we're gonna go into our more item class and we're going to just copy over the turnip right here. And then this is going to be the coal underscore sliver. And here of course as well, the coal underscore sliver. So it's just a sliver of coal. And we're going to remove the food of course, because in this case, the causal verse should not be edible. And what the item once again has been added. But now of course, we need to somehow add the functionality of it being a fuel. And for that, we're going to go into our MC course package, right-click new package called util. Now this is not strictly necessary to create this class. You could also just call the method immediately in our MC course mod mass, but I like to have everything separated out. So this is the registries class. And inside of there, we're going to create two static methods. The first one is a public, public static void called register mode stuffs. And this is going to call the other method which is going to be a private static void or register fuels. And every time we add a fuel to our model, we can basically call it right here. And we're gonna do register fuels in the register mode stuffs method. And then we're going to write in something like system out print line, but register during you will, or MSE course plus MC course, RID. And then we're gonna say fewer registry, exactly this one, which is the registry is equal to u will registry that instance. And then we can just say registry dot add. And then a more items dot whole sliver, then a value of 400 case. Now the calculation goes as follows, right, for 400 is 400 once again and takes of course, for a 100 divided by 20, which is 20 seconds, this is exactly 1 fourth of a normal coal. So that is basically that. And then of course we need to call that in the initialized method as well. So more registries that register mode stuffs. And then if anything else happens to warrant a registration, then we can basically add that in the modern registries as well. So that's pretty cool. And that's basically all that we need to do to make the coal sliver be a new item. Now of course, we do still need to add the translation right here. So let's copy this and call it, call underscore sliver. And then of course here, cool sliver. And then for the item I'm going to copy over the turnip here. This is the coal underscores liver. Then here the coal and of course liver as well. Just a normal item model file. And we're just going to copy over the texture here as well. And now actually everything has been added. So let's see if it works or it's and we find ourselves back in micro events can see the coal sliver has been successfully added to the game. And let's just see. There you go. We can even shift clicking in here. And just like specified, it will take 20 seconds to burn and then consume a new cause liver from right here. That's pretty good. And that's actually how easy it is to add a custom fuel item to Minecraft wherever that is already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new, if he did or very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 52. (Basics) Adding custom Tooltips: Or a welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom tooltip who are dowsing rod item. So this can basically be done for any item. So what we're gonna do is we're just going to override a, another method in here. So this is going to be the append Tooltip method. And this is actually going to be very easily done. So the only thing that we need to really do is we want to make it so that when you hover over the item, you get something like of the effect of press Shift to see more information. And then when you press Shift, then you get some more information about this item. What we're gonna do is we're going to make an if statement and we're going to call a screen, shot has shifted down and then make an else statement for that as well. And then how do we add a new, something new to the Tooltip will we'll just do Tool to add and then make a new translatable text component or text here. And then we will pass in a e. In this case, this is going to be item MC course dowsing rod housing underscore rod, that tooltip, that shift. Now of course, you can make your keys as long or as short as you want. I'm going to stick with this. I actually think that that's totally fine. We're going to put the tooltip here as well. And what we're gonna do is we're going to change this. You would not include the shift here. Let's copy this one more time and let's go to our ear and underscore us adjacent file. And let's just put this at the very bottom here. As I feel feel like that's a good place for it. And then when we actually are pressing down Shift, then what we can do is we can say right-click to find valuables. Valuables they go. And then the other one, we're just going to have to remove the shift here. And then this is just going to be rest. And now we're going to try something very interesting. So this, we're going to be a paragraph symbol E, theft, paragraph symbol R, or more information. And there's two ways that this can go. So this is something I want to explain. The paragraph symbol starts making a, making the, starts making the text into a different color. Now, usually the paragraph symbol e should work, but sometimes there are some bugs associated with it. And I just wanted to show you both versions of it. So sometimes this works. So the E basically starts making this yellow and then the paragraphs are, makes it so that everything is reset again. But this is actually all that we need for the tooltip. So let's see if it works or it has a deck and Minecraft. And if I hover over this, you can see press shift for more information. And when I press shift or a whole shift down, right-clicked find valuables. So everything working absolutely perfectly for this is exactly what we want. And even at the coloration here works perfectly fine. So that's amazing, right? I will also link a Wiki article on the formatting codes for Minecraft. I highly recommend taking a look at that, but that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 53. (Basics) All about Tags: To the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at tags. Now, what our tags will, I'm not talking about a tags that you put onto animals like the name tag. I am talking about a tags like we've seen previously for the minor balls. And we'll basically what tools you need or your blocks. And what we're gonna do is we're going to add a new class that basically enables us to use tags as well. In this will basically make our MOD more compatible with other maths. So in our util package, we're going to right-click new Java class, and this is the mode tags class writing. We're going to have to static classes in here. The first one is a public static class, four blocks. And then the second one is a public static class called items. And in the blocks class, of course the block tags go and then the items class, the item Texaco. But for that we are going to need to a private static methods here. So private static tag dot identifier of type block, in this case, making sure that we choose net microwave block here would create a tag. And this is going to have a string name parameter right here. And this is going to return the tag factory that broke that create. And then a new identifier with EMC course mod, mod ID and the name of the parameter. Then we can just copy this one over n. This is now a create Harmon tag like this. And instead of passing in our old model ID, we're going to pass in just a lowercase c, because this is a namespace under which the common tags basically are going to be set. And then what we can do is we can just take this copy both of those methods into the items class as well. And basically just replace this with the item from net item right here. And then of course a set of blocks, this is item. And then instead of block this is item as well. This item as well. And then the rest actually is totally fine. So as you can see, that's all that we need to do here. And now we can define those tax. So there's basically two things that you can do. You can, number one, define your tags in this class, and that is fine. And you could also define them in your will, in your data for. And what's very important is that even though we're going to basically make one custom tag that's specific to us. And then we're also going to have four common tags that we're going to use. We actually always need the tags in here. So the data JSON files, we always need those, but we don't necessarily have to have this class here. This is only so that we can access our custom tags inside of the code. So the first example of this is going to be a public static final tag dot identifier of type of block, which we're going to call the dowsing underscore rod underscore detectable underscore blocks. This will basically replace the Boolean method inside of the dowsing rod, where we have currently hard-coded what is a valuable item right here. And we're going to make this expandable with the tag, which allows, for example, other modes or more pack makers to add different things into that tag as well. And that is the beauty of it. So we're going to say create a tag with exactly the same name in lowercase. So dowsing, rod underscore, the tech bubble, protectable underscore blocks. And let's actually format this a little bit differently. So day ago. And then what we're gonna do is we're actually also going to add two more block tags right here. One of them is going to be the oriC outcome underscore blocks. And the other one is going to be the Oracle underscore ors. And what you would have guessed is those are actually Aman tags. Well, let's just do it like this. And this is going to be the Oracle come underscore blocks. And then let's just copy this over for the worse. Now, the reason we're going to have those is if any other MOD, ads or a calcium as well, then they could share the, that they can share this. And we're actually going to see this in just a moment with the items because the items actually are really frequent, useful and cool. So what we're going to have is a public static final tag identifier. Once again of type item here in this case, and this is recalc underscore ingots equal to a new common tag or outcome. Underscore England's. Let's just duplicate this with Control D, and this is the nuggets. And then the same in here as well. Recall come nuggets. And we're going to use is we're going to use this ingots here as well. Now once again. Having this in this class simply makes all of these tags accessible inside of the code is not strictly necessary. Where it is necessary is just in a moment because now in the dowsing rod item, what we're gonna do is actually instead of having this hard-coded in here, we're going to return the following. We're going to say mod tags that blocks. And then import this with old enter dowsing rod detectable blocks that contain block, contains block. There you go. And this is going to return true if the block that is passed in here is inside of this tag. Now our own tag. We have to add in MC course, Right-click new directory called tags, and then right-click new directory called blocks. Then inside of there. Or I'm gonna do is I'm actually going to go here and copy over the name here. So Control C or right-click new file, Control V to paste it in dot JSON. And then we have this, I'm actually going to copy over the contents because there's actually quite a bit in there. This is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or in a just as well. So this is basically all I've put in there, including my own Oracle com or of course. And then what we can do afterwards or next is now we can add the Harmon tags as well. And we're gonna do that by going to data, right-click new directory called C, just see lowercase c, nothing else. And I'm actually going to copy over the entire folder here. So this is once again just tags, blocks, items. So everything normal and the names here actually also just have to match the names here. And what we're gonna do is we're going to actually use one of those tags. So specifically the oracle ingots tag inside. And this is going to be crazy. Our recipe, that is exactly something that is really cool. Because what can happen is that if we, for example, have something like the Oracle can block from ingot instead of having a Item here, we can actually make this a tag. And then this will of course be c because this is a different namespace and instead of England, It's ingots. So we can specify a tag and then just normally the tag where it's at, at sea and it's an item. So this is very important by the way, that this only takes item tags in here. So it just basically looks for an item tag or recalc ingots. And then everything that is inside of here would be viable as a possible rafting recipe. So the cool thing there is that if there are three different mass that and Oracle commingles, then in theory, our block could be crafted with either one of them. So that's sort of the general idea there. And also allows more pacemakers, once again, to make our model just a little bit more compatible with other maths. So that's very important. And of course, this year, right? This just allows us to make this way more, way easier, expandable, and also allow us more peacemakers to make this extent expandable as well. Because of course, in our case we, we haven't added something like 10 or, or titanium or, or something like that. If another model would add that a more pack maker or even that mod could just say, hey, if that, if the MC course models, they're just add this as well. So that's really freaking cool. But that is actually all we need to do for our tanks. So number one, let's see if the dowsing rod with the new is valuable block method works. And also let's see if we can still craft or a calcium blocks from ingots or inferences back in Minecraft. So let's see, right-click. And there we have it. There we have it some copper ore. And let's just continue. Maybe we're going to find some deep slate as well, copper or iron or I'm sure that we'll find some at some point, of course, the durability is not going down. Oh, lapis lazuli, so that we definitely didn't have that before. Now, let's just see if we could find something else here somewhere, no valuables found. The durability isn't going down because we're in creative mode currently. That's also considering other areas. Deep sleep, lapis, lazuli rate or is it there? There it is. So there we go. That's actually really freaking awesome. And let's just see. So recall coming good and they go, we can still craft the RCA can block, like nothing ever happened here. So that is pretty frequent, cool, reputable or EBIT for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and it learns the new. All of the code is available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 54. (Basics) Adding Stairs & Slabs: Or I welcome back to the fabric horse for a 118. And in this lecture we're going to start our or lecture series on what I usually referred to as a non-block. Blocks. Of course that doesn't make a lot of sense. However, what we want to add basically are stairs, slabs, buttons, pressure plates, fences, fences, gates, walls, doors and trapdoors. And we're going to do that in the next four lectures. They have all some similarities, but there are some crucial, important steps that you need to take on some of them. So let's just get started. And the number one notice I want to give in beginning is that I will definitely copy over all of the JSON files here. So you will definitely need to open the GitHub repository or the jurists and copy those over as well. I highly recommended writing those out. You will see in a moment is not really possible. Well, it is possible, but you could spend a half hour doing something better. So we're going to see that, no worries at all. And what we're gonna do is we're just going to copy over the SPD block twice. And the first one is going to be the oriC calcium underscore stairs. And this is going to be the 40k outcome underscore stairs as well. And this is going to be the Oracle income underscore lab. And this is going to be the Oracle come underscore slab as well. Now neither of those are of course, speedy blocks. So the oracle com stairs to be steers block and the slab is supposed to be slab. Now you will see that the slab lock works absolutely fine. No Roy's whatsoever already recalc upstairs here with the new stairs block doesn't work because it has protected access. What does that mean? Well, if we middle mouse button click on this, we can see that the proof that the constructor here is actually protected. Therefore, what we need to do is we need to make a custom class out of this, which is kinda weird. I personally, I'm not a 100 percent sure. Wider that is the case. However, it is what it is, so we need to do it. Let's also change this material here to metal because at the end of the day this is a calcium. And then after we've done that, go to the custom package, right-click new Java class. This is the model stairs block. And we're going to extend this from the stairs block. Let's hover over this and create constructor matching super. And then we'll change this from protected to public. And now we are done. And we will basically never have to look at the more stairs block class ever again. But every time we are going to make a new block, that is a stairs block, we're going to use this instead. And you can see that the first parameter is actually a block state. So what we have to pass in here is just the mode blocks or block. So this is basically dot git default state. So basically what we have to pass in here is the block that the stairs are made out of. But that's the general idea. But for that your books are registered and would be ready to go. However, of course, it can never be this simple. Because really like the kicker thing for all of the non-block blocks are going to be the JSON files. Well, like I said, I will copy all of them over forever and will of course, also explain. We're going to copy over the slab and steers block says Jason, and please don't fall out of your seat when you see this because this is quite a lot. So let's actually start with a slabs because that is not too bad at all. So what you can see is that now we actually have different variance, right? We have three different types of slabs, bottom, double, and top. And each of them point to a different model Jason file. This points to the slab Jason, this points to the Oracle can block because of course if you have two slabs, it just looks like a normal block. And then this one points to the slab, but at the top portion or the top half of the actual block. That's the general idea. This type here is what's referred to as a block state property. We're going to look at those in a future lecture in far more detail for the time being, we can just think of those variables as having some sort of values that they can take. And depending on their value, we change the model that the block states pick points to. That's pretty much all there is to it. Now for the stairs, we actually have multiple different blocks a properties. And that is why it looks like this. And I will keep scrolling and you will say, this is madness. Yes, this has 209 lines. That is the reason why you should 100% copy this over, under no circumstances should you write this out, because that's absolute madness. Now one quick trick I do want to share with you is that if you were to use a different mode ID right here. You can do is you can select this and press Control R to replace this and then replace this with your MOD ID. Basically, this hit Replace All. And you can see that all of a sudden everywhere it has replaced the actual thing with the melody that we put in here. This is Control Z to go back here. And the same of course goes for the calcium. So if you're using Arnold titanium for example, you could just replace all of them and then that would work as well. Where's don't forget to rename the JSON files as well. But that actually makes everything way easier. And you can also do this by the way, when you select the folder here and press Control Shift R, then the, this replacing file comes up and you can see I could now replace or a calcium in all of those files here. Same and then basically replace it with titanium, say Replace All. And that would work as well. But that's a very important tip and I highly recommend doing that if it is needed. So now we need to copy over the block model files and this is where it gets pretty crazy. And this is also, you will see now why I say, Well, we're going to copy everything over because these are going to be five different files. Now that's actually still not too bad All things considered, but it is still quite a few. Let's just open the slab ones first so you can see that overall, what is written in here is actually not too crazy. We basically just have three different textures that we point to wherever, both for the laptop and the slab, those are going to be the same textures, whatever the case may be, because we always want this to look like the oracle block. And the only difference between the two based on files is the parent here. Either is slab horse laptop, that's really it. And when it comes to the stairs, while they look a little bit different, but also very similar, we have three different textures that we pointed to. And once again, the only thing that changes here is stares, inner stairs and outer stairs, or the parent pretty much is all the changes or all the differences there in the item model Jason? Well, those are luckily actually just normal item model Jason's four blocks. This points to the normal slab here and this points to the normal or a telecom stairs JSON file right here. So no worries there at all. And the crazy thing is we don't need to add any textures because the stairs and the slabs wolf just use the oracle block texture. So that's really cool. The only thing we do need to add is a translation. Of course, what we're gonna do is we're just going to copy this over here. I'm gonna say, or a cow income. Underscore stairs are going to be the Oracle Malcolm. There's and then this is going to be the recalc them slab. Slab. Also please note that these stairs with an S, So plural and slab singular, that's very important here as well. But actually, I know you won't believe me, but that is it. The crazy thing is definitely going to be here. The JSON files for the block States Jason. And this is going to continue for basically all of our different non-block blocks that we are going to add n. So I highly recommend just taking a look at those in the GitHub repository and copying those over. And then it's going to be way easier. But now, let's see if it works. Or I functions back in microfinance can see the oracle come stares and the slaves have been added to the game. And we can set them down and just make a nice, Well, I mean, basically whatever we want with them, we can just set them down and everything here works as well, right? We can see the inner and the outer stairs or work. You can set this down at the top and also at the bottom here and put them together to make a normal block. As you can see, everything here works. So that is pretty cool, right? But that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 55. (Basics) Adding Buttons & Pressure Plates: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding custom buttons and pressure plates and continuing with the non-block blocks. So let's go into our Mort blocks class and let's just copy over the oriC telecom slab twice. And let's just start immediately. So this is going to be the Oracle come button. And this is of course once again here the case. And then the other one, this is going to be the telecom underscore pressure underscore plate. And once again, the same just in lowercase right here. Pressure underscore late. Now the calc button here is of course going to be a button block, which you will see also gives us an error. And the slab a block is going to be a pressure or rather the pleasure played Brock is going to be a pressure plate block, which of course is also going to have an error. This means that we need to make two new custom classes here. So in our custom package, the mode button block, which is going to extend the stone button block class. We're going to hover over this creed constructor matching super. Want to change this to public right here. So no worries there. And then we never have to look at this class again. And then in the custom package one more time. The mode pressure plate block right here. One extends this by the pressure plate block. And we're going to hover over this again and also make this public. Now it's using the normal vanilla classes. We're going to use the mod stone button block right here. And then here we're going to use the mod of pressure played block. Now the first parameter of that is actually going to be an activation rule. This is going to be the act. They shun rule everything. So basically everything that goes over this pressure plate will activate it. Let's actually middle mouse button click on this and the middle mouse button click on the pressure plate block. And you can see that we have the Redstone output. This is basically the method that is responsible or checks what the actual type is. So you can see this.tab is being switched here. So as a switch statement and you have everything or moms, though, if you want to make your own custom activation type, once again, highly recommend. You need to some Java knowledge to actually do this. But it isn't too crazy. What you can do is you can make, basically you don't even have to make your own activation will hear because the activation of all you can see is a enum. You don't even need to do this. What you can do is you can simply override this method in your custom pressure plate block class and then have the following here. But you can see that the non spectating entities, and you basically pass in a particular class in here. So what is the class of what we're going to get? And that is a list of particular animals or of particular mobs that we then go through. And that is the general idea. So in this case, everything that is a living entity, right? So mobs everything that's a living entity, then we're going to return 15. If the entity that is above this living entity class, otherwise we can pass in something else here as well. So this is something to keep in mind if you don't want that, that's totally fine. But I definitely recommend some Java knowledge for it. Otherwise you're going to struggle with it probably quite a bit. Well, the blocks are now registered. However, of course, once again, sadly the Drazen files are the thing that is going to be the crazy stuff. And in this case, the button JSON file for the block state is actually going to be the crazy thing. You can see. The pressure plate only has a powered either false or true. And then either we have the pressure plate or the pressure plate it down. That's fairly straightforward. The button, as you can see, is insane. Once again, as we can either base it on the floor or the wall. We can have it facing east, west, south, or north. And it can either be on or off. So this is basically what all of this craziness does, is it actually is pretty crazy. So overall, this year basically just rotates the block, and this year makes it so that the texture rotates with the block as well so that they don't rotate independently. That's the general gist of all of this. However, once again, it's actually pretty crazy. Do not type this out of. This is available to you in the GitHub repository or in the individual just as well. This of course, will also be available in the external libraries down here, which we've already previously seen. So I highly recommend just copying this over if needed. And you can of course, always use the trick to select this and press Control R to replace something. And then you can replace, for example, the MOD ID year. And you don't have to do it a lot of times individually. But let's actually go to the EN underscore us JSON file immediately because this is something I tend to forget sometimes. So let's not make this a habit. We're going to say the oracle Comma button and the Oracle can pressure on the plate. And this is going to be the recalc and button and the pericardium of pressure on not underscore but a normal plate, the ego and then the block models we've seen, of course once again there are a fewer, more, but luckily for the button and the retro plate, once again there are five. So let's just take a quick look at those because once again, they are actually not that interesting. All things considered. You can see that the button here just has a different parent every time and the texture is always pointed to the already Kalikimaka block. So that's pretty much all there is to it. Same with this. Points to the Oracle can block texture. And it basically just has the, either the pressure plate up or pressure plate down as a parent. That really is the only difference here. And for the item models will, there is a like something very particular for the button. But also that is not too crazy because we have a specific button inventory block model, which of this points to, but also nothing to quit. But overall, this is actually not too crazy. And once again, we do not need to add any textures here because the textures are always going to be, the Oracle can block for either of those blocks. Though now let's see if it works. Or pharmacist back in microfinance can see both. The pressure plate as well as the button has been added. And let's just click the button. Of course it works and here just the same. And because we've put everything, even the item entities here, dropping on it will still work. So that is pretty frequent, cool. And that's actually how easy it is to add either one of those blocks where I, but that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some of the new. Remember of course, that all of the code is available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 56. (Basics) Adding Fences, Fence Gates & Walls: Fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding custom fences, fences, gates, and custom walls, Minecraft. So this will basically continue with the non-block blocks as I like to call them. Well, let's go into our more blocks class and let's copy over the custom slab here three times. So we're going to have an oral calcium ends of course. And this is going to be an Oracle come bends here as well. And then we're going to have a fence underscore gate. And here of course as well, or a CalcSum underscore fins AND gate. And then right here, we're going to have an oral calcium wall and or a calico male wall here as well. There you go. So this is going to be a friend's block and it actually works. And this is going to be a fence good block. And it actually works. End grief or three? Yes, a wall block. And it also actually works. So that's actually really good. We don't have to make any custom classes here in this case. So we can basically just continue to the JSON files, which once again are going to be pretty frequent crazy, but no worries at all. We'll get through this. So three blocks States, JSON files, and you can already see the things starting to absolutely turn crazy. So first of all, the fence gate, as you can see, has a three different block state properties here, facing in wall and open. And depending on that, we're basically going to choose a different luck model again. And then of course we're going to rotate it and the UV lock it as well. Nothing too crazy here. Once again, a very good tip is to press control shift, or if you have a different or a calcium if you don't use a recap come but titanium, or if you have a different mode ID, right, you can just type in the mara DMC course here and type in your own melody and replace it like that. Once again, Control Shift and are when you are on a folder. And also of course, all of the files are available to you for download in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well. And the wall and the fence here are actually a little bit different. Those are multipart as you can see. And there the idea is that you apply a certain part of the model when something happens. So you can see that when there is something here, then we add a side to it on a particular direction. Then we add the extra model as well. So let's actually go into the un underscore us JSON file and let's just add all of them immediately. So there's going to be the fence. And then we're going to have the Oracle income underscore, underscore, underscore gate into this fence here AND gate here. This is going to be the Malcolm wall as well. Welcome wall. There you go. So now we've added all of that. So that is also going to be fine. And let's now add it the model JSON files, which are going to be plenty. Actually, we have four for the gate, we have three for the fence, and then we have another four or the wall. So like I said, a lot of files, 11 of them in total. So overall, all of them pretty much look exactly the same. We pointed to a texture, namely the block texture. And just the parents are different. So you can see that there really is nothing crazy going on here. It's just about having the correct parent and then having the pointing to the correct texture. That is all there is to it. I don't think that it's really necessary to go through each of them. It all looks the same. Sometimes the name, year of the texture is a little bit different. But overall that most of the time is all of the difference. And you can of course, also always go down to the external libraries, red to this one here in Minecraft, minecraft project. To the Assets folder, Minecraft blocks States. We have the models, the models, and then in here also all of the models or as well. You can see the Enscape wall here for example. And that also is available, so no worries there at all. You can always take a look at that and use those as well. And basically copy them over. Now, let's copy over the wall, the fence gate and the fence item models as well. To concede this points to the wall inventory model, this points to the fence inventory, and this points to the end gate. So nothing too crazy. In one more time, we do not need to add a texture over what we do need to add our tags. So in our data folder, Minecraft tags blocks, right-click new file called fences data JSON. And then we're just going to copy the contents of this year over for just a moment so that we have the correct formatting for the tags. And then this is going to be MC cores for recalc underscore fence. And then we're just going to drag this into the same folder while holding control to duplicate it. And we're going to call this the walls tag. And then this is going to be the recalc wall. This is needed for the defenses actually connects to each other. That's very important, right? And after we've added all of that, Let's see if it works. All right, we found since back in mind prevents can see all of the three blocks have been added and they all connect totally fine. So that is exactly what you want to see right here. Let's just set this down as well. There you go. So everything is working totally fine. And well, I mean, they're all added and that's actually how easy it is to add the fence gates, the fences and the walls to the game. Rubber. That would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 57. (Basics) Adding Doors & Trapdoors: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom door and a custom trapdoor to Minecraft. Now, those are actually going to be very interesting. Let's just go into our motto blocks class. And with this basically conclude the non-block blocks. So what's going to be interesting here is that those are actually not going to be made out of calcium, but there are going to be made out of cherry blossom. Now, cherry blossom is of course, the actual wood. So we're going to have a custom would in a later lecture, but we're already going to see the door. So cherry blossom underscore door right here. And then the same thing goes for the Sheri underscore blossom, underscore trapdoor. Just going to copy this over here, make it a little bit easier for the ego trap door. And now we actually need to make a motor door block and a mod trapdoor block as well. Well, let's just create those door block, which extends the door block. Let's hover over this creed constructor matching super, and make this public as well. And now we never need to look at the class. Again. The same thing for the model trap door block. We're just going to extend, of course, the trapdoor block. Also hover over rate constructor matching super and making the constructor public here. And then we're fine. So the door is of course going to be a motto door block. And this is going to be a model trapdoor block. And we actually need to call a another, well, I think the fabric settings and that is going to be the non opaque here. Because this actually the, both the door and the trapdoor contain alpha values in their texture. That means that you basically have a portal that is see-through in the actual book. And if you have that, then you will need to add this non opaque right here. That's very important. And there's even another thing that we need to do for that. And that is going to be, we're going to make a new class in the MC course package. So right-click new Java class called MC course client that is going to implement the client mod initializer right here. We're going to hover over this and implement the method, the uninitialized client method. And this will not contain where we set the renderer layer. So we're gonna say block render layer map. That instance. Instance dotplot block. What blocks? Dot door, exactly the cherry blossom door with the render later dot get cut out. Then we're going to just duplicate this and put the trapdoor in here. And what we also need to do, and this is very, very important that you follow this, we need to go into our fabric. Dot adjacent right here, and below the main entry point right here, right? This is very important. We basically need to copy this over. Well, the CIA client. Then we need to say MC course and then make sure that this is written like this. So MC course, client, that is very important and this definitely has to happen otherwise, the client last year will not be recognized and we will have a well, an arrow in how this is being displayed. But after having added this were fine and the code is done. Now we simply need to go on to the JSON files. Of course all the JSON files are once again available to you either in the GitHub repository or as individual gists. Now, after doing all of those non-block blocks, we've seen this multiple times rate simply points to different models right here in either the trapdoor or also the door. Nothing too spectacular to be honest. So let's also add the translation here. So this is not already calcium, but this is Sherry underscore blossom underscore door. And then we're gonna do the cherry blossom door. And the same thing goes here for the trapdoor. We're just going to add the trap at the frontier. And then the same goes for this one trapdoor, right? So the goal, and then what we can do is we can add the model files. Now there are actually quite a few of those. Let's copy those over. You can see that there are seven of them. But once again, even though there are seven of them, overall, they are fairly straightforward. You can see it's once again just the parent that is different here. And the same basically goes for the trapdoor. The only other interesting thing is that because the door is made up of two blocks, we basically have a top and a bottom texture here that it points to what that pretty much is the only interesting thing. Now the item model, especially for the door, is actually very interesting. Because when you will see this is that this is actually a normal item model. Or a, for an item not a block. That is because the door actually has, isn't displayed in the inventory as a block, but rather as an actual item. The trapdoor, however, this point strain normal trapdoor here. So for this one, we actually do need to add it to different textures. Will actually three different block textures and one item texture. So those are of course, also available to you. They have the door bottom, we have the door top and the trapdoor. Then in the item, we also have the door right here, so we're just going to copy this over as well. So the ego, the ribosome door for the item. And now everything has been added. Now after having added all of this, Let's see if it works or if so, we find ourselves in micro lens can see both the door and the trapdoor have been successfully added to the game. Now if I right-click you and see it actually does not work to open those. That's very curious, and I can actually open them. Well, I mean, let's just do it properly. Here. There you go. I can actually open them with a Redstone if I directed correctly basically ago. So that is something that we still need to change. And I will show you how you can basically will determine whether or not it is only openable with Redstone or openable with the hand as well. But it's actually a very, very easy fix. Instead of putting in the material metal, we simply put in material wood. And that is all that we need to do to change here in order to now open them with the end. So no worries there at all. But this pretty much concludes the non-block block portion of the lecture series, and this would also conclude the first section here. So hopefully you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture, though. Yeah. 58. (Tools) Creating a new Tool Set: Or a welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be creating a custom tool set. And what I mean, I guess let's just start to go into our model items class here. And we're going to be making a pick ax and ax a whole, a shovel and a sword. And it's actually going to be in that order. First, what we're going to find is when I just copy over the all sliver here, we're just going to start to make the, it's actually also cool to be able to name here because I don't want to have to type out or it can come every time the code is, of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. But if I'm going to start to make a borehole can pick x here and we're going to make it a new pickaxe item. Of course, we're going to find once again, Well, tough love, it's going to be protected access once more. So in our custom item package here, we're going to make a mod big acts item, which is going to extend the peak next item. Read constructor matching super. And I'm gonna change this to public. And then we're immediately going to do the same thing for the mod acts item, which extends X item. Also hover over period constructor matching super, making this public as well. And then we'll also need the mod whole item. Extends whole item. Once again, hover over a quick read constructor matching super and making this public. And then once again, we never have to see those classes ever again. That makes a lot of sense, whatever the case may be. And you will see that it actually takes in four parameters. The first one, which is a tool material, that's actually something we also need to create. I'm going to do that in our item package. So right-click on that, a new Java class or mod tool material. And this is going to implement the tool material interface from net Minecraft item. And we're actually not going to hover over this. The first thing we're gonna do is we're going to change this to an enum. That's very important. We're actually going to do is we're going to click on this and then press Control H to bring up the hierarchy. And you're gonna see that we have tool materials right here. Let's double-click on this. And you can now see these are the two materials from vanilla. And there's a very funny or There's actually very easy trick. And that's going to be, we're going to go at the very bottom here, not in front of this, the last curly bracket, but the second-to-last curly bracket. Then we're going to hold Shift and click here. And then we're going to press Control C to copy, and then Control V to paste in. And then there's one thing that we need to change, and that is the name here. So we're just going to copy this name, paste it in here, and then we shouldn't get any more errors. Now the reason why we're doing this is because at the actual tool material is pretty much going to be exactly the same no matter what you do. Therefore, I usually just like to copy it over from the tool materials class. This, it just makes a lot of sense. And then the added benefit here is also that you have immediate access to all of the different values that the materials here half. So that's also really cool. So you can just immediately see basically what is going on. That's pretty good. So what we're gonna do is we're just going to get rid of a few things. So we're just gonna do something like this and then something like this. So we give a name here to this red, of course all recalc them in this case. And then the mining level, we can even do this in a different way. Mining level or mining levels that iron they ago, which had just returned the tube, but it's a little bit easier to read here. Then we're going to change the durability to 450. Of course, the durability should be fairly self-explanatory. That's just the base durability of the actual items, then the mining speed. So you can see that's 64. For that we're just going to do something like 4.5. And maybe the damage is actually going to be 3.5 and then the intangibility is even more. Maybe it's something like 25. And here we actually don't need all of that jazz in only need a supplier of ingredients. So we're just gonna do with this. And then we're going to say ingredient of item. I'm going to say mod items, more items that are calcium ingot and then close this properly. There you go. Now if we were to add another one here, I could just copy this and you will see that this does not quite work as the last one always has to end with a semicolon, while each one individually has to be separated with a comma. So that's very important to note here. This is basically just an advanced enum. If you've watched the Java introduction and you should recognize that the issue here with the lazy should actually not be too bad. So this still is actually used by Minecraft at themselves. So I'm actually. Okay. With using it as well, I believe that the deprecation there should be totally fine like using this. And if at any point something changes here, we can always, you know, basically take another look at the mode materials class and how that works. So totally fine. But that is pretty much like we don't need to do anything here. We just define these fields. And these fields are basically defined for each of the different material levels, so to speak. So if you want to change something, you basically just change it in here. And then that carries over to all of the different tools that you might have in your model, right? And then we can do the following. We can say mod tool material.org calcium. And the second parameter is going to be the attack damage. I think that that's an integer. And then the third parameter is the attack speed, which is a float. And then once again, just the normal fabric item settings. Now because this is a MOD item pick ax here, in this case, the risk going to change the numbers a little bit, the numbers here, we'll have to tweak around any way. Like if you have your actual mode, you're going to be probably tweaking the numbers quite a bit because of course, balancing everything is not as easy as you might think. But otherwise we don't actually need to add anything else. So what we can just do is we can just paste this in five times here and then just start changing stuff. So acts here, acts as well. So the XP is probably going to be something like 1. This is additional speed, by the way, this is not the actual speed, this gets added onto it, but more damage here for the more acts item. And then we're going to have the whole underscore WHO and then underscore hole here as well. This is the mode all item. Once again, I'm actually not unless of course zeros or I'm not a 100 percent sure why. Some of them you need the mode item and some of them you don't. It seems very inconsistent, but it is what it is. This is a shovel item with the name or a calico shovel. And of course here as well, or a telecom shovel. Very important that you change the names here everywhere, just so be aware of that. And then the sword here. And then last but not least, the oracle comes sword. And here this is a sort item. And maybe that attack damage is a little bit more. And the speed is also three, that's going to be fine. Now the items are properly registered, but now we of course need the JSON files which have one tiny thing that is different with them, but it actually is now shouldn't be too crazy. So let's get the model files copied over. And overall, this is all fairly standard. The only thing that you need to take care of, and this is very important here, is the parent is actually item slash handheld. And the reason for that is so that you get a 3D look when you are in a third person. So that basically when you have the sword in your hand and someone else looks at it on a server, then it of course looks like it's 3D. So that's what you need there, that's very important here. And then let's also go to the underscore us JSON file. And I'm just going to copy over the translations here once again, of course, everything available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual adjusts as well. Same of course, with the textures here. So those are the five item textures that we're going to need. Acts at the whole, The pig acts, the shovel and the sword. Let's just copy those over a year ago. And that should pretty much be all that we need to do. There actually is one more thing that is very important to add, and that's going to be the tool tags. So under data, we're going to create a new directory called Hambrick. And then inside of there we're going to create a new directory called tags. And then inside of there, we're going to create a new directory port items. And then we basically need access to Jason. And let's just copy this over to this gamete big axis adjacent. And we're just going to copy one year. We're going to fill this in just a moment. We have this big axis. This is going to be shovels. And then we're going to have OS and then sort. So at this point in 118, I believe that those are no longer necessarily required or ever. I believe that it is still a smart idea to add it to it. Just adding basically the particular axis, shovels and all of that. With those tags. There really isn't a reason not to do it at the end of the day. This is a fairly straightforward process. Once you have done it, once for one of your two materials than adding it for the other ones is pretty much also just a very straightforward process and a highly recommended just adding those. So in the fabric, namespace, tags, items, and then basically access holes, pick axes, shovels, and sorts. So that is a very smart idea to basically do that and add it in there. But that is pretty much all that we need to do. So let's see if it works. Or Francis back and microphone. As you can see, all of the tools have been added to the game. But let's just see, this all works, so that's very good. Let's see if I can even right-click with this. And I actually can. So that's a great sign here as well. And also skip this. This also all works. I can also right-click with this, I assume of course I can. And then we don't really have any wood out. You look at that, That's how fast would can appear. I'm going to right-click it and I can also mine it properly. So everything here should work fully fine. And everything has been successfully. This, by the way, is what I mean with the hand-held. So that it basically looks like you're actually holding the tool in your hand instead of just having the item like this. And that's why you need the handheld parent or a bot that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 59. (Tools) Creating a Custom Multi-Tool (Paxel): All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom Paxil item to the game. So this is of course, something that is completely custom and actually requires only a little bit of extra work, but it's actually fairly easy, All things considered. So what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new class in our custom item package called the mod packs or item. And this is actually going to extend because of course a Paxil item doesn't exist. This is going to extend the mining tool item. And we're just going to hover over this create constructor matching super. And we're gonna make this public, we're not going to need here is the effective blocks one, the parameter and we're also going to choose to take the tool material parameter and move it up to the front here. And then the effect of blocks, right? If we were to, for example, press Control H here and just take a look at the pickaxe item for example, you can see that this takes in the pickaxe mineable block tags, which is exactly what we have been right here, right? So we've basically added our blocks to end this. Now, Paxil, we wanted to be able to be effective on travel acts and pick X blocks. How would we do this? Well, we're going to make a custom tag. So in our model tax class, what we're gonna do is we're going to make a new tag up here. So this is going to be a tax of our own actually. So a normal creates tag here. And this is going to be the Paxil underscore mineable. And then here packs actually mineable, lash, Paxil. And then this actual tag will get cold right here. So we're going to say moderate tags, dot blocks, not Paxil mandible. And now we can basically use this class and it should work totally fine. We of course, still need to add this to our MC course tags. So in our blocks folder, in the tanks folder, Right-click new directory called mineable. Then inside of there Right-click new file, Paxil dark trace. Let me just quickly copy this one over here. So from the pick X1 and then this is going to be very interesting because we can even put different tags in here, so we don't have to list out every single thing that is in the mineable tags. Or we can just do is we can say hashtag. And that signifies that this is actually a, another tag that we want to put in here. Then we say Minecraft, mineable, lash x. And this, just copy this and say, thanks and shop. Now what the packs item will not have is right-click functionality. However, that is something if you really want that, that he could of course, add yourself as well. It shouldn't actually be that crazy. Basically taking a look at the shovel item here, you can see there's some stuff here. And the item as well, there is some things that aren't too crazy. However, we're going to stick with this. For now. We're just going to copy over the oracle comes sword and we're going to rename this to the oracle come Paxil. Then same here as well. Paxil, the damage and the speed is just going to be reduced a little bit. And then this is going to be a mod packs item. As you can see, all works. Very important is that you change the parameters here to be exactly like this, then it should work totally fine. And then we only need the JSON file, a translation as well. So let's actually do the translation first. That's going to be very straight forward. There you go. So the translation and all of the files are of course available to you as well, individual interests or the GitHub repository. And let's get the oracle compact soil over. And the texture as well. Then we pretty much have everything that we need. So they ago, now everything has been added 0. Let's see if it works. Or I found this back in Minecraft and as you can see there it is. The Paxil has been added to the game and it doesn't it look great. So we can see basically here, I can easily mine this and I can also easily mine this. And we do have some mood left, and I can also easily mine at that. Now once again, right-clicking functionals, he actually does not work neither for the path basically or the stripping of the wood. If you really want that, then that should actually be not too crazy to add. If you have some Java knowledge, I'm sure that you will manage. And if it is really highly requested, I might just add a follow-up lecture on that as well, whether that is actually how easy it can be to add a Paxil item to the game. So I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture, though. Yeah. 60. (Tools) Making Weapons that Apply Effects: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to take a look at how you can add an effect to an entity when you hit it with a specific item. And that's a very wordy way of saying basically, you're going to add a fusion effect to an entity. And the way with that we're gonna do this is we're going to create a new class here. And this is going to be the mod lowing stored item. Just as an example here, we're just going to extend the sort item class. I'm just going to hover over this create, constructor matching super. And then we can leave everything in here. And just like with a normal item, there are methods to override, right? So I can put an override and you could see he was on block, use as glint a pen tool tip. There's a bunch of stuff that I can override and no worries there. And there is a specific method that we're going to override and that is cool as the post hit method, which is called after we have hit an enemy or rather after the damage has been added to an enemy. And what we can do is we can say target dot status affect new status effect instance. Let's say status affects that slowness. Let's say four seconds at level two. And then we also pass in the attacker does That's basically going to be the source because we are the attacker and the target is of course that, which is being hit like the entity that is being hit here. And now we can just go to the More Items class and just change this to the MOD slowing sort item right here. For example, you don't have to necessarily do this. You can also make a new item, but we're just going to change the calcium source to that. And I mean, that's pretty much it. That's all that we need to do. We need to override the OS hit method and then basically just add this, the status effect to the target. And that's actually how easy it is to add an effect on hit. So just for completion sake, Let's see if it works or inferences back in Minecraft. So let's see if I hit a sheep. There you go. The sheep that was actually hidden now has Sloan as applied to it. And the one that basically was caught in the crossfire actually does not have it applied because it is only applied to the direct entity that you're hitting that would include a fish. I do believe that they were probably going to die after 100 yeah. Slt they're going to die. But you actually saw that it also had the slowness apply to it. Though. That's pretty cool, right? And that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 61. (Armor) Creating a new Armor Set: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom armor to Minecraft. Now, this is a exercise that is going to be very, very similar to adding the tools to Minecraft because we're going to need a armour material in this case instead of a tool material. That's going to be the first thing that we're gonna do instead of the item package, right-click new Java class called the mod, mod armor materials a 0. And this is going to implement the armor material interface right here. And once again, we're not going to hover over and implement the method, but we're going to middle mouse button click on this, or rather even just click on it and press Control H to get into the arm materials of another class. And then once again, we're just going to select at the very bottom here. And then hold shift and click at the very top here, and then just Control C and Control V to paste in. And that's going to be it. The only thing that we need to change here is the class to an enum. And then we're gonna take the name of this class. And it changed it to here as well so that the constructor actually works properly. And we're just going to format this a little bit differently with the parameters here. And then that's going to be fine. You can also format this a little bit differently so that we can actually read words written there. And here. Once again, we're just going to delete everything except for the iron right here. And we're going to call this the ORE calcium, of course. And then the name also Malcolm. And then once again, we can just play around with this a little bit. We can see of course, the, the null values right here. So that's the general idea. The durability multiplier should be fairly self-explanatory. It's just the multiplier for the durability. So for example, you can see that chain is 15, iron is 15, diamond is 33, total 25 and 37. So I think that's sort of like an 18 is going to be good for every calcium. Then this here is a very interesting int array. This is the protection amounts for each piece of armor. So every piece of armor has a different amount that it protects you. And this goes by the way, from bottom to top. That's very important. But this is boots, leggings, chest plate. But that's very important. So we could, for example, say something like three, we're going to stick with the five-year 7 and then who is actually fine so that we're going to just make it a little bit different than the other ones. For example, Goal is also a little bit of an outlier. So you can of course think of this as you want in the agenda ability is just how unchangeable this is. I'm going to crank this up to when D5, which is even more than gold. Because, you know, or a calciums, It's a very fantasy like or so I think that, that makes sense. And then the sound event, we're actually going to use the gold equip here. So item armor, gold right here. Does that makes a little more sense in my mind, we're going to keep the toughness and knock BEC resistance the same. You can just change this and then you will add toughness and not pick resistance to your armor that should just work and you don't need to do anything else. And then here of course, instead of having all of this here, we just want more items.org, calcium ingot. And we're just going to make this a little bit easier to read. No worries here. So we're just gonna do this. And then no returning. So there you go. And now it looks very nice. And once again, of course, if you want to have multiple armor materials, they need to be separated by commas. And then of course also named differently and then end with a semicolon width. The last one, that's just general idea here. And if we just take a quick look at this, you will see we have this inquiry year, the base durability. This is the base durability of each of the different armor pieces. And then this gets multiplied with the durability multiplier. You can see this right here. So we have the durability multiplier here. And getting the durability just gets you the base durability based on the slot and then times with the durability multiplier. That's the general idea here. These numbers, of course, you could also tweak if you really wanted to. We're going to stick with this for the time being. This is going to be totally fine. Right now the actual class your husband set up so we can switch over to the more items class and now start to basically create our armor. So we're going to make a oracle come element first. And then here as well or a calcium helmet of course they ago. And this is going to be an armor item. And you will see the first slot here is going to be the mod armor materials.org calcium. And then it actually only has three parameters. The second one being the equipment slot dot head, and the settings here are fine. So let's copy this four times. And then we're going to have the, actually the school chess plate. This plate and this is your equipment slot chest. Very important that we change that as well. Otherwise, of course we would be able to add that to the wrong slot, which is not something that we want. We're going to do leggings here as well. And again here legs. The ago and then last but not least, are the boots. And then the boots here as well. And this is of course, the feet. They you go. And now all four pieces of armor have been registered correctly with our more our material of calcium. And now we just need to add the item model, Jason's and of course here the translation very important. There it is. This is of course also all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual adjusts as well, so you don't have to type everything out. You can actually copy this over as well. Once again, most of the stuff when you've done it once, you can copy a lot of it inside of your own project as well, I highly recommend doing that. Most of these item models, they're going to be very, very similar. So between those, they just all orange to a tax that is literally all there is to it. We're going to add the texture files as well. There you go. And then one more thing, which is very important is we're actually going to need the 3D look of the texture. And that is actually done in the Minecraft folder. We're going to need to make a new folder in our assets folder, Right-click new directory for the Minecraft. So little game, maybe you've heard of it before. I've already done that, drop whatever. Right-click the microwave folder textures. And then inside of there Right-click again new directory called models. And then one more time Right-click directory called armor. This is written with only an OH, so it is the American spelling. And then here we are going to put in two files, but these are the armor files. This is how the actual armor we'll look in 3D and we should actually be able to take a look at that if we go to the external libraries to here into the assets, Minecraft, textures in the models, armor. And then you can see this is how it looks like. So this is the layer for iron, for example, layer one and layer two. So you could also, by the way, copy those over, ended up a little bit and then have those as well. Now what's very important for those is that the name here has to be exactly the right thing. This is very important. So when you have the name that is given here inside of your armor materials, this right here has to match exactly this name. Underscore layer underscore one and then the other one, underscore layer underscore two, very important, that can't be any spaces in between. There can't be any parentheses 1 because you copied it over and we'll have the same name and none of that. It has to be exactly this under the Minecraft, textures, models, armor directory, very important. Make sure that this is correct. But after you've made sure that everything is correct, Let's see if it works or are in first-class backend microgreens. You can see the armor has been added and it looks amazing. So let's just see how it looks when I put it on. And there you go, ready to go to battle with. And that's actually how easy it is to add the armor to Minecraft wherever that will already be it for this lecture right here, I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. Everything of course it's available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just including the textures, please note the creditors file by the way, you see under which license or textures have been distributed. Thank you very much, but whatever the case may be, I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 62. (Armor) Making a Full Armor Effect: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to take a look at how you can implement a full armor effect or your map. Now what does that mean, full armor effect will it basically means that you get a status effect applied to your character when you wear a full suit of a particular armor material. And the way that this will work is in the custom package right here I'm going to right-click new Java class. And this is going to be called the mod armor item. And this will extend the armor item plus. And I'm actually going to copy over the entirely of this class. This is available to you once again in the GitHub repository or in the just. And we are going to get through this, like I'm going to explain everything as we basically go through this. So then we just have the more armor materials, your.org, calcium they ago, and that should work, right? So what is happening here? Well, the first thing that you can see is we have a field, a private static final field, or the material to affect map. Now this map maps a armour material to a specific status effect. Okay, that's fair enough. So this means that if you have this particular set of armor on, that has this material, then this effect is applied to you. Now the reason why we're using a status effect instance is because the instance or also saves the duration and the amplifier. And we can basically change that individually. This particular instance we're actually never going to use. Down here, we're creating a new instance just with the same values of this instance has, because otherwise it wouldn't actually work. Because once an instance here is used up, you can't use it again. But that's just for the people who would have already jumped and been like, wait, that doesn't work. That's totally fine. It actually will work. You will see, and this year has of course only one armor item in it, but actually very easy to add another one. We're simply going to take this foot right here and just put it in one more time. So you can see that's actually how easy it is. It status effect instance I highly recommend always going above 200 or the tick duration here. Because if you are at ten seconds of your sentence effect starting to deplete, then it's going to start to flash. And this basically means because this is applied every single time over and over again, that it will constantly flash in the top-right corner and that can be very annoying. There is also a point in saying, well maybe once the armor is taken off, every effect or this particular effect should be taken away. There is a point in doing that. We're not going to do this in this example. Like there's a little bit of a limitation in this example, but I'm sure that is going to be fine. So what happens then? Well, we override the inventory tick method, which is called every tick. If this particular item or one of those items is inside of the inventory, we're first of all going to check whether or not we're on the server because we wanted to be on the server for this. And we're making sure that whatever entity has this in its inventory is actually a player. That is the case, then we can be sure that we can the cast to the entity to a player. And then we're going to check, hey, does this player have a full suit of armor on? So this is a method that I've made it right here where we basically just get all of the different armor stacks and making sure that none of them are empty. So basically saying, Hey, if the player has a full suit of armor on, at this moment in time, we're not checking for the material, just that each one of the armor slots is actually filled. And if that is the case, then we're going to continue to the evaluate armor effects method. And inside of here, we are basically going through the entire material to affect map and basically just getting both the armor material entity status effect instance that is inside of the map. And then we're going to check, hey, does the player actually have the armor effect on, that is, right now that we're basically looking for. There's of course a for loop that's going to go through. If we had like eight of them, then we're going to go through and it's going to be like, Hey, does the, does the player have this armor material owners have this material on, do they have this armor material? And only if the material for every one of the helmet breastplate lagging in Boots actually matches. Only then are we going to add the status effect for the particular armor right here? And just so that we have it, again, we're actually checking for this. Again, this is not strictly necessary right here. What is however strictly necessary on highly recommended doing this is the player effect Boolean that I basically put in right here. And the idea here is that this basically only gets added if the player does not have the effect again. Otherwise this would be added every tick 20 times a second. And going through all of this 20 times a second might actually slow down the game quite significantly. Therefore, it is a very smart idea who basically not do this and absolutely stop this here. Also adding the effect multiple times. It's just not a good idea. And you can see here we're actually making a new effect instance with the effect type, the duration, and the amplifier of the actual status effect instance that we have defined up here. So that's what I've been saying. We're actually never going to use that instance in and of itself. We're just basically getting the duration amplifier and the effect there. And then there's something that is possible that you don't necessarily need to implement. And that is here. I have it, so that there's a 40 percent chance of damaging the armor every time a, an effect is basically applied. Now you do not need to do this. So I can also just uncomment all three of those lines and then we're going to be fine as well. I just wanted to add this as well, just if some people do wonder this than they can. So where have we gotten this code from? Well, most of this is pretty much just Java knowledge with a little bit of modern knowledge mixed in. And this is something that you can do once you more intuitively understand Java and modeling and then combine the two and then create something custom like this. I wouldn't say fairly easily, but without too much hassle. So this really boils down to knowing Java. So this is like one more appeal to you that, you know, especially in the coming lectures, especially when we move on basically from the tools and armor section to the intermediate concepts, we're really going to pick up with the inherent understanding you're going to need for Java. But let's not go too crazy with this preamble here. Let's actually get rid of those two imports. And then what I'm gonna do is I'm going to go to the more items class. And I usually only make the helmet, the mode armor item. You do not need to put everything in more armor item in one mod honor materials set. You only need to put one. I personally choose the helmet because I think that the helmet makes the most sense to basically watch out for the rest of the chest. But it might also make sense, but whatever you prefer, of course, but only one for each material set. Very important, right? And that actually is all that we need to do. So let's see if it works or are referred to as a Minecraft. And as you can see, I already have the haze flight to me because of course I am wearing the full armor. And this is pretty cool. So this is Haze too because we put the amplifier to one. Let me just quickly put up the helmet so that we can see that this is going to basically be gone. They ago it's gone. And this haze to, because the amplifier basically is a, an additive amplifier, right? So if I didn't have anything in there, it would be haste one, amplifier of one, phase two, and an employer fire of today's three, fairly straightforward. And you can see, even though I have the rest here on, as long as I don't have the helmet on, it doesn't work and as soon as I put it on the ego, now, of course does happen as soon as I take the armor off, the haste persists. This is something that you could, for example, add if you wanted to. This is a functionality that you could do, right? One quick thing that is very important. This goal here actually will not work, but that is another limitation is that this of course doesn't work because we don't have an MOD armor material item in there at that moment. So that's actually not going to work. So this actually does only work with custom mode armor materials for the time being, whoever, maybe in the future I will update this class and then it might have that functionality as well. Who knows, right? But whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 63. (Armor) Creating a Custom Horse Armor: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding custom horse armors, have Minecraft. Now, custom horse armor is actually a very interesting thing because there is one little twist in there that we need to keep in mind. So let's open the more items class, and let's just copy over the oracle gum boots. And this is going to be renamed to worry CAL come horse, underscore armor. And then the same thing in the name here, or underscore armor, and this is a horse armor item. Now this also takes in three parameters. The first one is the bonus, so this is the Arab bonus that the horse receives. And the second is a string. That is the name of the actual horse armor, which is going to be important because this name has to match the name of the file. So if we actually middle mouse button, click on this. You can see that this is searching for the texture under textures entity, horse armors, horse armor underscores, underscore, armor underscore, whatever the name we put in as parameter here. Now this once again actually has to be put under the Minecraft namespace, but no worries, we're gonna do this. We're going to see this in just a moment. And if I middle mouse button click on this, right. So that's the general idea here. And that pretty much is all that you really need to know. So what is very important is that the bonus here. So just so you have some comparison values, the iron has five bonus, the golden horse armor has seven bonus, and the diamond horse armor has 11 board with 15. The calcium horse armor is actually very, very strong. But of course, once again, the numbers can be tweaked any way you would like. Let's first of all go into the E and underscore us adjacent file and add the translation. There you go. All of the JSON files and all of that is also of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual interests as well. Because we're going to copy over the item model one more time, because of course, it's simply points to a normal texture in the textures folder. So nothing crazy year, this is the actual item. It is displayed in the inventory. And then the 3D armor once again has to go into the Minecraft folder, but no worries at all. In the textures folder, we're going to create a new folder or directory called entity. And then inside of there, Right-click new directory for horse. Inside of there Right-click new directory called armor, once again, only with an O, so the American spelling. And then we'll copy over the file here, or it's underscore armor under screw or a calcium. Once again, the name here has to match with this name right here, and then it will be displayed properly 0. Now, let's see For works or I found as a microtrends can see, the horse armor has been successfully added to the game, as luck would have it. We have a tamed horse right next to us. So let's see. And there it is, the horse armor in all its beauty, the oracle come horse armor. So that is pretty awesome if I do say so myself. Rubber, that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 64. (Armor) Adding a Custom Enchantment: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at how you can add custom enchantments, who Minecraft. So for that we're going to go into our MC course package. Right-click new package called enchantment. And in there we need two different classes. The first one is going to be the mode enchantments. And the second one is going to be the lightning striker enchantment. This is the actual enchantment that we're going to implement. And the other one is basically to register the Enchantments. But what we're gonna do is we're going to extend this by the Chen class right here, reconstructor matching supra. And we're going to change this to public. And then very important that we change the array right here, the three dots. This simply allows us to pass in multiple equipment slots at the very end and they then get converted to areas automatically basically. Now the enchantment class actually has quite a few methods that you can override whoever for us, the number one thing is, first of all, the GetMax level method, which is very important because we actually need to return to here. So the GetMax level method returns how many books will be generated and how many levels of this enchantment exist. So this is very important to overwrite the books by the way, you get generated automatically, so you don't have to do anything for it. This level basically signifies that this level basically defines how many will get generated. And now what is this enchantment gonna do? Well, when we have this enchantment on our, on a weapon. Then what we're gonna do is we're going to spawn one lightening if it's level 1 and 2 lightnings if it's level 2. So the method to override for that is the target damaged method. And what we're going to say first of all is we're going to say if user dot world is client, very important here with a exclamation mark in the front being that we wanted to be on the server. Then we can say server world. World is equal to user dot world that cast. And then usually when you order completed for the server world, it usually that basically you have that as well in, suggests that N in there already. And then we can also say player entity layer is equal to the user dot cast. Once again, hit the tab key to auto-complete and then put in the player entity right here. And then that is fine. We're also going to get the block paths, which is the position equals to target dot, get blocked position or blogposts. Let's click on this and press Alt and Enter to import it. And then we need to check the level. You can see that the level here is given as a parameter. So this is the level of the actual enchantment. And other big question is how do you spawn a lightening? It's actually fairly easy. We're going to say entity type dot lightning bolts that spawn with the world. Null here, and null for the name, the player parameter, the position, then spawn reason that triggered rule and true. And that is pretty much all that we need to do here in order to spawn a lightening. By the way, this works for any entity type. So you could basically replace this lightning bolt with, for example, a pig, and it should still spawn at that moment. So that would of course be very interesting. That would be the pig striker enchantment. But that's of course now what we're going to implement right now. We wanted the lightning strike or enchantment. Then we're just going to say if level is equal to two and we're just going to spawn to linings. So that is pretty much all that we really need to do here. And that is the enchantment class basically done. So now let's move on to the modern champions class. And inside of here we're going to have two methods that we need to define. One of them is the public static void called a register mode Shetlands. And this will be later called in the MC course mod class. This will once again just system out print line registering mod enchantments, mod enchantments. For MC cores mod, mod ID. Then we need a private static enchantment will register with a string name and an enchantment put in Shetland. And this will simply return the registry data, register, registry dot Pentland with a new identifier of MC course mod mod ID, a name. And then after the first parentheses, as in the Enchantments, perimeter and ego, this will register the enchantment. This is very similar to how we've basically done it in the more items or the motor blocks class. And then we'll make the Enchantments. So this is a public static enchantment or lightening underscore striker, which is equal to the register method. The name here is lightening underscore striker ammo, and then a new lightening strike or enchantment. So this one right here. And then we can pass in the enchantment that rarity uncommon. For example, comma enchantment target is going to be weapon exactly this one. And then the equipment slot is going to be main hand. And then ending this and there it is. So this is all there is to it. One of the corners, of course, available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual adjusts as well. And that actually is the enchantment already done. We now only need to call us in the MC course, multi-class. So right here, more enchantments that register modern shipments. That's actually very important if this is not added to them, it does not work. That's very, very important. And then there's one more thing in the ear and underscore us JSON file. We're also going to add at the very bottom here, the translation. So this is enchantment and MC course lightning underscore Stryker. And this is of course, a lightening breaker, very important. We only need one of those translations here. So you might see is this and this for each of the levels, we actually only need to translate this once. And then it will translate for every level of the Enchantments. But in, after having added all of that, Let's see if it works. Or are we fans back in microfinance, you can see the lightning strike or Chairman has been successfully added. Let's just add it to the oracle or here. One for the first one and then for the second one. Right, So let's try it out on those sheep. So let's see. And there you go. It actually worked. And let's do the other one. But this will basically on to lightnings. It is not too noticeable, but it does work. You can see there you go in and do the other one, it damages a little bit more. But for example, for the sheep, they're going to die in almost one hit any way. So it is not that noticeable. Well, yeah, the treatment works. So that's pretty cool, right? And that is already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. If he did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 65. (Intermediate) Blockstate Properties: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at block state properties. Will block state properties are something we've seen previously already. And that was in the door, the stairs, and all of those non-block blocks, namely in the JSON files for the block states here. So for example, if we take a look at the door, those here were the block state properties in. Now we're going to take a look at an example. But first of all, we're going to go through a little bit of the theory. And for that we're going to break out of the PowerPoint slides. Of course. The first distinction we have to make is between a block and a block state. This is very important because it block is actually a type of singleton pattern. So this means in our mailbox class, or for vanilla in the blocks class, each block field is created once for each of the blocks. Therefore, this is a sort of a singleton pattern. Your question outcomes of how, for example, what we save a block inside of the world? Well, we do that with Bloc states. And these are basically instances of a particular block inside of the world. They say, for example, the block position, the block property. So those would be the behavior that we pass into the block whom we created and the block state properties as well. But this is the main thing that we're gonna take a look at in the following slides. And the idea is that block states are basically saved by the world and they can also only be changed by the world. And that is done by, for example, doing world dot-dot-dot block state and then passing in some parameters. Right now let's move on to the idea of block, say properties, or how to store data in blocks. Now, sort of second headline here is not quite right, but it's right enough. So we have an example here of the public class, Redstone or block. And you can see that it has a Boolean property called lit. And this year is exactly the block say property. We define that in the block class. So at first you might be like, that's kinda weird, right? However, this is a specific yield here. This is why we can't use just a Boolean inside of the block class. Does the block class only exists once? So the Boolean field, if you only have a Boolean field there, it would actually be changed for every block state inside of the world for that block. And of course that's not quite right because whether or not a specific or block inside of the world is lit, is independent of every other or block except if they might be next to each other. That's totally different thing. So you can see that we need to call the append properties method and have to basically override that and add all of our properties to the builder right here. And that basically then does all the heavy lifting for us. The property always has a value that's very important. So it can't be null. Block can have multiple different properties. We've seen that in the door as well, for example. Then the block state property I used to refer to different models inside of the block States Jason or a block, like the stairs block stays Jason or like we've seen the door Brock situation as well. And then this is the difference here. So if LET is false, then it looks like this and I've lit is true, then it looks like this. And we change the block state. Well, we can just call the, well, we just have to have the world variable here somewhere. And then we set block state at a particular position with the new state. And then this year is just a flag, basically which notifies all of the neighbors in all of the ways that they need to be notified for n. Yeah, that is pretty much the idea that we're changing a box that happens in the world, right? And this is also happens on the server. So that's also very important. And we pass in the position, this is the position of the actual block state and socket parameter is the new state or that block position. And then the third parameter, like I said, is just the lagging behavior, is just updating basically the neighbors and such. This presentation and he cheat sheet is of course available to you for download as well. But now let's go back to intelligence and its press shift twice and start to type in a Redstone or block. And if you have this, this year and then we can go into the actual block itself and you will see that it pretty much is exactly right here, right? So public static, final Boolean property called lit. And this is exactly right. And if we go down here, we can see that this year world set block state paths and then it basically, it's the state lit. And now turns to true. This three here is pretty much exactly the same that we notify behavior that we've seen. You can do either three or something else in there. We're not going to worry about the updating behavior too much for our purposes. 3, we're always going to use three, right? So I highly recommend taking a look at the Redstone or class because this is probably one of the easiest examples to actually take a look at. But for the time being, we're actually going to make our own custom block now. So with a customer block state property. And for that we're going to go into our custom package, right-click new Java class. And it's going to be the Oracle come lamp block that we're going to make a lamp. And this is going to extend the block class. Of course, I mean, let's hover over create, constructor matching super. And then at the very top here we're going to add a public static final Boolean property from net microstate property. And we're going to call this clicked, which is equal to Boolean property.gov. And then a, and then a string parameter clicked. So I'm calling this clicked. This is not the same as LET. We could of course also called the slit or on or something like that. But clicked is going to be fine. Because what we can do is we are going to be able to right-click this block and then basically turn it on and off. So that's the general idea here. And of course, first of all, we need to call the append properties method or override that. And this is actually as easy as just taking builder dot add and then adding the click property to it. If you have multiple properties, you can just separate them by commas and then add them as well. So of course this doesn't make any sense because adding the same property twice doesn't make sense. But if you had another one, then you could just add that in there as well. Another thing we're gonna do is we're gonna say this dot set default block state, this dot get default block state that with licked holes. And this, what this does is that whatever the default block state of this actual block is, once we set it down for the first time, we're going to make sure that the clip property is always false at that time. So that's just the general idea. And then we're going to override the own use method right here. We're going to return the actual result pass as one with this a little bit nicer. And then we'll check first of all, that we are not on the client. So once again, this makes sure to see the formation mark here so or not is on client. And we want the hand to be and main hands. So this is only called once. Let's get a Boolean in New York called clicked. And this is going to be state dot get and then clicked like that. And here of course you can see that we're already getting the status. So this is the actual block state that we right-clicked and we're just going to get the value of the Boolean property clicked of the state that we've just right-click. But that's the general idea. And then we're going to say the world set block state at the position that we clicked with the state dot width licked. And then we just basically do a VAP. So then a comma heroes course that's very important actually. So there you go. So set lock state once again at this, at a particular position. Then with the state, with the clicked variable being the opposite of what it was before. And then we're just updating all of the neighbors as well. And that is, I know pretty crazy actually, all that we need to do here. Of course, if you have more complicated for blocks and blocks, this that you wanted to implement. Well, it's just a matter of trying out a bunch of stuff, definitely. And then also a bunch of Java knowledge definitely does help here. So if we actually middle mouse button, click on the Boolean property and then go to the property here, press Control H. We can see that there are Boolean properties in properties and also enum properties. So those are basically the three big block state property values or types that you can put into a block. I highly recommend also taking a look at other vanilla blocks and how they do it. But let's continue and actually get the block registered for that. Let's just take in the stick in the fence right here. And this is going to be the calcium lamp of course. And, or calcaneal lamp here as well. And this is a new or a lamp block. The ego. And the rest of this actually can stay. But I wanted to add one more thing to this. And that is going to be basically after the requires tools here, I want to add the luminance here. And this basically is a and C, a to Int function with a block state. Now what is that? That sounds very complicated. It actually is not. So we're just going to take this and I'm going to format it like this. And the general idea is that this is just a hype of, you can think of it as a supplier, right? So remember, supply was this and then return something. However, in this case we actually write something into the parentheses and that is just the state here. And then we can do state dot, get the outcome, outcome lamp block. And we actually have a typo in here, no worries. So if you ever have a typo, you can basically just press Shift F6 and then you can change it. And then we just change this to already calcium lamp. Luck, there you go. And then we can pass it in here as well, or it can land block clicked. And then we're going to say question mark 15, Poland 0. Now what does this do? What is going on here? Some of you might say that is absolutely crazy. This actually is not that crazy. So luminance takes a to Int function of block state as you can see. And the general idea here is that the two int function, right? Right here, we're not getting anything. So what is this? Well, it is simply a, it requires an integer to be returned and we pass in a block state here. That's pretty much all that we really need to know a year. So we have a block state that we can use, and then we somehow have to return an integer. So it is pretty much the same if I were to write something like this, right? So, and then I say block state, this is pretty much the same thing. We return an integer and we pass in a block sit. Now, this is just done way easier, all in one line. In the idea here is that so with the actual, let's say function that we write here is just a, we get the value of Clicked of this state. And if it's true, we're going to return 15. So then we basically turn on the luminance so we try and bright. And then otherwise we're going to return a 0. So that's all that we do here. If you just want something to try and you can also just do this and return 15, and then the block will always give off a light right now the other interesting things are of course going to be the block States Jason. So once again, I will actually copy this over, but this is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual GIS. And you will see that it actually is not that crazy. We simply have clicked equals false or clicked equals true. And then depending on that, it points to two different luck models. So that's pretty much it. The length file. I mean, that's actually going to be very easily as well. It's just a block recalc come under a lamp and then sit here or a underscore, no underscore lamp. That sometimes happens there, your Oracle VM lamp, nor is there. And then let's copy over the block model files as well worth for the lamp on and for the lamp off. And those both just referred to two different textures as you can see, either lamp on or lamp off. So nothing too crazy. And then let's actually get the, the lamp item model as well. Nothing too crazy, just refers to the lamp off here. And then let's get the block textures. And then, and then we're pretty much done with this. And now let's see if it works. Or offensive attack and microvesicles see the Oracle can land has been added to the game. And if I right-click it, they, you go, it turns on and it turns off for that is pretty cool. Now the reason why we don't get any, like the right-clicking functionality, the hand basically moves in is because we put in the right-click pass. And that is of course, so that we can more, better basically placed down blocks added. Because if we don't have the pass in there, then, you know, that is a little bit weird. So you can of course also change the actual result that you return in the unused method. That is also always something that you can just try out and see what the different functionalities. But as you can see, it works totally fine. And I can just change the of the extra as well as of course turning it on. So if I just do times at night so that we have this and see bam, bam, bam, there it is. I can just turn on the light or turn it off. So that's pretty cool. Rubber, that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 66. (Intermediate) How does NBT Data work?: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a tentative look at NB TY data. Just like the block state properties are basically data that you can save on a block state. In BT data is data that you can save on item stacks. So item stacks are two items as Bloc states are two blocks. So the item stacks the actual snack that you have in your inventory, while an item is the general idea of that item. But once again, a single pattern in a way. And the way that we are going to take a look at this is we're going to make a new item called the data tablet. And that is going to save the last result of the dowsing rods. That is the general idea for that we will copy over a bunch of code. This is all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. Just take a look at the resources. I highly recommend taking a look at them, helping them over with me as we go along. And first of all, for this, we are going to need the new item. So this is right-click in the custom package and this is the data tablet item. This is going to extend the item class. Of course, this was hover over this create constructor matching super here. And this one is actually fairly straightforward. So the things that we wanna do is we want to make this glimpse a week, basically one to that shining effect when this actually has in VT data. So we can override the has glint method. And then what we're going to return here, you can see that we're actually getting the stack here. And that is great because what we can do is we can just return stack dot has MBT, exactly right? So each time that a data tablet has NVT data added to it, then we're going to make this will shine. Then what I also want to be able to do is I wanted to right-click this dust in the air and deleted the data offered. So as you can see, we're going to use the US method here. And what we're going to just check is we're going to say, hey, if user.name get stack in hand with the hand that was just clicked, right? If that stack as NVT than what we're just gonna do is we're just basically going to reset it. What we're going to say is we're gonna say user dot, stack and end with the hand. We're just going to say set in VT. We knew in BT compound. And that's pretty much the general idea. The has NVT in the set and VT. And then in just a second here we're also going to see the, basically they get NVT. Those are the three big methods that you need to basically keep in mind. So we're also going to make a tooltip here, and this is going to be displayed when the actual stack has MVT data. So stack dot as MVT again. And only then do we want to add a string. Let's just say call this the current or here. And we're going to say stack dot-dot-dot, yet NVT this time. And the way that we get different values here you can see for putting get in C, I can get a few different types of data here, and I always have to get a key in there. I'm just going to use MC course dot. Or this is just how I'm going to call this key. What I highly recommend is always starting with your marr ID and then a dot and then whatever the actual name of that stored variable is supposed to be. And then we can just straight tooltip dot add. And then we say new literal text, in this case literal text with the current or as a string and they go, and that's pretty much the data tablet item class done. Let's immediately just read this year because that's going to make this a little bit easier so that escape take the recalc horse armor. And this is going to be the data underscore tablet. And here the same data underscore tablet. And then here is data tablet item exactly right. And we only need the normal settings here, of course, they ago. And we'll also add the max count here so that we can only have this stack to one. So this is going to be the Max Stack size of one. That's very important. And now of course we need to somehow define what some stuff, add the NVT data to our dowsing rod item. And for that we're actually going to create a util class because that's going to make our lives a little bit easier to in a util package, we're going to right-click new Java class. And this is going to be the inventory Util. And I'm going to copy both methods over here. And this is just to save some time basically, because those are going to be probably reused a bunch of times you can see as player stack and inventory, this checks whether or not this particular player has this particular item in its inventory. And then they get first inventory index checks through this player's inventory, gets the first index inside of that inventory where this item is present. That's the general idea here. And we're going to use both of those actually. So let's go to the dowsing rod item mass here. And what we're gonna do is we're going to add one particular thing. And that is basically inside of the US on a block method, right? What we wanna do is we wanna say, Hey, if the layer has the data tablet in its inventory, then we want to basically add NVT data to it. So we're going to say if. And then we can say inventory, util dot as player stack in inventory, we can say player, and then the item is just more items, dot data tablet. So if that is in the inventory, then we want to add the NVT data to it. Well, let's just think about this. I'm going to copy over the method for this because I actually have a method for that. And this is a private method here called add vt to data tablet. You can see. And what this does is actually fairly straightforward. It's actually not too crazy. For first of all, going to get the data tablet stack here. By getting the stack and by getting the first inventory index of the David tabular. So we're gonna get the first data tablet that is inside of the inventory as very important. So we're, if we had two data tell us in the inventory, we would override the first ones in VT data. That's very important. Now how do we set the NVT data? You can see right here, we're going to create a new compounds. So NVT compound is what we need to create. I'm going to put a string in there with the key. Once again, MC course dot underscore or. And then here is the string. So this is pretty much the exact same string that we had in here in the output. And then we say data tablet at set NVT data. And passing this NVT compound, we would have just put a string on. And then inside of the if statement, we're just going to call this add NVT data to data tablet with the player. And I'm gonna say the position clicked dot add 0 minus I 0. And then the block below, it's very similar to what we had in the output coordinates. But for the time being, this is going to be fine. And that is pretty much all that we need to do. So that's basically all there is to it. In this particular method that's private, where we add that data to it and then the inventory util by becoming an useful in some other area as well. So that is also a really frequent cool. And yeah, that's pretty much the idea. Once again, NVT data, unlike this, the most important methods are the set and VT data on the stack. The get NVT data on the stack, and the has NVT data on the stack. So those are the three main methods. And then in the NVT compound itself, you can basically see I can also put in some other stuff like and these are basically all of the datatypes that I can store in there. And those usually are way more than enough. Oh, that's pretty much all that we really need to know there. And then, and we're gonna do is we're first of all going to add the lang here. Well, let's just copy over the item or let's take this one. The data underscore tablet is of course, the data tablet. And then we're going to need an item model. And that is of course just a normal item model right here. So data tablet simply points to the data tablet on. So this is a very interesting thing here on why is that? Well, is there also an off? Yes. Something we're going to take a look at in the next lecture actually, because they're all going to change the actual texture depending on whether or not it has MVT data and actually is not too crazy over it does require some interesting setup. Let's say. Now the data tablet has been added to the game. So let's see if it works or if bounces back in microfinance can see the data tablet has been successfully added to the game. And let's just take an only one. That's right. 67. (Intermediate) Item Model Predicates: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at a modal predicate providers. So if that is something that you just have no idea what that means, no worry at all. We're going to go through this in detail. So we're going to press the Shift key twice and we're gonna put in a model adequate provider registry, exactly this one. Let's just click on this and you can see that this has some well interesting things in here. Namely, for example, for the bot, the pole and the pulling inwards, which is very interesting because those are two predicates that the bot needs in order to change the item texture inside of the inventory. And that is exactly right. So we need to register our own custom one so that our data tablet can change the texture. We basically want a data tabulated that is turned off when there's no NVT data on it and turn on when there is in BT data on it. That's the general idea. And what I can also say is let's press the Shift key again and let's type in a bowl underscore pulling. You will see that there are some JSON files associated with it. And this, for example, you can see refers back to the item. So this bowl underscore pulling 0 is referenced in the bot data JSON file, which is going to be of the, which is the bolded JSON file right here. But you can also always go down to the external libraries in assets than under models item, and then just go down to the bow, right here. There you go. So this is the boat adjacent exactly the one we have open. And you can see under here, there are overrides and if a particular predicate, so those are the modal products that we've just seen. If they have a particular value, then we're going to actually take a look at a different model than this one. This one just shows the normal bowl. However, if pulling is one, then we are going to show this model. If pulling his one end of the pole is at 65 percent going to show this one. And then if we're pulling and pulling is at a 0.9, then we're going to show this one. That's the general idea, year. And that is why will be how we can basically change the textures. And this is actually all fairly straightforward. What I'm gonna do is I'm going to make a new util class, which I'm going to call it the mod model predicate provider. And inside of there, we're going to make a public void. Register models, models, coolers, yeah, mod models. And this is going to call the fabric modal predicate provider registry that register with the mod items dot data tablet in new identifier MC course mod, mod ID. And then we're going to call this on. And then after the first parenthesis, a comma. And then what we want is a mile in unclaimed model provider. You can see if I start writing and stack here, we can just take this. So we're going to autocomplete it like this. And then what we're going to say is we're gonna say stack dot has MBT. Once again a question, mark one, f colon 0, f. So the idea is that we're going to return a 1 4 on if the stock has MVT data and we're going to return a 0 if it does not have MET data. And that's pretty much all that we need to do. Now. We also need to write register correctly the ego, and then we recall this is in the client right here. So that's very important that we call this in the client, that we want to say mod, modal predicate providers that register models. And that's, I mean, that's pretty much it. That's all that we need to do so that this model is registered, or let's say the predicate here is registered. We of course now need to change the model files in the the data tablet, right, So right here. So I actually have this prepared. I'm going to copy this over and I'm going to explain and also I'm going to, of course, this is all available to you in the repository or an individual just as well. And the idea is that this one right here now points to a different model. So what we're just gonna do is we're just going to take the other model right here. So we need two models. One of them is the normal one data tablet and I'm one of them is the data tablet on this is this one. And sorry, this is going to be looking like this, so okay, No worries. Let's just step through this. The normal data-target is going to be off when it has no NVT data. If MC cores on is one, then we're going to turn on the data tablets. So we're going to now take a look at this model right here, which has the data tablet turned on. But now we just need to also pass in the off for the item extra right here. Let's just copy this over as well. The ego, because by default is going to look like it's off. And then if the predicate is on, then we're going to use this one which refers to the on texture. That's the general idea here. Nor is it. This is a little confusing. It actually shouldn't be that crazy. We're just basically pointing to a different texture. If something is different, pretty much almost the same as a block state just in the item model says time. And that is actually pretty much all that we need to do in order to change the item texture of an item depending on if something happens. So now let's see if it works. Or I, so if I am SoftBank and microRNAs can see the normal data tablet is now turned off. And when I find something you can see now it has turned on. Now, that is actually a really cool effect. And if I right-click it and delete it, the NVT data, you can see it turns off as well. So that is actually something that is pretty frequent, cool if I do say so myself, I really like that. This is something that basically, well, it's actually more easy than you might think. Of course, the particular details might look a little crazy to you. But once again, with some Java knowledge, it shouldn't look too crazy. But this is actually very, very cool. Remember that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. Like always, all of the code is available in the GitHub repository and an individual just as well. I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 68. ASSIGNMENT 7: Blockstate & NBT: This exercise for the fabric course for 118. And well, I'm just going to give you a general idea or explanation of what you're supposed to do. So this time, there's really no solution because basically your creativity is asked and you should just run wild with it. Are you supposed to do is they're supposed to make a new block and a new item that somehow incorporates both the block States properties. So one particular block, block say property, and then one NVT data example. It can really be anything that you want. It can be as easy or as complicated as you would like. You don't have to do this necessarily. This is something just for you to try out. So this really is just an optional assignment, but I highly recommend still going through with this and just making something that is symbol and not too complicated, don't think, hey, I'm just going to make a crazy contraption like a create construction. Don't go too crazy. Make something very simple, that works and work your way up as always, a great idea. So good luck on the assignment. 69. (Intermediate) Adding a Custom Crop: Or I will come back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we are going to be adding our own custom crop to Minecraft. So adding a custom crop is a very interesting thing. Luckily, of course, we've gone through the walk state properties because that's something we're going to need in our custom block package. We're going to right-click new Java class called the mode turnip block. Now just like to start our block classes with the name mode. Not always, but it's fine. And this will extend the crop block class. And we're just going to hover over this in create constructor matching super right here. And what I will do is I will click on the crop log and then press Control H. And you can see basically all of the blocks that this extends from. And we're just going to take the contents, the entirety of the contents from the beet roots block right here. But that's pretty much all that we're going to do. And then we're going to change the name here to this. We do not need this first field. And then what we also want to change is it can both of these here. And then instead of having them in a static block at the bottom, we want to immediately do this. And then the same for the shape here. Let's just do that and then copy this right here. H equals h. Well, not quite the ego. Then I'll also just at this a little bit differently so that we can actually read what is going on here. Because the voxel shape is something that's very interesting and very particular. So that is something that we have to talk about. Otherwise, all of the rest is just going to stay like it is. I mean, this one, for example, we actually don't need to. We can also just add up the H like this. And then for this state, it's going to be fine like that as well. All of the proper code is of course, available to you as well. Here we, of course, at the, of course we will need to actually return a different item, but we're gonna do that in just a moment as well. And just though we haven't actually added the add override to everything here so that we know that everything here has been overridden. And overall, this is pretty much all that we need in this class, except for, of course, the seeds item that we have to return. And you can see that the actual age property rights that we have an H poverty here in age property, which is h3. We can go onto this and we can actually see the age property here. The general ideas that this goes from 0 to three, but there's four stages of this particular block. And that's also why there are four cuboid shapes. The voxel shape, when you hover over a block, that is what is being displayed as the, basically the outlines of the block. And that's very important. And this is basically just being changed here depending on the age. Though you can see that good outline shape is returning the age to shape array. And then it basically just gets you a different shape depending on the age property of this. That's the general idea here. So if you have a different crop with a different amount of ages, you can either just change the each year. So sometimes there are some agents available here. As you can see, there's 123571520. I've as well. Or you can also, like we've done in the Oracle, can land block discrete your new, your own new in property. That also works totally fine. But let's also create the block in the mud blocks class. And for that we're actually going to need a completely new method. So we're going to copy the register block method, right? Selected Control C, Control V. I'm gonna delete the group here and the call to the register block item. We're going to call this the register block without Block item method because this is exactly what we wanna do. Let's just copy over the cherry blossom trapdoor. This is going to be the turnip underscore crop. I usually like to call my props well, with the end crop, turnip, underscore crop. And this is not a register block, but this is a register block without Block item, very important. So we can basically delete the course tab here at the very back. And then we'll also gonna do is we're going to deal with all of this. Instead of making it this over, we're going to actually copy a particular block. And that is the, the blocks that beet roots of course. And not a mud trap door block, but a mod turnip, OK, right at theorem. So why do we not register a block item with this? Well, the general idea is that the turnip crop doesn't really have a item associated with it. We need a seed for this placeless block down, and that is exactly right. But we need to actually go into two or more items class and then make a turnip seed as well. So we're just going to copy over the data tablet and this is going to be a turnip underscore seeds. For this one we're going to call it burned up under underscore seeds. And this is a new aliased block item. So this might be, what is this? Well, first of all, we're going to put in the more blocks that turn up crop and then delete the max counter. Very important actually. Ice block item is a block item with a different name from the block that it has, right? So the turnip seed, of course, or seeds is a different name than the turnip crop right here. And also what's very important, Let's go back to the maternal block class and then return mod items dot, turn it sees right here. That's very important, otherwise the seeds are not correct. So this is very important that we do this and the code basically is done. What we need to do also actually is we need to call the render layer map on this as well. This is on the turnip crop right here, also get cut out. And then the code actually is completely done in what we now just need to do is add the translation and then the block states and the block model files. Let's just add the turnip crop right here. So you can see we're basically looking for different ones that can block, say, properties values from 0 to three, then just pointing to different model files. So all things that we've seen already, this shouldn't be too much of a surprise, right? Let's add the item here. Let's just say something like the turnip underscore seeds are of course going to be the turn up under, not underscore seeds, once again with the underscore. And then very important to actually add the turnip crop here as well, turn up underscore crop. And then here as well, we're in a cramped, There's a MOD where you can hover over blocks and it will actually display the actual block here. And this will be displayed in a way that is not translated. So translate this as well. I highly recommend doing this. It's just one line, really not that big of a deal, right? Let's first of all add up the four different block models here for the turnip crop, you can see they're just turn up underscore stage 0 or 2, 1. Make sure that everything here is written correctly. When you think back to the Jason, the idea of like how are they related? This is the name of this file here, and then this is the name of the texture that points to the block models here are all of the, basically the parent block crop. And then the texture here is also crop that's very important. And that we'd actually do not need the item model. We only need an item model for the turnips Aedes, and that is just a normal item model as you can see. And then let's copy over the four turnip stage block textures. These, everything here is of course available to you. So let's just copy those over as well. And C 0 to three, and then the item, the seeds here as well. So term seeds in the items folder. Well, in the item folder, there you go, and that is pretty much all that we need to do. Now one of the more important thing is what does this block drop? Because the loo tables we've seen so far, we're all very easy. The only like crazy Lu table really has been the orbit even that has not been too crazy. But now, what about the actual crops? Do they not have to be some specific? Yes. We can go once again to the external libraries down here to Microsoft Project, and then the whole bunch of stuff here. And then going into instead of the assets folder into the data folder, Minecraft looted tables, blocks. And then we're just going to take a look at beet roots. And you can see that this is how the beet roots table looks like and just carry this over or we can also just copy the actual file here. So we're just going to Control C, this file, and then go into our own MC course route tables, blocks folder. Is it in here? This is of course, the turnip underscore wrapper. And then there are some changes that we need to do. This is very important. Do not skip this. Take a look at this. So number 1, r max age property is defined right here. If we were to have a rock that has the max age property of five, we would have to put in five-year because the actual things only dropped if this age has been reached. So this is very important. And that is the same thing that goes down here. Now this year, where the block here is the block. So this needs to be MC course colon, turnip, underscore crop. This refers to the block that we've made in our mod blocks class, which is basically checked this year, is the actual produce. So this is going to be the MC course turnip. This is, this would be the wheat if it was wheat and so on. And then this here is the seeds. So this is MC course colon, turn up underscore seats. So that's very important. Those three things have to be changed. So make sure that you change them up here and then below here as well. Because down here, we're actually basically dropping additional seats, right? So this is very important that you change this correctly. Please make sure that the model ID always is correct for this is something that's very easily overseen basically. So that's something that you very easily just don't recognize, especially, you know, Armada D starts with an M. Minecraft also starts with an M. Sometimes it can be something that you might miss, but this is pretty much all that we need to add. So let's see if it works. Or Francis back in microfinance can see the turnip seats have been added, so let's see if I can set them down. And of course I can set them down. That is exactly what I want to see. And let's just make it so that the game rule, random tics speed is going to be increased by a 100. And then they go there, they growing. And this is actually the, you know, the old growth here. Let's just reset this. Let's turn to survival mode. Very important. If you break them in, you have to break them in survival mode and the ego, they even drop turnips, but only on the full size. You can see if they are not full-sized and they only dropped on a seed is pretty much all they need to do. And of course, in the actual Lu table, you can also change the numbers, right? So if you're like No, that's not enough turnips that drop, that's also totally fine. You can always change that in the loo table j's, right, but that is pretty much it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learn something new. Once again, all of the code in the recent files are of course available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 70. (Intermediate) How to add Items to a Composter: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this short lecture, we are going to be seen how you can add custom items to the composter block. But that basically means that if you right-click the composter block, like a chance to increase the level that the composter is at. That's actually all very straightforward. So in our more registries class, we're going to create a new private static void register MOD composter, chances class. And this will be called here just after the register of fuels, register mode combustor chances. And the way that we add those is pretty crazy. We're going to say composter block, DOD Item two level increased chance that PUT and then we just put in the more items, dot-dot-dot turnips, seats, for example, through a 35 percent chance. And we're just going to duplicate this with Control D. And I'm going to put in the turnip as well so that just the turn of that you can eat. And that is going to be a 65 percent chance. If we middle mouse button click on this. We can also see the trends is right here. So you can basically see all of the chances there are some seeds, the saplings and leaves, and basically the chances that are associate with us, right? I mean, that's pretty much all that you need to do if you don't have the mode registers class, you can also take those and just call those in the initialized method. However, because we've created the modern registries here, it makes this all a little bit easier and a little bit more separated and a little bit nicer to read. And just for completion sake, let's see if it works or if it was back in Minecraft and let's just see, there you go. I can right-click it and it actually does work. And the seeds also work. They have a 35 percent chance while the turnips have a 65 percent chance. And there you go. Now, got some bubble me. Well, but that is already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 71. (Intermediate) Mixins Explained: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at mixin. Mixin is a topic that has to be handled with a lot of care. That's why I sort of ask you to not go absolutely crazy with this. Even if you understand this after this lecture, a mixins should be used sparingly and not for just everything where it might be easier to just use mixin. Mixin, the general idea is that you can basically change the classes of Minecraft to set it to anything that you want. Basically, though we could, for example, change methods. You could, you could change the access level, certain methods or certain fields, and we could do then just change them on a whim basically. And this usually is thought of as a very complicated and complex, complex topic wherever it actually isn't that crazy. So if at this point you've been just copying over stuff and not really following with the Java. So you don't really understand a lot of the Java stuff behind it. I just highly recommend once again, taking a look at the Java introduction, because mixin is a tool that if you don't understand Java, you're going to be completely lost. I won't go into too much detail on how it actually works. I'm just going to mention one thing and that is the GitHub repository here from sponge powered mixin, the wiki on there specifically. And this has been an incredibly useful tool to basically take a look and just understand the mixin architecture. And as I go down here, you can see that it basically explains everything in very good detail actually on how it works, how we can use this, how you can then access something and how you can basically cast something to a particular interface and then basically use the fields and methods in there as well. So this is really cool and really useful and I just highly recommend going through this. So once again, if you don't know Java, then I don't know how to help you with this because you will definitely need to know some, I would say at least intermediate to advanced knowledge in Java to really get an understand this. The general gist here is just that, well, it is a pretty crazy tool and once again, use it with caution. So what we're gonna do is in our mixin package, we're going to right-click new Java class and we're going to call this the mode entity Data Saver. This is just the name that I'm giving. This is going to be totally fine here. And the first thing that I wanna do is I want to make this abstract. And the reason I'm gonna make this abstracts because any class we have in this mixin, we really shouldn't use, or at least this class in particular, we really shouldn't use anywhere in the code. And now how do we make this a mixin is actually fairly easy. We at mixin right here. And then put in the class, we want to change, and this is going to be the entity, entity dot class. Now what's very important is we're just going to import the class and making sure that we choose net microwave entity. Now, what we're gonna do is we're going to add an MVT to the entity class. So every entity will then also have an MVT field associated with it so that we can save MBT data on that. And the general idea is that what we're going to use that in the next lecture to add custom commands. Though, what's very important here that while this is a prerequisite for the next lecture, the specific commands we're gonna do next lecture basically require us to do this. And so I highly recommend watching both together at the same time. So back-to-back, well, this is going to do is this is going to have a private in BT compound called persistent data. And then we want to, well, basically open this up with a good persistent data method right here. And what we're gonna do is we're just going to return persistent data, but it might also be null. And if that is the case, so if persistent data equals null, then what we wanna do is then we just want to set this persistent data to a new NVT compound. So basically that we don't return an empty, well persistent data in this method and this field will get added to this class. So to the entity class right here. So this will just get added, but somewhere we don't know where, but that's totally fine. We're working with this. Those two will just get added to it. And then we also want to interject certain functionality into two methods. So let's open the entity class again, and let's search. So control F, and then we can search for the right NVT method right here, this one. And what we wanna do is here we want to inject that we basically put all of the data into this NVT right here, because this one is the one that is saved after the world basically saves. So we want this to also have our custom data in it. And then the same goes for the read and BT method right here, where we actually want to get this outside of it. So that's the general gist here. So what we want is a protected void and this is just going to be inject right? Method. The first perimeter of this is the perimeter of the actual method that we want. The right MDT method had an nb t compound as its parameter. We're going to say MVT actually call this MBT as well. We can once again actually look at this, right? So right, MET, MET compound. And because it also returns an MVT compound. What we have to use is we have to use the call back info returnable, underscore this info, that's fine. We're actually not going to use this one at all anyway. And then we're going to, we're just going to say if the persistent data, so this once again references the field here. If that is not null, but if there is data in there, then we're just going to put the actual data in there. So not as a string, but just as a data. And we're just going to call this the MCQ, MC coarser cotton underscore data. That's going to be fine. And then we want to put in deeper systems data here. So if there is something in the persistent data, then we're going to save this in this NDT compound here, which then basically makes it so that this is saved in the world as well. Now we need to add attribute here on top of the method here, and there's the object attribute with the method name. So this is right NVT. Then we have to specify at what position we're gonna do this and we're gonna do this at, at, and then all caps. So this means that this year is being executed at the very start, after the method has started to execute is going to get executed in the first line, so to speak. That is, that's the general idea. And then the other one I'm actually going to copy over. This is nothing too crazy. The inject read method here just has the read and B tier also the head, also NVT because that's the parameter of the method. And at this, instead of having callback in for returnable, this has a normal callback info and then actually you change the key year as well. So that's actually very important. And basically just saying, Hey, if this key exists, then what we're gonna do is we're going to set the persistent data to whatever we find under the key. There you go. So that's actually all that we really need to do here. And there's one more crucial thing which is important. And that is we're going to need to implement an interface. Because at the moment, because this is an abstract class, we can't ask anything to this class. What we want is we want an interface because any class in Java can be cast to any interface. So we're gonna say I entity data saver. And this is literally just going to have one simple thing. And that is an NBC compound get persistent data method. So this is what the interface has. And then we're just going to say implements I entity data saver will also add the add override here just so that we know that we've overwritten this method, but that's pretty much all that we need to do. So this one here we need so that we can actually call this on a particular entity. Because of course, if we just have an entity class during the, during development, this doesn't have the persistent data, so that wouldn't work. Now there's one more step that we need to do, and that is we need to go into our assets are resources folder right here, actually into the MCQs mixin Jason, and add the name of the class right here in the mixins. But this is the mode entity data saver. And that is pretty much all that we really need to do here to make a one mixin in this case. So we basically change the class that we've defined here and add all of that jazz to it. Now, we're not actually going to see any thing just yet though the, what happens will basically be shown in the next lecture. However, I did want to separate this because sometimes, you know, it's like this is specifically mixin. And then the next one is going to be commands and there's going to be things that are specific to commands. We will need to use this as well. So basically the, the demonstration will be shown in the next lecture. So once again, mixing should definitely be handled with care, especially if you are a beginner or intermediate in a Java, I highly recommend taking it slow. Don't go into crazy with it. There's always examples on GitHub and also really I can just highly recommend the wiki. It actually is really good. You just need to take your time, read through it. Just basically just take your time. That's the best idea here. And also don't go crazy with it because it is a very powerful tool, but it could also in theory, break, I mean, pretty much the entirety of Minecraft if you add your mod to it. So definitely be careful with it, right? But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. If something is unclear, please don't hesitate to ask in the Q&A. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. So yeah. 72. (Intermediate) Creating Custom Commands: All right, welcome back to the fabric horse for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding a to custom commands to Minecraft. Now, this is very important. The last lecture where we talk about mixins is actually a prerequisite for this lecture. So if you have not seen it, please do watch it and basically put everything in their coal is of course available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. Or you will need to basically add the mixin to your model as well. Otherwise, you will not be able to follow this lecture. So to add custom commands. First of all, when we go into our IMC course package, right-click new package called command. And inside of there we're going to create two new classes called the return home command. And then also the at command. Now you might already see where this is going. We're basically going to make two commands. One for you to set your home and one for you to basically return to that home position. Now, I will actually copy over the contents of both classes because this is gonna make this a little bit easier and I'm going to explain as we go along. Well, first of all, let's do the set home command. And I'm just going to copy this in here. And all of the code is of course once again available just and GitHub repository. And so we have a register method, a public static void register method, and a public static int, a run method. This run method is called right here in this executes. And then you can see that we have two literals here. So this is basically what's being happy, what's happening here. So basically you have to type in slash and then this first one here home. Then we add a, then here, we then have to add this as a second words. So this is basically the command that we have to put in ohms slash home set. And then it's going to execute all of this right here. That's the general gist of this and the run command. You can see the player has gotten from the context get source player is cast to an entity data saver. But this is the interface that we've made in the last lecture. And this basically enables us to call the get persistent data method, then put an int array with the name home pass in there. And it's just going to basically put in the home position of the player. And then at the end here is also going to say send feedback with a literary texts at home at this particular position. That's pretty much all that it really does. The set home command is really not that complicated. All things considered. Sure, we have this throws command syntax exception. This is just the case. We just need this basically as this is a, the run command for a well command, I also highly suggest taking a look at the command manager right here. So if I middle mouse button click on this, you can actually see all of the vanilla commands right here. So as you can see, there's a lot of them. And if you have a particular thing that you want to do with commands. So if you want to have a custom command, then you can basically take a look at those. And first of all, take a look at how they do it. So basically, okay, How does the loop command actually work? Well, this is what being executed. So you can see execute, insert, insert, execute block, that there's a lot of stuff that you can see basically how it works. There's a lot of stuff actually. And this here is the registration for it. And this of course, is going to be the thing where most people are like, oh my lord, of that is actually crazy. And that is the case. If you want to have really, really complex commands, it's going to be very complex. It just is going to be the case. One thing I will say is that I will only help in limited circumstances if you have a custom command and you ask in the Q and a, because they get so complicated, it is very, very hard to really dig down. It just is what it is. But let's just continue with our example here. So the command manager class I can highly recommend. And then let's actually go to the return home command as well. And let's just copy this over as well. So let's just get the contents here. And once again, this is also not too crazy. It's just that in this case, slash home and then return. And then it runs again. It runs the run command right here, which once again podcasts the player to the eye Entity Data Saver gets the home position here and the length here is unequal null. Then we know, hey, this means that contains something else. We're just going to say no home position has been set this or that were completely sure. Then we're gonna get the home position here and say we request the teleport to exactly this position. And I'm going to say player returned home. That's all we're really doing here, is nothing too crazy. And now there are two things that we need, namely events. Now one of the events is actually going to be very easy. So we're going to go into our more registries. This right here is specific to every command, so you're going to need to do this for every command that you add. We basically want to make a new private static void, pour a register commands method. And then the way that we do this, we say command registration, callback, that event register, said home, command colon, colon register. And we're just going to duplicate this with Control D. I'm going to say return home command, register. And then we'll call this up here. So register commands, and then everything is fine, but this has to be done for every command basically. And now we will also add a specific event, namely the server player event copy from, because the idea is that when the player dies, we actually have to copy over the NVT data from the dead player, so to speak, to the new entity. So that's the general idea, though. This is also a very loose look into events. So in our MC course package, right-click new package called event. And then inside of the Earth, we're gonna make a new Java class. And when could call this the mod layer event copy from a long name, but that's going to be fine. And then the way that this works is this basically implements a certain interface. In this case the server player event that copy from exactly this one. And then we're just going to implement the method here. And now this method is now called or it will be called once we register it when this event fires. So that's the important thing. And you can see there's an old player, a new player, and an alive, we're actually not going to need. I'm just going to copy this over. Once again, there's really just three lines, but we're just going to get the old player and the new player casts both of them to the entity data saver. And then we're just going to get the new players persistent data, putting in the old layers or the original players versus new data. That's literally all that we're doing here. And the way that we've registered once again in the mod registries. And this is basically how you register, well, all events, private, static, void, register events. And this is pretty much exactly the same as this because actually the command registration callback event is actually also an event, so to speak. We're gonna say server player events dot copy from this time, the event here that's very important, not the class what the event or the interface, the event Register, New Mode player events copy from, and that's it. We could also do this all in line. I just recommend doing it like this. I think that this is a little bit cleaner. It's going to be fine. I'm think that you are going to be totally fine, but that is actually pretty much all that you need to do. Of course, also need to call this right here. So register, now register commands, but registry fence they ago in only enough, that actually is all of it. Now this is definitely a more involved process, especially writing this, right? So this once again, lot of Java knowledge, just thinking about this sum, okay, where do you get the player position? How can you save it right, in an int array? Stuff like that is definitely more complicated. And if you have more complicated ideas for custom commands, while it doesn't get any easier, but it's going to be fine. I'm sure of it. But for the time being, let's see if it works or if bounces back in Minecraft. So let's first of all see slash home and we get it suggests that that's really good. Let's call return first. No home position has been said That's very good that we're not getting any errors or anything that basically breaks. And let's set it right here. Opposition home set at this occasion does seem fine. Let's just move away from there. And let's just say home, return and we have returned, That's pretty good. Now, let's actually the player here. Let's just play up and they go. That's respond. So now we're basically far away from this and then we can say home Return, and it still works. And now last but not least, let's just fly all of the ocean a little bit. Let's close and save this. Let's re-enter into the world. And let's see if that also works with the slash home return after are basically well back in the world. And it does, everything's working great, right? But that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learns of the new. If any questions remain, of course, feel free to ask in the Q&A. Once again, I will probably not help in too much detail if you have a specific command that you want to implement, it, you just going to have to try out a lot of stuff and just hopefully you'll be able to get it, right, but that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 73. (Intermediate) Adding Custom Flowers: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom flower to Minecraft, right? So we're going to navigate to our model OCS class. And inside of there, we're going to just copy over the turnip crop. Now, very important because this has used the register block without Block item. We have to change this. That's very important. Otherwise we're going to run into an issue and this is going to be the pink rose in with a name here. Think rows and underscore rows. And then of course we also need to add the mode Group, more item group start horse, so that we have this in the correct item group. Then this is not a maternal block, but a flower block. And the flower block takes in three different parameters. The first one is a status effect. So we're going to say that is effects that let's say glowing and a defect ration. Interestingly enough, this is in seconds. We actually have to specify something not too big, nothing like 200 or something like that. And then we're going to copy the, let's see, the pink tulip. Why not? Right, and that is actually the block done. Now let's move on to the JSON files. So those are interesting. The actual block situation is not too crazy with it. Just kind of copy that over all also, by the way, haha, let's also add this to the initialized method here in the MOOC course client. This is going to be the pink rose, very important that we add to this as well. You can see that the block say Jason is not that crazy. And then of course the, the translation here is just going to be pink underscore rows. And then here pink rose without an underscore, pink rose, there you go. But the block model is a little bit different here. So this is going to be the interesting thing in this tutorial, you can see that this has the parent cross here, and then the textures is also cross, and then it points to the pink rose extraordinary block folder. And that's also very interesting because the item model wins to exactly the same texture here. Instead of having a normal item model that is associated with a block where it's short, sort of shows the block in 3D. This time, we actually just take the same texture but use it as the item texture. And then we're going to copy this over as well, is added to the block extras folder. And that is pretty much all that we really need to do. So now let's see if it works or if bounces back and Minecraft density can see the pink rose has been added to the game and I consider down. And it looks really, really freaking cool. So that is actually amazing. Well, but that was already it for this very short lecture here. In the next lecture, we're actually going to take a look at how you can add the pink rose or you're accustomed floral block to a pot as well. And I guess I'll see you in that next lecture. Oh, yeah. 74. (Intermediate) Potted Flowers: All right, welcome back to the fabric horse for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be taking a look at how you can add a custom palette planned to Minecraft. This is actually very easy and what we're gonna do is we're actually going to copy over the eternal crop here because we're going to have to use the block without broke item again. And this is going to be the potters pink underscore rows. And then the same name here, potted underscore, pink, underscore rows. And this is going to be a flowerpot block. Now the first parameter here is actually going to be more blocks that grows and grows the ego. And then the settings are going to be carried over from the part that allium the sets is going to make our life a little bit easier in this case. Then what's very important in the client here, we actually have to call this render later for the product pink rose as well. And that's pretty much all of the code that we need. Now we just need to add a block stays Jason first going to copy that over. Actually, not too crazy. This simply points to a block model. Let's also add the part that in gross here. Now this one should only be necessary. The actual translation here, if you have a modern stalled as well, that basically checks what the names is and displays them at the top. So this is not always necessary. And then the block model is actually the really interesting thing for the audit land block. And that is going to be this because first of all, the parent is a flower pot cross. And then it points to a plant texture. And that simply points to the actual texture in your block that your plant or your flour in this case is using so that this one right here. And now what's very interesting, of course, is because we don't, we don't need an item model here because, well, this doesn't have a, an item associated with it because we're going to get this block by right-clicking the flower pot with this particular rows. And what's also important, Let's actually take a look at the loot table as well. So I'm going to copy this over everything here is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And you can see we're just basically dropping a pink rose here as well as the flower block, a flower parts. So that's very important. I basically just gathered that via the luge tables right here. Or we can just go in here and we can see the IT stuff right here. And it basically is exactly the same. So no worries, there is actually fairly straightforward, right? And now for completion sake, let's see if it works or funds that back in Minecraft and I've already set down some pots and let's see. There you go. I can place the rows in there and it looks absolutely staggering. And let's just see if I switch back to our survival. That you go Both of the pot end of the actual flower drop. That's very, very nice. Rep, that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 75. (Intermediate) Adding Custom Sounds: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding custom sounds to Minecraft. So adding custom sounds is actually a fairly straightforward process in and of itself. Laying that sound is also very easy. However, think the most difficult or challenging thing might be the getting of the proper sound files. So first of all, we need a few JSON files for this. What we're going to need is a JSON file in the MC course. Older right here. So right-click new file called Sounds dot-dot-dot Jason. And then in the same folder, we're going to make a new folder called sounds. So very important that both of them are called sounds and sounds. So that's very important. And I will actually copy over one of those sounds already. This is going to be the sound file. As you can see, the dowsing rod underscore found underscore or that OGG. It is very important is that all of your sound files have to be OGG and make sure that they are all set to mono. But they only can have the mono sample type or modal channel, Otherwise, they will dislike you issues with this though, keep that in mind. And they have to be OGG files and do not just take MP3 files and rename them. You have to get a converter to properly convert them. So keep that in mind and in the sounds Jason here we have to define them. So let's just put in curly brackets and then we're going to basically write in the name. So this is actually the name. We're going to register this under dowsing rod underscore, found underscore. Or now I usually like to take this name and have it be the same as the file. It just makes it a lot easier. Then we're going to add a subtitle here. This is going to be the subtitle colon and an MC course colon or dot actually dowsing, we're gonna take the same name. So rigorous gonna market, copy it, Control C and then Control V, and then comma. Then we're going to have a list of sounds. So this is going to be a list, so brackets here. And then inside of here we're going to have MC Coors colon dowsing rod found. And this is has to be the name of this file. This is of course just your model ID. So depending on your melody, this changes, then the subtitle is actually something that you can put in the lang folder, like any JSON file, which is displayed when you have subtitles on and this sound place, then that is being displayed. So that is something that you can also add now onto basically registering the sounds. What do we need? Well, in our MC course package right here, right-click new package called sound. And then inside of there we're going to create a new Java class called Modus sounds. And this is going to be actually fairly straightforward. We're just going to need a private static sound event, old register sound event with a string parameter called name. And then we're just gonna do the following. We're just going to make a identifier, board ID, which is a new identifier with the MOOC course mod my ID and the name. And then we're going to return registry, that register with a registry dot sound event with the ID and the new sound event. You sound event and pass in the ID. Again, this is why we're making an ID because we have to pass it in twice, once for registering and once for the actual sound event. And how does this look like? Well, public static sound event called dowsing, rod underscore, found underscore or equal to a register solvent. Now seeing underscore, rod underscore found underscore. And then makes sure that this right here, what is written in here is exactly the same as this. And it is. And then it should be fine. And that is pretty much all that we need to do to register the sound. Now of course we need to play it somehow. And what we're gonna do is when we find an or in the dowsing rod, then we are going to play this sound. Oh, let's just go into here. So we know that this is found block true. So we know that this is the moment when this happens. And what we need is the world, like the world here. And we can just say play sound and pass it the player, a position clicked, which is the position we're at. The sound of him somewhat sounds that dowsing rod found or and the sound category, we're just gonna take blocks That's fine. Volume 1 and pitch one as well. There's also another way that we can place how that, that is via the player. So this should also work that you can see player to play sounds. There's different ways, but that is also fine. This should be totally fine here in this case. And that should then basically play that sound here. So I guess for completion sake, let's see if it works. All right, Francis back in Minecraft, let's just see and try if we can find an OR. And they're actually was let me just quickly get the sound up a little more. There it is. And I can of course spam it. I can just keep it pressed down. And then at some point it gets annoying. And the really cool thing is that because we put it under the blocks category. Now it does not play anymore because, well, we've turned off the block sounds, so that's really cool. That is something to basically think about. And that is actually how easy it is to add a custom sound to Minecraft, right? And I already hear you scream, well, what about adding it to a block, right? What can I not change the breaking sound of a block and stuff like that? Of course. And that's exactly what we're going to see in the next lecture, where we're basically going to add, well, the breaking, placing and stepping sound. There are a few more, but that's basically going to be done in the next lecture. So this would be for this one right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 76. (Intermediate) Custom Block Sound Group: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a customer Bullock sound group to the game. And what is a block sound group? Well, a block song group consists of five different towns, and those are the break, the step, the place of the hit and the full sound. And we're going to basically add that to make a custom sound or our recalculate lamp. But that's the general idea. First of all, I'm going to copy over the five different OGG files. So the sounds right here, and we're just going to copy those over. Those are of course, all available to you for download as well. And then we're gonna go into our sounds, Jason and I'm also going to copy over the contents that we are going to need. This is pretty much just the same as this, just with different values here. We just have the telecom lamp break here. Then for the subtitles, pretty much the same rate or MOD ID and then dot whatever the name here is, when the sound is named exactly like the sound right here. That's pretty much all there is to it. So this shouldn't be too crazy overall. And then what we need to do in our mode sounds class right here. We're just going to duplicate this and we're going to call this the recount come underscore lamp, underscore break. So that's the first one, outcome, underscore lamp, underscore break. And then we can duplicate this five times. The second one is then going to be the step sound. Extra, change the name here as well and make sure it's spelled correctly. That's also very important. And this is going to be the place sound in with this one, place, this series sound, and hit there as well. Then last but not least, we have the full sound. And then here, ALL as well. Right, so those are the five sound events that we're going to need. You could also think about saving them some other way, especially if you have a lot of different ones, but this is going to be fine. This is actually okay. And now we of course, also need a block sound Group. Now, you know, we could either make that in a separate class or we can just put it in this class. That's also going to work. So it's going to be a public static, final block sound group, or a cout come underscore sounds. And this is equal to a new Sound group with one F1, F. So that's just the pitch and the volume. And then basically all five of those sounds, we're going have mode sounds, DOT, brake. Mode sounds, dot, step, mode sounds, dot, lays. Mode sounds Dutch. All. Actually I believe that it is hit first and then its mode sounds dot o, yes, in this order. But let's just double-check. So middle mouse button click on the s-block sound group. And yet a full sound is the last one. That should be correct here. And then this sound block group will, how will we use it? We just go into the mud blocks class. And then for our telecom lamp right here, we can basically just add a another parameter to the block settings and that's going to be these sounds. And then here we just say mode sounds that or a calcium sounds. Let's just format this a little bit differently like that, the ego, and that would be it. That's pretty much all that we need to do. Of course, we need the sounds, Jason. Define everything in here, make the sounds right here, have the files in our Sounds folder rate amongst again, correct OGG is correctly formatted or converted. And also in mono, very important. And then just adding the more sounds right here. For now, for completion sake, let's see if it works. Already found suspect in Minecraft. And let's first of all actually move the volume up just for a little bit so that we actually have this. Let's see the set, the actual placing sound. That's exactly right. That's completely custom. Let's see the breaking sound. That's amazing. So that works as well. That sets, set a few down here and let's step on it. They go. And this should also work when I followed the following slide, I'm actually not a 100 percent sure why that does not work. That's very furious. I believe that it should work like that. And then the hit sound would be this. I believe. Apart from the hit in the full sound, everything seems to work totally fine here. So I'm also not a 100 percent sure where those are called, to be honest, because usually it should be the force on that. Is this right? So when you fall on it, but there definitely is nothing there. And then breaking it also doesn't quite seem to work. So let's just take out like an pick x, y. So let's see what the, okay, the breaking definitely works. But it seems to be just the fall sound that does not work. But sometimes those things happen. So there you go. All right. So after looking at it again, I still am not a 100 percent sure why they fall here does not work for whatever reason, this is just never called. But whatever the case may be, the full sound is really not something that's too crazy or too important. I would say, Oh, that's probably going to be totally fine. Whatever the case may be. The others of course, work which are way more important in this case. So everything should be okay and that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 77. (Intermediate) Adding Custom Music Discs: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom music disk to Minecraft. So a custom music disk, worse requires a custom sound event as well. What we're gonna do is we're just going to copy that over one more time. It actually is going to be very easy to understand. You can see we just have the name here. Once again, this is the name that we're going to give it in the model sounds class in just a moment. And then the name here of course refers to a sound file, once again an OGG file. And in this case, it is even more important that this is in mono, because if it is in stereo, then you're going to hear this basically on the entire world, in the entire server. Otherwise, like it has to be mono, very important, very, very important in this case. And let's go to the model Sounds right here. And let's just copy this over and call this D bar underscore brawl. And here of course as well, bar brawl, making sure everything is written correctly. Very important. And then in the more items class we're going to make a new item. However, of course what we need, first of all is a MOD music disk item, sadly, because once again, the constructor here is not accessible to us. So music disk item hover over, create constructor matching super. And then we're just going to copy the public they are. And then we never have to take a look at that ever again, basically. And then we're just going to copy the turnip seeds here. And we're just going to make this the bar underscore Berle, underscore music, underscore disk. Then the same year as well, bar underscore roll music underscored disk. And this of course, is a MOD music disk item. First parameter is the comparator output. So what is being output when you put a comparator next to it? And then we're gonna say, sounds not Barbara. Now another very important thing is here, as you can see that this is stream true. So this has to be true because the barb role of course, is a stream. Therefore, you love the music disk is a stream, so that's very important. And then also we're going to put in max count of one so that we only can stack one of those. And then what is also very important is the translation the E and underscore us JSON file. I'm actually going to copy both those over because there's actually two. There's the barb roll music disk, which just is the name of the disk. And then the description is basically what happens. You know, if you hover over it. And that usually just says by who The song is from, and then the name of the song. And I've also added the license here. So this is just under CC 0 or it is public domain. You could in theory use this barb role as well in your old model, could do basically whatever you want with it. But that's why I added that as well. Right? That's pretty much all that we need except of course, for an item model and a texture for it. But that is something that we've seen so many times now that it actually wouldn't be too crazy at this point. This points to the barber or music disk texture in the item folder, or of course also going to copy that went over as well. So Barbaro music disk. There you go. And with that, we're pretty much ready set to go. And let's just hear if it works. Or I, for instance, back in Minecraft and they can see the music there has been successfully added here. And let's just pull it in. And there it is. It is quite loud, but it's also because I have my music. So that's fine. And this place just normally an FI fly away. You can hear it getting less and less. And then it's gone completely. And then if we back, there we go, It continues. So absolutely great. And we'll amine, it's all working totally fine, just like we expected. Rubber. That would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some new. And I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 78. (Intermediate) Adding a Custom Block Models in Minecraft with Blockbench: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at custom 3D block models. And how are you going to make those block models? Well, we're gonna make them with block bench. This is a program that is available. I will link it in the resources somewhere. And this basically enables you to make very cool looking 3D models for your blocks in it's actually not that hard by already have a prepared block model here for me as the Oracle can blaster. So it's basically going to be like a blast furnace, specially made out of or a calico in this case n. There are, for this particular example here, two things that we need to keep in mind. So the first thing is that you of course, also will have access to this block bench file. And what you will do then is you will go to File Export and then Export block slash item model. This will export a JSON file as you can see. And you can just do this. I can override that. And then the JSON file will look like this. So just open it up here and you can see there's a sort of how it looks like. You have the texture here and then a whole bunch of elements. So those are basically the 3D elements. And then there's also things that are here in the display. We can also take a look at the display if you go to the top right corner here, display. And basically it's changed how it looks like that maybe you're like, Oh, that's maybe a little bit too big. You can be like, Yeah, let's just shrink that down to like like May 2.5 be like 0.25.25.25 or something like that. Maybe that's the size that's better. And then you can also change it on the other side as well. Something like this. And in first-person maybe that's actually going to be fine with me. That's also going to be fine. When you wear it on the head. It looks very strange, but sure enough. But if it's on the ground, maybe that's a little too big as well. So maybe you wanna change that pilot point for when, for, when for, so that you have it like this in the item frame. Maybe you want to rotate that around, right? So maybe the rotation is supposed to be something like this and something like this. Maybe that's a better way to do it. And then in the GUI, actually think that the GUI looks perfect. And here you can basically change a lot of stuff in block bench. This is not going to be a purely block bench space tutorial, but rather how you can basically get stuff out of the block bench here. When I also save this as the model, the glossary is please. And then it was already saved as the JSON files. We should have this reload. There you go. And then it also changes in here as well so that all is fine. And this actually is basically all that you need. So we basically need this JSON file. I'm gonna copy this over as a block model, right? So we're going to copy this over as the block model that pretty much already has the 3D stuff in there. Now what we need is we need, of course, the texture as well. So I'm gonna put this in here into the Brock textures. However, what I am going to do is I'm also going to make a new folder in the textures folder called machines, and we're going to put that in there. This is not strictly necessary of course, because this texture is also would be a block texture, but I just find it a little bit nicer. And then what we need to do is we need to of course, specify here MC cores and then Machines slash the name of this. That's very important that we add to our model ID and then the name of the older words at basically here, and then the rest here is totally fine. Of course, we still do need an item model for it. We're going to do that as well. Let's knock out the easy things first and foremost here, right? So the Oracle can blaster, That's fine. That just refers back to the block model right here. And then the block States Jason, well, for the time being, what we're gonna do is we're just going to make a normal one. The blast door. And this is just going to refer to the last string. That's going to be fine. And for the same for the block, we're just going to make a completely normal block here. We're just going to copy over, let's say the pink rose because that's a register block and that's the oracle Malcolm underscore blaster. Then same here or it cannot come underscore blaster. And right now it's going to be a normal block. But we're going to take a look at that in just a moment. Let that we're actually going to have to change a few things here. We material metal in the mod item group, horse, that's going to be totally fine. For completion sake, let's also add the translation here or a count come underscore blaster. So of course the outcome not underscore blast or they ago. And now, just like a normal block, we've added it. Now let's also add the actual non opaque here. That's very important. And then let's also add it to the get cut out. So this is all of the steps that you'll need to go through in order for that to be displayed properly as well. And then we'll basically see two limitations with the earned way this is set up and then we'll also see how to fix those. So let's go into Minecraft and let's see the custom 3D model for the first time. Or if I'm says a microfinance can see the recalc a blastula has been added to the game. And when I set it down, you can see that there are two things that are very interesting. First of all, well, it's not really facing the right direction, right? As you can see, it's always facing the same direction, which is actually going to be north as you can see. But that's very interesting. And also we have, well basically a very strange bounding box around it, which is definitely not quite what you want. So that's, that's another one that's well, has to be fixed somehow. But those are the two limitations for the time being. But those can both be fixed fairly straightforwardly, right? To fix both of them, we actually need a custom block class for this. So in your custom package, right-click new Java class called the recalc come under, non underscore, actually blasts or block, they go. And this will extend the horizontal facing block. Very important that we choose that one. And we're going to create constructor matching super. And the reason we're choosing this is because if I press Control H after I click on it, you can see that there are some other blocks that are also taking this from here. For example, some of the like the bed block where it's strong gate of like that. That's very interesting. And usually I actually expected the abstract Ernest block to also extend from that. No, actually, okay. That's with blocks of entity. Fair enough. But it also has the facing property right here. That's the general idea because when you place down the furnace, but it always looks in your direction. So what we're gonna do is I'm actually going to just quickly copy the direction here over. So this is nothing too crazy, just a large property equal to property start facing. And I'm going to copy over a few more things which are of course all available to you in the repository, GitHub repository or individual just as well. We need the append properties method. We've seen this already and we're going to use the mirror and the Rotate method. You basically have this rotate in the correct way and then they get placement state method basically makes it so that the facing is always turned into a way that the block is facing you. Now of course, when we have the facing blocks a property, we of course also need to change the block States JSON. There's also something I'm going to copy over, but this is actually fairly straightforward. You can see it's facing north is just the normal block model. And otherwise we just rotated by 90, 180, and 270 degrees. And you can always also check the external libraries at the bottom right in the assets folder, Minecraft blocks states. And then for example, look at the blast furnace, for example, it's sure. And this is going to be pretty much exactly the same. The only thing that's, this also has a lid property, but that's going to be totally fine. So this is something where you can basically take another look at this and how you have to rotate it. And that basically is where I've gotten those numbers from. Well, we're not going to immediately jump back into Minecraft Because now, how about the bounding box? Will the bounding box is what is called a voxel shape. And that is the one thing that is genuinely just annoying to do in block bench, especially with this model. It's just very annoying because usually what you would want is you want, wanted to center the pivot, right? So first of all, you will see that if I center the pivot correctly, then it has like very weird values. Highly recommend, either going to a little bit above, right or a little bit below, basically rounding up or down. There's otherwise, you will have a bad time with the rotating of it. Because what we are going to have to do is we're going to have to actually rotate this three times so that in every direction we're going to get a new voxel shape. This is just the way that it's going to be and it is very annoying. But this is the best way that I've found it so far to work. If there are any other ways, of course, always feel free to reach out in the Q and a and tell me about it. So no worries there. What we're gonna do is we're going to, first of all, I have to go to File and then to plugins and get the mod utils plug-in right here. This is from JDK two to two. And whether that, that's very important, it's just, you know, you can just go to available search for mod utils, right? I already have it installed. That's why it doesn't come up here. Click the Install button and install that on your block bench. And then what you will have is you will need to take all of the cubes and all of the things you have and put them under a group right here, group or voxel shapes, exactly written like this. No spaces, nothing exactly written like this. And when you have that, you can select all of them, go to File, Export, and then Export voxel shape. Now we're of course in yarn we are using Rubrik, so we wanted to export the yarn mappings. We're going to say confirm, and we're going to save this as the voxel shape N. As you can see, I've already save that and we can then take a look at this as well. So I'm just going to move this inherent so that we can take a look at this. But this is how it looks like. Sometimes you get these crazy numbers, what you will have to do is you will have to round them to the nearest integer. So this is just going to be a manual process. So for example, this one is just a 0, actually, right? Because it's negative three to the power of negative 15, so it's 15 zeros. And then a negative, like a 0.3, it's like that's 0. So we have to do this manually. Sometimes it's just the way that block bench sometimes exports. It is very weird. So that is just going to be, and this is just the voxel shape. If this is setting like looking to the North, what we now have to do is when you have to rotate this by 90 degrees. And the first thing that you'll notice in this particular example is that it is offset a little bit. So you can see that the precision for whatever reasons offset we actually have to move it back to the middle. And then this is going to be north, east, south, west. So this is now west facing. Now we have to export again. This is west facing once again, right? So when I replace the w, and then we can take a look at that w here. That's going to be very interesting as well because we have to do this again, so 0. And then this is going to be a 14 and that is going to be 13. And what you will see is that the numbers just shift around a little bit. And, you know, if you have enough time and enough brain power, you can probably figure out how to change those numbers yourself. But that's ofcourse madness because we have so many things in here. And the more complicated the block is going to be, the more complicated that will be as well. We're just going to rotate it again and then of course once again, reset it so that it works fine. So that's what you have to really be careful about is not changed the number here, but you will have to change it like by using the arrows, is if you change the number than every one of those cubes just works. Just, just moves in and of themselves is very strange block, which is a very strange program. But it is currently, at least to my knowledge, the best that we have. Sadly, this is of course going to be the south-facing. And then let's just immediately rotated to the east facing as well, which can just do this and then do that. And there you go. Now we should have everything in here. So we're going to say export box or shape, or the East as well. That's great. And now what we're gonna do is we're going to take the North and the West and immediately already use it. So we're going to take this control C to copy it. And then what we want is we want a private static final voxel shape or shape underscore n. So this is shaped North. And then we're just going to import the stream class, the voxel shapes class, and the Boolean by function class as well. And then what I'm gonna do is I'm just going to copy this four times. Over that we have north, east, south, and west year. Make sure that you copy over the correct ones are the correct name here. That's very, very important. There have been people who, you know, mistaken one of them for the other. So that's very important. And here once again, we have to clean this up, that's totally fine. Those are some grounding arrows, floating point rounding errors. Sometimes can happen. It is just is what it is. But this is not too crazy. There's going to be the south. There you go. Then this is going to be east. And then we have all four voxel shapes in here. Like I said, this is a very tedious process, but you will only need to set it up once and then it's going to work. If you of course changed the model, then you will have to change the voxels shapes as well. Yeah, so that's, it just is what it is. We can't really do anything else with that. Then we want to overwrite the good outline shape method, this one right here. And I'm also going to copy over the contents. Like I said, everything is available to you, but this should be fairly self-explanatory. We just have a switch statement that it looks at the facing property and it's just going to say, hey, if the facing as North, then we're going to return the shape north. If it's facing south, we're going to return South and so on and so forth. So that's really all that this method does be really complicated thing are at the voxel shapes. And like I said, there are, sadly isn't another way to properly or more easily do this at those, those are of course all available to you. Same of course with the model here. Let's just rotate it back and then you will see that whatever reason it is red and there it is Mac. So that's totally fine. This is like I said, also available to you, the JSON file, all of that you can download. And then we just need to do is instead of making a block, we want to make this a or E calcium blaster block. And then, oh, well of course we also need to make this public and then everything works, right? So this should actually be everything that we need. Like I said, it is quite tedious, but I'm sure that we will manage it. Or of course also depends on how many blocks with different crazy shapes you want to add. So that also is the case. But for the time being, let's see For works or why we find ourselves a Minecraft. So let's set that down. The calcium last drink can see there you go. The outlines match perfectly and if I set it down in a different direction, It always faces me. There you go. So everything works and the bounding boxes totally fine. Now what I do have to say is that if you have really, really complex bounding boxes like this, of course you can see is all still blocky, hasn't, it doesn't have any diagonal stuff and things like that. If you have like diagonal things, I highly recommend trying to maybe make your model a little bit easier in R2, complicated, because a crazy complicated voxel shapes are actually going to slow the game down quite significantly. But that is just something to keep in mind. But that's actually how easy it is to add the custom block models to Minecraft. But in for complete transparency, the Oracle can last row was done by platinum G 17. By just tweaking the texture is a little bit, but otherwise it is basically under the Creative Commons license. So if you want to use this or your actual like released MOD, then please be aware of the license if you're just going to use it for well, basically private testing purposes is going to be totally fine. But this would be for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh, yeah. 79. (Intermediate) Adding a Custom Item Models with Blockbench: All right, welcome back the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at custom item models. Who last time we've seen custom block models. Now it's time for the customer item models though. For the time being, we're just going to make a new item here and then we're going to add the item model. So this is going to be the Oracle Malcolm underscore staff. And this is of course also Oracle underscore path that you go. This is just going to be a normal item for the time being. And max count of one is actually great. We don't need to make any custom item classes here. We just need the item model for it. And then actually we are going to be fine. So let's add the translation first of all, or a calico underscore staff. And then here as well, recount come staff, the ego. And now the item model is the crazy thing. For that. We're once again going to open locked bench. And there it is, the beauty of the calcium staff. And as you can see, we're actually using some of the little textures as well as the Oracle can block texture. And overall, this is pretty much all that you need. So it's just an example here. This is how it basically looks if you are holding it. All of the other display stuff is also done. You can also paint it yourself if you want to. But for the time being, I'm actually fine with this. We're gonna go to Export, Export block item model or a calcium staff I already have this year. That's going to be fine. And then we're actually going to just copy over the JSON file as into the item models folder. And then the only things that we need to change here are basically the name. So this is going to be Minecraft or plank. This, right? Of course with blocks slash, there they go, because those are all block textures. And then the same for our recalc and block as well. So MC cores block right there, and then the rest here is just going to be totally fine for us. And I know you thought you might be saying that, well, that can't be it yet. That's actually, that's all that we need to do. We just need this JSON file first, the modelling of the actual item model. Well, that's something that you're just going to have to try out yourself, like I said, a link blog bench. Again, it's really not that difficult. You can simply add cubes in here, move them around, and then make them bigger or smaller like that. So you it shouldn't be too crazy. I'm thinking that maybe with an hour, an hour and a half, a little bit playing around, you will get the hang of it very quickly. It pretty much is just like Minecraft, but making models with blocks. So it is very similar actually, whatever the case may be, Let's just see if it works. Or we found suspect and Minecraft. And as you can see, the aura calcium staff has been added and it looks fricking, amazing, even in 3D or in the third person, it looks really freaking cool. And I really like the small gold block at the very top there. That is just other No, I just really like the fact that it's basically the whole block texture, just in this tiny little block there. Are I, I do, I do really like it. So that's actually how easy it is to add the custom item models Minecraft, right? And that is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. All of the code and all of that is of course available to you in the GitHub repository where an individual just as well. And if you enjoyed this, I would really appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next slide. So yeah. 80. (Intermediate) Adding a Custom Bow: All right, welcome back to the fabric horse for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom bowl to Minecraft. The customer is actually a fairly straightforward process. We're just going to take the oral calcium staff and we're gonna make this T or a capcom bot name with the name here, of course, very important. So or a killer combo. And then this is going to be a new bot item. And the registration is done. Now what we of course need to do is we need to add the modal predicate right here. This is the main thing. And what we're just gonna do is I'm actually going to copy over a method that I've made. And that's the registrable method. You can see it basically registers the bot. All of that jazz. This is from if I middle mouse button click on this, and then I click on this. This is going to be the or middle mouse button click rather. And this is the model predicted provider registry from Minecraft or from vanilla. And if I go down here, you should be able to find the pole and the pulling right here. We have those two registers for the bot, the bot basically, and I basically just copied those over, replaced the provider with our fabric modal predicate provider registry. But this into a separate method just because it's a little bit easier, especially if you want multiple bows, you can just call this. And then with your bot. So basically mod items, dot oracle combo, and then that's pretty much it. So if you have another bowl that you want to add, you just add that as well. And then that's pretty much, that's pretty much it, That's pretty much done. That's really the idea here. So this is pretty much all that you need. And then of course, you will need, first of all, the translation that's very important here, or a cow come under scribble, right? So, and let's not forget that or a calico. And then the item models are well the kicker. But once again, they are actually not that crazy. Four of them, I'm going to copy them over. Those are of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well. This one just points to the oracle gumball here. And then under the predicates, it points to the different item models that points to this one, this one or this one. And they are all apparent here. Very important is actually going to be our own recalc, a bowl. And then the layer, once again, it's just going to be a different texture. So that's really all there is to it. It actually isn't that crazy before a customer you will need to make or different textures, one of the normal ball and then three of them that are pulling basically. But I mean, that's that's pretty much all there is to it. I'm actually how easy it can be, because we've already seen the, you know, the predicates here for the models. It's not nothing too crazy Actually, it's something that should be too insane for you. It's just a few values that we can basically use in the model to determine which extra should be shown for that item. That's pretty much basically all there is to it though, for completion sake. Let's see if it works or we find ourselves back in microfinance can see the oracle combo has been successfully added to the game. And if I shoot it, that you go, the texture changes as well. So everything is working totally fine, exactly how we would expect it to, right? But that was already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful. You learn the new, and I'll see you in next lecture. So, yeah. 81. (Intermediate) Custom Fluids: All right, welcome back to the fabric course. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom fluid to Minecraft. So adding a custom fluid is I would say a bit finicky. There's like a little bit of weirdness there. But overall, I am sure we will manage though, first of all, in the MC course package, right-click new package called fluid. And in there we're going to need two new classes, the mode fluids class and the Ani fluid class as well. And we're going to start with the honey fluid class, though. This is going to extend the flowable it, and we're going to not implement the methods. What we're gonna do first of all is where I make this abstract actually. And then what I will do is I will do the following. I will go and click on flowable fluid, press Control H, and double-click on the water here. And then what I wanna do is I want to get everything in here, basically, everything except for the constructor and the copy this. And I'm going to paste it in here. And we might get, We actually not getting any errors, that's actually even better. And what we do need is the still hear the very bottom. We don't actually need either of those constructors, but we do need is, this needs to be honey fluid, and this needs to be honey fluid. There's something that you're going to of course have to do every time you add a new fluid. So one way we can simplify this as well. And then overall, I believe that this should be fine. We can just format this a little bit differently so that we can actually read it properly. This is for the particles. And this is the sound. I'm actually going to change the sound to, let's say the block, honey block slide. Because of course we have some honey blocks in there. We just don't have a honey fluid in this case. And then those fluids, we're going to change it just a moment. But now we have the honey fluid together with the still and the flowing classes in there and in the mod fluids, what we're going to need is just two things. And that's going to be, first of all, a private That's a lower BAL fluid will register. So this is the register method if global fluid is the return type, a string name, and a flowable fluid or fluid, or flow fluid, that's fine. This is going to return the Registry register. Registry that fluid, a new identifier, MC course mod, mod ID, and a name. And after the first parentheses, global fluid, this is of course going to register the fluid. And then we're gonna say public static, final global fluid, or a honey underscore still, which is equal to register underscore still. Then a new honey fluid that's still. And then I'm going to duplicate this with Control D. I'm going to say honey flowing. And the same in the name here as well. If flowing. And instead of still going to call flowing. And that's all great. That's not what works. And what we can do in the honey fluid class up here, we're going to return what fluids and he flowing. And here, when I return a mod, fluids and honey still, we still need to make a bucket for this. No worries at all. Actually fairly straightforward. And I go into the Item class and we're just going to appear over the rainbow. And this is going to be the honey underscore bucket. And here are those same thing, honey underscore bucket. This is of course a bucket item. And this first one we're going to take in the mod fluids that honey still. But usually you want to choose the honey still. If a fluid is asked for, that's the general like I mean, I would say that almost gist of it. We were also going to need a mot block for this is going to be a block without a block item. This is going to be the honey fluid block. This is something that we're going to need some misty honey underscore, fluid. Underscore. Ok. Once again, this is going to be needed for each of your different fluids. And this is going to be a, actually this, we're going to need a lot of fluid block class for this. So this is going to be the BOD Lewis block because once again, we don't have access to the constructor. This is a fluid block hover over this great constructor metrics super. And then we'll just gonna make this public as well. And unless it's going to be a fluid block, and the first parameter is going to be fluids, not money, still very important. And then here we're going to actually say material of fabric settings over. And then we're going to material that of water. Just to make sure that this works, we're going to say no collision and non opaque so that we have and also drops nothing because, well, in fact water or in this case honey fluid drop, block props nothing. So that is that. And then in the, once again, the honey fluid class, first of all, the bucket item, very easy. More items that on the bucket. Very nice. And then down here, we've, for example, can see that we have some particles here, which we're in this moment not going to change, but you could make your own particle types and for example, have dripping honey there. Something like that. Have this matches here, which we have to replace it with mod fluids, honey still, and fluids. On the blowing. Then here, the two-block state. And important that the blocks dot water replaced with more blocks, that honey fluid. This should be fine because this is of course also a fluid block. Therefore, it's going to inherit the block States properties of it. And I actually believe that that is all of the changes that we need to do here. We've referenced the block, the fluids, and the item. That's pretty much it. And now we do need to do is we need to register the fluid handler and the fluid render handler. Now I'm actually gonna do this inside of here. You could probably make if you have multiple fluids, I highly suggest making a custom class basically that OLS it. And the way that we're gonna do is the following. We're going to say fluid or render helper registry, exactly this instance at register. And then this is going to be more fluids on ISS still. So what we're going to have to do with this four still antler blowing as well. And then we're going to make a new simple fluid render handler. Very nice because this has been basically provided by us or by fabric or this actual or 118. And I'm going to say simple fluid handler and we're gonna say water still. And what I'm gonna do is I'm going to do a comma and I'm going to copy this. We're going to need to put in three different ones, so we're going to stay water still three times here and then change this one to water flowing. And then the last one is going to be water overlay. Very important that you choose the water overlay because the points basically to the water texture, but the water texture is actually gray. And this allows us to add a fourth parameter in here. And that's going to be the tint. I'm just gonna take this, this is basically the tint of the honey that I've chosen, and this is basically the color that the actual fluid will have. So this is just an RGB value in hex. So wouldn't be too crazy. And I'm going to say the same thing here for honey flowing. And then the last thing that we're going to need is first of all, translation for the bucket. So honey underscore buckets and the honey bucket there. And then a block model. Now this is actually going to be so easy. Then I'm just going to copy over this one. I'm going to say Honey underscore bucket. And this simply refers to a honey underscore bucket texture, which also going to copy over very easily. Right here. There you go. Then there's one more thing that is very important that we need to do, and that is under the data folder or Minecraft tags, you're going to have to make a new Directory hold fluids. And instead of they're going to make a new tag called watered adjacent. And we're just going to copy the contents of the walls, Jason here. And we're going to change this to MC course. And this is going to have to include both the honey still, right? Honey underscore still, as well as on the underscore flowing. So this basically represents the physics of the whole ordeal, so to speak. So it's going to have the same physics as water. That's the best that I can do with for the time being. However, that is all that we're going to need for this, though it is quite complicated. There are a lot of things and there are of course also still things that you might want to change. The particle types here, for example, there's a bunch of stuff that you could still do in theory. But overall, I just wanted to, first of all, show you how you can actually do it. And this should hopefully be fairly straightforward. So for completion sake, let's see if it works. All right, finances back in mind, as you can see, the honey bucket has been added to the game. Let's see if it works. And it does, it actually does work and was very interesting is that I've actually made this infinite for the time being. But we can actually change this very, very easily. This is actually a very easy change. And you can also see that I have it flowing. For example, you can see that the particles here are still the normal water particles. That's pretty much what I've said that, you know, might want it to be changed in a little bit of a capacity, but overall, it's going to be fine. And then also if you go into it, you can see that the overlay here is also blue. There's really not much we can do about that at the moment. At least I've not found how you can recolor that. But for the time, I mean, it's it is still a completely custom fluid top that is actually pretty cool. And for completion sake actually as well. Let's actually see how to get rid of the infinite here, right? It's actually very, very easy. This boolean here is infinite, is equal to false, and that's literally all there is to it. So that's all there is. And there's of course some other stuff like git flow speed, you have to get level decrease per block, a tick, tick rate, Europe last resistance though. The level of the still fluid it, there's a lot of stuff that you can do and you, I highly recommend once again, is playing around with the numbers a little bit, trying out a bunch of stuff, you know, be open to experimentation with this, then I'm sure that you can implement the fluid of your dreams, so to speak. But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 82. (Intermediate) Modify Vanilla Loot Tables: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at how you can modify a lute tables. So first of all, you might say, Wait, we've already done a lewd tables in the very beginning of the course. We know how to add lw tables. Yes. But what you don't know is how you can add lewd two blocks that already exist in vanilla. And that's what we're going to take a look at in this lecture right here. For that in the util package, right-click new Java class. This is going to be the mod, loot table modifiers. And I'm actually going to copy over all of the contents and we will explain as we go along. Now there's of course, all available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well. And the general idea here is that first of all, we're not going to add pepper seeds, but of course, turnip seeds right here. And then the general idea is that we have three identifier serum those points to a specific luge table. So the Lu table, when we go down to the external libraries, this one right, net Minecraft project and so on. In sight of the data folder, luge tables, it blocks chest entities gambling. And you can basically say that just as you can see and then I can see, okay. Is there a igloo chest in there? That's exactly what that is in here, that you basically take the name without the JSON. Very important. And you can also have it in the houses here as well, for example. And stuff like that. So you can basically modify any of those tables. Now in theory, I believe that he could take away from it. Highly recommend not doing that. Highly recommend only adding stuff. Now how you add stuff with this fabric loop pool builder. Now this is the thing that's going to be the most complicated. The thing about it is that I have one example of this here where you basically have a particular chance that something drops. You can also put this to one and then you have a 100% chance to drop it. And then here with this width function, with the setCount load function and a uniform load number provider. We can basically say this has, this drops between this number and this number of items. But as you can clearly see over the dowsing rod inside of the igloo chest as well as the coals liver from the creeper is going to only ever drop one, while the turnip seeds from the grass drops one or two. And only as a 35 percent chance of actually dropping if we go to the loop pool builder here, well, you can't actually see what is going on here. However, it is very complicated. So you're just going to have to try out a bunch of stuff basically. See, for example, a conditionally, okay, what are kinda put in here? Well, I can put the builder in here. Okay, fair enough. So if we could take a look at this, I have to take this loop condition builder. So you can see this is a loop condition builder. And I could say, for example, personally loop condition and press Control H and see all the different load conditions that there are. So this is one of those things That's pretty cool, where the hierarchy here is incredibly useful for this. For example, you have the time check loop, loop condition, which is really freaking cool. We have the match to loop condition. We have the kilobyte player loop condition and all of that jazz. So there's a lot of stuff that you can basically put in here. It is just a matter of you have to try out a bunch of stuff. And basically, well, it's kind of and I will admit this is kind of just running against the wall with your head until, you know, it basically works. So there is a lot of trying out. But if you wanted, if you have something really complicated where you want to add it to something, then it's just going to be that way. But whatever the case may be. So as you can see in here, we're basically calling the loot table loading callback event. And then you're saying, hey, if the ID year matches the idea that we've specified up here, if the grass block ID is equal to the ID here, then we're going to add it to, then we're going to add all of this to the loo table. So that's the general idea. And then we're going to do the same thing. And the igloo and then the creeper as well, where we add the coal sliver here, the dowsing rod and here the turnip seeds. And the only thing that we need to do then is go into our, well MSE course mod As and then just call the mod loot table modifiers that matter fellow tables. And that is it. That's all there is to it. And if we want to add something, we just copy it over, make a new identifier, add another if statement into a bunch of stuff here around. And that's it. That's all that we need to do. Though. I guess that's received the works for finds us a Minecraft. So let's first of all kill a creeper NSC. There it is. A coal sliver has dropped from the creeper. And then let's actually, first of all, I'll kill this creeper because otherwise we're going to have a bad time. Also, let's turn down the volume a little bit. It's a little loud here for me. So they go and let's put a survival mode and let's drop in there. You can see we already got lucky at the first time. The turnip seats are actually dropping. And just know that we have at all. Let's also search for an igloo quickly. Well, Would you look at that? There's a dowsing rod. So that's actually how easy it is to add the alluded to already existing loot tables, right? All of the code is of course, once again available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And this is also already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. If you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture, though. Yeah. 83. (Intermediate) Advancements: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at advancements. So advancements are done via JSON files. So what we're gonna do is we're going to go into our data folder in the MC course folder, Right-click new directory and cold advancements, making sure that we're reading this correctly. The goals that's very important. And I'm actually going to copy over the two basic files that are already prepared and I will explain, right. So you can see I have the MC course JSON file advancement and the dowsing rod advanced advancement. And those two are a little bit different. But what is happening here is that we have one advancement. We are, which is basically the tab. So this creates a new Advancement tab. If the advancement does not have a parent, you can see this is apparent. Mc course. Mc course. Okay, Sure enough. And then this one does not have a parent, but that it has a background. And the background actually has to be this specific. It's very strange, but it has to be that they have to put in your ID and then textures block, and then whatever block, for example, you weren't at the background, or you could of course also put it on a different, in a different folder, in the textures folder that would also work as well, but the rest should be fairly self-explanatory. You have an item, get a title, that's just the title of the actual advancement. And then we'll have a little bit of a description here. What is the frame is at a task? Now I believe that you can actually just go in here. There's challenge as well and the like that. So there's a different view, different things. So toasters, so this is going to be whether or not it's going to show the toast at the top right of the screen, then announced shut. Well, that should be fairly self-explanatory. And now they're really difficult thing let's say is the criteria. Because here we get into the requirements and the triggers and the conditions, though, we're just going to take a look at this in general. We're not gonna make any custom conditions or triggers because that's going to be way, way harder and that's actually something that's way more complex in at the moment. But for the time being, we're just going to take a look at the inventory changed trigger right here. This means that if I get an oracle come in, get into my inventory, then what is going to happen is that I'm going to get this advancement. And then same with the dowsing rod, right? If I get a dowsing rod in my inventory and I'm going to get this advancement. So that's the general idea year. And once again, I have a great resource for you, which is once again, of course Miss old GitHub IO, where you can basically generate the JSON files for the advancements here, this is actually just like insanely great. We could see, for example, conditions. And then there's like a few different conditions. We can say, what is the requirement here? And you can see there's multiple different requirements. For example, using item even there is possibly some channeled lightening bread animal. So as you can see, there's a lot of stuff that you can basically put in here. Tick, even take lists, look at tics, or there's lot of things that you can do some entity. I highly recommend just playing around with this a little bit. And then of course, there's also always on GitHub repositories of popular modes where you can also just take a look at their advancements. Highly recommended, that sometimes you just need to think about it a little bit. Now, while advancements aren't the most important thing, you know, they still can be a pretty cool addition to your mat. And just for completion sake, let's see if it works, but be sure to make a new world first because if you ever had either of those items in your inventory, you're going to get the advancements immediately. Best to make a new world. That's a very smart idea, or we find ourselves in Minecraft. So let's see, and let's just take out the ingot rate here. So let's just go and there it is, so that we get the advancement right here, our lies in the telecom. And if we go into the advancements, you can see we already have the dowsing rod advancement here, like waiting for us so to speak. I just get another advancement. So if I just get, for example, the iron England, that we get another tab. And you can see the Minecraft tab and here as the MC course Model tab for the name of the tab is always going to be the name of the first advancement. But that's basically the general idea here. Apart from that, let's also take out the dowsing rod, and we're also going to get that. But it doesn't work. They're auteurs like you. That's at least what I've heard. And let's just see, right here. There you go. So everything working totally fine over there would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 84. (Intermediate) How to spawn Particles: All right, welcome back to the fabric horse for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be taking a look on the how you can spawn particles into the world. Now, the specific thing we're going to look at is basically owning the particles in the SPD block. So basically in this particular example, how you can spawn a particles in a block. And then usually, for example, for entities or mobs, this should be very similar actually. So overall, what you need is just a World variable and you need to be on the client. And for that we're going to override it the random display tick method. And this one basically is only called on the client and we have a world of variable. So that's pretty much exactly what we need. And what I will do is I will actually copy over the contents of this is all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just, well. And you will see here, you basically have a chance. But we have a 35 percent chance that these particles spawn basically, and we're always making a new float. So sometimes we have all four of them small and sometimes we have none of them spawn. That's sort of the general idea. And you can see that the way to spawn a particle is to call world dot-dot-dot particle. And we need to supply a particle type. It's using the middle mouse button. Click on this. There's a bunch of particle types right here, default particle types. You could, in theory also read your own. That's something we're not going to look at in this lecture. Wherever we might take a look at that in a future lecture, are not a 100 percent sure just yet. And we have to supply the position. So x, y, and z position. You can see that I always add a little bit of a randomness here so that we don't respond at the same position every time. And then the velocity, well, that's just the speed at which this moves. And I wanted to move upwards. And you can see that here, it basically moves upward. But we can either do smoke, there's some other stuff like ash, there's explosion. So there's a lot of different particle types. But we're going to stick with this for the time being. And just calling this four times just makes it so that there's a little more of those particles that are being owned wherever you have a World variable, you can just make an if statement. If world is client and then you can call the particle is that's only going to work on the client side. That's very important. That's something in mind. But otherwise, for completion sake, let's just see if it works. Or firms announced back in Minecraft and let's see There they are. This small particles are already rising from the SPD block. You can see if I set it down, see some of them are rising up. And it's definitely just a random while basically calling. And of course you could always call more or less depending on what you wanna do, but that is always a possibility. But that's the general idea. Spawning the particles, well, specifically on blocks, but pretty much on anything else is calling the world at our particle method, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learns at the New, and I'll see you in the next lecture though. Yeah. 85. (Intermediate) Custom Paintings: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding custom paintings to Minecraft. And in custom paintings is actually a very, very straightforward process in the MC course package, right-click new package called painting. Then instead of there we're going to right-click new Java class mode paintings. And then inside of there, we're just going to need a few things to methods to be exact. A private static painting, a motif, register painting with a string name parameter and a painting motif, ending motif. That's fine. Let's return registry data register, registry dot painting motif with a new identifier, MC course mod n mod ID name. Then after the first parentheses, we're going to pass in the painting motif, then end it with a semicolon. Power is also very important. We need a public static void register paintings method right here is just going to system out print line registering paintings for odd ID. Just so that we have this because we actually have to call that in side of the MC course mod method here. So in the on initialized method, we're just gonna do this right after the modal registries. So on paintings that register paintings. And now on we will actually adding the paintings. Well, how is this done? Well, actually it's very simple as well. Public static final painting motif at sunset here. And we're just going to say register painting with the name sunset. And then a new painting motif, which just takes in two integers, the width of the image and the height of those values here are in pixels basically. Yes, long as they match, everything is, should be fine. So let's just duplicate this times with Control D. And we'll just also going to add the planned and the wanderer as well. And then make sure that we change the name says well-planned and wonder. And then the sizes as well planned a 16 by 16, and this one is actually extend by 32. This so that you have like a couple of examples. And then the question is, well, but where do we get the paintings from? Well, first of all, the paintings that I have are done as well by platinum G.711. So if you want to use them, please note the license. If you want to use them in your like public MOD, these, note the license. Otherwise, let's just copy those over. So those actually will go into your textures folder right here, right? So in the assets MC coarse textures, and then painting. And then there they are. The three paintings, the names here of course have to match what the name is here. It will be fairly self-explanatory at this point in time. And while the rest is just going to take care of itself basically. So that's all that you need. You need the paintings in this class and very important that you call this method here. Otherwise it will not work. Well. Let's just see for works. All right, we find ourselves back in Minecraft and I already have the paintings. Let's just set it down and let's see if we can have some block to getting our pitting there it is. There's the first one. But let's see what this no, that's not. It will not our sunset or we'll get it at some point. I am very certain, as you can see, basically they are there it is. There's the next one. And let's just see, Let's look. Well, that's not gonna work, but this one is going to work. So let's just do that. And let's see if we can get the small one of the 16 by 16 one as well. So the general idea is, as you can clearly tell there it is. So is that the paintings are basically added to the rotation of the normal painting. But this is actually really cool and well, you could basically now add any painting and yes, you can make them as big and as beautiful and as whatever you basically want to 0. It can be any thing that you want to, as long as they will adhere to the normal centers and there are PNG file in your textures folder. That's actually how easy it can be, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn some the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh, yeah. 86. (Advanced) Custom Block Entity: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom block entity to Minecraft. Now, as you will probably have seen this as a longer lecture because this is a very complex topic. And what I actually highly suggest is to watch this lecture and the next receding lecture at the same time. So basically Mac tobacco, because the next lecture is immediately related to this and actually we'll make the block entity function a little bit better. The second thing I wanted to mention is that if I ever say tile entity, I mean block entity, it was basically renamed in 117. And so I still have I sometimes still use the tile entity name. It just is what it is but then I mean Brock entity. And also I am going to copy over a lot of the code and then we'll basically explained through it because just writing all of this out is nonsensical. It doesn't make any sense though. Please be aware. There's the GitHub repository and there are individual just where you can basically copy over all of the code as well, though. You don't need to worry about it at all. You have everything available to you, so no worries there. Okay, So let's just start. The first thing that we're going to need is we're actually going to need a, something in the item package, and that is going to be a new package, old inventory. Then inside of there, we're going to make a new interface though right here, new Java class interface. This is all the implemented inventory. And once again, like I said, our caviar, the entirely of this, which is all available to you of course, in this is actually not that interesting. The general idea is that first of all, the John by Jews and, or justice I guess. And this is public domain. So no worries there we can use it. But still all credit goes to just for this, It's actually very useful the implemented inventory year. And the general idea is that when we implement this interface in our awesome Brock entity, we can basically very easily use the inventory that is associate with it. But that's the general idea. We're just going to need this and will basically never to look at this again because this is almost like perfectly done already. But we don't need anything else there before we're going to just dive into the block entity, I'm going to show you a little bit of the theory behind the block entity. And for that, of course, we're going to break out the PowerPoint slides. This is the general idea of a block entity. There are four parts. There's the block class II, block entity class, the screen handler class, and the screen class. What's very important here is that overall, the block class is probably one of the most easiest ones. This is just where you right-click and then something in the Brock entity happens because the block entity then creates the screen handler. The screen handler basically handles the screen. It sounds crazy, but the idea is that there's a separation going on here because the screen class, Let's start here is client only. Okay, So this means that it is literally just this image. There's some nuances there. Of course, we can display the progress arrows. We can display the buyers here, stuff like that. Yes. But it is just this image. I could replace the image with an image of my face or an image with a dog or whatever I want. And the screen handler, like the actual slots here, they would still work. They don't need to look like this. That is a very important lesson that you very much need to, well get into your head. It's very important. This is just the screen, this is just the client, just this image. Now, the screen class here however, has a reference to the screen handler. And the handler has the slots in the inventory, as you can see by mark this with blue for the player inventory and the hot bar. And then in like violet pink, we have the, well basically the custom slots with the screen Handler also does is it can synchronize values from the block entity, the server and client. Now that is something that's very important and that this is also something we're going to see in the next lecture actually, because this requires some more setup, so to speak. And we're just going to store it by, first of all, having a normal block entity that's going to do some interesting things. But that is a very, very important thing. And then by synchronizing those values, we can then use them in the screen class. For example, display the progress arrow here properly. That's the general idea. Now the block entity itself, what this one contains data and functionality for a block. That's the general idea. And then it can also have an inventory. For this inventory, like I said, is sort of handled by the screen handler. There's a very tight coupling between this one and this one. And then there's not too tight of a coupling between these two is just basically has a reference. Then with the block class it just has a reference here. So those two definitely are more tightly related. There's a bit of a tight relation between, of course, the screen and the screen handler as they have both screen in the name, to be a very good indication that they have something to do with each other. But overall, that is the general idea, that's the general theory behind it. It's nothing too crazy, if anything here is a little bit confusing, don't worry about it. I hope that I will be able to clear it up once we're actually programming all of this. But let's just switch back to intelligence. And now let's make the actual block entity. So in our block package, right-click new package called entity. And then inside of there we're going to need to know the clauses, the mode lock in that class. And then also the free calcium. Laughter entity, right? And there it is. So this is going to extend the block entity. And it's going to implements the named screen handler factory comma implemented inventory, the one that we've already done. Let's hover over this, say Implement Methods and say, Okay, I'm going to hover over again, create constructor matching super. And now we should be happy with this. So the getItems here you can see null. Well, we can change this very easily because now we're going to add a private final defaulted list of items stack with which is called the inventory. And this is going to be equal to a default, a list of size four with item stack dot AMD. And this is going to be our inventory. Those are going to be our four slots. So it makes sense. And we can just return this right here. So inventory, just returning it. And that should be fine for the display text. This is the text that is displayed at the top of the UI. We're just going to save for the time being new literal text. Or it can come blaster, That's going to be fine. That's totally okay. So the Create menu here, we actually have to supply a screen handler as you can see. Now, what I'm gonna do is I'm going to purposefully make this a, an error because otherwise I will probably forget it because like I said, there's a lot of stuff that we have to do here. Though. This is why I'm making this purposefully and error. We're not going to run the client for quite awhile anyway, so noise there. Then what we also needed to do is we need to delete the first parameter here or the other constructor. And then we have to do the rest inside of the MOD block entities. And what we're gonna do is we're going to say a public static block, entity type of type or recalc and blast rent t. We're going to call this the oracle income underscore blaster. Now we're not actually going to assign this to anything, because what we're gonna do is we're going to have a public static, void, register, all entities like this exactly. Then what I'm gonna do is I'm going to copy over this and I'm willing to explain as we go along. So what is this? So we're going to call registry that register for the block entity type. That should all be fairly self-explanatory with an new identifier of Armada D and the Oracle can blaster. Okay, and then we're going to call the absolute block entity type builder at creat with the Oracle can blast or entity colon, colon knew, well, this is going to create a new or a pelican blaster entity, and then this is assigned to a particular block. This block is going to be the block that when you right-click it, this entity is assigned to it. And we will actually have to change something in the block class itself as well. So the Oracle can blast or block class. We're going to have to change some stuff in there as well. But for the time being, we're going to be fine with this. And I'm actually going to make this a little bit different. That's okay, That's fine. And then this register all entities method has to be called in the mode MC course mod class. But that's also very important. We're just going to call this right here. So block entities, I've registered entity, so it's very important, otherwise we will get not quite an arrow, but it's going to not be able to save the data properly. So this is why we're going to need this. And then instead of the type that we don't have, we can see more book entities that Oracle can blaster. And now all arrows except for the one that I want to have is gone. And we can basically proceed to open the broad class, which is going to be the Oracle can blast or block. Now we've already done stuff in here that is completely independent of whatever we have. So basically the direction property and all of that, we don't really care about it in the sense that you can also have a block that doesn't have those things, right? Those are independent of each other. But what we're gonna do is we're going to extend the block with entity class and we're going to implement the block entity provider interface. Let's hover over this Implement Methods. Use the Create block entity method that we need to implement here. And then the rest is going to be a totally fine. Now we have this we can actually already do, but here we're just going to say new or a cow can blast or entity with a position at the state. And then that's already done right here. That's actually how easy that can be. Will be also need to do is we need to API over the render type. So I'm just going to copy over this method. You need to override the get rendered type method. Because when you override this class, you can see that it's invisible. I'm not sure whether it is the case of a for whatever reason we just need to override this. That's okay. Then what I'm also going to override is the on-state replace method with some stuff in here, like I've already mentioned, all of the code is available to you in the GitHub repository or in individual just as well. So no worries, you can copy all of that over as well. And this method is actually really, really freaking cool. There's, this will just drop all the insights of the Oracle can blast or entity just on the floor. So this is basically what this does, is actually really freaking cool. And I just highly recommend just using this as well, because that's immediately just drops all of the inventory when you destroy the block. And then there's one more thing of course, and that is the US methods. So as the right-click method when I also put this down here. So you can see that what I'm basically going to do is I'm going to say, hey, if I'm on the river, then I'm going to say, Hey, make a new screen handler factory. And as long as this is not null, then I can open the handled screen. And this is, this basically makes things in motion raise the screen handler via the block entity and so on and so forth. And then basically it opens the screen, but those are the main methods that we're going to need. Then there's one more method that we're going to need, and that is the get ticker method. But this is the ticker right here. I'm just going to get ticker. Then you can see what I'm actually going to return is I'm going to return the check type, hype and unmarked block entities, not recalc blaster. And then I'm going to say or RCA complex entity colon, colon tick. Now this, of course we don't have just yet because we don't have a tick method in our Oracle can blast or entity, but this is what I'm going to add as well. So this basically enables the tick ability for your block entity. So take, you probably have heard this is a 125 of a second and basically is going to be constantly done, right? So each tick, so every 125 of a second, something can happen. And this is exactly what we want to do inside of our entity. Every tick we can now do something. And the way we're going to do this, I'm going to copy over 1234 methods. So that is once the public static void tick method, and then three custom methods that are going to be needed for demonstrating how you can, for example, craft something. Now, this is a crude example because in the next lecture, we're going to make custom recipe civilization and customers happy types along word for basically saying we can make JSON files for our own like machine, for our own block entity, which is really cool. But for the time being, we're going to use this just so that we have any functionality here. And you can see though, so the tick method here, it has four parameters, world position, we have the state, and we have the entity itself. Now what's really cool is that the entity, we basically have access to this and can do whatever we want with it. You can see what I do is I can say, Hey, doesn't have a recipe and has not reached that limit. And then I will craft the item that's sort of the general idea here. And what I will do here, you can see is I'm going to just going to remove the first stack, the stack from the slot 0, from stops lot one and from slot two. And then I'm sending the stack in slot 3 to the Oracle can pick x here and I'm getting the same count. So I'm just going to increase the count. That's a general idea. And then here actually we need to put three in there. So that's very interesting right there. What is required for this? Well, in the first slot, I need to have called sliver, and the second slot I need to have a golden pickaxe. And in the third slot, or the slot with index two, I'm going to have to have an oracle ingot. That's the general idea. And if all of those are true, and if the stack has not reached the limit, then we can craft the item and we'll then the rafter, the item is crafted. Now this is going to look similar in the next lecture, but a little bit different. Because once again, this is just a very crude way of hard coding everything. And I promise you definitely don't do this. This is just an example right now for this lecture, just so that you can see any functionality. Next lecture, we're going to do it properly. There are very nicely with the recipe serialization, I highly recommend. That's why I said watch both lectures one after the other immediately, because it's going to be way, way better, right? But for the most part, the block entity is done of the screen handler here is the last thing that we need to do. But for that we're actually going to need the screen handler and the screen. So in the MC course package, right-click new package called screen. And then inside of there, we're going to create a whole bunch of stuff. Well, the mode screen handlers, That's the first one. And then the second one is going to be the recalc blasters screen. And then there's going to be the outcome blaster in handler. And that's going to be fine. And we're going to take a look at the screen handler first. That is going to be the most important, one of the most interesting one. Once again, I will actually copy over the entirety of the class and we'll go through it piece by piece. No worries there, right? So there we have it. And we're going to have a few arrows theorem, no worries, because of course, we have to set the oracle screen blaster. This is pretty much the same thing that we had to do for the block entity, right where we are now referencing this one instead of just getting the type from the parameter. And what you will also see is there's two slots right here, which are for whatever reason read well, those are custom slots. I'm actually going to copy those over as well. Though. They are really, really frequent symbols, as you can see, this one is very simple. And then the results are the few slot is also very simple. And then we can actually import those into the, into the ego. And I'm going to explain those in just a moment as well. But overall, what is the screen handler doing? Well, basically, we're checking the size Hayes the size, correct? Well, it actually has to be four. So that's very interesting. And we're basically saying, hey, this has all of the stuff that we need to do. Just setting the fields here, the inventory, the world. We don't need the world just yet. Well, maybe we need the world in a later lecture. And then we add our own slots. And this is how we add them, this dot-dot-dot slot, and then we make a new slot. And you can see that here I'm making a new motor fuel slot because in here I actually only want fuel to be placed into. And then in these slots, I it does matter to me. And then this is the result slot. I also don't want the player to be placing things in there, only the tile entity or the screen handler basically. This is very easy. This just overrides the canon certain method right here and the mod fuel slot, I actually basically took most of this from the fuel slot from the abstract furnace. But you know, as an idea or basically, but that is pretty much all you need to do. The indices of course just count up, right? 0, 1, 2, 3. It'll be fairly self-explanatory as well. And then the x and y here, that's going to be something that's very interesting because this is the coordinates from the top left corner 000 to basically the place where the slot is going to be on the actual UI. I'm going to copy over the GUI that goes in the textures folder, a GUI. And then this is the Oracle can blast or GUI. And I'm going to open this. And what I will basically explained is that the way that it works is the following. That if I'm gonna do this for example, right? You can see that. You can see that, right? So right here is 0, 0, we're going to count down. And then we're going to come to the right. And then this pixel right here is what we need for this slot. And you can see it's exactly 18 to the right and 50 down. That's the general idea. If you have Photoshop or if you have GIMP or paint.net, you can usually do is you can use the Select tool to see how far away this is and you just kinda have to count it. That's the only way that this really works, is very annoying. It can be very annoying, but it just is what it is. And then we have these two helper methods, which are also called the inventory and the player hot bar. Now, those are just nicer to read than just having this stuff in there once. It's like, I don't know, understand why this isn't done in vanilla as well. Because in vanilla is just this stuff. Just like put into the constructor. I'm like, okay, that's weird. Then the transverse lot method is something we're just not going to look at at all. This just enables us to Shift-click a stack into this, into our custom entity, block entity. Whenever we're not going to look at this because this is actually fricking nuts. This is the worst method I've ever seen. I just don't want to have anything to do with it, so it doesn't matter. We're just gonna say, thank you that this works and all is well, we can use method will basically just says, Hey, can we use this? That's pretty much it. If the player is too far away, something like that. That's all that this does as well. So now let's move on to the screen handlers, and let's just put this in here. It's actually going to be fairly straightforward. It's just a public static screen handler type actually of type or a blast or screen handler. Recount come underscore blast or underscores screen underscore handler. Handler. There you go. Is equals to a screen handler registry, green handler, registry, registry they ago. And this is going to be a simple one, but that's very important with a new identifier from C corps mod, mod ID. Once again, all recalc come on her score blaster. And then after the first parentheses, we're gonna say recalc and blaster screen handler, colon, colon new, and end that with a semicolon. That's all that we need here. Once again, the code is of course also available. You can also copy this over. Now to not write everything out. Here in the screen handler, we can see the era has resolved. Now in the plaster entity, we can also finally resolve this arrow here as well. We can just say this is going to be a new record can blast or screen handler with the sink ID, the inventory. And then this as the inventory, because this is of course an implemented inventory. Therefore, we can just pass it in our own block entity. And then we can close the block entity. We can close this. We can close this. And then just the screen is left and the screen is, like I said, pretty much just the image. Now of course, it's a little bit of a hyperbole. There is a little bit more to it. I'm going to copy this over as well and I'm going to explain. So overall you can see that this is a handle screen of oracle comes blessed her screen handler, very important that this is a handled screen. It also points to the texture you can see this is a identifier that points to the textures GUI or a calcium blaster GUI PNG, That's also has to match. And then we're basically drawing the texture right here and in the draw background methods. So basically this just centers the title in the middle of the block entity. And then the render method just renders the background, the tooltips as well. And this draw texture method is going to be very interesting, especially in the next lecture, where we're going to add the fire progress and the arrow progress bar does. This is what you need to call basically to add more stuff to the image, to draw more on the image. Because if we take a look at this, you actually have the fire here and the arrow right there. And this, we need to overlay over this and basically expanded the size of it depending on, let's say the progress for example. So that's the general idea here. But for the time being, this one, right, the draw texture with x, y, 000 background width, background height just basically draws the entire team of the Goo here. That's the general idea. Apart from that, we also have to call one thing in the MC course, compliant method or rather class. And that is going to be the screen registry, registry that register with the models being handlers dot or a Malcom last year Sweden handler and the calcium blaster screen colon, colon new is very important that this is going to be the screen in the second parameter and the mode screen handlers basically reference in the first. Very important, once again, can be a little bit confusing sometimes, but this is the basic way that it has to be. And then everything should be set up properly. And they mean this point, Let's see if it works. Or you find ourselves back in Minecraft. And as you can see, let's just see what happens. There is that the recalc and blaster, and you can see everything is still working fine. We can even shift click that, that's even better. That's pretty cool. Now, let's just put the, if we tried to put anything else in here, it doesn't work. The course level, however, does work because it caused liver is a fuel item, therefore it works. And then here we also can't insert anything. Let's just put in a very welcoming and at the bottom, a pickaxe at the top. And then here a recap could pick x should appear. And there it is, it actually did work. Now, I'm not a 100 percent sure if they're still an arrow with this. No, there isn't. This all works. And this also doesn't work because the stack limit here has been reached. So we can add another one, and as soon as I remove it, the other one is added. Though. The Oracle can blast are basically already working. Of course, it's not firing here and it's not having a progress bar at the moment. This is what I've been saying. Basically making everything hard-coded and stuff like that is definitely not advised. It's just a way that you can actually see, hey, it actually does work and everything here is, well, great end working fine, right? One more thing we need to add to the blast or entity are two methods which are very important to saving the inventory when the actual world gets well, when you move out of the world, and that is going to be the right NVT and a read NVT method. And you can see that at the inventories are right in meaty than inventories read and Read empty. There you go. So that would have been fatal. Well, there you go. So this is basically the inventory, right? Mit's just writes the inventory default lists here to the NVT data and then the red one just reads it out. So that's the basic idea here. And that is very important that we also call this as otherwise, when we close out of the world, it doesn't save the inventory. So that's the general idea there, right? So for example, right now I have 62 calls livers in here. Well, let's just close the world. And let's just go in there again. And let's see if the coal slivers remain and they are still there. And there they are 62 cause lovers, Let's go. Everything saved. Like I said, this is a very convoluted topic and there's a lot of moving parts in here. The cheat sheet will be available to you as download as well as of course you have the GitHub repository and the just where you can basically take a look at everything you're going to need to add in here. And overall, it just is going to be, it is just how it is. So the entity of the block entities are just very complicated and you will just need to push through and just try to understand each part of it. Hopefully, I was able to basically facilitate that, whatever the case may be. This is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful in the learns of the new, If you very much Appreciate it, review from you. Otherwise, I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh, yeah. 87. (Advanced) Custom Recipe Types: All right, welcome back the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at how you can add a assume recipe type Minecraft a. Previously we have made our recalc and blaster broke entity. And I've told you that it's a very crude way of crafting right here. Because what we want is we want to be able to use normal recipe JSON files or our blaster entity as well. This will not only make it a way better because we don't have to hard code everything into here. And then also, and this is even better. It enables more pack makers, for example, to add custom recipes for our lock entity and things like that. So once again, I will be copying over a majority of the code. So this is all available to you in the GitHub repository or in the jurists as well. So you have everything available to you and I will explain as we go along. So in the MC course package, right-click new package called recipe. And then inside of there we're going to need two classes, immortal recipes class. And then also the recount come last or recipe. And we're going to start by copying over the entirety of the blaster respiratory costs. Now, once again, I will actually go through this and I will explain, there should be no errors in here. So first of all, you can see that this implements the recipe of simple inventory. This just makes sense because a simple inventory is pretty much just this is simple inventory. You can see there are three fields. There is an output, there is a default list of ingredients, which are the recipe items. This will be the inputs and there's also an identifier. This is basically the name that you can have in your JSON file, but we're going to see that in just a moment. So the Oracle can blast recipe constructor takes in exactly those three different parameters that you have as fields. That's very important. And then there's a very important method and that is the matches method. Now the matches method, as you can see, take it in the inventory and you can also get the recipe items. So the recipe items, this is the list that has been read in from the JSON file, meaning that whatever basically list you have of ingredients or items inside of your JSON file. These are going to be saved in here. And what this tries is it's gonna say, hey, that's the first ingredient inside of our list, like from the JSON file, match the stack inside of the inventory. If that is the case, we're going to continue if then the next one matches with the, with the stack and the inventory of the second slot. For also going to, we're going to return this, which is hopefully going to be true then in this basically determines whether or not there is a recipe present inside of the inventory. That's very important. So this is one of the main methods which is very important. But also if you have a bigger inventory, if you have more slots that you need to put things into. This is the part where you have to define the functionality. Basically, this is going to be the thing that's most custom. When you make your custom recipes or custom rock entities, basically if they look completely different, if they maybe have like 12 different slots and then you need to put certain things into certain slots and stuff like that. This is basically the method where most of this is going to be what the functionality is programmed into, like implemented. And it's very, It's very hard to really go through, okay, how you have to do everything for every different way. Once again, here, at this point, Java knowledge, if you don't have it, you're going to be lost probably forever. Um, this is not, this is very, very complex and I'm sure you've figured this out at this point already. This specifically here is going to be very interesting. Indeed, the rest of the methods are actually not that interesting. You for the craft method, we just, the output Fitts's just true. Get output is just a copy of the output, the identifier. We'll just get ID, which is turning the edim. And then here we come to interesting stuff and that's the recipe serializer as well as the recipe type. Because we can see we have two static classes in here, the type class and the serializer class. And that was actually just help us immensely because they just make our lives easier. Because we have the instance here of the type as well as the serializer. And we can just ask those in to those two methods here to where the type class is not that interesting. The serializer class you can see actually has three methods. That's the read, the read, and the write method. So let's go through those as well. The first thing here, this string right here, the name that it has to be given in the JSON file. Very important. We're going to see that in just a moment. But this is very important that this of course matches there. And then we have the read method here. This is the read method from a JSON file. So this is going to read in from a JSON file, and you can see this. So this reads in first of all, the output here. And it's going to read in a adjacent area of the ingredients. And then it's going to make a default list once again of size 2. Now you might say, wait, but we have four different lots. Yes, but we only have two input slots. We have one fuel slot to input slots and one output slot. And this is why there's only two year, because the inputs, there are only two inputs. Every any, in any recipe. Basically, we're just going to set those inputs properly. And then we're going to make a new recipe right here. And the same thing pretty much happens with the other read and the write method does that we use at the packet buffer. So this all works via the year the network. Now what's very important here is that when we write stuff, right? You can see what I'm doing is I can see I write an integer with the size of our ingredient list. Then I write each of the ingredients, and then I write the output. This order has to be exactly the same here. So you can see I read an integer which is going to be this one. Then I read each of the ingredients and I'm done. And then I read the output, but the order that you write it for the packet buffer has to be the same as the order you read it in. You make a mistake there. In the development environment, you're actually not going to see anything that's wrong with you, are going to see you. Something that's wrong is as soon as you put it on the server and you try to join the server, then this will no longer work. Very important, very important that you keep that in mind, that everything here matches. And that pretty much is the recipe bus for your customer recipe. There's a bunch of things of course, that you could change, right? If you say, Hey, I actually have multiple outputs. Of course you could change this. You can say, Hey, I actually only have one input or have even more inputs, or you can, this is all. There's something we are. Probably Java is what keeps you back because most of this stuff is pretty much just normal Java stuff. There's almost nothing in here that says Minecraft. The only thing that says Minecraft is item stack basically. But that's something that people that know a lot of Java, but not a lot of Minecraft could probably still figure out very, very fast. So that's something I really want to drive home. We're basically it's over like the playground is no more at this point. We're like Indeed and yeah, it's just is what it is going to be, but we're just going to continue along and that is going to be in the recipes class. And I'm actually going to copy this over as well. This is actually very straightforward. You just have a register method and you can see first of all, we're drawer, we're registering the recipe serializer with the ID from the serializer and then the instance and then the recipe type. There's also the idea of the type and then the instance of the type as well. So that's fairly straightforward as well. And this one we actually have to call inside of the MC course MOD class. And we're going to call this. Let's do it right right here. Mod recipes, not register that you go for that we've called this, that's very important. And then both of those classes, we can actually close because we're done with them. And we can then proceed to continuing to the entity. We already have this open here. And now this is going to be very interesting, is we're going to majorly rewrite the entity here. Because what we're going to add is we're going to add a property delegate. So I'm going to copy this over once again, all of this is available to you and you can see we have a protected final property delegate and this will be created or let's say yeah, created inside of the constructor. So I'm going to also copy this over. You can see this property delegate is equal to a new property delegate. And then we have switch statements that referred to the progress, the max progress, the fuel time, and the max fuel time. The general idea is that we have those four integers or those four data points that we want to pass into the screen handler. And then later to the screen so we can show the progress and also the fuel. Well, basically in the amount of fuel that's still burning. So this is going to be a little bit more complicated once again, because we have to do this in a property delegate because this has to be saved on the server and the client. Because once again, the screen is client only and the rest is basically both server and client. And if we just pass it over, it's not going to work. You're basically reaching over the barriers there, which you should not do. So this is very important. And then we also should add three things to the rate in GET method. That's the blaster progress, the fuel time and the max fuel time with the right method, basically putting it right here. So let's just put this right here. That's going to be fine, where we're basically reading in the progress, the field time and the max field time. So that is also all saved right now, the main thing which is going to be the changing of those four methods. Once again, I'm going to copy everything over, but I will hopefully explain well, in a way that is going to be satisfactory. There's a lot of methods that we actually have to copy over. So let's just copy them over and let's see if everything here works. So there's no arrows, which is good. But you can see there's a lot of stuff in here. Let's just go through first of all, the tick method. Once again, the tick method. I've reworked this in the following way. So I have a method here that is called, is consuming fuel. Now is consuming fuel basically means that I have put in a fuel and it's still burning so that the fire is still burning. You know that from the normal furnace, right? The fires burning. And if I were to put in a or block, for example, it would start to smelt. That is the is consuming fuel method. That's what this returns, right? If it's true, then there's still something in there. If it's false, then it isn't. So as long as we're consuming fuel, we're just going to say, Hey, fuel time is going to decrease every tick, right? That's just what happens. Okay, Fair enough. So this should be fairly self-explanatory. Then we're going to say has recipe. Now that has recipe method has changed completely to this end. I'm going to quickly explain what this is. So first of all, we're just going to get the world shouldn't be too crazy. And then we make a simple inventory of the size of the entities inventory. And then we're just setting every stack that we have in our entity to the inventory. Now this is just a shorthand to basically confirm the inventory here. Because our entity is not a simple inventory, but we have to have a simple inventory for our recipe, but that's the general idea. And then here you can see we get this optional of our recipe, right, called match, and then we get the world but recipe manager at first match, where we basically say, Hey, we have this type, read the recipe type, this inventory, and this world, right? And then we just say, hey, is there a match for this type? Is there any recipe that matches this inventory? Basically saying, Hey, if the matches method in the recipe right here returns true. That's the general idea, that's what's called basically, we should actually also be able to see this, but this is definitely more complicated as you can see, that the general idea is that you can see type dot match. The match method is called and that basically caused the mattress method in the recipe. And if that returns true, then we're going to have something in here. And the matches present basically just says, Yes, we have found a recipe that matches or the recipe type inventory that was supplied. So this is true. Then we know that we found a recipe and then there are some more things that we need to check. So for example, can insert amount into output slot, just a helper method that basically says, Hey, if the max count is bigger than the actual count we already got that. We don't insert anything. This just makes sure that, for example, when we already have a pickaxe in there, we can't insert another peck acts, basically making it a stack of to pick axes, which of course doesn't make any sense. And then we have the can insert item into output slot as well, which basically checks, Hey, is it the same item or is the stack empty? So we can just input something in there. But that's basically the methods that it also checks. Let's just make sure that everything is fine and nothing gets basically badly overridden. Well, that's the has recipe method. Once that is the case, we're going to see, hey, is it right now? Doesn't have fuel in a fuel slot. So that is going to be right here. It just says, hey, is the first slot empty basically, because we know that in our slot, which has the fuel with index 0, this is a fuel slot, so there are actually only ever be fuel inserted into it. So that's very interesting. So we can basically say, Hey, if this is not empty, we know that there's fuel in it. And if we're not consuming fuel at the moment, we're just going to consume fuel. But this only happens when we have a recipe present in there, stuff in there. And then the cone Zoom fuel method, actually also fairly straightforward. We're just once again a sanity checking. Hey, making sure that this is not empty, is that we're absolutely sure about this. Then we're setting the fuel time to whatever the actual time of the removed stack is. So if I put in a cold there, I'm going to get returned one hundred, six hundred for the time that it takes the ticks. And then if there's whatever the cause liver, I'm going to get 400 and so on and so forth. So this just sets the fuel time, and then it sets the max fuel time once the fuel time as self as well. Because this, we need both of them to basically be sure to display the progress properly. We need the max, you will the current field time. The field time is what changes. The max field time just basically stays the same once this is set, once the fuel has been consumed, where basically then asking, Hey, is it consuming fuel? And if that is the case, we can progress. So the progress here is the progress of the item being crafted. This is also going to be displayed in the progress arrow. And then here you can see that the time being, what I have set it up is that I always have a max progress of 72. Now, this is something that you could, for example, also change inside of the recipe and saying, hey, this takes longer, this takes shorter, whatever. Also possibility for the time being, I've hard coded it. That's just something that I've decided to do, nothing to worry about. And then we basically say, Hey, if the progress is bigger than the max progress, then we're going to craft the item. And then crafting the item once again, just for their sanity check, basically, both through says, Hey, that's a recipe exists here. If it's present, we're going to remove the slots 1 and 2. So we're going to remove the rafting items are important. We're not going to remove the zeroeth salt because that already happens when we get the fuel. When we consume the fuel, you can see, we can say remove stack from here and then getting the item from that stack. Basically do the fuel stuff. That's very important. So that's why we only remove from 12. And then we're saying, Hey, we're setting the stack of three with a new item, stack of this item, which is exactly the item that is getting from the output. So this is what is read in, in the output of the JSON file of our recipe or customer recipe and account is I'm just going to be increased by one. So if there's nothing in there, it's going to be set to one. If there's already something in there, we're just going to increase it by one. So that's the general idea here. There's also some other ways that you can do this. So for example, we could make it so that you can specify a count of how many there are. And then instead of increasing it by one, you increase it by that count, so on and so forth. There's a lot of stuff that you can do, but Overall, this is the way that we're doing it for the time being. All of this pretty much as we go along, is very much more and war variable, or you would say customizable. So you can do more and more stuff here. And then we're calling the entity reset progress method, which just sets the progress back to 0 so that we know that everything is basically reset their right and sadly we're not done yet. But hopefully this was a good walkthrough of this and explains all of this very well, identically hope so, if there are any questions remaining, please use the Q and a, and I'll try to answer the questions best I can. I also highly recommend just being open to experimentation, playing around with this a little bit, just trying out a bunch of stuff. That's always the best thing that you can do. Because what we need to do is we need to go into the screen and the screen handler classes. We actually need to add a new parameter here that's going to be the ROM Party delegates, so Property delegate, old delegate. And it's just format this a little bit differently than inside of the other one here we're just going to say in new every property delegate of size four. And then we want to add this as a field as well. So when I say private, final property delegate or property delegate. And then we're just setting this after the inventory here are pretty delegate, delegate. And then in the entity, we're going to get an arrow right here, because now we have to pass in this dot Property delegate as well. And the error here disappears, the entity should be done. Now, I believe I'm fairly certain then here at the end, or we want to add is we want to add the add properties and then just added the delegate right here. That's literally all that we're doing. And there we also need four different methods that we want to be over. And I'm going to explain those of course as well. We have the crafting method. This just says, Hey, do we have any progress at the moment? If we do with them, we are crafting. You have any fuel. This just means that if the fuel is more than 0, we know that we're having some fuel that is being burned. And we both need the scale progress as well as the scaled fuel progress. Now, you will see that those methods are pretty frequent insane, right? Well, the idea is that just, those are just the normal things that you have to calculate in order to get the error. For example, to shrink or the progress arrow to increase, right? So this is progress arrow here is of course not quite right, right. This is the fuel progress size, let's say somebody like that, because the size of the few progress. So once again, if I open up the GUI here, this is 14 by 14 and we're going to basically go down, right? So we want this to be 14 if the fuel is complete, and then we just wanted to go down there with this one. This is 26 across. So this is why this arrow sizes 26. So this is always the width of the pixels of your arrow or the height, depending on if you want to go from top to bottom, bottom to top, or from right to left to left to right. That's the general idea. Something is confusing here. No worries. Try out a lot of stuff by out some values, see what reacts, what happens. Always recommend, right? But overall, this should still be some basic math here. This shouldn't be too crazy now, but we are using this. Well, we're using this in the green box right here. And I'm going to copy over the last two things that we're basically going to need. And that is the broad textures right here. So this is going to be the arrow and this is going to be the fuel texture. Now you already see there's some pretty crazy stuff in here. Yes, that's the thing. Because what happens is that the offset here, right? The 8422 is going to be this offset. So I'm going to show you this. So this is the error rate and the arrow starts right here, and that's 84 pixels to this side, and then 22 pixels from the top to the bottom. And that's where I want to draw this arrow, right? This is where I want to draw this. And then what do I want to draw? Well, that's this one. So the 176 and the 14 coincide exactly here. Then the question is, well, what is the size of what I want to draw? The height is always going to be 36 rates, so that's always going to be there. But then the scale progress is going to increasing. So the width of what I want to display basically is shown as the progress increases. And that's how the arrow is drawn. Now for the fuel, as you can see, this is way more complicated because what I actually want to go from top to bottom, and because the values here start with 0000 right here, we have to do some math craziness right here where we increase and decrease that stuff. I wouldn't worry about this too much. This is pretty much always going to be the same idea when you're using something that you want to increase from up to bottom. Overall, playing around with this is going to show you how it works. I hope that the general introduction here makes sense, right? So where you basically know where those values come from, what they're pointing to, and why we basically call what we're calling here. Well, that, that sort of makes sense here. But otherwise, we are actually done with a code. It was, once again a pretty convoluted thing. Lot of stuff in here. So let's now add a custom recipe as well. Worse because we have to have recipe. Otherwise we can't. Anything through this is going to be in our data folder and the recipes folder. And this is going to be the recalc and pick X from recalc and blaster. So this is in the MC course recipe they go and this is how it looks like. Type is MC cores or a cow can blaster. And it's going to make a warning because that doesn't exist. No. Believe me, it does exist. We just made it. And then you can see the top one is going to be a golden pickaxe. The bottom one is going to be an a or a calcium ingot, and then the output is going to be an Oracle can pick x and you can just literally add multiple JSON files looking like this. And they will all just work. That's the beauty of it. This is why the while. It does seem like a lot of work in the beginning. As soon as you can add those JSON files in there, you have a much easier time with it. So just to make sure, let's see if it works. Or what we find is that in Minecraft. And the first thing I want to say, if you already have a block entity that you sit down deleted, like destroy it because this might have some adverse effects in there as the NVT data that has been saved for it might be very different. We have to actually set this down again and we can still open it totally fine. That is very good. But let's just get some golden pig axis here as well. So you can basically see whether or not this is going to work. So let's put the coals liver in here. Let's put the oracle coming into the bottom and then right here, and let's see if something happens. And there it is. Look at the progress starts, This goes down and bam, in Oracle can pick x, the two items are gone. Let's see if we could both in there. So this doesn't have like nothing happens and pull out the sliver and you can now see it's still working of course, because there's still fuel in there. And bam, we have one, the Orca come in, get here, remains. And then there's one big X there. If we don't have fuel, nothing happens because we don't have fuel. And as soon as I put fuel in, its gonna get consumed. And we're going to continue with this. Though. There it is. Everything is still working pretty much even better than before. We now have progress. We see how much, how much fuel there's left. And all of this is absolutely great. So I mean, it couldn't be better. Everything's still working and this is great, right? So once again, this was definitely more complex lecture one more time. But this is pretty much going to be the rest of the course pretty much because now we're going to move on to other things. And then the world generation is going to come in, which is also going to be very complicated. So it just is what it's going to be. But for the time being, this is pretty much it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and urines of the new, and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 88. (Advanced) Custom Wood: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding custom wooded to Minecraft. So we're going to make a little bit of an easier topic, basically covering this in this lecture, this so that we can basically recover from the last two lectures. And then afterwards we're going to immediately continue with craziness. For the time being. Logo would stripped, would strip blog and planks. All of those are going to be added right here. Let's just take the pink rose and let's make this the cherry underscore blossom underscore log. And then of course, very important that we change this in the name as well. So cherry blossom underscore log, then this is a pillar block. For pillar block right here. There's only one parameter. And then that is pretty much all that we need to do. So this will copy the oak log and then we're just going to copy this five times for that we have on the like this. So groupings of two times two and then one lone. And then we'll just gonna go through. So this is going to be the cherry blossom would cherry blossom wood. And the only thing that changes here is going to be that this actually takes it from the oak wood. Now this is not strictly necessary. However, I like to do this. So why not? This is going to be the stripped underscore cherry log. And same for the name. It starts with stripped. And then this is going to be the stripped oak log. This one is the stripped underscore. Cherry blossom underscore would. Once again same here. Underscore Cherry Blossom would. And then it is going to take the same here stripped. Ok, would they ago? And then this is going to be the underscore. Planks are important, that is plural. Or planks are usually in Laurel. And then this is going to be a crazy block, the normal block. And this is going to take the planks here. So this is going to be the underscore planks ego. And that is all of the blocks registered. Well, that was fairly straightforward, wasn't it? Yes. So what we're going to need here now is what we need to make them skippable. How do we do this? Well, that is actually really freaking easy in the modern registries class. We're just going to add a new private static void for the register strip bubbles method. And this is going to call the scriptable block registry. That register with the mole block start a ribosome log and then blocks dot stripped cherry blossom log. So that's very important. We're just going to duplicate this with Control D. When change this too would, then changing this would as well. There you go. And don't forget to call this right here. So that's very important. Register strip bubbles right there. And then the strip mobility, so to speak, is already done. N is already cold. And now let's move on to the favorite part of everyone get's files, the adjacent file. Or actually, I would say that they are definitely a bit more complicated than you might expect. So we're going to have just five blocks is Js files and we're just going to take a look at them in general. So you see a pillar block basically looks like this. It has axis, x axis, y axis d block state properties here and the values that it can take and then just points to the same, or would it points to the same model, however, just rotated in the log however, you can see that this points to the horizontal one and this one as well. And this one points the normal blog. So this is pretty much the only difference between those planks are absolutely boring, just normal Bloc states. Based on file. Nothing crazy going on there. Let's add the translation as well because that's going to be, and then I, well, I mean, I sometimes do forget it. So let's add it as well. Let's just put it right here. So that's something like this. The log, the wood a log the would often stripped versions and the planks. And of course, all of the code, the JSON files, all of that is all available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. Because especially when we now get to the block model JSON files, well, that's where we start to basically say, well, you know, probably copying over. I can now understand why this might be sensible. Because at some point, it just is a lot. So this is going to be seven files again. Oh, let's just add those so we're going to have the, let's just close a bunch of stuff here that you go to log. This has a lock top, right, of course, because the top and the bottom, the ends look different from the sides. This is the cube column as well. And then the same goes for the horizontal, pretty much the same thing. The planks are normal planks. I mean, I don't know what to tell you. The planks are very boring actually. The end for the wood is the same because the the wood basically it's just the bark. So what's all around? That's the idea there. And then we have the stripped top and the strip log. Once again, very much the same. It's, it, it all stays the same, very much like the rest is not that interesting. All things considered, It's pretty much all there is to it, right? And then the item models are pretty much also just barely standard. Well, those are just going to be 5 luckily. And also still all available to you. So they just point to one particular parent, basically one particular block model. And then we of course also want all over the extras here. Let's get all of those over as well. They ago, those are also just five funnily enough. And that should pretty much be it for that. And what one other thing that we want to do is we basically want to already add some stuff or future-proofing, so to speak. So in the data folder, in the Minecraft folder, we're going to add some tags. So number one, we're going to add the log logs and the logs that burn tags. So we can see the following. So you can see that here we're using hashtag MC course, cherry blossom blocks. That's fascinating. What is this? Well, we're actually going to have a custom cherry blossom logs tag as well. So we're going to copy this one over as well, is just normal tags as you can see. So this just points to all of the logs and then we can reference all of those as a tag like this here, which is very interesting. And then in the logs that burn, we basically do the same thing. So we just do this. The logs that burn. If we have those in there, then we can basically use the logs as you will items. So that just adds them immediately to fuel items. Then another thing that we're gonna do in the tags, Minecraft tags, Right-click new directory for items. And then inside of there, we're going to add the plank stack, but we're going to just add this go. And we're going to have the MCQs, cherry blossom planks in there because that will enable us to craft certain things with our planks. So for example, a crafting table or I think that that's like probably almost it. I think that there's only a limited number of things that we can craft with Planck's piston, for example, would also work. So something like this. And then what's also very important is that because we've already added those logs to our logs tag. Once we introduce leafs, they won't display next to our logs. So that's very important, but that is all that we need to do to basically to add our custom would. So let's see if it works. All right, We find ourselves back in Minecraft. As you can see, everything has been added and I can set it down and it absolutely looks just amazing. 0 once again, just all looking great. And we can also strip it right-click with an ax. You can see, I can strip all of that jazz and everything is working fine. So I mean, that's pretty much all there is to it, to add custom would Minecraft, right? Once again, of course, all of the code at the JSON file are available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. But this is going to be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 89. (Advanced) Custom Signs: All right, welcome back the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be adding a custom sign to Minecraft. For adding a custom sign, actually made fairly easy because we are going to be using, this is the fabric sign example from new poll is a very useful ball basically repository. Now I do want to make sure that you are aware of that this is under the GPL, basically general public license. So if you want to use the exact same code in your own model, make sure that you follow the license, just making sure that this is understood. This will of course, also be linked in the resources. And let's just continue here. So let's just actually take a look. We're going to need two things. First of all, and that's going to be two mixin. Interesting, isn't it? Well, I'm actually going to copy over both of those files. Those are of course, also all available to you. Now they are actually very, very easy. They're not that crazy. So you can see we have the block entity type mixin, where basically it supports our own sign as well. So it's very, it's actually not that crazy, is basically making sure that as long as a wall sign, assign block, or a nd, an entity sign right here, it's going to be fine. And the sine type accessor basically just makes it so basically that we can access the actual sign type. Because the sign type class right here, you can see it's protected. We can actually create a new sign type. And with this, we basically can't. What are we gonna do with this? Well, first of all, we're actually going to add this to the fabric, to the actual MC course mixins Jason, because, oh boy, if we forget that, that would be not so good. We're going to add those right here. This is just the name 1 second of those files, very important that they match. And then we can basically proceed. And proceed. Are we going to in the indie block package actually, so we're going to eat the signs in the block package. So we're going to make a new model sign types. So they're just going to make a public static final sign type, old Sherry underscore blossom. This is going to be equal to the sine type accessor that register new sign type accessor, a new sign type hold, Sherry underscore, blossom. And that's all that we need to do to create a new mod sign type or a new sign type. And then we can proceed in the actual more blocks class. Or we're just going to copy over the planks right here. And then what's very important is that both of those are actually going to be registered without a block item. Because the interesting thing about the signs is that we have a wall sign and a normal sign. And those are going to be we'll have the same items associated with it. So we're going to have a mind block, and then we're going to have a normal sign block. Then the same thing goes in here. All underscore sign, normal line. And then this is a wall sign block, which as a second parameter, actually takes in the mod sign types dot every blossom. And then it doesn't take an a item group here because of course we don't have, we don't have a block item than this one. Same mod. Sign types are awesome and then change this to a sidewalk. There you go. Now those are the two blocks basically registered rectally. That's great. And then in the more items class, we're going to have to create a new item. So we're just going to get to get honey bucket here. Cherry underscore blossom underscore sign. And then same here. Very underscore blossom underscore sign. And this is going to be a sign item I and item. And then the first one is going to be this. The max count is actually going to be 16. And then we're going to have more blocks dot sign. And the more blocks dot wall sign as the second parameter, the ego or the third, I guess. So this is the item done in amine were almost completely done at this point. It's actually pretty crazy how fast this goes, but with the mixins, it's going to make our lives just insanely easier. Like that's one of the great things that the mixin basically provides for us. But the thing that we now need to add is still some block States basins. We'd still need a Hi in block C, Jason right here. So that's going to be the cherry blossom sign, which simply points to the cherry blossom sign. And then we also need the cherry blossom wall sign. We need both of those post, however, pointing to the same block model. And then in the items we're just going to have a, an item here which is the cherry blossom owners could sign. And then same here as well, is going to be the cherry blossoms. And then in the models we actually only like I said, have one model here. And that's the normal sign model because this only defines the particle. As you can see, that's all that it basically requires here. In the item, of course we also only have one item. Well, we only have one item. So there's simply points to the normal texture. That's going to be the item textures here. I'm just going to copy this over. Very awesome sign right there. And then how is it displayed in 3D? Well, this is basically an interesting thing, but we basically need to go into our Minecraft Textures folder again. And then in the entity folder, we need to add the signs folder. And then the name of this right here has to match the name that we're given in the sine types class. So that's very important. This basically has to match this one. And then this is how it's being displayed in 3 D, right? And after having added all of that, Let's see if it works. All right, we finds us in Minecraft and look at this. Well, it actually is going to be a block. Well, I mean, not the worst thing ever, but let's just see if the sign actually works and they go, it works. That's great. Well, I'm in a suit like this again, and then let's set it down on the ground as well. It also works and everything is working great. So I'm, the only thing that we really need to fix is the translation here. But that isn't of course, an easy fix, just changing this to block. And then we're going to also move it down so that we have it a little bit more organized here. But that pretty much sums it up, right? And after having fixed the translation here, we're basically done. And this is how you can add a custom sign to Minecraft. Overall, with the help of the repository. Like I said, it's going to be linked in the resources. It's actually fairly straightforward, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 90. (Advanced) Updating Minecraft & Fabric: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be updating both Minecraft and fabric to the new version, 1181. Right. So updating a version usually can be, well, I'm wouldn't say risky necessarily, but there might be a lot of changes between versions and some things might change. Now, luckily for us, the changes here are actually basically not present. So there are no changes in everything should still work in one 1800s with the new fabric version. What we're gonna do is we're going to open our Gradle properties file. And these are this right here, the dependencies and the fabric properties, other things that we're going to change. And this is exactly the site that we want to open. I already have this open right here and you can see making sure that we are on the correct version here, 1181. And then this is what we want to copy over before we continue a message from the future. As 1 1000th 2 has been pretty much just released, I highly recommend what you do is you keep it on 100 1800s. If you've been following the lectures with 118, I highly recommend you stay on one 1800s instead of updating immediately to one hundred eight hundred and two, because one 1800s to all of the upcoming world generation is not going to work with 172 at the end of the course, there's gonna be a section in which we can watch if you want to go through with one 1800s to just keep that in mind. So highly recommend, keep at 181. And then you can update at the very end of the course, right-click Copy then, then we basically just want to paste it in here and you can see that not actually quite a lot has changed. So the fabric version, we actually are on the newest fabric version. That's great. So we can delete this. We can see that the loader version here is actually new, so we're going to just replace this with it. And then both the version for the Minecraft and then the yarn are also both changed. We're also going to replace both of these. And then basically just save this and then reload it with the load Gradle changes here because now going to rebuild the project with about 1.18.1 and the new yarn version, same with the loader. He could have probably changed the mod version here as well, but we're gonna be fine. I think that this is okay. And there you go, build successful. Now everything here is going to be mapped. And then what we can do is we can, I highly recommend doing the debug for the first time. So running this, when I actually ran it for the first time I bought, the game, didn't start, but as soon as I ran it for the second time it did start. So there's probably something in the background that has to download the first time. So if you are getting an error for some running it, just run it again and see if it works again because that was a very strange thing, but we're just going to see whether or not it's going to work. But of course it's the expected error that because we're not logged in, Minecraft has already started on a different screen. So there you go. One hundred eight hundred one beautiful, absolutely great. And there you go. We're in game, basically it works. Let's just go into the world just to make sure that everything works between versions. Usually if it's the same version, so if it's just the last digital changes sort of speak, the changes will probably not affect too much. Sometimes there are things that are deprecated from one fabric version to the next. That might be the case. I will try to basically keep everything as up-to-date as I can. So basically, I'm going to add a lecture somewhere where it's like, hey, this has changed. You got to do it like this now. But overall, you can see I can still right-click here. They're still, I'm still getting the speed here. So overall, usually everything here still works great, right? And that's actually how easy it is to update. So let's just for completion sake here, Let's do something like Let's do at this point we're at like version like 0.1.5 or something like that. I think I feel like. And then we're going to put this to 118 of the archive base name. We're not going to change because that of course, is still fabric course 118 and that's gonna be fine. But now we're on micro version 1800s and the newest yarn version of lower version as well. And that's actually how easiest to update fabric that has already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 91. (World Gen) Custom Trees: Or I will come back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're going to be adding a tree to Minecraft, right? So adding a tree involves also adding the leaves and a sapling. And this will also involve adding the bear's bones of role generation because the actual spawning of the tree is somehow sort of like a little bit intermingled with the world generation. But for the time being, first of all, we're going to go to the mailbox class and we're going to create the leaves and the saplings. We're going to copy over the planks right here of the cherry blossom planks and we're going to say leafs here, then leaves right here. And maybe elifs block. And this is going to copy the oak leaves. Then the same thing here, cherry blossom sampling and then sapling here as well. And this is a new tumbling block. And then we're going to have the same thing we have previously had. The axis here is protected. Therefore, we're going to need to make a mod that building block class. We're just going to extend the sapling block class over, over this create constructor matching super. And we're just going to make this public. And instead of the sibling block where you use the mod sublingual, now there are actually two parameters that we're going to need. You can see we need a sibling generator. So this is something that we're going to create inside of a new package. So MC course, right-click new package. Old world is going to be creating the world package. And then a new package cool feature. And inside of there we're going to make a new package called tree and industry package. We're going to create a new Java class called the Cherry Blossom tackling generator. We're going to need to make basically new ones for each different tree that we want to add. This is equal to the sapling, sapling generator. And this basically just implements one method and that is the get three feature method. For the time being, we're going to keep this null. We will add the configured feature here in just a moment. Then here we're just gonna say a new very blossom doubling generator. And that's basically all that we need to do here. But both of those are done. Let's actually immediately add them to the proper render layer here, because then we don't have to think about that anymore. So the leaves and the sampling as well. And then also here making sure that this copies the sapling by the way, that's also important day ago. And then we're immediately going to add all of the JSON files because then they are done. And then we can basically continue on with the code after that. They are both all basically just normal JSON files. You can see just the leaves here and the sapling here, or the block States Jason Lange. Translation, I mean, at this point, would be fairly self-explanatory. Here they go the leaves and sapling than with the block model files. The only interesting thing here is that the sampling has a cross parent and a cross texture here, but the leaves are a normal block all around. This is the only interesting thing here. And then there's another interesting thing in the item texture or the sapling. And that is that the sapling actually has a normal texture as you can see. So it actually points to a block texture here, because sapling that is displayed in the world, in the cross pattern is the same as it is in, as an item. Basically, that's what that is the case. Then we can just add the sapling and the leafs textures as well. There you go. And then everything here has been added pretty much so that we don't need to worry about that anymore. And now we basically only need to add the and figured feature right here that spawns with the tree, for example, when we bone meal it. So this is the first part and then the next lecture, we're going to see how to spawn the tree it as world generation. As part of the world generation, though, we're going to create in the features package, right-click new Java class. And this is the mode configured features class. And for this we're actually going to need a few things. Number 1, go, we're going to need, I'm going to copy over those methods. All of the code is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just, you can see that I've registered configured features method right here. This is something we're going to call at the very top of the initialized method, actually Fairly drained, but this is actually where we need to call it a weak need to call it at the very top. Otherwise the order of initialization doesn't quite work. And then we also have this register method, which you can see it's religious registered, a Configure feature under the name that is given here. And that's pretty much all there is to it. And we're going to need this because I'm actually going to copy over the cherry blossom configured feature. And I will explain as we basically go along, what you will see is that we're basically registering it with the name cherry blossom and it is a feature tree configure. So this is the idea. If we middle mouse button click on the tree, you can see this is a tree feature or just a feature. And then as soon as you call configured, it turns into a configured feature. And we're passing in a, b. Feature conflict builder, which then needs some things so we can middle mouse click on this as well and you can see, oh, this is a trunk provider, a trunk placer, foliage provider, a fully to place her and then a minimum size. So the general idea here is that we have a block say provider. This, the first one is, provides what the log is going to be. So this is going to be whatever the trunk is. Then we have a different we can make different trunk places. So I can middle mouse button click on this and press Control H over the placer. And you can see there's different types of trunk placers. And yes, you can also make your own, right? They are, a lot of Java knowledge is probably required because making them it's actually quite hard. Then the third parameter is the leaves that you want to have. And then the blob all, each place, or in this case, is the way that the leaves are displayed. Once again, you can go in here and take a look at the foliage placers Control H. And you can see basically that there are a bunch of options there as well. So once again, I just highly recommend playing around with this a little bit. And then the two layers feature, we can go back again. This was the minimum size, so I'm still not a 100 percent sure what exactly this is. What I believe the general idea is that this is how much space has to be around the tree. If I'm not mistaken, this is something, but the, overall the world generation, there are so many moving parts that it is crazy. And then also it changed from 1 16th, 170 to 180. Now, it all changes fairly regularly. Usually, though. Sometimes it is hard to keep up. But this is, I believe, what this is. And we need to return this in the sapling generator right here. So we need to say mod configured features that cherry blossom tree. Then we will return this. Everything should be fine. So then, now in theory, as soon as we put the sapling down and we bone meal ID, or the time passes, it's going to grow into a tree. So this is basically the first part of this. So let's just see if it works or if I'm says back in Minecraft as you can see, the sapling and the leaves have been added in. Do they not look great for now, let's set down the sapling and less bone millet and let's see if we can get a tree and there it is a tree mighty big and strong. So that's really cool. And let's also just try and just set some of them down here. And let's see if they can actually grow. When I turn on the IM rule, random tics speed and dislike increase it by craziness. Let's see. There they go. Leave this one on actually spawn because it's too close. It we actually have to let us away a little bit and then it's going to spawn probably as well. They you go there, it is totally fine. So everything working totally great, just like you would expect, right? And once again, to recap for every new tree that you want to have, you will have to need a new configured feature of bitter conflict, as well as a custom sapling generator and then a custom sapling. And that's basically the three things that you're going to need in order to basically facilitate a tree growing from a sapling either when he bone meal at or over time. Why? But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and he learns that the new, if you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture, though. Yeah. 92. (World Gen) Tree Generation: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be taking a look at how you can add a stem trees, the world generation. But we've made the custom tray last time and now we're going to add it to the world generation. And specifically, we'll also see how you can very easily filter in what biome this goes to. So what we're gonna do is we're going to need a few more classes for this. The first one is in the features class, Right-click new Java class called the model placed features is very important. This is probably going to be the main class today. And this is going to be very interesting because this has a two different methods that we're going to need. Once again, I will copy them over. The court is available to you, of course, in the GitHub repository or an individual just this, the method register place feature and the registry key method. Well, both of those are very important here. And the one of them basically, this gets the registry key for a specific place features. So this is sort of what we're going to need to refer to when we actually want to spawn it. And this, this actually registers the place feature and the actual registry key I will also copy over, actually fairly straightforward. You can see it's just a registry key of a registry key of place feature what the cherry blossom placed key. And this is equal to the registry key. And then the name here, basically the same name as the placed feature will get as well. So that's very important. But before we can make the placed feature for the tree, we actually have to get another configured feature in here, right? So now there's something very interesting. So to basically see the vanilla code for the features and stuff, we can go to the features class. And now what you might have is the blue line here and basically nothing else in here. To fix this, we can go to the terminal and we can put in dot, dot slash Gradle, w, Jan sources. And then just run this through and then let this run through. And then after it has been done, hopefully, the sources will basically generate for us the way. There's another trick that we can use basically to actually see the real sources, basically for Minecraft. Right there we go. 58 seconds. Build successful, That's very good. If you get a build failed and it says, Hey, I like this one. Look at this. You're not using the correct version. What you can do is you can add the Java home to the radial properties where you have to change your Java home environment variable, either of those would work. But for the time being, this is fine. So now we can do is we can middle mouse button, click on Feature and you will see this still doesn't work well, I can go to choose sources. And then I'll say, I'm going to use the map sources. I say yes and see all of a sudden everything is in here. And now we can actually see what the actual source code looks like. And for this one, for example, that doesn't really interest us too much. But if I middle mouse back, click on it again, you can see everywhere where this has been used. And you can see that it is used in the tree configured features classes like, oh, that's very interesting, isn't it? It's like, Yeah, it's very interesting to, let's see, for example, the AUC configure feature is a configured featured on register with the tree configure feature with basically the features of OK. You can see that here. Basically it's just a already done builder. You can see tree conflict builder. And then literally all that we've done as well, right? We've made a lock stateProvider of the log. We made a trunk placer and all of that jazz. So all of this is done here as well. But now this actual tree feature, config configured feature is used again. So if I middle mouse button, click on this again, you can see this is used in the tree place features, right? And if I go in here and see that this is now a placed feature object and this one, as the width would survive filter on it. But now it gets even crazier and please bear with me for the time being. You can see that this place feature is then used in the vegetation configured features with some other random stuff. So this is like insane, right? So that you can see this is the line, so line 66. And see this is the dark forest vegetation, which once again is a configured feature of random feature Conflict. This one is used in a place feature. Again, though we're basically going from configured feature to place feature to configure feature to place feature. That seems crazy like way to go about this. What I do highly recommend is going through all of the feature classes here. Basically, there is a crap ton of stuff in here. It's actually insane. There's so many things in here. I just highly recommend going through the, basically the tree place features all over the place features are insanely interesting. And basically to see, well, how does vanilla do it? How does vanilla spawn stuff? And we're gonna do a similar thing. Let's say, Well, the similar thing we're gonna do is we're going to go into our mode configured features class again. So right here. And we're immediately basically going to take this configured feature and making another configure feature out of it. Now I'm going to copy this over as well. This is the one with the random feature config in this case. And you can see this basically takes the feature random selector, mix a new random configured random feature conflict, then either takes the cherry blossom tree with would survive filter of the cherry, sapling or the same thing. So basically, this is a little bit of a convoluted way. There probably is a better way to do this, but for the time being, this is the best way that I've found it basically that it could work and that it should work. And this actually totally fine and we'll work now. The reason why we need the configured feature right here is because we want this filter. Now the issue is that this filter, if I middle mouse button click on this, you can see that this returns a place feature. And the issue is once I have a place feature, I can't do any other placements on it. So I can only ever do one particular placement here. And that's it. Now, there's probably, like I said, another way to do this That's going to be hashed out and little bit amine 1.18 is very new and the world generation is completely redone. So maybe there's going to be an update to this at some point. But for the time being, this absolutely works by the way, there's no worry. So we're going to use this now and make a place feature out of it. So in the marketplace features, last but not least, I'm going to copy this over as well. This is the cherry blossom placed. And you can see that I'm taking the Cherry Blossom Tree Random, which is exactly this one right here. And I'm going to use this with the placement of vegetal placed features modifiers, which I have, which I can basically go into. So you can see this is basically a particular list of already built modifiers. And then I'm going to say, Hey, take the count extra modifiers. What is this? Well, what this should do is it should spawn one tree per trunk. It has a 10 percent chance to respond to extra. Believe that that's sort of the general idea you're in might even spawn a little bit more. But overall this is the general idea. So if you want, for example, a tree that is super rare, but you can do is you can just say no count 0. And then like a, like a 0.1% chance that one extra one sponsor for example, or but for our purposes here, we of course want to see it. We want to see the actual tree on. So let's do it like this. This basically determines the, how this, how the tree actually spawns. What is very important is that this key here and this key years of those books, book, those two names have to be the same. That's very important. And then what we're gonna do is we're going to need two new classes. I actually, that is in the world-class. First of all, in the work package, right-click new package called Jen. And then inside of there we're going to have two new classes, the mod three generation class and then also the mod world gen class. So in the model tree generator class, we're going to add a public static void cool, generate a tree. Res actually does. Maybe we want to create multiple ones. And here, willing WHO called the mole iam modifications that add feature selectors. And then here we can basically select different biomes. We can say, Hey, just take all biomes, top, take all of the ones in the overwork. We can even go by tag here. So you can see that there's a lot of different ways that we could use this. We're gonna, we're gonna do the categories and we're going to say category dot planes so that we basically only what the spawn in planes by ohms. And then the generation step here, we're going to say generation step, and this is the vegetal decoration. I will show this in a moment. Then the marketplace features that key. So we want the key here to be passed in. And then this will generate our last feature in the all biomes that have the category planes in the generation step vegetal. So actually let's go into this. You can see that there are different generation steps. And it's very important to eat this order basically. So once we, for example, an underground ores, you can see those come before the vegetal decoration. Therefore, we will have to add the oars before it. So this is very important and you will also always have to be basically do the correct thing here. But usually it is very clear what the actual generation step is in the modern world gen, now, there's going to be a simple method as well. That's going to be the public static void. We're just going to call this degenerate mode world gen, stuff that radius or coolest name, but it will suffice definitely. And then this is going to call the model tree generation that generated trees. And then this one right here will just be called at the very bottom of the initialized method. Though, modern world gen, generate modern world again, and that is it. So let's recap one more time. Let's close everything that we have and let's reopen the ones that we've changed. So we had a new configured feature that we have to add to basically make sure that the cherry blossom tree only spawns where a sapling is valid. This is why this is so important right here. That is done, then we can make a feature out of it, which is basically going to filter a little bit even more with some placement. The specific placement that we've chosen was the count extra, highly recommend. For example, going in here you can see placement modifiers for middle mouse button click on this, and I believe I can click on this again. Then you can see, for example, where all of those features have been used. So there are, for example, some already prepared once you're in the place features class, which you can use. So there's a lot of stuff in there. I believe that those are also used with Control H Surely there you can see there's some square placement features, random offset. There's a lot of stuff in here. I just once again can highly recommend playing around with it. Be open to experimentation for it. Especially when it comes to world gen. It is very complicated. And therefore, if you have something in mind that you want exactly how you want it, who, you're going to have to try out a bunch of stuff with that. But this place feature then basically has the same key here as the key. So this key has the same name as the place feature and this has to match. And then we can call it in the model tree generation with this bio modifications, this is a something that fabric gifts to us now this is an experimental feature may be removed or changed without further notice. That's very important for the time being. It still works. We can still use it if it ever changes. I will of course, make and updated lecture somewhere so that you know how you can basically do it without this class. But for the time being, we're going to use it because it is very easy to use and it works perfectly. And then basically that is just caught in the modern world generation or more world gen, class. And that the standard is called in the, on a literalism. So that's pretty much all there is to it for now. Let's see if it works, right? Don't forget to create a new world for this as well. Because of course we mess with the rural generation where every time you do that, I highly recommend making new world just to be sure that everything spawns correctly. So let's see, or we find ourselves in Minecraft. So let's just locate by on planes right here. And let's see if the cherry blossom trees spawn there. And let's see, there they are like it's not a big biome here, but they are spawning. And this is just great. So as you can see, responding, that's sort of the general a deer a year as to how much they are small if the biomes a little bit bigger, you can of course see it little bit like more clearly. But for the time being, this is totally great. And like I always say, when it comes to the numbers, you will have to tweak the numbers one way or the other. So that is one important part of it anyway. So that's something you definitely have to keep in mind, right? But everything works and this is pretty much the first lecture for the World War generation section done. I hope you found this useful and learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. Oh, yeah. 93. (World Gen) Flower Generation: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be taking a look at how you can basically add flour generation to your MOD. Now, once again, a lot of stuff will be copied over, but actually this time it's not going to be that much. The core is, of course, for you available in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. Now, the general idea here is that when it comes to the generating of the flowers, one of the thing that people might ask is, well, how did you figure this out? It actually is not that crazy. It's pretty much the same thing that we've done before. Middle mouse button click on the feature class and then you have the, for example, the flower feature, right? And then I can middle mouse button click on this and can see where it has been used. So for example, it has been used in the flower default. Then what I do is I literally copy over the flower default here you can see I just select the entire line, press Control C, Control V, and then just take a look at everything that I need. And then you can see that, hey, this takes a dandy lion and I'm like, okay, so I can basically replace this with my own flower, stuff like that and so on and so forth. And this is pretty much how you do it, right? You just continuously tribe and then just with that you basically, well, you reverse engineer it and then you know how it works. First of all, we're going to copy over the configured feature here, and we will see that one of the thing here is red, and that is exactly the Create Random patch feature conflict is, I believe it is either in here or actually in the vegetal decoration, I think that is used here. This is not the one that we want. We want to take a look at. This one, I believe. Nope, not the case. So you can see that there's a lot of different ones here actually. And actually the one that we want is the following. I'm actually going to copy it over. This is this one right here. So is the random patch feature conflict from a block sit provider and a number of tries here that this basically just calls this method right here. So no worries there. And the general idea here is that this now fulfills basically everything in this creates the random patch feature conflict. We can actually take a look at this as well. But this is not really going to be that interesting to us, is usually those like feature conflict classes are well, kinda complicated sometimes. I mean, all of this is fairly complicated, as you will probably have guessed and realize at this point. But overall this is the configured feature. And now when we think back, okay, we have a configured feature, but what we also need is we also need a placed feature that is exactly right. So in our model placed features class, now, I'm going to copy this over. Now, this one is actually fairly straightforward because you can see this the pink rose placed and this one's going to be some registers, a place feature. We're going to take the configured feature from our mode configured features class when, say with a particular placement. And in this case we're going to add the rarity filter placement of four and a square placement, just a normal modifier here with also the height map and then the bio placement modifier. So this is pretty crazy, like where does this come from? Well, once again, it plays features of some of the actual flowers. If we just take a look at this right vegetal configure feature. We're just going to take those and then we can, for example, see the vegetation, vegetation place features here. Our warm, that is line 73. And we can just see a rarity here, square as well. It also takes the motion block height map and the biome placement modifier. So that's basically where all of those come from. I just basically took all of this from vanilla and it works beautifully. So that's pretty much the general idea. Now what we are also going to need is a new registry key for it. So this is going to be the pink rose underscore police underscore key. This will have the same name as this once again, because those will have to match. And then that is pretty much all that we need to do now we of course need to still spawn this. But for that we need in the gen package in New Mode, lower generation bus. And I'm actually just going to copy over the method here. It's nothing too crazy. Oh, look at this model placed features, they go and then everything year should be fine. So once again, those are only going to spawn in the planes just so that we have it basically in the same biome. And then this will just have to be cooled right here. So this can either be called above or below it. That does matter because both of them are vegetal decoration. Everything here is called an engineering, has been added properly. Let's see if it works. Once again, don't forget to create a new world as we have once more mess with the world generation. So let's see what we can see. And as luck would have it, we are already next to a planes and there they are, the pink roses morning in small patches here. And you can see there's another patch. And then there's like quite a big patch right here. So that's pretty cool. And you can see, of course, once again, messing with the numbers is the main thing that you will have to do to get your generation. Just write if you wanted a little bit differently. Of course, no worries at all. You can always try that out. But for the time being, this is actually great and they all spawn, well, that's pretty freaking cool, right? But that will already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and ignorance of the new. Once again, all of the code is of course available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 94. (World Gen) Ore Generation: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're going to be doing the thing you've all been waiting for. Let's see how to add or generation to Minecraft when it comes to the generation usually, or generation is pretty much the one thing where everyone's like, Oh my God, I need to know how or generation works. This is the most important thing ever. They want their sport in the world. And that's exactly what we're gonna do right now. But once again, hurry figure this out. We'll middle mouse button click on the feature. And what you will find is that right here or this, or yes, indeed it is a or feature. And if I just click on this, you can see there are some configured features. So for example, there are some diamonds, small diamond, large diamond buried. But let's just take a look at the diamond small configured feature. You can see that this has a or feature Conflict Diamond ors. So what is this? Is it a list of all future conflict, our target, we're actually going to have to make this ourselves as well. But no worries. This is no like this is actually not that hard. Now I will once again copy everything over, but everything here is of course, also available to you in the GitHub repository or an individual just as well. And for a, or, like I said, we need a list of these target here as well as a configured feature. Now that pretty much is all that we need. And you can see that preening the target here, there are basically two targets rate. So if I just basically make this a little bit different so that it reads a little bit different here. So there you go. Now you can clearly see both targets and both basically blocks that are associated with it. A target has a rule tests that it follows, right? So the rule test you can see right here basically just checks, Hey, does this match this particular block here? So in this case we're actually saying, Hey, everything that can basically replaced with a stone, the stone ors, and then there's also deep slate or replaceable. So that's the general idea here. Because of course, our normal or can replace, or should be able to replace normal stone and then deep sleep or should be able to replace deep slate. Now this is not only storing, this can, for example, also spawn in direct and stuff like that. And the same with deep sleep. There's like other stuff, other types of blocks that are can also spawn in the deep state and therefore this is needed. Now, the size here is going to be very interesting because the size, if we actually go in here, you can see that it only says size and the size there means that this should be the average size of a vein. So this should be the vein size actually. And then how it spawns in the actual world, you will be able to configure with the placed feature again, that we actually need a very interesting thing and that is a new class and the features packaged. So this is the mode or eaters and we'll just copy over two methods. Now those methods come from the or feature itself. So from the vanilla or features, I just basically took them and made them public here so that we can have access to them so that we can very easily API over the place feature here, which is the oracle complains as you can see, because the oracle come or with a specific placement and then the modifiers with count. So the count at the various you're basically says how many veins should spawn per trunk. This is at least my current understanding of it, really, that the count modifier is how many veins spawn per trunk. And then we have a height range placement modifier of trapezoid. So you might have seen this picture of how the ores now spawn. And there's different types of features basically, or different types of modifiers have they spawn? There is the trapezoid, there's uniform and you can even make custom height providers. We can see there's uniform trapezoid constant, very biased, weighted, biased towards them. So that is very interesting. So there's different height providers that you can basically put in there. If for example, you're like, no, I want this to spawn like very, very boring, very biased to bottom height provider can be made. You can see you can create those very easily actually. So there once again, experiment, experiment, experiment, be open to experimentation, especially with this visually playing around with this. This is one example of how to do it, right? We're gonna basically going to say, Hey, this can spawn anywhere from negative 80 to plus 80. This is just basically for testing purposes, for the time being. If I wanted to really make this recall from our probably even use the very biased like towards the bottom eight placement modifier because I feel like that's that would be the coolers and would probably decrease the count as well. But we just want to show that it basically works here. And then the key, once again is very easy, but it's just the recalc, underscore or unscrew place key. Then same thing here. This has to be the same name as this one, of course once again, plays feature same with the registry key. And then we just need a new model origin here. So mod or generation also quickly copy this over. It pretty much looks exactly the same as the other ones. This is just demoed placed features they ago. And then this pretty much is found in all the over world. So this is another one and this is in the underground ors generation step. What's very important is that this is called before the vegetal decoration. So MAR or generation generate doors. That's very important. Otherwise it will not properly work. But that is once again actually all that we need. So we just need one configure feature that actually takes in a list of targets, which is very important because you of course want both the store and the deep state or just small size being the size of the veins, basically the vein size here. And then place feature. We can say how many veins per transcripts born, and then in what type of way they should spawn. But in this case trapezoid and then a Y offset. So basically say, Hey, from what Y level to what level should they spawn? That's the general idea. Once again, I highly recommend just playing around with it. You can middle mouse button click and see what you can change. Different HIE providers, all of that. I highly recommend. Just play around with that. If you have different values or different functionality where different way you want your horse to spawn. But for the time being, let's see if it works. And of course, as so often because we've messed with the world generation. Let's create a new world, or a pharmacist in Minecraft in there actually is a very good command that we can use, which basically just fills all of the things below here with air. And we can basically then, I'll take a look at all of this. So let's see if something that we want has spawned in here. And for this one, it doesn't actually look like it. Well, then let's go into not survival, but it actually into the dictator mode. And let's just go through and see if we can find that the, OR right in here, we have it. So some of it spawned. You can see here some more. That's actually old men, even bigger vein right here. As you can see, it spawned perfectly fine. And there's probably even more of it all around us. There it is there some, some more of it even. So, that's actually how pretty cool it is. And this is, of course, deep sleep. Now it also spawns and stone of course. So look at this there, for example, we immediately found it. So that's pretty much how easy this, right? I think I stress this enough that you should just experiment with this a little bit and try it out. So I will not repeat myself, but I will say that this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and year-old's of the new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 95. How to make a JAR File out of your Mod: All right, welcome back the fabric course for 118. In this short lecture, we are going to be seen how you can make a JAR file out of your model. And the way that you do this is you open the terminal and you put in dot slash Gradle w built. Now you're basically just let this run through. This should not take very long. It'll be round about 10 seconds. There you go. Five seconds actually, maybe a little bit longer if your PC is a bit slower, but no worries at all. If you get an error here that maybe you're not using the correct version of Java. You can specify the Java home variable right here so that it takes the correct JDK. Apart from that, you will now find your JAR file inside of your folders. So in the Build folder, actually, we're just going to right-click on this open-end Explorer right here. We're going to build folder libs, and then this one right here. So the one with the shortest name is your JAR file. And you can now add this and try and we'll play with this added to a server, stuff like that. That all just works basically like any other JAR file you might download, for example, from workers forage or something like that, right? But that is it for this lecture right here. And that is also it for the, let's say, planned content for the first content batch of this course. Now there will be more topics added in the future. So after basically this lecture is going to be a section called some additional topics or something like that, where additional topics in the future will be added. So maybe if you're watching this course just after it came out, that maybe does not gonna be anything there. But in the future, something might be out of there. That's pretty frequent, cool. So hopefully some more advanced topics are going to be covered there as well. As, well as maybe some not so advanced topics that might still be useful and that might have been asked for quite a lot, right? But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and ignorance of the new. I'll see you hopefully in the next lecture. So, yeah. 96. (Additional Topics) Update Fabric (1.18.1): All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're gonna be updating our fabric to the newest version. For me at least. I mean, I guess it's probably going to be a little bit of a newer version even for you. But for this, of course, we're gonna go to the Gradle properties file and then we can navigate to this right here. So two fabric EMC Net Versions, HTML and I've already got this open. So these are the new versions here of the yarn mappings, the loader and the fabric version for we continue a message from the future as 118 to two has been pretty much just released. I highly recommend what you do is you keep it on one hundred, eight hundred and one. If you've been following the lectures with 118, I highly recommend you stay on one 1800s instead of updating immediately to 172 because one 1800s and all of the upcoming world generation is not going to work with 1800s. At the end of the course, there's gonna be a section where we can watch if you want to go through with one 1800s to just keep that in mind. So highly recommend, keep at 181. And then you can update at the very end of the course, we're gonna do is I'm actually going to put this on the other monitor and I'm just going to copy it over just like that. And then we have the other three right here. So those are those three they ago and then we're just going to move them over. And that is pretty much it. And then we'll just click the little elephant here is that does not appear. You can always open up the Gradle tab and then click this button as well. And then as it's built, once again, it might take a little while. It might take a minute or two, or it might also only take like thirty-seconds, depends on your speed on the internet connection, whether or not you've updated in the past, stuff like that. But once that is basically run through, we're just gonna basically patiently wait until this one through and then we're going to see whether or not any errors might occur. All right, so you can see for me it took 50 seconds, so not too long, actually totally fine. And overall so at the moment I'm not getting any errors or what we can do is we can just start the run client task and let's just see whether or not some errors might occur there. Of course, once again, might be some red here, some different warnings, at least, that should be totally fine as long as the actual clients starts, we're gonna be fine. This era, of course, like always, it's just a normal error that we've seen basically every time we started the client. So no worries there at all. And there you go. So the window is actually already loaded. And let's see. There we are. So everything working totally fine and that's actually how easy it is to update. Now if of course previously seen an update already, however, I wanted to do it one more time basically before we're going into the wall, the additional topics that we're going to discuss in the, in the upcoming lectures. So those are gonna be really interesting, some really advanced stuff. But I'm sure that we will manage to get through it and it's gonna be really freaking interesting. But that is already at for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 97. (Additional Topics) XP Drops for Blocks: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're gonna be taking a look how you can add experienced drops to your blocks. Now, this is something that puzzles of few people in the past, but it actually is fairly straightforward once you know where to look. And that is basically we're going to press the Shift key twice and then we're going to take a look at the oral block class where I'm going to make sure that include non projects. And then we're gonna choose this one right here. And then actually let's do the, let's actually go into the terminal here. And let's say Gradle w sources just in case after the updates. Sometimes you need to when the, when a lot of stuff updates, you need to actually do the gen sources right here. And let's just let this run through and then we can see what the actual class has to offer for us. There you go. Took about a minute and then it was done. And now what we can do is in theory, we can search for it again, making sure once again, we'd select this and then here we still get the blue bar, but now we can go choose sources right here. Who's the mapped sources say, okay, and then after it reloads, then we should get the proper class. Usually, the difference is not stork, but it can sometimes be a difference. Making sure that we have the proper sources here instead of just the decompile ones. Now, the orange block class right here gives us the ability to also pass in a uniform in provider, which is the experience that drops when actually, while destroying this block. That's actually all that we need to do. So in our mode blocks class, Let's for example, take the oracle outcome or the case of the more, we probably wouldn't want extra experience to drop. But we're just gonna do it here because it makes sense to do this as an example, are usually of course, because our ori calcium or block drops Rory calcium, usually you wouldn't want to add the experience here. But just for an example, we're gonna do this after the fabric block settings. We're just going to add another parameter here and that's gonna be the uniform in provider dot create. We're just gonna say something like a three to seven. Let's see what we can actually also take a look at in the or block right here, we take a look at where this has been used. So middle mouse button click on this and for example, seeing the Emerald or just as an example, we're going to see the provider. Here's exactly 37. That's roughly the size that you want. This I believe, should be all of the different or blocks where this has been used. But of course you can change this. Maybe you have an order that's incredibly rare and maybe you want this to be way higher, but of course also be the case. That's actually all that you need to have your blocks drop experience as well. So for completion sake, let's see if it works or if Francis back in Minecraft. So let's just mine a little bit of this and there you go. See it drops experience as well. And like I said, you can just change the integers they are, and then basically try and dilute into how many experience you want it dropped. And we can just see, I can continue here and h is continuous working. That's actually how easy it is to add some customer experience drops yours. That has already at, for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. 98. (Additional Topics) Adding Transparent Blocks: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom transparent block to Minecraft. This actually once again, one of those things that's actually fairly straightforward once you know what to do, of course, that's usually the trick of it. But let's just go in and let's just copy over the cherry blossom leaves right here. And this is gonna be the winter underscore window, even though winter is slowly but surely fading away. But that is of course fine. There's, of course, it's gonna come back some time. Winter is coming. Of course. We're gonna make this a new glass block they ago and this is going to just copy over the block glass right here. That is pretty much all that we need. Now let's actually also add was non opaque. That's actually very important and let's add some strength here as well. Why not some custom strength? And that's gonna be fine. And for the block, actually that's all we need. Now the reason we need the glass block class is if we go into it, middlemost point, click on it, and then middle mouse button clicking on the abstract class block, you can see that it has first of all, the camera collision shape empty. Then we have the ambient occlusion light level. It's needed so that light gets through. And then we also have the translucent method, basically returning true here. This is why we use the glass block, just makes sense. Now what we also actually needs to do in order for the winter window to be properly added in the MC course client class, we're gonna copy over the sampling here. I'm not going to make this the winter window, and we're going to make this render layer translucent. So get translucent. Very important that we add this as well. And then the actual transparency is done. Now of course, we still need to add the normal JSON files that we're gonna copy those over everything here, of course, available to you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well. The sea, the block States race is completely just a normal everyday, actually kind of boring. Block says JSON file. And then let's also copy over the translation right here. This is nothing, nothing too crazy. Nothing that should alarm you in any way, shape, or form. It's just normal stuff like we've seen a pretty much plenty of times already. Same with the block model JSON file. You can see completely normal what militarism file and we're going to go 33. Yes, we're gonna go through with a three also completely normal item modal JSON file. And then let's actually also get the texture you're over and that would pretty much be it. That's all that we need. So two very important things, making it a new class block non opaque. And then also making sure that this is called your get the translucent render layer. And after having added all of that, Let's see if it works or if answers in Minecraft z, the winter window has been successfully added to the game. So let's just set it down and you can see, there you go. We can look through it and it looks pretty amazing. So working pretty much exactly like normal glass, like you would expect it to. And we're going to have one more thing and we're going to take a look at the texts from one more time to basically show you one other thing that's very important for custom transparent blocks. We've opened the winter window PNG right here. And once, of course, very important here is that those pixels right here are of course transparent. They have an Alpha value associated with it that's less than one. That's very important that the alpha value here for some of the pixels is of course, less than one. Otherwise it's not going to show transparent. So that's pretty much all there is to it as well. You can do this in GIMP, in paint on net or two great programs. I personally use Photoshop, but those two also would work. But whatever the case may be, this is actually already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 99. (Additional Topics) Add Animated Items: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding a custom animated item to Minecraft. Now, adding an animated item is actually a fairly straightforward process. Now this is gonna be a texture that is going to be animated and changing over time. For, for this, of course, we're going to need a new item. So let's go into our more items class unless just upper copy over the bowl item, actually, that's gonna be probably easiest. And among our call this the magic underscore recalc come underscore dust. And then same here. Magic underscore or a calcium underscore dust. Now this is going to be a normal item. Curious, isn't it? Yes, the actual item itself is very, very straightforward to be done. The interesting thing is actually going to be the texture itself as well as the associated MAC metafile. Interesting, what does that, what we're gonna see. But first of all, let's add the translation right here so that we have it. And then we're going to also add the model file. Now the model file, it might say, Well, the model file has to be like crazy complicated, doesn't it? It's probably going to be really freaking awesome. And no, it's actually just a normal model file, as you can clearly see, that just points to a texture. And the texture is the thing that is going to be the interesting, well, interesting part of all of this. So we're going to copy this over, including the MC Mehta file. Now this is of course all available to you in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. And you can see right here, this is the actual dust itself. And you can see that these are multiple textures. And these are the frames that are referenced in the MC metafile. You can see 012345, it's pretty much 012345. They are going, they're going to be basically animated in a French term of 16. I highly recommend changing this and playing around with this a little bit, be open to experimentation here. Interpolation simply means that it sort of fades in and out from one frame to the other instead of changing discreetly. That's the general idea of interpolation in this case, and that is the idea here. So this is actually all there is to it. Now it's very important that the MC metafile has the same name as the, as the texture including the dot PNG. This is incredibly important. Please make sure that this is written correctly. Once again, one of those things where it's best to double-check or triple check the spelling. And for some examples, for blocks. Example, you can go to the external libraries down here to net microbes project maps, so on and so forth. And we're gonna go into the assets folder, Minecraft textures block. And we're gonna take a look at the magma block because that one also is animated. You can see the magma texture actually is free, different textures. And here is the MAC metafile. Once again, pretty much almost exactly the same as with the actual metafile that we have here. You can see it's just a different frame time for the magma and that is pretty much all there is to are highly recommend, like I said, play around with this a little bit. Try it out and see what you can basically come up with. But otherwise, let's actually see if the animated texture works properly. Or a Minecraft. As you can see, the magic dust has been added successfully and you can see that it looks fricking, amazing. It generates or rather animates automatically. You can see that it just, it looks really cool for has a, you know, like a sparkling effect to it. And like I said, this is completely customizable. You can just change the MC metafile, play around with this a little bit and then you can just with that, just with basic stuff like that, you can already add some pretty cool frequent things into your model. That has already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. 100. (Additional Topics) Custom Menu Screen: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be making a custom menu screen. Now this is going to be very interesting indeed, because a custom menu screen is something that's just so very interesting thing to add to your MOD. Now, one of the thing that I want to mention immediately here is that when we're making the menu screen in this lecture, we're going to make it so that it always displays. And then in the next lecture where we're going to talk about configs, we're gonna make it so that you can figure out whether or not the thing displays. That is very important that you add that. Because otherwise your MOD will never be added to any mod pack ever. You have to make this configurable. But that's something that we're gonna see in the next lecture. In this one, we're gonna make the wall custom title screen. Now, what's going to be really interesting is that I've seen a lot of ways that this has been done previously, but basically always using the title screen class. So this is gonna be the title screen. There you go under this one right here and that microbe client GUI screen. And it was very strange because they always basically just made the entire title. Screen maker made a mixin and just changed. I mean, a lot of stuff in here. And I was like, I can't imagine that that's gonna be the only way to do it. And in fact, actually it is not the only way to do it. I have found a much, much easier and better way. So we still going to need one mixin, but it's gonna be very simple. So first of all, we're gonna make a new class mimics and packaged quality screen mixing. Go and it's going to look kind of like this. I'm going to copy it over. I'm going to say, Oh my God, that's way too much exactly. It's almost nothing. You're going to make this an interface. This is going to be mixing the screen class. And it just has going to have an accessor here or the drawables list. That's all that we're gonna need here. That's literally all that we need. Then of course, for the mixing, we also need to add this are mixed in right here now, very important, this is under the client. That's very important because this is only going to affect the client. That's why we have to have this right here. We can also see this in the screen environment, value, environment type here is client. This only has happened in the client. Therefore, we need to put the mixing in the client, in the mixing JSON. After we've done this, we're now log. Okay, how are we going to proceed now? We're gonna make a new title screen. Let's just going to be in the util package. Right-click new Java class called the, I'm gonna call this the kelp and title idle screen. There you go. This is going to extend the title screen class. You can see we actually don't have to hover over this and we don't have to do anything here. But what I'm going to do is I'm going to copy over the contents of this. Once again, all of this is available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. I'm going to explain what the FREC is. Hubbard here. We can see this splash. This is the actual identifier that points to my image that I wanted to replace the normal image width. And then we also have the Minecraft title screens texture. This is just the Minecraft that's written basically on the top, middle, top of the actual title screen because we had to actually add this. Again. The way that this works is we call this render method. The first thing that it does is it renders the normal title screen. Then as you can see, I've separated this into four different methods here. Then we're drawing our custom title screen. Then over that we're going to draw the Microsoft logo with I'm going to draw the copyright notices, and then we're going to draw the title screen and buttons. I was very important is that definitely always keep the copyright notices in there and not 100% sure. But I think that if you don't have them, that you might be committing copyrights fraud or some something like that. So keep them in there. Just keep it like this. This is pretty much exactly the same code that is also in the title screen. Most of this stuff was taken from the title screen. The actual logo here completely from the title screen. The screen buttons taken from the title screen and then the draw custom title screen. This one right here is a little bit of a I wouldn't necessarily say maximum customer stuff, but most of this as customers, you can see that most of the stuff is very similar to this as well. We're just basically drawing a different texture here. And that is pretty much all that we're doing. Now. What are we going to do with this title screen? Well, we're gonna make a new event interesting. In RV event package, we're going to right-click new Java class and this is gonna be the replace title screen event. Let's just what I'm gonna call it. This will implements the screen Events dot before in it, and we need to take this one right here. This event is core before a particular event is initialized. We're then going to implement the before init method right here. And then I will copy over the contents, which are also gonna be very straightforward. But what we're just going to say is hey, if the screen that is currently being initialized is a title screen and it is not our title screen. We're just going to set that screen toward title screen. That's overdoing here easily enough. That's literally overdoing. And now we just need to basically make this register, this actual event here. And this is gonna be done in the client class. So MC course client, very important. And then here we're just gonna say screen events before in it this time of the event factory here. And then we're just gonna say a register, a new replace event, replace title screen event. That is it. Now the title screen will be replaced with this texture right here. We have course, I still have to add that texture. Otherwise we're just going to get black and pink texture, which is not what we want at this gonna go into GUI and then under background, so new directory, their background they ago. And then we'll copy this over. This is available to you as well. However, please note that there is a copyright notice associated with this. Once again, can be taken here from the credits file. You can see some by your knee. So this is once again the same Creative Commons license. And then you just have to link the Fiverr page right there. It'll keep that in mind as well if you want to use it. I highly recommend not using it because it doesn't make any sense because when you will see the actual texture here, I just don't, you don't need to use it. Well, whatever the case may be, this is all that we need. So now let's see if it works or it's starting to load here and we should immediately, of course, see it. And there we are. The custom title screen are working exactly how you would expect it to. The buttons still work. I can I mean, that's like a very bad example, but there you go. So I can basically click on everything and everything still works. And we have Milo microbe character here holding a sign tutorials by column and row. Here on the left we have a little bit of a spoiler right here. So who knows what this combined mean? Who knows? But overall, I really like it is really cool and everything's to work. And so you can even go onto the copyright right here. You can still click on this and everything is still working great. That's actually how easy it is to add a custom title screen to my craft, right? And like I said, highly recommend checking out the next lecture as well, where we're going to add a conflict to this as well. Because if you don't have the conflict, then you have to make this configurable. I will just say this, but for the time being, this is it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 101. (Additional Topics) Add Simple & Basic Configs: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture, we're gonna be adding a simple conflict to Minecraft. So what does this mean? How do conflicts work? Well, first of all, we're gonna be using a already made class. And that is right here from the fabric, simple lips right here. This is from a magistrate Vmax. And be wary or be sure that this is under a copyright. And so this is gonna be the MIT license just so that you're aware of this. So making sure that you know that that is the case. The simple conflict here is actually, I mean, it's fairly straightforward. It's not actually too complicated, but we're going to use this. And this is of course all available to you as well in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. And I'll actually copy over all three classes that are made in the MC course packet right-click new package called config. Then inside of there, I'm going to copy over the three classes. Like I said, they are all available to you as well for download. But let's see. There you go. There they are. We have the simple conflict class, which is generally just a normal Java class. Inside of here, nothing in here is basically for either Minecraft or fabric. This is all normal Java code. Here I had, I did one tiny modification right here, is that it recognizes a common after a value that is all I basically added here as well. Let's just, because my, I found it a little bit nicer because of the way that I set it up so that we have this conflict provider right here. We can see that this is just a default configuration. Now what does this do? Really is just a list of pairs. So we're gonna have a key-value pair for a conflict to be fairly sensible, where there's a string that is gonna be the key, then some type of value. We don't know what value because we can basically save stuff in different values and that is in the mod conflicts class is basically all well done here we have this register conflicts method, which we're gonna call in just a moment. But what does this do? Well, it makes a new conflict provider. It then creates the conflicts. This is the actual creating of the conflicts. You can see we're just adding key-value pairs to this modern conflict provider right here. The idea is that this is the key. So you can see I've just had some examples here. T-test value, we have another test value. Another test value is a string in double, or have those comments here just so that it's a little easier for the player or the actual user to change this conflict so that they know what type they want to change this to. You can also add some other stuff to it as well. Like possible things you can put in here, something like that would also be the case. And you can see that have the replacement title screen e-value here, which is the most important one, and which is the one that we're going to basically take a look at in just a moment for the time being, we're going to go here and at the very top of the uninitialized, we want to say mod conflicts, not registered conflicts. That is pretty much all that we need to do here. So like I said, of course all the code is available. Now on this, the very important thing is that you can't use your configured values here everywhere. And that's something that is very important here. Because some, this, basically what we're gonna do is we're just gonna run a client for just a moment. And I'm going to explain why there could be some issues here. So we have two different threads, right? So there's the server thread and the client for this is of course also why we have the MC cores mod right here and the MC course client class. Because this is only the client, this is, this is for both. This should be four common. Basically. Our config right now is gonna be interesting because on the, if we're on the server is actually going to be loaded in. And then if we're on the client, it's also gonna be loaded in. So now I have my microphone, it has started and then I can go quit. And now I should be able to find my conflict under the R1 folder in conflicts. And there you go, MC course conflict or properties. And you can see there they are. So you have the actual key here and then whatever this value is, and then you can also see the default value as well as the comment that I've basically added here. That's the general idea, and this is how it is displayed. Now once again, the interesting thing is here that this file actually is going to be the same for the server and the client. Now if we, for example, were to change something in the whatever in the more items, for example, and say there's a different max count here. That's gonna be a mismatch between the server and the client. Be very wary of where you're using this. I found that conflicts in fabric are way harder to properly do. Then in Forge, I don't know that there's no real good solution that I've found. All of the Config APIs are all incredibly convoluted and not very easy to follow. I'm not a 100% sure. This simple conflict here is gonna be enough for definitely some or some clients stuff, 100% for the server stuff. Well, we'll see. And you could also separate this out to make a, these three classes basically, or rather these two classes make this a mod. Client conflicts only call this on the client, then it should not even be a crater on the server because of course the replace tiled screen in this moment, in this instance here, actually something that only happens in the actual, the actual client. But nonetheless, it should be totally fine. So we're gonna go into the replace title screen event. And then here we're gonna say is we're gonna say mod, mod client, no more conflicts. They go more conflicts that replace title screen. And we're just going to add an end and that is going to be it. It basically you're just going to check whether or not this is true. And if we were, for example, to change this to false right here, and then start again. After this has been basically created once, then it should now read the actual value in. And it's gonna say, hey, replace title screen is false and then not replace the title screen. But like I said, there are some still some hurdles on the conflict front. So this is definitely not the best, the best solution at the moment. There you go. It works. This is the best solution at the moment, however, it's not the best solution probably for ever. I have yet to find a very good implementation of any thing that is a good conflict API for fabric, but it is what it is. But nonetheless, we have now at least added as the conflict year for the screen, which is basically the most important thing here. You have something for conflict as well, so that there's at least they tended to step into the right direction. The fabric MC wiki, by the way, has a list of a few different conflicts. Like I said, I have not found any of the others to be well that interesting or that well-done. At least I didn't really, I spent a little bit of time with each of them. And the simple conflict really is easily used for while the use case that we have. I will link this as well so that you can basically take a look at some of the other ones as well. But for the time being, I think we're gonna be fine. That is already at for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and New, and I'll see you in the next lecture. 102. (Additional Topics) Add Custom Effects: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding a custom effect to Minecraft. This is a very interesting thing because the actual effect comes from another student that had actually imported this effect in their mob but had an issue. And I was able to fix it. And I was like, That's a really cool effect. I want to basically show how this works and this is actually way more straightforward than you might think. In our MC course package. We're gonna right-click new package in effect. And then instead of there, we're gonna make two new classes. One of them is gonna be the Mode Effects class. Then the other one is going to be the freeze effect. The effect how it's gonna work is basically it's going to freeze an entity or that they can't move anymore. You know, a little bit of I wouldn't necessarily say any issues here, but it's gonna be an interesting thing to see because there's some sort of interesting, let's say, ways that this works, but we're going to just see how this works. I'm gonna copy over the contents of the actual class, extends the status affect class you can see. And then basically just, they'll have a normal constructor here. We're going to overwrite the apply update effect method. So this is gonna be the ticking method that is going to basically get hold every tick that an entity has this status effect applied to it. And then we also very importantly have to override the can apply update effect method and return a true right here so that this method is even coat because if this is false, then this isn't even coat. You can see we're basically just taking the actual entities current coordinates and then setting them, letting the actual entity back to those coordinates. There might be some issues with this, especially with flying. However, for the actual player, this method called is very important. And for any the else, so anything that has an entity that is going around in the world, then the set velocity is important because this basically makes it so that the animals or a zombie or whatever might not be able to move anymore. So both of those are important, and that is pretty much all that you need to do here in the Mode Effects class. We're once again going to just copy this over because why not? This is not actually that much. And also of course, everything available to you in the past or an individual just as well. You can see basically nothing too crazy. We have the status effect than we're registering it right here. And we're actually registering it inside of the register effects coal, which is of course something that we need to call instead of the MC course Ahmad class right here, we're just gonna go over bottom here. We're gonna say more effects, not register effects. There you go. And that is all that we need to do now we need to still add one more thing and that is going to be in the assets MC course Textures folder. You want to make a new directory called mob underscore effect. Effect. There you go, Effect. And then we want to add the freeze PNG to it is going to be the actual PNG or the actual image that is displayed when you have this effect. That is actually all there is to it. It's really not that complicated, especially the status effect in and of itself. The category here should be fairly self-explanatory. This is just the color you can see, this is just the actual color of this, of this status effect that is going to be used, I believe in oceans and Persians, we're basically going to see next lecture as well. For the time being, we're just going to have this effect without portion. And after having added all that, Let's see if it works or if it was back in Minecraft. So let's just add and see if I can give myself the effect here. So this will be player there and you can see MC course freeze effect is there. So let's just give it to me and you can see, I can't move some trying to press the keys, ie, it doesn't work, right? And you can see we don't have a actual translation at the moment, but that's gonna be fine. And you can see I can't, I can't even move the mouse around. I can still hit blocks if I'm like happy. But you can see that this is like very much, I'm basically frozen. There's probably something that you can also do so that you don't get that shake when you're trying to move the mouse here. But overall, it works. And then as soon as the effect wears off, there you go. Now can move out again and everything is working fine. So that's really freaking cool. Like I said, all of the rest will be added in the next lecture, including a portion and all of the translation is going to be there as well. But that will be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and millions on the New, and I'll see you in the next lecture. 103. (Additional Topics) Add Custom Potions: All right, welcome back the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding custom potions to Minecraft. Now, custom portions are very interesting, and this is of course going to piggyback off of the frieze effective we've added in the last lecture. What we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new package right here, and we're gonna call this the potion package. There you go. Then instead of there, we're gonna make a new Java class called the mod oceans. They ago. Once again, I will actually copy over the contents here. But before we can copy over the contents, what we wanna do is actually we want to copy over this right here. If we want to get the frieze of portion and then register potion method or this is of course available to you in the GitHub repository and individual interests as well. So no worries. Then I'm going to actually add the modified register potions method right here, because we're gonna be able to add the Register potion recipes in just a moment because for the recipes that we added, we actually need a mixed in here, but no worries at all. It's actually also not going to be complicated. But this register potions method will call right here. So under the motor effects, more potion, start register potion. So there you go. That should be that. Now this is actually important that we assign this field inside of the register potions method. I'm not 100% sure. It just is a little bit of a quirk here, but I've found that this works. And if, if we immediately assign it here when we initialize the field and it doesn't work. But whatever the case may be, we now need a mixing. So if we actually take a look at the brewing recipe registry here right now, they are in a net microbes recipe. This is a great class that registers all of the different recipes for potions. And you might be like, That's great, but sadly, the register potion recipe method is private. That's kind of an issue here of course, because that means that we can't just add it. If this was public, it will be way easier. But luckily, we can just use a mixed. And for this, we're gonna make a new Java class, and this is gonna be the brewing recipe. You registry mixin. There you go. Then this is going to be, I'll actually copied over and this is once again very straightforward and of course all available to you. Gonna change this to an interface. This is of course going to mix the brewing recipe registry class. Then we're going to basically have this static method called just invoke register portion recipe, making sure that this name right here is the same as, let me go back in here as this name right here. So this name has to match this name in the Volcker one. And then we're just adding this assert because this shouldn't actually ever be cold. If the mixed and works properly, then this method should be called a notch, whatever is written in here, That's just another thing. And then we also have to add it in the EMT course, mixed race. And very important, you want to add this, but let's just add this right here under the mixin. So that's very important under mixing, not Client right here, making sure that this is written correctly. So we can just double-check copying this, hopping this and everything written correctly. That's great. Then what we wanna do is we want to go to the MOD portions class one more time. And we're just going to make a private debt tick. Nope, There you go. Static void. We're going to call this the register potion recipes. And then inside of here what we're gonna do is we're gonna call the brewing recipe registry mixing, invoke register portion recipe. And then I'm just gonna say we're gonna use the portions. Awkward, awkward. They ago. And then I want the mod items start or calcium ingot, we have to be added and then we're gonna get the more potion start raised portion right here as the result. And that is pretty much all that we need now this one needs to be cold right here. So we're gonna call this at the very bottom right here. After all of the Persians have been registered for our custom portions, then we will register the portion recipes as well. And that's going to register it by the way, for all of the three different portion times no potion. Potion, as well as the lingering portion. That is pretty much all that we need here. And then we still need the translation, which is very important. And we're going to add the translation as well. But the translation is very interesting because the items here, so the portions are actually under the Minecraft namespace. Not a 100% sure why that's the case. I think that, I mean, It's obviously the case because when we register a potion, the actual portion item is going to be registered under Minecraft. It just is what it is, but that's fine. And then we also need one for the effect here. I'm just going to add that. We're just going to add that at the very bottom right here. So effect MC course freeze, and that is just free. So those are the four translations that we need as well. And that is actually all that we needed to add, the portion including the potion recipe. So I guess let's see if it works or fossils back in Minecraft. So let's just try and see whether or not I can craft my custom portion. So if I put the oracle coming it in, we're already starting to get some progress here. That's very good already, of course, because that means that it is at least working the recipe. Now, hopefully we're also getting the correct actual portions here as well because otherwise sometimes you get the uncomfortable potion if something went wrong, but we did not freeze potion, splash portion of freeze and the lingering ocean as well. But for now we can actually go and see as well how it works for moms. Let's just kill the sheep year. And let's actually see what we can see. If I add some sheep here that's actually out a few of them. But if I just broke this down, you can see now they're all frozen. And what I can actually do is you can see that if I hit him, That's actually really gonna be interesting because they're actually going to float in the air as well as the Y is of course also a frozen there. Let's actually see, let's do the following. Let's actually yet another freeze portion right here. Let's get some zombies in. And let's see. I'm going to switch back to survivals that they're going to follow me and then freeze them. And then you could see all of them are frozen. Very, very funny, But actually works. And then sometimes they're unfrozen again. Go back here, there you go. And that is actually how easy it is. And as you can see, all of this stuff has been added correctly, the portions have been added, everything working as well. So let's just go back here and see all of the portions and the potion recipes as well. So that is pretty freaking cool. That would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. I'll see you in the next lecture. 104. (Additional Topics) Add Custom Entities with Geckolib: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom entity to Minecraft. The long awaited lecture on how you can add a custom mob or custom entity to Minecraft is finally here. And overall, it's gonna be fairly straightforward. I think all things considered, there are a lot of steps that we have to go through, but each of the different steps is actually not that difficult in and of themselves. Now the first thing I want to say is that all of the entities that we're going to make here are going to be gecko lip entities. So we're not gonna do any vanilla entities. We're immediately going to start with the actual gecko lip entities. And I will actually link something here. So that's gonna be the gecko lip, basically the GitHub repository right here. So gecko lip you can see is an animation library or microbe maths. And at the moment, basically what we're gonna do with this is we're gonna use this to actually implement the actual entities. And this will also allow us to just get a little bit of a nicer way of animating them. So I highly recommend also doing this. I mean also the lecture here and the upcoming lectures on the entities are always going to require the gecko lip library there no going around this. And also this is not a that thing. Some people are like, Oh, I don't want other people to also have to download another March, stuff like that. Don't worry about this at all. I highly recommend being open to this because for the user, usually a lot of stuff happens in mod packs anyway. And then something like the gecko lip is probably in there one way or the other. Whatever the case may be, you can see fabric use. We have some different things that we need to copy over. What I will do is I actually have this on my other monitor already here up for me. What I'm gonna do is I'm going to copy stuff over so you can see we need to first of all add a maven URL here in the repositories. So this is gonna be this one that's always going to be the same. And then we can actually take a look at this. So this is going to be 32 that are actually the same version that I have here as well. And that's gonna be under dependencies. So we're going to put this in here. Most implementations software burning gecko lib, equilibrium, dashed file, fabric dash 118, and then 3032. And that is actually all of the stuff that we need. You can see this is for forged, so we don't need this. And then there's some initialization stuff here, basically what we're gonna be fine with that. So let's actually go back here and let's reload this. So we're gonna reload this once again, right, to take my take a couple of minutes, maybe, something like that. It might also just take 20 seconds. Of course depends a lot on your internet connection and also on your wall on just in general, the speed of your PC while they go 13 seconds. That's kinda nice. So let's actually take a look at what we can now see. There's quite a few things that we need to add in our MC course package. Right-click new package called entities or entity actually, let's do that. There you go. And then instead of there we're gonna make a new package called Custom. And then first of all, in the entity package, we're going to right-click new Java class called the mod entities. There you go. And the more entities class is actually going to be filled in just a moment. We first of all need the actual entities. So in our custom package, right-click new Java class, and this is gonna be the raccoon entity. There you go. And then we have this done. Now I will be copying over a fairly sensible amount of stuff here, which is gonna be, you're gonna say, okay, that's quite a bit of stuff here. Don't worry about it. The general idea here is that while there is a quite a few things that I want to basically copy over and I will copy over. First of all, of course, all of this is available to you in the GitHub repository in the individual just as well. So I highly recommend you're gonna have to check this out one way or the other. And then also there is a lot of stuff I will try and go and explain a best I can do. First of all, this is going to extend the animal entity right here. And then it's also going to implement the AI animatable. You can see this is from Ecolab. We're going to hover over this and implement methods. And then we're gonna say, okay, then after this is done, you see the Create trial method is that for the animal entity, we're gonna keep this null for the time being. We're actually not going to take a look at the spawning of tribal entities just now. In the coming lectures we're gonna see maybe there's gonna be another lecture on that in the future. But for the time being, nothing as planned. Whatever the case may be within have also the register controllers and the animation factory here. Those are from the eye animatable interface. And then we hover over this again. Basically then create constructor matching super. And there you go. Now let's make this constructor immediately just public so that we have this. And then we're gonna do is I'm going to add the animation factor here. So we're going to animate at the animation factory, you can see fairly straightforward new private information factory, factory, new animation factory. And then passing in this, then we're just going to return this right here. We're not going to add animations in this. Lecture actually, whatever, setting it up here is no worries at all. So that's gonna be totally fine. Then there is a two other things that we definitely meet. So the first thing that we actually need is we want to say this dot ignore camera for Ostrom equals true. I'm honestly not 100% sure what this does. I just know that we should call it. So that's the general idea. Sometimes that is the case in entities, also quite the complex topic, so no worries there. But whatever the case may be, that's the easiest thing. Then we want to add some attributes. We're going to copy over the set attributes method. You can see that here, we're basically building some attributes. You can see it max, health, damage speed, and stuff like that. So we're basically setting this up in this particular entity, those numbers, of course, you can change them however you want, but they have to be there. That's very important. And then we also need some goals. This is the AI of your overall mark. Basically. Now I have two things here that are basically, I can already Delete. We're going to need those in a little bit. Let's basically in future lectures when we are making this raccoon entity, also T-Mobile. That's something for the future lectures. As I said, we can see there are some different goals here and they have different priorities. The lower the priority number, the higher the actual goal is in its priority. Priority 0 would be the first thing that happens. And then to if there's a conflict between the basically, if two goals could be executed than the one with the lower priority and executed in the face because that's just how it works. And that is actually all of the different things we need to add. There isn't anything else that we need to add in this entity itself. All of the rest comes, well, I mean a little bit later when we are going to start with the table entity. So in the future lectures, the recording entity is done. So let's go into the mod entities class. And once again, I will actually copy it over, but no worries at all. Because once again, this is all available to you and we're gonna go through this so we can see that we go, am I gonna make a new entity type of our customer record entity here? And then we're just going to call register, registry, that register new entity type. We're gonna say this is called raccoon. And then we're going to call the fabric entity type of Builder, going to create a new entity type. I'm going to say this is a creature sworn group are of course, different types of bridges, as you can see. You can also see where it says like peaceful, yes, And then that's gonna be fine. Then making a new raccoon entity makes sure that you're, that you made your instructor Republic. Otherwise you're gonna get an error here, of course. And the dimensions here are the dimensions for the hip box of that entity. And then we're just gonna call the building right there and that's gonna be it. That is, however, of course not everything because nothing can be this simple. In the entity package, we're gonna right-click new package called client. And inside of here we're gonna make the model and the renderer. Those are gonna be two classes, so it's gonna be the raccoon model. And we're also going to make the raccoon. If you go Java class raccoon renderer, there you go. Those are the two classes that we're gonna need, once again, copying over some stuff here. So I'm going to do the model first. Right there. This is going to actually extends the animated GO model. You can see off type raccoon entity. There you go. And then if I hover over this, I can actually see three methods that we need to implement. These are the three get modal location, get modeled like texture location and get animated by location. And once again, like I said, I will copy over the abundancy are but nothing too crazy. We're just creating new identifiers under our model ID and then putting in the different, well here it's the texture location, animation location, and the model location. We're going to add those in just a moment. First of all, we have to basically finish the code or I want to finish the code and then we're going to also switch over to block bench to actually see our custom raccoon model. And let's first of all go here to the actual renderer. So we're gonna say this is extends the geo entity renderer of type raccoon entity. And they go. And then we're going to hover over this quick constructor matching super. And then we have to take away the first model. The second parameter here actually, because here we want to pass in a new raccoon model. That's what we want. And then just to be sure, we're also going to overwrite the get texture location method. I'm just going to basically hobby that over. So you can see this points to the same texture. This one points to. That should be pretty much all that we need. And that's actually those two classes done. Now we need to still combine the Renderer with the entities. So how do we do that? Well, we're going to go into our MC course, client method. And then at the very bottom where we're gonna say, we're gonna say the entity, render a registry, this one right here, register mode entities, that raccoon. Then we're gonna say the record renderer colon, colon knew we should get no errors if everything has been set up properly. So the actual entities, the class CRF and set up properly, the extensive been set up properly, then we should not get no error. And now the thing actually works. But now of course we still need an entity. Where do we get an entity from? Well, the entity you get from a block bench. Now we've seen this pretty much previously already, but we're going to go into it again. And here you can see the raccoon. Doesn't it just look freaking amazing? I do, I do really like it, but this is done by Euro or so this is going to of course, make the creditors file. That's gonna be a link there as well. But I really like it. You can see that basically this is a, this is a gecko lip model. What you're going to need actually is under file plugins. No, that's not required, right? We're going to do plugins. This is the gecko lip animations util. You need this plugin here. Otherwise it's not going to work. And then you can make, if you make a new, you can make a gecko lip animated model. So this is a gecko lip animate the model. And what is so special about this? Well, you have this animated tab right here, and you can see there are different animations for it. But these animations in this case are already done, but no worries of course at all. We're gonna see them in a later lecture when we're actually going through the animations for the time being, what we only want is we basically only wanted to export the gecko model is this does not appear to you by the way, go to convert, convert project, and then makes sure that you choose the gecko live animated model. If this appears in this, then you should be able to properly do that. So I can save, I can just say export glycolytic model. And then we're going to basically export it. Now actually going to copy it over as well. So we're gonna go back here. So the model is a geo file, geo dot JSON, and that has to go under your assets folder. And then we're going to make a new folder right here, directory GO, and then it goes in there. So we're just going to copy this over. There you go. And you can see this is the geometry of the raccoon. So sometimes I actually had a typo in there, but no worries at all. This should still work because the thing that actually looks for, it's this name here. And as long as that name works with the name given right here, you can see GO raccoon dog geode adjacent. This is what, this one points to the middle location. We still need the texture location that is gonna be under textures, of course. Then under a new folder called entity. That instead of there we're gonna make a new folder called raccoon. Then this is going to be the raccoon dot PNG. So we're going to copy this over as well. There you go. And now everything is set up. The animation duration we can just ignore for the time being. Like I said, we're going to take this one step at a time, and this is pretty much all that we needed to do to add the actual raccoon. Of course, like I said, inside of block bench, there's gonna be a lot of stuff that you have to do here. This block bench file will also be available to you. So no worries there. You can basically take this and try it out and then see what you can use with this. Otherwise, it's just very important to that we're basically going to use the gecko live from this point onwards. And overall of the other things should pretty much be done here, we have selected the in this river registered the raccoon and the renderer. And just to sort of go over it for a custom entity, what are you going to need is you're going to need the entity class. You don't need a renderer and a model. Now this is actually the same if you are not using Ecolab. However, the extending here, of course it's gonna be different because this is gonna be an animated GO model here for gecko lip. And it's not gonna be that for a normal or vanilla type of entity, right? So there's one more thing that we need to do and that is setting over the attributes. Now we're gonna do that in our registries, right here, the mode registries, we're just going to make a new class private static void. And this is going to be the register attributes, but this is going to be a cooling the fabric entity, let's actually call it a fabric default attribute registry. They ago that register mod entities, that raccoon. And then we're just going to call the raccoon entity data set attributes they ago. And that should be that the error here should be or the warning here should be fine. And then we're of course going to call this right here, register attributes they a goal. And then one more thing that is, of course, well quite important. All things considered is going to be the spawn eggs. So we're gonna need a spawn egg for the raccoon. Let's go into our mode items class and let's add that as well. We're just going to copy this over. This is gonna be the raccoon underscore spawn underscore egg. Now this is going to be called the raccoon underscore spawn underscore egg. This is going to be a new item right here. The first parameter of which is going to be the entity types of mod entities that raccoon and among gonna have a primary colors. So I'm actually going to copy those over because those are basically just, those are the colors of the actual sperm and egg basically. And I have settled up already so that we don't need to actually add this again. Now what we do need to do, and this is very strange, but I mean, it is what it is. We actually need to add a spawn AG Jason files while in the item model adjacent file. So in the models item folder and copy this over. Now this is going to be very, very straightforward. You can see it just has the parent of item template spawn egg, and then they respond at gets colored in. There's also add the translation because then we have this done as well. This is an item here. Let's put it right here. There you go. So the raccoon has spawned egg now also successfully added as well and it should immediately while just work. I mean, that's that's pretty much how easy that should be. And now I'm fairly certain that everything here has been added. We can see there are quite a few steps here. However, once you go through them once and then again and again, this pretty much to be fairly sensible on the goals here. I want to say that there are a lot of goals. So if we middle mouse button click on the goal here, you can see the goal class. And if I press click on this and then press Control H, you can see all of the different goals that are in vanilla and I can even expand them. There's even more goals here. You can either, you can take a look at those. You can either even make your own goals. In theory, this is very complicated. We're not going to go into this anytime soon. The goals are very, very complicated and the best ways to take a look at this as definitely first of all, the vanilla goals. And then secondly, you can always take a look at some GitHub repositories of other mods where there might be some entities with interesting goals that you've seen. And you can then take a look at how they are done and learn from that the goals are very quite complicated. It's AI, it is what it is. But for the time being, this is all that we need. So I guess let's see if it works or if answers back in microphysics see the raccoon spawning has been added. So now let's see if we can spawn it. And there it is, the raccoon actually spawns and there they go, walking around, of course, in this moment, not really animated at all. And they also have quite a few of them. But if they actually survived like two hits, three hits with another light source. So that's pretty crazy because they help, of course, has been set quite high. But this is something that you can always change. This is something that's always be open to experimentation here, but you can see the actual animal spawns. So that is a really freaking cool. And well, I mean, let's see where the future of leads with them. And let's actually take another look at the entity class because there are some more things that we can add, which might be interesting to you, where we find ourselves back in the entity class and just so that you've seen it because this is probably going to be something that people are going to ask. Because, I mean, of course you can always go into the animal class right here and take a look at all of those methods that you might be able to override. Same by the way, with the passive entity and the path aware entity and so on and so forth. We can see the entities are going all the way back to the living entity, which basically all of the rest here are basically descended from in the hierarchy. A highly recommend also checking those out. There's so much to be gained in looking at the vanilla entities. You can always find interesting things the way they work. But one thing that might be asked as well, how do I add custom sounds to my entity? And for that we have four different methods right here where I'm gonna copy over the ambient sound, the hertz sound to the deaf sound and the step sound. Those four methods, you can just return a sound event. This of course then includes the custom sound events that we've seen in previous lectures already. So this would also then work. So highly recommend, you can basically do that and then it's going to play those sounds under specific circumstances. I definitely wanted to show this as well. This might be something that's very interesting to you. Otherwise, all of the rest really highly recommend taking a look at some of the vanilla examples. And then also basically, well, taking a look at how we can do this in the upcoming lectures. Because like I said, we're gonna do a few different lectures on, well, how different, how the actual entities work. So we're going to basically set up the actual animations. Next time. We're going to take a look at some of the variance and then some other stuff as well, which is really interesting. So I recommend checking those out as well. But for the time being, this is gonna be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new if you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. 105. (Additional Topics) Add Entities Animations with Geckolib & BlockBench: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding custom animations to our custom entity. For that. First of all, we're gonna go back into broke bench. And like of course, in the last lecture, we've actually added the raccoon entity. This block bench model is available to you for download. And when you have this, then what's very important is that this is a gecko lip model here. If this is not quite correctly formatted, you can convert the project into a gecko lip animated model. And then you should have this Animate tab right here. And the Animate tab, you can see if you've ever worked with something like anything that is an editing program where you have certain, certain keys, your keyframes that you can set by. This is also animation in, for example, unity, something like that is basically the same here. And what we can do is we can click on the island animation. And for example, I can click on the tail and you can see I've set something in the rotation here. What I can do is I can just play the animation. You can see that over the head and the body are slowly going up and down. And the tail here is just wiggling back and forth a little bit. What you can see if I click on this keyframe that we can even put in certain methods function calls right here, you can see Query anime time math sin, this is just the sine wave that we're then putting in the actual animation time into. And that basically just, well does this in the y-axis. So it's going to rotate this in the y-axis. That's the general idea here. You can put in many different things in here. You can also, of course, putting the keyframes manually. So you can do a keyframe, do something about it, and then advanced the time, make another keyframe, advanced the time make another keyframe and so on and so forth. And of course you can do that manually over what I did like I said, here in the body. I did the sinewave in the head. I also did a sine wave up and down. And then for the tail, I did a sine wave as well. So you can see this one is sine wave and then position here is also in a sine wave just a little bit of a different or different values here, that it looks a little bit different, but overall, it looks really nice. So it's just a very simple one, but it is enough to give an impression of some life that they are instead of just having a static. And we can also take a look at the walk animation. You can see there you go, the walk animation. And then we can also take a look at the sitting animation of that one is actually a completely static in this case, would also be something added there. But for the time being, I'm actually quite happy with what this is. It's also just an example here In no worries there. What do we do with this? With all of these animations? So how do we save those animations while we go to animation? And then we go to save all animations. First of all, then you can see where I want to save this in the age Tracer file raccoon animation, that trace. So I'm gonna save this. And then we can basically use that JSON file for our, our project. We're going to go back to a fabric. And if we remember this in the model, we have to specify the location for the animations. This is going to go once again, assets MC course folder right here. And then right here we're gonna make a new directory called animations. And then inside of there, we're gonna put the raccoon animation, that adjacent file, the caveat is in here. And then I just have to quickly change the name CR2 raccoon. This is something that should be fixed for you. It's just there was a typo in there before, and then we should be iron. Now we have those animations that we are basically made right here. Now, how are we going to use them? How are they able to be used? Well, they are able to be used in the entity class. So we remember that we've added the register controllers and the factory right here. And now we have to add two more things in there. So first of all, we're going to add the predicate. The predicate is a method, so I'm gonna just going to add this at the very bottom here. We're just going to do something like animation. This is gonna be the animations where you can see this is the name of the animation that is going to basically use this name right here, has to match these names, right? So you can see this is the sitting animation which we're not going to use in this tutorial orange rather than this lecture. We're going to use this in the later lecture. And then this animation of the walking animation here is actually something that we use here. And then the idle animation right here, those names have to match very important. And then the question is, when is this happening? Well, you can see the walk animation is happening when event that is moving, you can actually take a look at the animation event and see some examples here. Usually there aren't that many examples. Some other stuff we'll see, especially with the setting event. We'll see in a little bit how we can, in a future lecture, how we can basically implement that when we have the sitting animation as well. But for the time being, we want this and then what we want to add it to the registered controllers event is following. Once again, of course all of this is available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. Let's actually take this one. So this is animation data at animation controller. We're gonna make a new Animation Controller just with an animation controller here. And then we're just going to pass into this dot-product kit or this colon colon product. And this product here is asked in, and now these animations should be, well, basically, basically functional already. That's actually all that we need for those particular animations here, because we've already set everything up with the model right here. This is points to the actual JSON file. We've updated it and exported it all from the block bench right here. Worse, if you want to have some crazy cool animations, There's always, there's a lot that you can do about it. But like I said, overall, it's just a matter of trying it out. Being open to experimentation one more time right here, right? I mean, we're not gonna go through every single thing and you're just going to also have to try some things out on your own. But overall, this is pretty much how you do it. Yes. Let's see if it works. Or what we found was back in Minecraft. And as you can see, the actual animations have been added successfully to the game. So you can see that you know, the walking animation as well. So both of those work by the way, the sounds also work from last lecture that we can hear. Those also work. Let's actually get the deaf sound I think was from a pig. Let's hear that as well. Yeah. That's a kind of weird, but okay. And then the actual ambient sounds or from the dolphin, I mean, it doesn't quite fit, but it's kind of funny that actually works. But most importantly, the animations work, as you can see, that that's really cool and was fairly easy to implement all things considered, I can tell you what definitely easier to implement some of those custom animations. In this case, rather than doing them with the vanilla model stuff, that is way harder, I can tell you that, but pretty cool. Nonetheless. That is already at for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 106. (Additional Topics) Add Entity Variants: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding custom mob, variance to Minecraft. So what this means is basically, you've probably all seen the horse entity, the horse mob in Minecraft, and it can have different, different colors or different codes. And this is exactly what we're gonna do for the raccoon. Now this is surprisingly a very straightforward thing to do. Now there's quite a few places where we actually need to add some things. But mainly of course in the entity class and also in the renderer, if I'm not mistaken, yes, it's in the renderer and in the model actually, there's quite a few places where we need to change some things, but no worries there. It's actually once you sort of understand what we're doing here, it's actually fairly straightforward. But the first thing that we're gonna do is in the entity package, we're gonna right-click new package called a variance. Then instead of there, we're gonna make a new Java class. We're going to select enum, and this is going to be the raccoon a variant. Now I will copy over the contents of this. However, there are going to basically be the same every time you make a new variant. This is how it looks like. The only things you need to change is basically the actual references here to the name of this class. Otherwise, it's fine. And then here, just like any other enum that we've seen previously, you just list all of the different while enums here and then just recall them. I mean, here this is like probably like green and this ID that's probably a little more sensible here in this case, whatever the case may be. So we're going to have a default invariant, a dark variant and a red variant. Now, how do we choose these? How do we know what is going to happen here? Well, what's going to happen is in the raccoon renderer class right here, we're going to add a map. Once again, I will actually copy this over. However, it's very straightforward once you actually see how it looks like and then it looks maybe a little crazy and at the first sign, but then you're gonna be like, Okay, that's actually not too crazy. The only thing we're doing here is we're saying location bivariant, a new map from Raccoon variant to identifier. Which just means that if the, if we're passing into this variant, the default raccoon varied right here. We're just going to point to this texture. If it's the dark variant, we're going to point to this texture. If it's the red variant, we're going to point to this texture. That's literally all there is to it. If you have multiple ones, you just add more here, mapped output and then with a new variant and so on and so forth. That's it. The actual texture location here and now it has to be changed. So we have to say location bivariant dot get. Now the question is, well, how do we get the variance? Well, we have to somehow get the variant into the entity. This is what we're gonna do next. We're going to leave this area here for the time being, and we're going to change some stuff in the entity. This is a little more complicated, let's say, where there's more parts to this. However, I'm once again, I'm actually sure that will be fine. I will be copying over all of the different methods now this is gonna be quite a few of them, but let's bear with me and let's go through this. I will then explain all of the different methods that we're gonna have one error here, that is the data arrows. So we actually need something that is called a tract data of type integer. And I'm going to actually add this to the very top here, because usually I do like the actual practice data here to be at the top and then no more errors in the entity class should be present. And then we'll actually go through and explain what the FREC is going on right here. But what do we have? We have first of all, this data tracker, this is interesting, right? So the track data here you can see is a, well, it's a way of storing data in an entity that is tracked through both the client and the server. That's of course very important that those are the same. And we can see for an example here, if I click on the animal entity press Control H and for example, will go into the OR space entity. We can see there are some practice data things in here. You can see there are some flags. There is the data of the owner UUID. And I think that we can even go further in the maybe in the horse entity. There you go. We have an armor boneless ID variant here as well. And this is pretty much exactly the same world works. So this is pretty much where I've gotten how this works from the horse entity. So once again, it's just goes to show you one more time. It's all in the vanilla classes as well. You can take a look at them and you can just find almost anything in there as well. They are the West tool and the best resource that you have at hand. Now what else do we have in the class where we use this, right? So we're going to use this. You can see first of all here in the init data tracker, this is incredibly important. You need to add this year, otherwise it's not going to work. We need to initialize this data. The tracking of this actual type of data. And then we can see we have a set variant method that is actually only used in this particular class and it's used only in the initialized method. Whereas the initialized method, well, this is called when one of those entities spawns and especially when it's bonds, for example, through a spawning. What it's supposed to respond egg, what we of course want is we want a random variant here. We're gonna set that variant and then we're gonna be fine. Lets us what happens here. Then we also have a right and a read method for NVT data. This should be fairly self-explanatory. We're just saving the variant right here and then we're reading it out right here. Pretty much everything you need to know, sending it once again, also fairly self-explanatory. This is the only thing that's kind of weird here with this end. And in the 255, this is just something that is needed. I'm not gonna go into too much detail. It's just some Java shenanigans basically with the ID. Because in the variant right here you can see it's sort of saved in this manner. So we're just going to basically keep it like that and be fine with this. And we're just gonna say, okay, it is what it is. This is how it needs to be done, but it all works fine. That's pretty much it. Those are the different methods. And now of course what we can do here is we can say entity and the T. There you go, Right? Entity dot get covariant. And then there you go. And then we need to do the same thing in the model right here, where we of course also have the texture. But we can literally take the same thing, this one. And we just have to say right here then the raccoon renderer, This is what we want to take that location bivariant, but get entity, get variance. And that is it. Now of course, we still need the texture, so let's not forget to copy over both of the textures. Otherwise that would be definitely a little bit of an oversight. So let's go raccoon, there you go. And then we have raccoon dark and the red raccoon as well. There you go. And that should pretty much be all that we need. Let's just make sure that all of this is also written correctly. Raccoon dark should be fine, red raccoons also be fine. This should work. This should work and to be functional, so that's pretty good. And that's actually how easy it is to add some variance. Now, once again, of course, there are a lot of different tiny things. Let's say the map here shouldn't be too crazy. This shouldn't be too crazy. This shouldn't be too crazy. Same with the actual entity. The amount of methods is not actually that much when you think about it, is not that many methods. It's just a lot to wrap your head around when you think about it. This data, data ID tie variant, okay, There's a little weird, but overall, it shouldn't be anything too crazy. You know, at this point, I hope that most of you have sufficient Java knowledge for you to just breeze through this and understand it from a Java perspective. And once again, of course, like I said, the vanilla classes offer all of the different examples. There are amazing and actually really good and you can work through them as well. But for the time being, because we've added everything, Let's see if it works. Or fat cells back in Minecraft. So let's spawn some raccoons, and there you go. We already have all of the other variance here, spawning happily. Here from the spawn egg, you can see it, everything works perfectly fine. And that's just, that's just freaking amazing, isn't it? So in this case, of course, the variant really is a little bit of a different wall texture in terms of coloration. But I mean, that's still really freaking cool, really freaking awesome. And I mean, it's just working very, very well. And I mean, it's overall, I think and I hope that you agree with this is actually fairly straightforward and not too difficult to do. So That's really freaking cool, right? Like always, of course all of the code is available to you in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. But otherwise this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you've found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 107. (Additional Topics) Add Tameable Entities: Or I welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding the capability functionality to our raccoon entity. And for that, what we're gonna do is first and foremost, we're gonna change the actual superclass here to attainable, attainable entity. Attainable entity. And then we just need to copy this over to right here to the entity type. And then we're going to do the same thing to the attributes right here. And what we're gonna do then is we're once again going to add a few things now I'm going to copy them over one more time, but no worries. All of this is available to you in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. And we should get no errors in theory. This will include, once again, at some tract a data right here, this type, this time of type of Boolean. As you can see, a Boolean. This is the sitting Boolean. This is very important because this is going to save the whether or not this raccoon, this entity is sitting. Now there is already a setting. Let's say, what would you say a sitting variable in the table entity, I believe this should be here, right there you go. Private boolean sitting. However, this right here is I believe only on the server. Which means that this kind of an interesting thing because this is only on the server if we now also add the following, a animation for sitting into this one right here. So we're going to add this as well. You can see if this is sitting, so this is my custom Boolean right here, which actually takes the data tracker sitting. If this is old, it doesn't work because this right here, the everything gecko lab does pretty much is only on the client. The animations will happen on the client. Therefore, the sitting variable has to be somehow tract. This is why we need to add a custom sitting variable. This is why this one exists right here. And this is why this one exists. And this actually calls these set sitting. This one is actually called the super method right here that sets this to equal to it, but we cannot use it. The normal method is sitting in that case, because that just doesn't work. Also a very important thing. Please note this we have to add are sitting variable to the data tracker right here. This is incredibly important. Please do not forget this, otherwise, your game will crash when you go into our world. That is very important right now on to probably the big method here, and that is the Interact mobile method. So we can see we have a set, set a is sitting method. The scoreboard is needed for the actual team. So this is just so that the actual thing of the entities central team and then can be leached. We're just going to put this to false because it has been a little bit of an issue with gecko live and basically putting the lead onto entities that doesn't quite work. Whatever the case may be though, they interact mob method. What is this? Well, this is of course code when you right-click a mob. Now, when we right-click this mob, what we want to do, of course, is we want to attainment. Possibly. What I have here, for example, is the item for taming. I've just made a little bit of a variable here. I've just set this to an apple. So if you want to change this, you can just change it here. And then we can see, well, if the item is actually the item for tamed that we're right-clicking with. And it is, the actual entity is not tamed yet, then what we're gonna do as long as we're on the actual server. So this is happens on the server. Then what we're gonna do is basically Hey, just set the owner to the player that is right-clicked it. We're gonna do some basic recalculating stuff. We're going to send the entity status here and then we'll immediately setting it to setting the, after we've actually tamed an entity, we're going to set it to sit. Interesting. Now if it already is tamed, were on the server and the main hand is right then and we right-click it, then we're going to just toggle this setting. It's very important that we have this hand here in as well because this is real issue. This is cold for both hands. So this is why maybe if you don't have this, then it's actually not going to work. I've seen that error or mistake a few times before. Now, if we were to run this like this, we would actually have a little bit of issue and that is that the actual entity does not sit. Now, why is that the case? Well, because we actually have to add two more goals right here. And that is going to be number one, the set goal with priority one, it is incredibly important that this goal is above all of the other wonder goals. And they look around goals and all of that. Because as you can see, where it's important that they sit goal is higher than the wonder goal. Otherwise, what will happen is that the raccoon will sit down and then it's going to wonder, and then it's going to sit down again and then it's going to wonder, and this can sit down again. This is why the priority here has to be, well, I mean lower in that case, but a higher right? So it just has to be a lower number here in this case. And then the truck owner attack or a goal. It's just I don't even think that we necessarily need this because I actually don't think that the raccoon would even attack a attack someone that detects the owner. But I'm actually not sure about that because some of this has been taken from the wolf as well. We can of course also take a look at this. Just search for wolf with entity. There you go. And then we can basically take a look at all of the goals here you can see it's actually quite extensive, like a lot of different things. Mainly attacker will fall owner goal. And you can see once again, the set goal is at the very top here. Priority two, very, very important that this is the case. Otherwise, you might run into some issues. So keep that in mind. This is incredibly important. Now, apart from that, the ability is actually done like this. Is it taxable entity and then having the possibility to tame it with exactly the sitting variable here as well. Now the sitting variable, if you have something that you don't actually want it to sit, totally fine, then you don't need to add this. You don't need to add the sitting one. You don't need to add this basically only need the interaction mob method. That is pretty much all there is to it. But for now I would say actually because we've added everything for completion sake, let's see if it works or if council's back in Minecraft. One most important thing here is also to say, by the way, when you're using this in fabric, basically, every time you go into the world, you have a different player, but it's very important or a different name. So it's very important that when you have this, that you sometimes, it's very hard to sometimes test this. What are the case may be? Let's actually try right-clicking. And there you go, best friends forever. Now as you can see, it's sitting right. So it's sitting usually what I do is just encase it in a few blocks right here just to make sure it says really, it doesn't say sitting that's the actual entity. Stay there, but it looks really good, right? I can also just move away a little bit. It should stay there. And once again, I can right-click it and now it's no longer sitting. Now the animation has changed, and now it should also start moving either on its own or I, I didn't actually put in a hollow, follow the owner goal, so it should just do it on its own. There you go. Now it's zooming across at an I can just right-click again and then it's sitting again and it should be working totally fine. But that's actually how easy it is to add the team ability as well. So that's really freaking cool. You can see that's how easy it can be. And I mean, it's, you know, it's just really freaking cool. I mean, that's with the customer animations as well, right? You can make a custom sitting animation. You can do all sorts of stuff. I mean, that's just amazing. That is already it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 108. (Additional Topics) Add Rideable Entities: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding a entity that is both table and a writable. This is a very interesting thing because of course, it's very similar to the horse once again. But in this case, we actually want a writable entity. And there's I would say like, you know, a couple of things that you basically need to keep in mind. And for this, we're gonna basically make tiger. Now this is really cool as well. So let's just start and how would we go about this? Well, first of all, of course we would go about and make it the tiger entity class right here. Then I will actually, once again, of course, like so often be copying over a bunch of stuff here. Now for the actual tiger, I will be copying over pretty much the entire class. Now, important is that, of course everything here available like always in the GitHub repository in individual adjust as well. Because this is also quite a bit so bear with me here as I basically copy over everything including the extending stuff. So we're going to see you can see 270 lines and then I believe I need to have a closing bracket there. There you go. And now everything should be working here, so we should get no errors. Now the first thing that there is actually the type ID, actually we don't need that actually that's a very interesting was probably just still in there. But no worries there. We have the rest here. Pretty much sensible table entity. We've seen this before. Attributes the product gets for the different animations should be fairly sensible. The goals here register this, or this is pretty much, you know, understandable. The T-Mobile is a little bit different, mainly the Interact mob method right here. So here for example, the T-Mobile item is the term, of course, for the tiger doesn't really make a lot of sense, but it's just an example here, of course. You can see that this entire thing here is a little bit differently setup. So you can see that if a player is sneaking, then we can actually make it sit. And if the actual player is not sneaking, then we start writing. You can see later start writing this. So that's very interesting. So that's something to keep in mind as well, that there's basically a little bit of a difference here. When we sneak them, we make it able to be able to sit the entity. And then if we just right-click, then if it's tamed, then we start writing it. And also you can see that we have this right here. So we have the possibility of actually having it randomly assigned to the owners. So there's what we say, there's a twenty-five percent chance, I believe, of actually getting tamed here in this case. And then these entities, statuses, this would be spawning the hearts and this would spend small and I don't want to be your friend. Basically. Different particles here. Once again, the sitting here, both with the SETT setting and as well with the sitting detract variable right here. This is also the same word changes the health right there, the actual team and this, and then the init. And then here comes the rideable part. The rideable part, pretty much all of this has been taken from the horse space entity as well as the horse entity. That is pretty much all there is to it. I can once again just tell you that you might be like, How did you figure this out? Like literally, I just took a look at the horsepower, the horse base entity, the horse entity copied over everything. I copied over the method by method until it worked. That's pretty much all there is to it and then changed a little bit, I believe in the travel method, there were a few things with the jumping speed, which I actually have not in here. So the tiger entity you actually can't jump is just one example here. Once again, highly recommended. Just check out the horse space entity and the horse entity if you want some more basically functionality here. And then we just have two interesting methods, which is the update passenger for dismount and the locates saved this mounting position, which are really just used to, Hey, where can the player now go after disk mounting? That's all there is to it. So those look very complicated, completely copied over. We don't need to go into them too much because the name pretty much already says what it does and we don't need to understand every single little detail in the most, let's say the most, the highest resolution possible. That's not necessarily the thing that you always want to have. It's like okay, locate saved, dismantling position, you know what this does? It's like, okay, it just locates a position in the world where we can spawn the player after this mounting from this writeable entity. That's all there is to it. Usually that should be pretty much fine. And overall, like I said, you can always take a look at some other mounts right here. So if I press Control H right here you can see horsepower entity, a horse entity, highly recommend. Take a look at this. I mean, everything is in here. I don't know what else to tell you. Basically, at this point, the actual vanilla stuff is. It's very prevalent and just a very good thing to basically take a look at. Now let's add the renderer and the model as well. So there's gonna be the tiger model. Of course also the tiger renderer. Go. And once again, stuff here will be copied over, but it is fairly straightforward. All things considered, you can see just an animated video model of tiger entity and then just pointing to with the three methods here one more time. Let's actually add this as well. There you go. And then for the renderer, I mean, that's gonna be even funnier. Basically. This is even less, as you can see. It's just once again the context here, the actual location for the texture. And that is pretty much it. This time we won't have any different variants here. But of course this is something that you could add as well. We use seen it, how it works with the raccoons, so no worries there. Then we're going to make a new entity type right here. Once again, pretty much the same thing as the raccoon, just tiger any tier targeted here. In this case, I'm actually having it a creature as well, just making it a different name here of course. And then just having a little bit of a different dimension here as well. And that is pretty much all authors put. Now this is actually almost all that we need to do now in the client here. Let's just duplicate this Control D and then say tiger. And then here this is gonna be the tiger or renderer. That would pretty much be what? I mean, this is pretty much all there is to it. Now we need to also add the JSON files. We have, of course, the actual tiger model as well. So it's gonna be right here. We have this tiger model as well, which is of course available to you once again with some of the different animations right here. So this is all available to you as well, including the JSON files. We're going to just get the tiger animation over here. Go. And then we also need the drill, of course, and then the texture. Last but moment, Let's get the geo here. There you go. Then the texture should be under entity, and then a new directory called tiger. And then inside of there, we're going to add the tiger PNG. Interestingly enough, that is actually all there is to it. Now of course, once again, a lot here was copied over. All of this is available on GitHub repository and just as well, usually a lot of the stuff, most of this is fairly straightforward, all things considered. I think that most of this is the same as the raccoon with a capability especially. And then also when it comes to the right ability, like I said, vanilla classes, that's the best thing you can take a look at. Now let's not forget to also add the registries right here. So this is gonna be the attributes right here. So that's good to Tiger. And then this is going to be the tiger entity. They ago. And that should pretty much be all that we need for the tiger entity. So like I said, I mean, I don't know how often I have to say it, but the vanilla stuff is all there for you to look at. If it's kind of hard to understand. Once again, you just need a little bit more Java and glitch, the job introduction, trying out some stuff and be open to experimentation. Just try it out. See how far you can get without just, you know, just trying out stuff. I mean, at the end of the day you always have control Z. You can always just go back. If you have a GitHub repository setup, makes sure that you and push your changes often, you can always revert then if something completely breaks, that is also something to basically keep in mind. But for the time being, this is actually all that we need. So I guess let's see if it works or where we find ourselves back in Minecraft. So there was, of course, one thing that I actually forgot and that is adding the actual spawn, the spawn egg. But no worries, we can just some of the tiger like this they ago and then let's see, so it works. The animations also work immediately. Let's see, right-click. I actually got very lucky here. Now I can right-click it and they go, now I'm writing on it and it's very fast. Now, what's very important here is that I actually can't go up the stairs as you can see, because the issue there is that the, I can't actually jump with the Tiger. This is what I said, where this is the way that it's set up at the moment. And then if I just shift right shift or Kraut, and it works. And then if I can basically shift right-click, then it no longer sits. And now it should also just move about how it normally does. Let's see, let me just wait for a second and it's probably going to go, I think that the tail actually wiggles a little bit. It's a very strange one. But there you go. Now it starts walking. And they ago, there's a little bit of a weirdness of course going on. And like always write with the entities. I mean, it's just also about refining. The actual speed here that you go with is it might be a little bit too high. I think that that's something that you could also change. But overall, it's pretty cool and that's actually how easy it is to add a writable entity to Minecraft writing just for completion sake, let's actually also add the other spawn EKG right here, because that just makes a lot of sense. There you go. The most important thing are the, the two colors here. Otherwise it's gonna be the tiger, tiger spawn egg. And of course here as well, the tiger spawn eg of tiger, they ago. And then we just need the JSON file, but we can just copy over the other JSON file Because of course, like I said this morning, Jason Hall is like the easiest thing ever. It's just gonna be the high gross Baunach. And we can actually keep this as it is. We just need the translation. The tiger spawning, then here as well, the tiger spawning. But now we have everything here setup as well. But that's gonna be totally fine. But yeah, that's pretty much all there is to it. Like I said, any modifications, you are free to do any modifications here, just try out a bunch of stuff. The movement speed, as you can see here, is quite advanced here. So it's when it's tamed, actually have quite a high movement speed. You can also take a look at some of the other goals as well. Once again, everything here is available to you in the GitHub repository in individual just as well copies of over, try out a bunch of stuff, look at some vanilla examples, and then I'm sure that you will get to hopefully the entity of your dreams. I can also of course, always recommend some of the GitHub repositories of other popular modes where you can also take a look at their code and that is also always very, very valuable. Usually now, you will need quite a bit of Java knowledge, at least intermediate to advanced. Otherwise, sometimes you will not get through it because other people might have different ways of, let's say, coding and programming in Java, then you do so sometimes you will need to get used to reading other people's code. It is different than reading your own definitely. But I mean, whatever the case may be, this is it for this lecture right here. And this also concludes the sort of entity excursion that we did here for the lectures. But still I hope you found this useful and you learned something new. If you did, I would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I will see you in the next lecture. 109. (Additional Topics) Adding Entity World Generation: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be looking at entity world generation. What does that mean? Well, basically we want to add our custom entities to the world generation so that they spawn in particular biomes. Now this is incredibly easy to do, like genuinely. In our gen package, we're just going to make a new Java class with the mod entities form. Right here we're going to make a public static void called add entities phone. The more I'm gonna do is I'm actually going to copy over the two things that we need, but it is incredibly easy because you can see really freaking easy by modifications that adds phone. Let me just once again it needs some biome selectors here. In this case, we're just going to get the raccoons to spawn in the plains biome and the tigers to spawn in the jungle biome. Anything else here? The spawn group just has to match the actual group of the entity here, the weight determines how often they spawn. If you increase this, they're going to spawn more often. But do be aware that other mobs then spawn less. And Min group size, max group size should be fairly self-explanatory. Now, where do we call this? Well, in our modern world and Jen, math class here in the generate mode world gen method, we're just gonna say more entities on Add, entity, spawn. That's it. We're done. That's literally all that we need to do. Now, the actual the actual entities will be added to the game into the palms. I mean, let's just see if it works. I actually went to a planes by him to find some raccoons here, as you can see, because they were a little bit easier to find as the tigers in the jungle actually were. Well, I mean, very sparse. It might be because of the big the trees and the density of the trees where it's like hard for them to spawn. But regardless, we're actually going to take a look at one more thing in the code. It just now though that's which also is kind of important or IDE. So one more thing that we basically want to add for both the raccoon and the tiger or the spawn restrictions. Though I can actually show you those. Let's actually add this to the tiger as well. There you go. The general idea is why would we want to add those? Well, if we actually take a look at these respond restrictions here, you can see there are some locations that we basically wanted to say, Hey, where can those animals or those entities are spawn. And you can see that most of them only can spot on the ground, which is actually kind of important. So if you were to, for example, add a, let's say a custom zombie to the game. And you wouldn't add this spawn restriction right here. It could also spawned in the air and then just fall down who's deaf and then that would be it. So it's actually kind of important to add this. You can see this is actually the animal is valid natural spawn. There are however, also different ones that you'd see. Husk entity called entity, hostile entity can spawn and dark. So there's a quite a few things here are highly recommend checking out the spawn restriction class right here in a net microphone entity or some more information on that. But otherwise, that is pretty much all that you need for the entities spawn here. Like I said, the weight sometimes is a little bit wonky, got to. Basically, depending on biome here, you might want to make this quite high or quite low. Just play around with the numbers like always. But otherwise this would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and rulers of the new. I'll see you in the next lecture. Yeah. 110. (Additional Topics) Add Custom Trades to Villagers: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding custom trades to villagers. Now, this is once again one of those very interesting things that is actually way easier than you might expect. So please note, we're not going to add custom villagers. This is not this lecture. This might happen in the future, however, no promises at the moment, because that is definitely a little more complicated than what we're gonna do now. We're basically just going to add custom trades to already existing village of professions. And for that we're going to go into our util package, modern registries and write it down here we're going to make a private void, a static void. Actually they use static void. This is the register customer trades method. You will actually be amazed at how easy this entire method looks. I will once again, of course copied over, but all of this is available to you in the past or an individual just as well. And that is it. Those are two different trade offers that are added. Let's actually immediately call this right here before we forget it. And then let's go through what is happening here. We have this straight offer helper where we are registering a villager offers. You can see register villager offers. And then you can see with select a profession. So you can see these are the professionals that you have in just in vanilla. And we're going to choose the farmer here. You choose the level at which the particular things that you're about to add basically should be just blade in. So this is level one. So the normal farmer at level one has this attitude. It, you can see that there's a factories and then you have this curly brackets here. You can add multiple trade-offs or serious, you can see, I can also add someone else like a turnip seeds. All of sudden, you know, maybe those for like six or 24 or something like that. And you could add multiple ones for the same level. If you want another level, you just have to add up this entire book again. But overall, this should be fairly self-explanatory. The first item stack here is just what you need to pay. So you don't have to necessarily put in emeralds, you could put in anything else. The second one here is basically what you get out of it. I believe in the trade off or you can also add, if you add three different items texts here you can see, then you actually have two items that you need to pay with that also works as well. This is of course something that is implemented in, for example, within channeling stuff where you give in a sort, for example, and then I don't know, like 60 miles or I'm ready to emeralds and then you get an enchanted sword. That also works. So you can add a third item stack and then that would also work. The next uses is just how often you can use this basically doable, the merchant experience should be fairly self-explanatory. That's how much experience the merchant gets when you actually trade this offer. Or some examples I believe you can take a look at, yeah, You can take a look at the actual offers here. So the experience right here, Let's see. So this is the actual suspicious stew factory. That's something different. Let's see, maybe we can find someone else here. I'm not 100% sure where the actual normal trade offers are, whether or not they are, they are others in this create right here, this experience. Let's see. There you go, okay, There they are. It can see there is some of the experience. There you go. They're actually in the trade offers class this year. And they actually use this by one for emerald. And you can see here experience to two. So that's actually a quite a low experience. River have one experience, five experienced and experience with 6120 might be actually a little bit too high, but you can just play around with this of course as well. Price multiplier is just the multiplication of the price. And that's pretty much all there is to the normal items tax here you can supply the count and that's pretty much all there is to it. Here we have one for the tools myth, where it's six emeralds for the oracle come Paxil. In level three. That's literally all that there's two are highly recommend just playing around with this, like always be open to experimentation. Take a look at both the trade offer in the trade offers classes to see some vanilla examples. And for completion sake, let us see if it works. Or influencers back in Minecraft and I've already prepared some villager trading booths, let say no, but here you can see the farmer already has the turnips right here, so we can just trade with him. And you can see, there you go. That's really freaking cool. And then here Let's just trade for some tools right here. And let's also get some colon there. And let's just see that we can trade with him until he reaches a level three. Basically they go get some bells here, get a little bit of this one going. Maybe a little bit of iron as well. Level them up as well. Go a little bit of this, get some more of this. That's a little bit more coal and then we should be able to get them to level three. There it is, there the oracle compact soil is, well, there you go. That's really freaking cool, really freaking awesome. And well, that's actually how easy it is, as you can see too. Well, basically add some custom traits to villagers. That has already for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 111. (1.18.2) Fabric Update to 1.18.2: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be updating our MOD or a project to 118 to do that. Or of course, we're going to need to change stuff in the Gradle property file. We're not actually going to check this particular website. What we're going to check is actually the fabric net develop website because this also has the latest stuff right here. Just copy this over and basically just paste it in here. And then I'm just going to make it so that everything is formatted correctly. But no worries there. They ago. So we're just going to change all of this up. And then one more thing that we want to change, of course, first of all, hit the mod version. Let's introduce some terms like 19 or maybe even all Let's do 21. Yeah, That's amazing. Then also in the built or Gradle file, we want to change the Looom version from ten to 11. And after having changed this, what we can do is we can load the Gradle changes. Now this should be pretty much everything that we need. Just let this run through like always, be patient until this is done. And there we go, 22 seconds. It might take a little longer for you, depending on your internet connection and stuff like that. What we also want to do just in case is updated to the newest version here for gecko lip. So this is right here, 035 just in case because even though the other versions should work, I just feel a little bit better if we have the newest version as well. But you can actually do that before you reload the changes and then you can reload all of them at the same time. So let's just let this run through again. And then there you go. Actually only seven seconds. That's even better, but that should be pretty much all we need to do here. Now however, we're going to run into some issues. Namely what changed is world generation and the tags. So if we go into the mortar tax class, you can see all sorts of red, but no worries, we're going to fix that. So what changed is that we no longer have the TAC identified. This is now called the Tab key. So I'm just going to put in tacky and we're going to press Alt and Enter to change it. And what we basically want to do is change all tag identified to this tack he, so what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna elected press Control R, and then we're gonna replace all of them with TAC keys. Let's also get rid of the imports right here, because we no longer need them. Because this right here now is gonna be actually tag E dot o f. And then we need to pass in the first parameter, the registry data block underscore key. And we got to do this for this run right here as well. We're gonna do the same thing. And then down here we're going to just copy it over for the moment. And then we're gonna change this to, of course be. And then we're gonna change this to the item key. They ago, Same here, item keep. And then we should be fine. That should be pretty much all that we need to do here. We now of course, also need to change this in the custom dowsing rod item class right here. So there's a couple of ways that we can do this. There is one, there's one way that is very complicated and only requires us to change this. And then there's a little bit of a more complicated way where we actually use the block state here. And I'm going to do the block state way because I think that that's better. So we can just do say block dot is in and then mod attacks dot blocks that dowsing rod or detectable blocks. Of course, the issue here is that we're actually passing in the actual block and the block state, which of course is not quite right. So what we need to do is, we're gonna do, is we're going to duplicate this by pressing Control D. And this is now gonna be the state below. And we're gonna change this from a block, the block state. And then just not calling the get block right here. You can see now we have the state, we can now do is instead of cooling all of this, we can use the state to get the blocks. So we can say that we can say state below that get blocked for getting the block. And then here we have the state below and then passing into the block state instead of just the block. That is pretty much all of this stuff that we need to change right here. And this will now still detect all of the things for the tags. The Paxil item should just work. We don't actually need to do anything here because it's actually expecting a tag key. As you can see there you go. Also very important because I've just seen as the sources. What we're gonna do is once again go to the terminal, put in dot slash, Gradle w, Jen sources and let this run through as well. Might take a minute or two to generate those sources. Once again, depending on your PC and also depending on your internet connection. Or just be patient and wait until you get a build successful here. There you go to exactly one minute. And now we should be able to do is when we get the blue line right here, we can go to choose sources and choose the merged name source right here, say Okay. And then after this is reloaded, it should now show us the proper class with the proper sources there. But that's also one thing that we should do. And now the real doozy is gonna be the world generation because that has changed quite significantly. Well, what has changed is the syntax really? What we're gonna do is we're gonna just go into the mode configured features class and you can see a lot of red right here. Of course, all of the changes, all of the stuff is available to you in the GitHub repository, in the individual, uh, just as well. I highly recommend checking that out because there's a lot of stuff that has changed. And we're gonna go through the basics of how I can basically change this. So first of all, we now have a registry entry right here instead of just a configured feature. And what we're gonna do is this is now going to be instead of calling the configured right here on this tree feature, what we do is we want to delete the configured and the dot, replace it with a comma and then delete the parentheses here. Then instead of using the register method, we're gonna use the following method. We're going to use the configured features. This one on configured features that register method. Get rid of all of this and now everything's still working. So as you saw, we have to change this to the registry entry into the feature dot trich dot configured to just the feature tree. And then basically passing in the rest just as normally. Now instead of going from configured feature to configure feature to place feature, we now actually have to put in a place feature in-between. Now what I will do is I will just copy over the place feature and the configured feature. Now I will do this and keep the already existing stuff right here. You can see this is very similar to what we've already heard, half. So you can see this is the random future conflict. This is the same thing. And then here are the woods survived. Now is just the actual check right here. So the woods survive now happens in this place feature right here. And you can see that the rest is pretty much exactly the same. It's a little bit different, but overall it's not that crazy. I highly recommend once again, just like in the normal world gen, lectures that we did, just check out the, for example, the random selector or the brief feature right here, middle mouse button click on this minimalist one, click on here. And you can basically see all of the stuff that they're doing. You can see it's swamp old for example. You can see the place feature of the swamp, OK, and so on and so forth. Just like we've went through in the original world gen lectures. I highly recommend doing that. When it comes to the pink rose, I'm going to do the same thing. So I'm just going to copy that over and see that we're using the Configure feature, that register method now and then once again, passing in the flower here, random patch feature conflict is pretty much the same thing because we're using the same thing down here. What we actually can do is delete both of those methods because we're no longer going to use them. And see we are using the configured feature register method and the create patch right here. We're just gonna do that in line, so that's gonna be fine as well. Then the actual list here of the auras can stay the same. And then this one is the easiest to change. What we do is once again, get rid of the configured here and the closing and opening parenthesis. We want to change this to a registry entry right here, they ago and then this one is actually of configured features that register they ago. And now there's one more thing that we need to do and that is take this or future conflict and change the first a question mark to that or feature conflict. Now this class has actually done the problems we're gonna fix in just a moment. Those are of course issues with replaced features and stuff like that and also with the tree. So if we go into the sapling generator and C, This is also no longer valid rhetoric here is just to delete the actual method, hover over this Implement Methods, then everything here is written correctly. And then we can just say mod configured features that the cherry blossom tree. There you go. And then immediately should work. No more modifications are required. Let's move on to the MOD or features. Now, you see a lot of red here. This is just because of the actual class has moved. So what we want to do is just import them again. So click on them Alt and Enter to import this. You can see there you go on placement modifier, My dad as well. There you go. That should be pretty much all we need to do here. Now the rest is in the marketplace features. So the first thing that's really cool is that we no longer need the registry keys. So that's gonna be just get that out of here. We also no longer need these methods. We can do is we're gonna just going to use the placed feature data register method that we've actually already used right here, please feature dot register, so I'm just gonna copy that over to the new list, right here, right here, and right here, and then here. Once again, we don't want to call the placement on the actual, on the actual configured feature. What we want to do is we want to pass in the configured features. So this should be a comma and then this should be the spawn. And then let's get rid of this and this, and this is not a, a place feature about a registry entry, once again, of a place feature and then it should work totally fine. So you can see they ago working totally fine. Let's just add the registry entry here for both of them as well. And then once again changing it to leading the width placement and the dot as well. There you go. We need to import those. They're just changed. There you go. Already working. And then same here with placement is gonna be deleted, replaced with a comma right here. And then this is also just going to be re-import it. And then all other inputs that are no longer valid, we're just going to get rid of. And they ago, that is literally at, that is pretty much all of the things that we need to do. It is almost pretty crazy, but It's not that much when you really think about it. Like looking at everything here is, it's fairly straightforward. All things considered. A few more things in the generation, but that is actually also fairly trivial. So it's just the how you write it basically that changed the underlying functionality stays pretty much the same in the generation classes we put in the key here. What we can do now is we can just take the flower generation. So we want this one, dot, dot, dot, and then that's it. So we just want to replace this with the dot, get all of the different things here. So this is gonna be the Oracle complaints dot, dot get. And then same with a tree here. This is the cherry blossom placed, but get ky.gov. And that is it that should pretty much everything that we need to change. That might be like a couple of other things somewhere. But I believe that this is it. What's really funny as well is that the tags and the world is like the big things that change would also change for whatever freaking reason is the actual. Whereas in the util at the title screen, I don't know why, but the title screen doesn't work anymore properly. This is I'm actually, I mean, I wouldn't say furious, but I'm a little angry about it because I had this sort of almost completely custom class that I took a little bit from forage and remade it a little bit, and then it worked totally fine. And now for whatever reason they changed to change the title screen again, and I don't know why, but it is what it is. Sometimes those things happen though. We've just got to deal with that and you're going to see more. I mean, in just a moment when we actually do this on, let me actually check the conflict. And we turned this off. Yes, we do have turned this off, so let's just turn this on so that we can actually see what the difference is for the title screen. You're going to see that currently doesn't really work. So this is also one of the other reasons why something like a conflict for the title screen actually kind of important. Let's actually start this and see if we're getting any errors. I'm not a 100% sure we shouldn't get anything. It might be like one or two things that were maybe an import is missing, but it does look, kind of looks good at the moment. So let's just see, let it just run through this, of course, our normal arrow that we always get when we start Minecraft. And I believe that it should be fine. It starting on the other monitor. Let's just get it over here. And then we also, you can see that the issue here, of course, is there's no splash title right here and then that also in the left, bottom left, the actual version and stuff is also missing. I don't know why that is the case. They changed it somehow in the backend on their code. But whatever the case may be, it is 1, 1000th 2. And what we can do is we can just create a new world and let's just make a new world and let's actually, everything should still be working totally fine. So this goes from the entities all the way to the block entities, all the way to the no spawning of trees and everything in-between should still work totally fine. So that's really cool and let's check it out. The spawn pretty much doing exactly. I mean, that's great. That's also a really interesting spot right here. But yeah, the trees are still mourning, the actual flowers are still spawning as well. That's gonna be really cool. And let's just take a look at all of our course stuff right here. So let's just get this over and see the tiger still working as the raccoons still working variance as well. So everything is still completely fine. And let's actually also test the dowsing records. That was something that changed. And we're gonna see once we find something they ago found iron ore, so everything completely fine, still working. Don't no worries there. Yeah, that's pretty much how easy it is to upgrade from 1820s. There are quite a few things that you have to keep in mind, but overall it's not that bad, right? So obviously, all of the additional topics that will come after this are all going to be for 182, highly recommend of course now updating to this, you should probably be through at this point. And then we can continue with some additional topics in 118 to, but that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 112. (1.18.2) Custom Structures (Tutorial Example Repo): Or I welcome back to the fabric horse for 118. In this lecture, we're gonna be adding custom structures to Minecraft. Now the way that this is going to work is this lecture and the following two lectures are going to be on structures. Now in this first lecture, I highly recommend that you go through with me through this lecture because after we've basically implemented structures once, adding more structures to it is incredibly easy. You just have to copy over some JSON files and basically build your structure, save it, and then that's it. It's very, very straightforward. But this lecture, as you will probably be able to tell, is quite long. And the reason for this is because we're going to go through this repository right here. This is the structured tutorial mod repository by a telepathic grunt. It is probably the number one resource for custom structures. It is incredibly great at, is really good. It has a lot of different comments in every file. And it's just, it makes this very, very straightforward. Now 1, 1000th 2 actually introduces a way of making structures that requires literally no code at all. Now that is really freaking awesome, but we'll also see one particular structure that actually will exist with code. And we're going to basically go through this. So I will explain how I go through this particular repository. We're gonna go through it in its entirety. We're gonna implement both of the structures that are basically given to us here. And the way that we go through this as we go on the source folder right here, we're going to open the code and the resources separately. So first of all, we want to basically look at all of the different classes that we have. We're gonna see there is one mixed in class, there is one structure class, there was the St. structures and the main class. So we have four different classes. And you can see overall they are quite long, but you can see also there is a lot of different comments here. Highly recommend in your own time. Go through the comments, see what each part means, because some things are very straightforward, others are not that straightforward. I just highly recommend this. So you can see overall the nasdaq crazy when you think about it. But basically, this is where we start. So we're starting with the code. First of all, this is gonna be the structure feature accessor. I'm just going to copy this over and we're going to start immediately right here in the mixing package. Now, you can of course also get all of the code and the JSON files in the GitHub repository of the course and the risks as well. But I highly recommend stepping through this once, basically working through with the actual tutorial code of telepathic grunts, tutorial GitHub repository I highly recommended or whatever the case may be in the mixed and package, we're gonna make a V structure feature excess or with tuesday ago. And we should be able to just paste this in and then import all of the important things right here. The generation step as well. There you go. And that should be that now of course going to the MC course mixin Jason and adding this as a mixed in here as well. That should be pretty much what we need to do here. And then we're going to switch back to the tutorial GitHub here we're gonna, we're gonna close the tab and then we're going to move on to the next one. This is gonna be the sky structures. I'm just going to copy everything including the imports here. And this is going to go into the world package, into a new package called ruptures. And then instead of there, we're going to make a new class called the modulus. This is the sky structures. There you go. And then we're going to paste this in the go. We need to change it this year to MC core smart, a logger, and then this is not run-down house, but this is the sky fracture. And then up here, we just need to change is this one. And then no more errors should be present here. So everything should be working. Overall as you can see, while it looks like a lot, they are actually just a lot of different common sphere. And everything is basically explained in those comments I highly recommend, like I said, going through this in your own time. You can see, for example, this one right here determines Y position. This is placed stuff like that. I highly recommend looking at this and just making sure that you understand a little bit of this. You don't have to understand everything here, especially if you just want, let's say, a normal structure to spawn, then this is going to be totally fine. If you want something more extensive like a custom stronghold. I mean, at that point it's gonna be very, very hard to actually do that. That's going to require a lot more work. This is very much just for some, let's say basic to intermediate structures. We now have these guys structures class. So let's just close this as well. And then we can see we need to have this st structures here. Now I'm going to rename this to mod structures because that's the nomenclature I go with. And we're just gonna go with modal structures. There you go. And I'm just going to paste this in, change this back to mod ruptures and you shouldn't that we actually write this correctly. There you go. Importing the structure feature here, retro future accessor. This is gonna be MSC course mod that model ID. Then this is the generation step once again as they ago. And then you can see once again that is all that there is to it. We now just need to call this method right here in our MC course, more class and the constructor right here. So modal structures don't register a structure features and that's it. And then there's also the last thing right here. You can see, there you go, Nicole, this, and that is it done and done. Now, all of the code actually is already created. And now the rest happens in the Resources folder and namely in the data folder. Here, there is a lot of stuff in here. We're going to find actually is just a lot of stuff you can see, first of all, a tag. I'm going to explain that in just a moment. And then we have the data folder for this tutorial here you can see we have structures, we have some more tags and then also the world again. This tag is actually something we're going to ignore a little bit. But this is the on ocean explorer maps. This is something that you can add. You can see microbe has some configured structure feature tags that can add certain behavior. And in this case, you can actually add the structure to the cartographers, villagers, Ocean map, monument maps. And basically this is what this a particular tag does. You don't have to add this. I'm not going to add it. This is just add an extra feature that might be really cool. So that is something that we can basically also pretty much ignore. We're going to also close this and now we only have the data folder for the structure tutorial. This is of course the model ID. So for us this would be the data MC course folder. And you can see that there are some folders in here. So let's open the first two because this one is actually gonna be more extensive. So the structures fold on, just has the NVT data for the extra structures. So the idea is that you build structures in the world and then you can use certain blocks. Those are called the structural block to save that particular building in NVT data. And we're gonna see how to do that actually in this lecture as well, because we need to change some of this stuff in these NVT files as well. And then we're also gonna see this in the next lecture and the lecture after that with a single piece custom structure. And then also we're going to see the jigsaw structures as well in the last lecture of this sort of three lecture series for structures. But for the time being, we're just going to take these structures I highly recommend, once again, going through this tutorial ones, don't change too much. Make sure that this all works. If you have done all of this and everything here works, you get the run-down house, you got the sky fan. Adding a new structure is a thing of five minutes max. It's very, very straightforward. And then of course you still had to build it. But the actual code or the JSON files changing it there is very straightforward. So get this to run once with a structured tutorial mod. Then you can add your own structures really highly recommended. It's just the best way to do it. We basically want to download all of these in VT files. Now, I've actually already done so what you can do is you can just open it and then download here and they are gone. Then you have this NVT file. You can see actually four I've downloaded a few times already. So you can see that is pretty much there. So just download all four of them and you can of course also get them in the GitHub repository as well that I have. What we're gonna do is we're gonna go into the Data folder MC course, and we're going to make a new directory called structures. And then inside of there, we're going to need the following NVT files. All four of those. There you go. So we're going to need the run-down house, left, right side, right side, Golden, and the sky fans. So those four we need in these structures folder, data folder in your model ID here. And that would be fine. So after we've done that, we can close this as well. And then you could see we have the tags right here. So this is gonna be under your data for once again, tags Belgian biomes hold has structure. These tags are very interesting because they will actually determine in what biomes your custom structure can spawn in. Very straightforward to understand what this does and what we're gonna do is we're just going to open both of them. And I'm just going to first of all create the actual structure right here. So in the tags older right, under your model ID, we're gonna make a new directory called World Jen. And then inside of there we want to make a new directory called a biome. And then inside of there, we're gonna make a new directory called has underscore structure, making sure that we write this correctly. And then inside of here, we need two new files. So I'm going to do actually is because those are very long names. I'm going to actually copy this name right here. And I'm just going to right-click new file, paste that name in. There you go. And then I'm going to go back, paste in the contents of this point here again, and we're going to take a look at that in a moment. We're actually also going to make the other file as well. So this is the adjacent only house biomes. So this G Jason only house that we're going to spawn one structure that we've made, the sky structure we've made the code for, and the house is going to spawn completely only with JSON files is really freaking awesome. And I'm actually, I'm actually very much, I'm surprised at how easy it actually is when you get to see, especially in the next lectures, after we've gone through this, once, you're gonna see how easy it is to add multiple new structures, It's really straightforward once you go through this, once, I cannot recommend this enough, while it is a little bit of time to set it up and to go through and explain everything. It's gonna be very, very worthwhile, right? So then we have the sky biomes. Biomes for the sky fan, you can see mountains is ocean and it's deep oceans. You can see those are tags as you can see. And then we also add this to the swamp or the only house you can see we're adding it to all of the stuff that it's a tiger, jungle, forest and then also deserts, plains and some other biomes as well. So here you can just use the biomes. In specify in a word a biomes, your custom structure is going to spawn in. So that's really cool. So we can close this, Let's close all of that. There you go. And then we can proceed once again. We can close this, close this, and close this. And now we're back here that we've done the structures and we've done the tag has structures and now going on to the world. And so I can actually open this in this tab and you can see there are four more different directories here. And we can basically open or four of them. And you're going to see, Let's actually open the first three because this is gonna be a special one. And you can see the first one just has once again to JSON files in it. This is reconfigured structure features. So what I'm gonna do is I'm going to copy the name here just so that I don't miss type anything. And this goes, and this is incredibly important. Please note here. Now this goes into the world gen folder, not this world gen folder. In your data MC course or your MOD ID photo, you have to create a new world gen folder. Look at this. Look. This world gen folder is different from this one. This right here is instead of the tax folder, you can see, there you go. If I open this, you can see those are different folders. This is incredibly important. Please don't make the mistake to put everything in your tax folder. So please be aware of this. This is a different folder. I'm gonna keep this open and you can see MC cores, rural Jen, you go there, everything goes in and we're gonna have a new directory right here, which is going to be called configured underscore structure underscore feature. Let's actually create the rest of the ones as well. The other one is the processor underscore list. And then we're gonna drag this into the same folder holding control to duplicate this. And this is the structure underscore set. And then the last one is gonna be the template underscore pool. There you go. Those are the four different directories or folders that we need in the worlds and follow once again, making sure that this is in the correct folder, data MC cores world. Jen, this is not the tags worlds and full of very, very important that you have this inner correct order right? After you've made sure that this is the correct folder, you're going to go here and we're going to open up both of these rays and file. So once again, I'm just going to copy the name here first consist just makes it a little bit easier for me so that I won't have to type this out. So what we're gonna right-click new file, of course they ago, and then we're gonna get the contents here. So let's just copy this over. There you go. And then we're gonna go in here. There it is. We're gonna change this stuff in just a moment. Let's actually create the other adjacent file as well as the adjacent only house once again. And we're going to go right-click new file, paste only house. And then we're going to go, and then we're gonna go here. There you go. Once again, the contents of which it over N, there we have it. But first of all, you can ignore the arrows right here for the actual comments. Those are gonna be fine, so no worries there. And now you can see that this particular JSON file is basically the structure feature or the feature that we're going to add, the configuration of it. What does that mean? Well, first of all, you can see this actually goes back and points to your tag that we've created right here. So you can see this is the structure. Has structure, yes. And then code structure sky fan of biomes, which is exactly this Jason of Alright, here we need to change this model ID to our model. Very important. We also want to change it this smart ID to our mod ID. And just to make absolutely sure that everything works, we want to also change this model ID. So everywhere where it says the structure tutorial modality, we basically want to change to our model ID. Now this should be fairly self-explanatory. Like I said, this points to this particular JSON firewall here, the biome tag, which is basically responsible for telling, okay, this particular structure feature or this particular structure can only spawned in the biomes that are inside of this tag should be fairly self-explanatory. Nothing crazy going on it right in there. They start pool is something we're going to add in just a moment. This is going to be added into the template pool folder. And we're gonna see that in just a moment. This is basically the deep, one of the central pieces of the generating of this. And then we can see we also have some spawn overrides here, where some Volcker's and phantoms might spawn right here. So you can see this is what mops can spawn overtime in this structure. So this is something that you can also play around with highly advise that as well. Apart from that, the adjacent only house is very similar. You can see the base structure here is actually completely different. This is actually a village or not 100% sure where this makes sense. You can see this basically does some extra terrain check. So I think that this just means that this basically spawns similar to a village. So it's going to check for a flat ground, stuff like that. And it's going to do some things like that. I am not a 100% sure, but that seems to be the case. Now once again, the structure tutorial, changing this to our model ID. Once again MC course, MC course. And this is the run-down house sort pool. And this once again points to the adjacent only biomes. So this file right here, to be fairly self-explanatory, the adult noise, you can see there is a great comment here what this basically does if true land around it will be around the bottom of the structure. So this is just going to change the actual structure of the land around his actual structure. And then once it can span overrides, we can also add some creatures hear sounds from parents might spawn in here as well. So there you go. Now they configured structure feature is done and then we can move on so we can. Those, this one, this one and this one. And then we can see the processor list. Now this is a special Jason file which is actually not required. This is something custom. This is the randomized stone break and is really awesome. And I'm going to explain what this does as well. We're going to create this in our process, our list older right here and my stone brick. And then let's go back to here and let's just get all of this craziness in here. And this basically does is in the general gist here is c process list will run a processor for every block placed I edit the NVT file. When we create our custom structures. This is of course all saved in the NBA in an MVT file. And then basically for every block that is placed to this processor runs through it. And you can see, this is really cool. You can basically specify certain rules here. And the rule here is that, for example, if we find a stone brick, then it has a 50% chance of being replaced with an infested stone brick. This is really awesome and this is really cool. You can see here, some stone bricks might also be replaced with emerald or some cobalt. Deep slate might be replaced with a deep state restaurant war. This is really cool and this might just be, you can basically add some more variability to your custom structures with this, with these rules here. So I'm not 100% sure of all of the rules that exists. This is of course just one example where you can basically change one block to eight another block. But it is really cool and this might just be a very cool thing to basically add to some of your structures. But once again, this is not necessary. This is completely optional. So you're going to see that this is going to be used in the sky structure right here, but not in the house. The house is actually not going to use this. So that's what I'm saying. This doesn't have to be added, but it is still nice. And I highly recommend for the purposes of this lecture and the structured tutorial, I highly recommend adding this as well. All right, so we can close this as well. And then we are in the world trans structure set. But once again, we can open up both of those Jason files and I'm gonna do the same thing. I'm going to copy the name over here, and we're going to do a new file. There you go. Then once again, we're gonna go here and just get the contents of which you can see actually not that long. And once again, we're going to actually create a both of the files first and then we're gonna go through the contents and what those actually mean. They are not that crazy. Overall, each individual part here is not that complicated, all things considered. It's just that sometimes it might be a little bit daunting because there are so much, but when you actually look at it, the individual parts or not that crazy. So first of all, of course, once again, the structure here, this not 100% sure, but I believe this points to the configured structure feature right here. So this one, we can just change this to MC course and then it's going to point to this JSON file right here. And then the placement is very important. The placement here, you basically want to make sure that your salt right here you can see make us unique and makes sure that it doesn't match any other sets salt. Now the reason for this is because otherwise the actual structures would be placed at the same location, which of course is something that you definitely don't want to do, because that would be just very weird. Sometimes it's still happens that they are going to intersect, but that is just the randomness. It shouldn't usually happen, especially if you make the separation here. So the spacing, this is the average distance apart and this is the minimum distance apart. And then of course, this must be always smaller than this. It makes sense, right? If the average distance is smaller than the minimum distance doesn't make any sense at all. So there you go, just make sure. And I believe that this would definitely be debugged values because 166 you're going to see once we actually go into the world, that this is incredibly not rare. This is incredibly common in this mix, our, our different structures insanely common. So keep that in mind, but I recommend keeping those numbers for the time being. Same here with the Jason only house. We're going to change it, this one right here, MC course. Then we can also see this one's again points to this structure right here. Now, what you will find is that this is of course a list. So in theory, we could add another structure right here. So you can, even in theory, at the structure Skype and wherever you can assigned the different rates here. We can see in this comment that it basically tries and picks one of those structure. If two or more structures analysts can spawn in a biome in a spot, a random one will be chosen based on the weights. This is the general idea here. So you can also make a list of a lot of structures and basically have one of them spawn in a particular place. So that also would work. So this is the structure set basically pointing back to the configured structure feature, the concern, the structure feature here, of course, pointing to the tax right here, and then also pointing to the template pool, which is the last thing that we now need to add. So we're gonna go back to the GitHub repository right here, and we're going to close all of this and then open the template pool because this is like I said, a little more complicated. I'm going to get the sky fan and then also the run-down house. So we're gonna make it like this. We're going to get the sky fan first. Actually, that's gonna be a little bit easier. So this is just the sky underscore fan base and file inside of here. So we're gonna make a new file. There you go. And then once again, copying over the contents of this also not that long as you can see, this, in this case, what we want to do change this one right here are the actual more ID. I don't think this is entirely necessary. You can also see this actually points to the side pool right here. It doesn't really make any sense because this shouldn't be the case. This should actually be its own name. So this should be Skype. And I believe that this is actually not that important to the actual name here. And then you can see this one of course as well, MC course. And you can see this one as you can see the final path here, resources data structure to roll with. This would be MC course structures run on house left note this points to the sky and swore fan and VT. So this name right here has to be the same name as this. So the location right here points to the MDT file in the structures folder inside of your MC course folder in this case, because we've done this. Now you can see that we also have the processors randomized stone, brick. There's also needs to change to MC course, right? So same here, MC course. This then looks for the processor list, randomized stone brick, and then we'll randomize a stone brick for each of the different, is basically going to go through exactly this rule that I've shown you a couple of minutes ago, basically. Yeah, and that is pretty much the sky fan done. What we now want to do is also the side and the stored pool for the run-down house. So we're gonna make a new folder in here called Run underscore down underscore house. And then inside of there, we're going to make two JSON files stored Fool and site pools or right-click new file stored underscore pool dot json. And then we also want the side underscore pool dot Jason. And let's copy over the contents. This is the storage pool. Let's just copy this over the goal and then let's last but not least copy over the side fool and then we have everything copied over. Then we basically need, That's the one to start pool. And first of all, once again, the new list to MC course, changing this to MC course. And that is all that we need. So you can see run-down house left for this once again, this one right here, this NVT to File. And then here we have the site pool. This is gonna be very interesting. This is needed for the jigsaw block and the jigsaw stuff. So we're going to see basically what this means and what this does in just a moment. We're just going to change all of the locations here. Go MC course. And the general idea here is that you have a, you have the storage pool, which is gonna be the left side of the house. And then you have a jigsaw block in both sides of the house and the left and the right side of the house. And they are connected with each other. And then it basically calls the site pool and then spawns either the right side House, normal or gold. That's the general idea. But we're gonna see that in a little bit more detail in the jigsaw lecture as well, where we actually make a new custom structure completely crust custom with our own custom jigsaw blocks and stuff like that as well. So no worries there. We're gonna go into a little bit more detail in that in the future. But now actually everything here has been added and should work. If that one thing that it should not work is actually the left and the right side has inside of those MVT files in the jigsaw block, there is a wrong model ID associated with it. So the model ID is still the structure underscore tutorial and we actually need to change this. Now what should spawn already is our sky fan and the left side of the house. So what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new world. And we're going to do what we're gonna do is actually go into Minecraft, make a new world. And then when I see that the sky fan actually owned, and then also the run-down house though. Let's just see if it works. Very important to note, you will get at this world's using experimental settings. After you have added your custom structures, it just is what it is. You can't get rid of this easily. There's, I think there's a mod that you might be able to add or basically to get this as a mixed in, but you're just gonna have to deal with this. Just click Proceed and lets the world generate. And if you join an already existing world is gonna say something like, Oh, it's using experimental settings. Just say, Yeah, I know what I'm doing. Enter the world and you're gonna be totally fine. No worries that they are at all. All right, so we find ourselves in Minecraft and usually the structures should be fairly prevalent. There we go. Actually, there is 1.5 of the house already existing. So let's just go down here and you can see it's only half a house, right? So the actual jigsaw block is placed right here. And then there should be another side of the house which we're going to fix in just a moment. But you can also see some very nice and cool examples of some more stuff right here. Basically TreasureChest how you can add some include as well. So I highly recommend checking this out as well. And then let's actually also go slash locate the MC course code only structures Chi Fan. And then we should also be able to find that this, Let's say my two phi up. Now there it is. Okay, we can see that you go and we should also be able to see stone breaks and then some of them are infested stone bricks and rather than have been replaced with emeralds. And then here are some of this has been replaced with the different ORS. Really cool everything working exactly how you would expect it to. And now we need to fix the house. So how do we fix the house? Well, what we need to do is we need to get a certain block and that is going to be the, this block right here. So let's just give us the, this is the structural block. There you go. We're gonna do is we're just gonna set it down and then right-click this. And what we need to do is we need to get the structure name. There is an MSC course colon, and this is run underscore down underscore house, underscore left underscore side. I think that that is it. Let's load and then you would go actually loaded it. Let's go, let's select this control a control C to copy it, and then click load again to load the structure in. And you can see this structure loads in width a rock right here. This is the drink so block. And you can see this takes the structure underscore tutorial, a run-down house beside pool. That is why it doesn't work and we actually want to do the same thing right here. Let's just go a little bit further away. And then let's right-click, copy this and paste this in. And then we're gonna do a right side, right here, right side, load. It should also load. Let's get out of this. There you go, load this in. And then let's do the same thing one more time with the golden sides. So this is going to be a right, I'll underscore golden. So those are all of our different NVT files. Let's load that in as well. There you go. And now we have all of those different blocks. As you can see, we're gonna start with the left house. So what we need is needed change this of course to MC course. So MC course, now it's going to look at our site pool JSON file. Then what we're gonna do here is the right side. We don't necessarily need to change this, but I'd like to change this as well. This is the target name. I'm going to select this again, control a, control C to copy it. And then we're gonna say done. Now this name right here, the target name has to match the name right here. So if I right-click this one, you can see this has a particular name and those have to match done. That's actually double check this. Yeah. This is Steve. I knew that I had a w in there because I sort of moving a little bit too early. And there we go, this one as well done. Now what we want to do is we want to save those MVT data again. How do we do this? Well, once again, in our structure block, we're going to go to the safe mode, and we're just going to save this under the same name, safe. There you go, done. And then the same here, go to Save mode safe. And then going here to safe mode safe. So if this was a little quick, Don't worry, like I said, next lecture and especially the lecture after that, we're going to discuss the jigsaw blocks in little bit more detail when it actually building a own custom structure and how you can easily save that. So if this was a little, I'm not 100% sure everything works. You are, don't worry about it. We're going to see that in just a little bit in the next lectures as well. But now those different structures have been saved and now the only thing we need to do is exchange the NVT data we already have with our just saved in VT data. So let's just switch to intelligence and see how this works. All right, so we find a suspect in the intelligence and we want to go to the run folder to your safes. And then you want to go into the world that you've just created where you actually have those structures. There should be a generated folder right here with exactly this NVT data. But this is exactly what we wanted. We're just gonna take this and we're just going to move it all the way to the structures right here. And we'll say override all. And that is it. Now, the run-down house will work properly because now it's basically going to look for the proper site pool because we had to specify that in the left house and it's also going to work with the proper right side. So that should be pretty much all that we need to do. So let's create a new world and let's see if the house now spawns correctly. All right, we found in Minecraft and you can see, there you go. There's actually two of them. As I said, they are very, very common. So you definitely want to change the numbers if we want to make them a little bit more rare. But as you can see, there it is. And let's see, I've gotten lucky. There you go, 50% chance of getting the gold one here. Now the right side spawns as well. And we can actually see, Let's just go in here and see whether or not this is the other ones. So they could see that there are different variants. There you go. This is the one that without the gold. So this is really awesome and really cool and all things considered not that crazy. Once again, it's all about getting it to roll ones because I promise you next lecture when we actually make our own structure, you're gonna be amazed at how easy it is to add this once you've gone through this, understand all of the different pieces of it and how you can basically then change it to whatever you want your structure to be. So that is how easy it can be. Once again, to quickly summarize what the freak has been going on here, right? This was quite a bit. We basically have a storage pool that starts to generate your structure. This looks at an MDT file in your structures folder right here, and then generates that particular MVT file. Now how does it know where to generate this? Well, it's going to use this tag right here. So in this instance, for example, the adjacent only house biomes tag and says, Okay, if we're in any of these different biomes than this structure might be able to spawn. This is specified in the configured structure feature right here, where we basically pointed to exactly this biome and also the star pool that is basically used for the configuration of this particular structure. The structure set then also has the possibility of basically choosing between different structures at the same location. Also makes sure that the structures don't intersect each other by adding a salt right here and adding the average and the minimum distance apart in chunks for that particular structure. In the case of a run-down house, we also have a site pool, which then also specifies two different NVT files actually that might be able to generate at that particular location using jigsaw blocks. Now, all of this we're gonna see in the next and the lecture after that as well, where we're going to actually create our own custom structure. We're gonna save the structure in an MVT file. We're going to export it. We're going to add it to our structures folder. And then we're gonna copy over the JSON files that are responsible for responding that actual structure. And you're gonna be able to see that we only need to change very few things to make the structure spawn then. So even though this lecture is quite long and quite extensive and has a lot of content in it. You're going to see that once you've gone through this, understand what is happening. Then adding new structures is a very trivial thing to do entirely, right? So this was a credit, the crazy lecture, I will agree with 113. (1.18.2) Custom Structures (Single Piece): All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be making a custom structure. We find ourselves already in Minecraft and I've already created a custom structure right here. So you can either download the NVT file for this. However, I actually recommend what you do is you actually create your own custom structure. It doesn't have to be big, it doesn't have to be complicated. It definitely has to be below 48 by 48 by 48. I'd say you can just pause the video, create your own structure, and then we will continue. Hopefully you have built a structure that is, it has, it can be similar to this or whatever. But basically we now want the actual structure block. So if you don't have this, you can just give this to yourself. Just give your own player here, the structure block, this one right here. You can see, there you go. This is the structure block. And what we wanna do is we want to place this pretty much outside of the entire structure. So we want to place it right here so that everything inside of it is going to, Well, basically it saved them later and then we want the other one right here. So we want those in these two corners and then the other two blocks should go into the other two corners. But they basically form a, form a cube around this. In this case, just going to put this right here. There you go. Then we're gonna start here. The structure name should be MC course colon, and I'm going to call this the carpet underscore house. And I'm going to copy this name. So once you can control a to select everything, control C to paste it. And then we're switching to corner mode and say Done, I'm going to go here, paste it in control V corner mode done. Over here, they sit in hormones done. And then our last one right here, we actually want to go to Safe Mode, paste this in and say detect, and then it should detect the entire structure so you can see and make sure that everything that you want is inside of the actual lines right here and everything looks great. Now what we can do is we can say safe. Now the file, the NVT file actually has been saved. That's actually how easy this for a while, a single piece structure to be saved in this case, of course, building it. That's of course a whole other thing. When it comes to the jigsaw blocks, That's something we're gonna see in the next lecture. But for now we're going to switch back to IntelliJ. And we're gonna take a look at what we can basically see it right there. So in intelligence, we're gonna go into the R1 folder, saves. This was in the structures world I believe generated there is the cabin house and we're just going to copy this over control C. And then I'm gonna paste it in into my structures. Follow right here. Hothouse NVT they ago, this is now my accustom. How's that I've built? And now of course we need to add some stuff that we've done before. So now what we're gonna do is we're just going to open the origin folder with all of the different Jason final CR, same with the tax. And now basically the idea is that once you've gone through this is why I said in the last lecture, once you've been through it, once, adding new structures is incredibly easy. Because what we're gonna do is we're gonna take the JSON only house. You're going to make this adjacent only structure. In this case, we're just going to take each of these files and just duplicate it. So we're going to drag it into the same folder that it's in bile holding control. So that's going to duplicate it. We're going to call this company underscore house. And I'm going to select all of the name here, control C to copy it because we're gonna use this a couple of times in with the other JSON files. And these biomes are actually totally fun, so we're gonna keep those. This is of course once again just the JSON file that specifies in what biomes our custom structure can spawn in. And he configured structure feature. We're going to copy this over as well. And then once again, just copy and paste in the name here. Here we want to change this name to cover underscore house, store pool. We're going to create that in just a moment. And then this one is of course, the half structures carbon house Jason, that it points to right here. So maybe what we actually don't want, we don't want any monsters here. So let's just do this one. We're just going to have a creature spawned, maybe a parrot. That should be fine overall, the rest here is fine. We don't need any processor list in this case, I don't want anything to be replaced randomly. You could, of course, still do this. We've seen this, the last lecture, the process list was pretty cool, but we don't want this. And then we have a structured set once again also cover underscore house. Here it points to the carbon underscore house and very important, this is incredibly important to make the placement here in the Salt unique. It has to be unique. And then we're also going to change the spacing a little bit. We're not going to go too crazy year once again, 166 are still very, very small. This should definitely be higher when you're actually implementing something into the game. And of course, you saw sort of how the general distance was for the previous structure as well. In other last thing we need is the template pools. We're gonna get the entire run-down house folder here. We're going to rename this to cope and house. And then I'm going to open both the site pool and the store pool. They start pool here, disciple, we can actually delete, that's actually even better. So we're just gonna do yes, delete it. And then the storage pool here, making sure that we have this start pool house right here. And then here we're just going to say instead of the run-down house left, this is of course, pointing to the NVT file. We're gonna point it to the common house NVT file. That is it. Now you're gonna say it can't be everything. This is actually everything we need. 1234 JSON files and our NVT file files and total one of them, depending on how complicated your built is, might take quite a long time to actually save the NVT file, but that is pretty much all that you need to do. Now of course, you can still also change a few things round here, right in those Jason files, configure a few different elements there. But overall, this is pretty much all you need. So for completion sake, what we're gonna do is we're gonna make a new world, go in and see if we can find our carbon house. They're very interestingly enough right here, I actually have a arrow right here. 114. (1.18.2) Custom Structures (Jigsaw Structures): All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 100 thousand seen in this lecture, we're gonna be creating a jigsaw structure. You can see I've already prepared this lex actually those two blocks right here. And let's actually create this from the ground up. So I've already built the structure right here. And what we're gonna do is we're gonna save 1.5. So pretty much with the, with the separation here. Once NVT file and then the other part in another NVT file. And then what I'm gonna do is I'm going to do a three different variance. One with iron right here, one with emeralds and one width diamonds. In the world, this storage platform can spawn with Oracle come on the one side, and then the other side is going to be determined randomly. So first of all, what we're gonna do is we need the structural blocks. So once again, we're gonna do is we're just going to give ourselves this block. So we're just gonna say Give and then search for the structure block right here. We're also going to need is the jigsaw block. So let's just give this to a selves immediately so that we have it. And then what we're gonna do is we're going to, first of all, get the main structure in here. This course should be right here. I think that, that should be fine. And then what we need is, of course at the top as well, let's make sure that we are high enough up. That should be fine. And then one more or they ago, that is okay. And then over here, you need to be below one. So right there. And then once again, but went up all the way through the same height. I believe that should be fine. Now this was of course right here, there you go. This should be okay. But we're gonna see in just a second, then we're gonna go in here, go to corner mode, and this is going to be MC course colon. Let's call this the storage underscore platform. There you go. And I'm going to, It's like all of it with Control a, Control C to copy it, done. And we're gonna go with this one or remote control V to paste the name in control V to paste the Neyman and of course also changed the corner mode. Very important. And then right here, we're gonna go to Safe Mode, paste the name in, and then we're gonna say detect. And there we go. So we have the entire structure in here, so that is exactly right. Now what we also want to set down is the jigsaw block. Now, how do jigsaw blocks work? Well, the general idea is that the way that the arrow points. So basically we want two arrows always pointing to each other. So what we're gonna do is we're going to find the middle right here. Let's just get this one. And then the arrow points in this direction. And then we also want the other jigsaw block to point in the same direction. So you see that they form, they form this sort of line and the arrows point to each other. This is how the other one is going to be placed. This is why I've already built it right next to each other. Let's quickly just do this one right. There you go. You can see that this one is inside of the first structure, right? So this one is inside of this structure and the other one is going to be inside of the second structure, which we're gonna do in a minute. What this does is this one right here has a name defined. So this is just going to be MC course colon side underscore platform for example. Let's select this and copy this name right here. This is the only thing that we need to do on the secondary jigsaw block. On the primary jigsaw block, we want to put this under the target name and then the target pool. And this is incredibly important and we want to do MC course. And then this is going to be these, let's say storage underscore platform slash site underscore pool. So this right here, it points to the adjacent file inside of our data folders. If I just quickly open it up, You're so you can see this for the run-down house, this side pool right here. That is this. Of course we haven't created the storage platform yet, but that is the idea. So we have this side pool JSON file, which defines different variants of this particular, of this particular site. And actually put the irony here, but that's going to be fine. I'm just going to have the iron spawn and then this is gonna be the side platform. I mean, it doesn't really matter which way you do it. And yeah, so basically the site platform, this name and this name has to match. That's the one thing. And then for the main ones, so this is the primary one. This is the structure that's going to spawn when you use the structure, the storage platform, this one right here, that is gonna be the primary one where we have this side pool. So this is the JSON file. This is just the name of the other jigsaw born. And then also what we can define here is what the jigsaw block turns into. We're just going to delete them and let them turn into air. But you could in theory also change this. What we're gonna do is we're also going to get the second one here just so that we have it. So this would be right here. This is should be I think no, I think this should be fine. Then we should ever have everything in there. And then over here, also going to put the structure block down right here. And then the other structure block to be writing your I think that should be it. And this is now going to be the we're gonna call this not the site plan form of this is going to be the Oracle income underscore storage underscore platform. Go, I'm going to select it, press control C to copy it, Warner mode, control V to paste. They didn't corner mode. And then over here as well, they sit in mode and then this one is of course going to be saved mode again, they sit in, say detect, and we should have this in their day ago. Now we have the oral calcium storage platform, which also includes this jigsaw block right here. Which is very important in that case. So what we're gonna do is we're gonna take the storage platform would have saved this. We're gonna take the Oracle platform, save this, and then multiple do is I will change this up to be a different type of order and we're going to save a different example of this as well. Alright, so I've changed it all to emeralds in this case I'm gonna do is now we're going to change the name right here. We're just going to change the name to Emerald storage platform. I'm going to select it all. Press control C to copy it. And we're gonna change all names here. This is very important. So once again, there's control a2 collected or control V to paste the new name. And that should be pretty self-explanatory here. I'm gonna do the same here and then we're going to detect it one more time. And you're gonna see, there you go. This is the emerald storage platform in this case, make sure also when you select when you put on a new blocks that you are, aren't outside of the boundaries here. And then we're going to save this one as well. Now we have two different variants. Just for the sake of argument, we're going to make another variant. Let's also make the diamond variant. Let's just do that quickly. I felt it with a diamond. So once again, let's change the names here. So this is gonna be the diamond storage platform. Once again, Control a to select it, Control C to copy it over. And then we're gonna do the same thing for all different corners right here. There you go. And then this one as well. There you go. And then let's go here once again to detecting it. And we have detected as successfully, and now we can save it as well. There you go. And now we have saved three different variants of this part of the platform and basically one main platform right here. Those are basically connected through this jigsaw block right here. But this is the, the whole idea here. Let's switch to until a DJ and see what we can see at firstly, of course we need to get the NVT data for this one is going to enter the R1 folder in the safes. In the same way, you basically save this and this is gonna be all four of them. We're going to need those storage platform and the three different ones there. Let's copy them over to our structures, follow right here. And then what we're gonna do is once again, we're just going to copy over the counter house JSON files. And you're gonna see that once again, even with the jigsaw blocks, it is not that crazy. We're gonna copy over this one that is going to be the storage underscore platform. This is gonna be the name of the general structure itself and the moon will do once you can configure it. Structure feature, also storage platform, but we just need to change the name right here to storage platform. And the name of the biomes here was just this JSON file right here, platform as well. The same list thing in the structure, set. The structure quenching back to the configured structure feature. And then this one is just going to be something like that. So once again, a salt and the spacing, I mean, we can pretty much just keep it as it is, just going to change a little bit. There you go. And then it is off to the template house, the template pools. So we're going to actually use the run-down house here. I want to change this to STORD platform and we have the two Jason fancier, the site pool and the store pool. Let's start with historic pool here, changing this to our storage platform, star pool number one, and then this one to the storage platform. This is going to be the main quote unquote in VT file that it points to. So this is going to point to this NVT file right here. And then the side pool is gonna be interesting. This is gonna be, of course, once again, changing the name here and the wound is instead of pointing to run-down house right side, we actually wanted to point to the, for example, diamond underscore storage platform. Yes. And then we also want is the other two we're going to delete this one right here. We're just going to also delete the comments for the sake of argument. I'm going to do this and then just copy this twice. And we can change the weight here as well. So let's say, for example, we have a thirty-three percent chance of spawning either of them, let's just say. And then this one is not going to be the time at one, but the Orange County item underscore storage platform and then this is going to be the Emerald emerald storage spot platform. Once again, these locations here points to the NVT files. And it's going to take one of those NVT files and going to generate that with different weights here. If we have the weights of all three, then it's pretty much gonna be one over three. And we could also say, well maybe you know what, Actually this is twice as likely. This is maybe a five-year. So then this is going to come up 50% of the time. This is going to come up 20% of the time. In this 10% of the time, it's just the weights basically on how it's spawns. And that is literally all you need to do. We're already done with setting this up. Once again, when we have the JSON files already prepared once copying them over, you are done like it's it's very, very straightforward. And yes, of course, if you have crazier ideas, if you have even like extended a multiple, multiple jigsaw blocks and stuff like that, then of course it's going to get more and more complicated. But let's say great start. And I highly recommend being open to experimentation, especially and just trying out stuff and seeing what you can basically come up with. So for the last time for the structures, let's go into Minecraft, create a new world and let's see if our new storage platform spots or a fantasy Minecraft and I already spy something here, and this is probably the worst case scenario. You can see that only half of the sport, that's very interesting. So there's probably going to be a typo in there somewhere, which is very strange, but we're going to see wait a second. Let's just the issue is very funny because I just changed the names of the run-down house once. So you can see in the run-down house, I changed the actual things to the storage platform. And the storage platform has this things in the run-down house. So that's not quite what I had in mind here. Let's just do it like this. Let's just do copy this over. And then we're gonna do is this one is just going to be deleted. So we're going to get the name off of this, is this name back to run-down house. And then this one is going to be the storage underscore plant. But now this should be working fine. So let's see. This is the storage platform start pool storage platform side for now, we should be fine. So the issue here was that I accidentally changed the run-down house JSON files instead of the storage platform. Jason files can happen anytime, so no worries there. But he actually saw that sometimes you can't really find it. So you'd then have to go through sentence. You see you can actually find something in the terminal. Wasn't anything here. It was just a arrow right here in the files, but no worries at all. So now let's actually take a look at whether or not it's spawns correctly. All right, If answers in Microsoft once again and let's see, I don't even know if this spawns in this actual biome. So let's just located the MC course storage platform and let's see if this works. N is there we go. It finally works. So you can see no worries at all. It can always happen that there's a typo somewhere. But overall, you saw that it wasn't anything crazy year. It was very, very straightforward to fix. Let's just see if I can't fly around and actually find another one of those storage platforms, maybe with something else then already calcium does look like it's also a calculus. Actually. And it is indeed, let us just tp to somewhere very, very distant. Let's just go like, I don't know, 20 K. And let's see if I can locate another one. Let's just locate his sword platform and see if this one has something different than what we calculate. Of course not, because that would be too easy. Let's see P1 last time and let's actually see maybe we can find something. Let's go to negative 20, K to K, That's okay. And then let's do locate MC course towards platform One more time. Let's see if this is going to work. I think we're actually below it. There it is. And we actually found some difference. So here we can see the one with the emeralds as well. So everything working totally like you would expect it to. And really freaking awesome. So everything working great and yeah, that's pretty much how easy it is for some jigsaw structures to be added to Minecraft. But that would pretty much be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. All of the JSON files in the NVT fonts are of course also available for download you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well. But otherwise I will see you in the next lecture. 115. (1.18.2) Custom 3D Armor Models: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom 3D armor model to Minecraft. We're going to turn our Oracle come armor into a custom 3D armor model. And for this, we're once again going to use a block bench. As you can see, I've already prepared the oracle come armor right here. But this is actually fairly straightforward. So we're going to use echo lip one more time. And the way that this works is if you make a new geckos live animated model here, we can just make a test armor here. Then what you can do is you can go under File gecko lip model settings. You can just turn this to armor and then it's going to generate the Minecraft player right here. You can see you don't touch this. So basically these different blocks should not be touched. Then everything else you want to add under the armor head, armor body and so on and so forth. Do for example, you can click this Add Cube and then you can start to add your custom armor right here, Z, just size it up. And however, you were basically like your armor to look. You can duplicate it, Control D. There you go. And then you can just add stuff to it and you can of course make it as, as custom as you would like. Now what I found is that making the armor is actually quite hard. Like making it look good is not that easy. So this is, it isn't actually doesn't look that good, especially when you actually take, for example, the arm here for the sake of argument, we can rotate it around. You can actually see if I rotate it a little bit, that it actually missing here and stuff like that. So it's not, it's not that interesting, it's not that crazy. It's just an example of one piece of armor. And what you could do here is also the following. When you've created everything, what you can do is let's just delete this texture for the moment. And then you might have something like this. What you can do is you can press Control a, and then this is going to select every piece of what different thing that you have in here. And we can then do is you can make a new texture out of this. So we're just going to keep this texture and then you can see it basically replaces everything on this texture. Now if you save this texture, I'm gonna just gonna do this. You have already prepared some stuff here. Worse than what I can do is I will be able to, well, this is how it looks like, right? When I just open it, you can see it basically gives you a thesis of the armor where you actually want to draw this. So what we can do is just add this in here right to the texture. We're just going to open it. What you can do then is we can go in here and then just change some stuff. For example, right here, I believe that it should be like the back of the head or something like that. We can just draw all over this and then save it. And if I go into block bench again, right-click refresh, then you can see now this has changed and at the back of the head, you'd see there, and I'll have this color, coloring it and making the texture quite difficult, like it's not actually that easy to do. You can also click on the individual phases and you can see where this is. So you can see the bar at the top of the head is actually this. Then I can say, Okay, this one right here, I believe, or not mistaken. So I can say, oh, make this blue and then save it again. Once again, go in here, refresh. And you can see now at the top of the head is blue. So this is definitely a thing that is going to take quite awhile. I just want to show you how you can basically added. So I have already prepared the texture. Let's just take the oracle outcome texture right here. And then also what I did is I added this black right here because what I wanted to do is on the head and stuff, I wanted to move those to the bottom so that it's a little bit easier to basically see the distinction between my actual armor and the player. So I can do this one right here as well. There you go. And then the other leg as well. So basically all of the Do not touch once. I just moved to the black piece of armor right here, just so that I can basically have a less contrast there so that I can see, okay, whereas this, what am I doing here? This block pinch model will of course also be available for download. And what you then do is you can just go to File Export, Export, gecko lip model. This is going to be a geo model once not once again, I already have this, of course, so we're just going to replace this. And what you can do then is go into fabric right here and then continue in an intelligent, let's continue and actually add this. What are we going to need? What we're going to need three different things. One of them is a custom items. So in the custom item package, we're gonna make the account come armor item. And this is going to do this. We're going to extend the mod armor item, actually that it has the same functionality. We're going to create a constructor matching super. And then we're also gonna do, which is very important is that there was actually an issue in the oriC outcome armor item or in the more armor item rather. In this has armor method right here, normally gonna do is I actually have the correct method right here. You can see we basically just checking for we cast this to the armor item, whether or not it actually is a armor item here, The reason for doing this is otherwise, when you have an electron and the rest of the armors filled, and one of them is the more armor item, then the game is actually going to crash because you can't cast the electron to an armour items. So keep that in mind, but that is pretty much all we need to do here. And then for the calcium armor item, what we actually want is a few things. So we actually wanted to add the implements I animatable as well. Hover over this Implement Methods is going to implement the register controllers method as well as the GET factory method. But you can also do is you can press shift twice and look at the put the potato armor item right here. This is an example. So this is also great. You can basically in theory just copy everything over. So the potato, potato armor item pretty much is the example given from gecko lip here. So you can also take a look at that. We're just gonna continue through. So we of course need for the I animate all the animation factory. This is something that we've seen with the custom entities as well. We're going to basically return the factory right here. And then for the predicate, what we're gonna do is pretty much what you could in theory do, like I said, literally just take this entire method here, the predicate, because that's the thing that we're going to need. And we can just take it over and copy it over because it pretty much is going to be always the same. The only thing that we're gonna change, the animation here is just going to be called idle in this case. And then down here, we actually want this to be a little bit different. So there's not, I'm registries. This is gonna be mod items, start booths, and then we're just gonna go through more and more items, starts leggings. We're going to go for the more items starts just played and then last but not least, the more items start helmets they ago. And that should pretty much be all that we need here. Then of course, the predicate to be fairly self-explanatory here we're gonna use this in the register method right here. Okay, let's just rename this to data. There you go. That should be it. All of the code is of course also available to you in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well, but that should pretty much be everything that we need. You also have some nice comments right here, which is really useful. That's also pretty cool, right after having added as this armor item, we now need to change all four pieces of armor to this, or it can become armor item That's actually very necessary here. And then we can use this in the model and the renderer. So these will go into my entity client package right here under a new package called armor. You could also move them anywhere in the item, client, whatever. So they don't have to go here, but I'm just going to put them there. And there's going to be the Oracle come arm or model. And the other one is going to be the Oracle outcome armor render, Are they ago? The modal is going to extend the animated real model of type or a calcium armor item. And then we're just going to hover over this, implement the methods. So those are gonna be the three methods that return identifier's. Now I've already prepared this. I'm just going to copy this over, but should be fairly self-explanatory. This points to the model JSON file that we've exported from block bench. This is just our texture file and this is the animations. And I prepared the animations. It's just almost a blank Jason file. Not quite, but it's fairly self-explanatory. So let's just add the JSON files here. The animation is of course also available. And this I pretty much just used for all of the different textures, for all of the different armor. If you don't have any specific animations associated with it. And you can just pretty much do this animation which has nothing in it. And then what we're gonna do is we're gonna take the armor GO and also get this in here they ago. Of course, actual model in this case. And then the texture you can see this should go under textures, model armor or calcium Armor Texture. So there's gonna be a new folder right here, models and then new directory called armor. And then let's get the texture over as well. This is gonna be this one right here. There you go. Just for testing purposes, of course, or income Armor Texture. That is correct. There you go. So that should be fine. And then the model is done. We can then proceed to add stuff to the Renderer. Renderer is going to extend the geo armor renderer once again of type already count them armor item. We're just going to hover over this and create constructor matching super. And we actually don't want anything to go in here and here we want the new Oracle Cloud Armor model. This is fairly self-explanatory. And then what we're gonna do is we want to set this, so we want to set the head bone, party bone and so on and so forth to the names. And those names are going to be the names right here. We can see this is the armor head right here. We're setting the head bone to armor head. This has to be the case. We can also take a look at once again, the potato armor renderer. I believe if I actually take a look at this, the renderer right here, see they also do the same thing. This is just, you just have to set this. And it was very interesting and I don't know why that is the case, but you have to set the left leg bone to the armor right leg the right leg bone to the armor left. Like I don't know why that is the case. At least this is what I found works. I don't know why it switched around here. I can't tell you why, but it's just what I found. It's a very easy fixed. So this is not a typo, this is actually how you need to do it, at least it was for me. And after you have added this now we can actually use this in our MC course client class. So there's gonna be right here. We want to do is, we want to do, of course, in the uninitialized client method, we want to say GU armor renderer.org, register armor render us with a new or the calcium armor renderer. And then we want to pass in all of our items that we have. Once again, we want to pass on the boots and then mode items. Not. This is gonna be the leggings. And then we have mod items, start split. Nope, That definitely not. There's cherry blossom sign and then we have the more items, that element. There you go. And that should be fine. No errors. Should be president right here. And I believe all things considered, this should pretty much be everything that we need. There's one more thing that I just want to add, just so we have it in here. Let's just add it as well. We can call gecko LEP dot initialize. I'm not a 100% sure whether or not this is necessary. However, it's insanely just a good idea to add this just so that we have it in our own initialized method. I'm not a 100% sure I tested it. Whether or not it basically breaks the mod, it doesn't, if you don't add it, just being sure, let's add this as well. And otherwise, I think this should pretty much be everything that we need. I mean, if something does not work, then of course going to be able to immediately see this in game as well. Let's just enter Minecraft and see if it works. Councils in Minecraft. And let's just get the armor right here and let's see if it works. And indeed it does. And of course we still get our customer armor effect right here. And it looks freaking amazing. The thing also works, like I said, making the armor look really, really cool. That is a very hard thing like adding the ARMA as you've seen, right? It's just a couple of classes that changes things around a little bit. And then you have the armor, the exporting it, the JSON files and stuff like that. It's fairly straightforward, but then making it look really cool, having a cool, a cool texture, a cool model that is definitely very hard, but I mean, that is how easy it is to add the armor to Minecraft, right? That concludes this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lecture. Yeah. 116. (1.18.2) Custom Villagers: Or I welcome back to the fabric horse for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom villager to Minecraft. Yes, this is now going to be a custom villager. Instead of just adding some trades to already existing villagers, we're going to add a customer villager, but this is actually way more straightforward than I thought in the MC course package. We're gonna make a new package called villager. Instead of there, we're gonna make a new Java class called the mode villagers. Now this is going to contain both the point of interest as well as the professional or the content of this class I will be copying over, but I will explain everything as we go along. And also of course, everything is available to you in the GitHub past or individual just as well. You can see if you have a point of interests and a villager professional, those are of course related with each other. A point of interest is where a villager gets their profession from the professional. Then of course it's just the professional. So let's first of all take a look at the actual point of interest. You can see what we're doing here is basically registering a point of interest type right under the model ID. And our name should be fairly self-explanatory. And you can see what we're doing here is we're calling this accessor because otherwise we have to call this interface, this mixing. Otherwise it's not going to work. But the general idea is that we're basically creating a point of interest with the name that we're given here. And then a block of a certain state. Though the idea is that if a block that we're putting in here, when we call this register point method, then the oracle come blaster and all of its different states are basically going to be registered as a point of interest. That is the blastopore, that is the idea. And after we've registered the point, we then register the profession. And you can see here once again with a name given and then the age-specific point of interest type that we're passing into the blast report right here and within creating the actual profession. So this is the name, this is the point of interest type each two immutable sets right here. We can actually do is we can middle mouse, click on the professional side here, and we should be able to see this. So this is the gatherer items and the secondary job sites. I've just put them to basically just empty immutable Sets because that's going to be easier for the time being. You can always take a look at both the village or profession and other being used. So we can actually take a look at this one right here. I think the register method, for example, the farmer right here. You can see it has weed, weed seeds, beetroot seats excellent, can actually pick up. And then also there is a farmland as a work site, so to speak. But we're just gonna keep it like this. I don't want this to be too complicated. You always have available to you all of the vanilla classes to take a look at how those work. And that should pretty much be hopefully what you're going to need. So then this setup boys method right here, we actually need to call the setup for every point. So if you have another point, just add this as well. Add your poll here and then it's going to be fine. And this needs to be cold inside of your MC course on initialized, let's just call it right here. This is going to be the MOD villagers that setup boys they ago, and that should be pretty much all of the code that we need. Now we're actually going to do two more things. So one more thing in the code, or we're gonna do is we're actually going to add or at least one or two different, different trades because the traits we're actually going to add in the same way that we added those traits with something like duplicates this. And then instead of choosing village or professions, we're gonna choose motor villagers, not a blast master. And then just add one here. And let's just say something like it, like nine emeralds. And then we're just going to add a second one. Maybe for the account can pick axe. There you go. And then just add a third one, which is going to be level two. And that's gonna be maybe the shovel or a different amount of air you go, this is going to be five, that, that's fine. So this is how you then add the different trade offers as well. There might be a different way to do it right here, but I found this to be absolutely, totally fine. There's also works and then there's one thing that is very strange and that is going to be the texture or the textures. Let's just go to the external libraries all the way down to right here, the project merged name and so on and so forth to the Assets folder, Minecraft textures. This should be under entity from not mistaken an entity and then all the way down to a villager here, and then the professions. So we have the professions right here and the villager right here. So we're actually going to need the villager as well as our custom profession. Now I've just taken the armor professional right here, the image and just made it blue because I'm making a custom villager outfit is actually very, very, I mean, it's not that easy, right? So it's like, it's, it's quite a lot. So what we're gonna do is we're going to go and copy this over. So the structure is going to be under the EMC course namespace. So this is gonna be, it's gonna be under assets MC coarse textures. We already have the entity right here, and then we need the villager right here. A villager go and then we're going to need the profession as well. I'll actually copy it over right here so you can see we have the profession right here, the blast master as well as the villager. I don't know why we need the village or at least in my testing, I needed the villager, a PNG. I don't know why that is the case, but it is what it is. And then the blast mass right here, we have, as you can see, just made it blue basically, because I'm making a completely custom look for a villager. Actually quite hard. So it's similar to the custom 3D armor. So yeah, that's pretty much a thing. And then the last thing we're gonna need is the translation for the name of the profession. And that is going to go into the ENR screw us adjacent file. And this is gonna be the following. So we're gonna go right here. And it's gonna be entity micro village or a blast master. And there you go. Blast master is gonna be what it says when we actually open the inventory to trade with the villager. And that's gonna be pretty much it. Now those are the steps. Once again, of course, everything available to you in the GitHub posture in individual just as well. And that is pretty much all you need for a custom villager. So let's just see if it works or if finds us in Minecraft. So let's respond a villager and set down the blaster. And there you go, It works totally fine. We now have a blast master that trades exactly the traits that we've basically given here. So let's just get some emeralds and let's just get them up to the next level right here. Let's just see, once the level up on stuff literal levels up we're gonna see on, and there we go. And now, as you can see it, now we can get the shovel as well for these level two. And it's also an apprentice. That's really freaking awesome. And actually how easy it is to add a custom villager to Minecraft. And then that would pretty much be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. Like always, all of the code is available in the GitHub repository, an individual just as well. And I'll see you in the next lecture. 117. (1.18.2) Baby Entities: Welcome back to the fabric horse for 118. And in this lecture we're going to be adding a custom baby entities to our tiger. Now this is actually way easier than I thought I'll father, this was way more complicated, but it actually isn't the only needs to change stuff in the entity as well as in the renderer. And we're gonna start in the entity itself, what we're actually getting into a couple of things. The first thing is going to be the animal meat goals. What we're gonna do is we're just going to duplicate the track or goal right here. And we're going to call this the, this is the animal mate goal right here with this and then also passing in one. D is gonna be the trans here and priority three should be fine. Usually that's gonna be okay. This is very important that we add this and then we also wanted to add the reading item method right here. And then here we can basically filter whether or not a certain item that we right-click this entity with is going to make it so that we get the breeding sorted, so to speak. And for our case, we're going to use items dark beef in this case, if we right-click the tiger with beef, then it basically gets into meeting mode. That's the general idea you have. And then of course, the last thing here is the create child. But this is going to require us to do mod entities, not tiger dot create and then passing in the world parameter here, and that is it. Now in theory, the babies would already spawned. However, they would be the same size as the tiger, which is of course quite not quite what you had in mind, I think. And for that, we're going to go into the renderer and we're going to just override the get render type efforts. So this is gonna be this one right here. And what we wanna do is we just want to keep this alone. We're just going to modify this a little bit there it goes to read it a little bit better. We just want to do is an if statement for animatable dot is baby, and then do something else. We're gonna do something else. What we wanna do is we just wanted to take the stack and scale it. So this is gonna be the scale of the animal. 111 is of course going to be the same scale as it was before. And then in the baby, if we just pass this in here, we want to, for example, make this kernel 0.4 so that we're gonna make the baby about 40% the size of the normal adult. And that is it. This is all that we need. Once again, very easily doable, changeable. You can just change out this one right here for a different item. If you don't want beef, if you want something else, there are a couple of things that you might want to do. You can think about, but if you right-click the tiger with a, with the beef, you might want to make another check and your Interact mob method right here that you don't start writing it. And then also may be that you can't write a baby because at the moment we can actually write a baby. Those should be things that are fairly self-explanatory. At this point, I am actually very confident that you should be able to do this on your own easily. But whatever the case may be, this is the child. So let's just see if we've added children to Minecraft or fossils in Minecraft. So let's just get to tigers and let's get some beef in here. And let's just see, right-click, Right-click. And then let's see. I don't get any particles at the moment because I actually turned off particles, but you can already saw that it works. So let's video settings under particles. Let's just get all particles right here. Unless you see There's one more time, There you go. We also get the particles and there it is. Let's see, there it is the baby animal in a smaller version than the big ones. It actually totally fine working completely like you would expect it to. We can also right-click on it and then it should also spawned a baby animal. That's also another thing that you can do. There you go. They will actually grow up by the way, It's just takes quite a while. I can actually show you whether it is in the animal class. Well, but that is how easy it is to add some baby animals to microbes. If we go down the tree here, there are ten obtain capable entity, animal entity in the animal entity class. Here the breeding cool down, maybe it's in, somewhere in here. I think it might be even further down. Maybe h there it is, in the passive entity, negative 24 thousand. So this should be 24 thousand takes, I believe, until it creates an adult basically. So you could in theory also change this. Maybe I'm not sure it's file, so maybe this can't be changed, but there is basically where it is at. And that is pretty much also how easy it is to add some custom entities to your entity, to your entity. And that would conclude this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new. And I'll see you in the next lectures. 118. (1.18.2) Custom Geodes: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a custom geode to Minecraft. So accustomed yield is actually fairly straightforward, all things considered. So let's just see how this works in the world package, feature package in R configured features class, I'm going to copy over the actual geode feature config craziness. And it will look like a lot. But don't worry, we'll go through almost all of the lines and see what they mean. So this is the oracle come geode here. Let's just format is a little bit differently maybe, so they can see everything they ago. And the general idea is that we have a geode feature conflict with some layer conflicts. Here. The layer conflicts is actually the really interesting thing because here we can define, you can see 12345 different blocks and then also a list of blocks or blocks states in this case, but pretty much the same idea. If we go into the G0 layer conflict, we can actually see what those different blocks states are. So we can see there's a filling provider inner layer. There's an alternate enlarged interlayer. There's a middle layer an hour later and inner block it cannot replace, and then also an invalid blocks tag as well. So what does all of those crazy things mean? Well, let's talk about the inner blocks first. The inner blocks are basically, in the case of vanilla, are the budding amethyst. So if we middle mouse button, click on this and we can see the underground configured features class right here and see the amethysts geode clusters go in here and see air is the first one. So this is just the absolute inner most block. And of course usually what you would want is your GOD to be filled with air. That is why this is air in this case. And the emesis block is the, let's see, this is the inner layer providers. So this is the first inner layer basically. And then we have a block state provider of a alternate inner layer. Now those are the budding amethyst. So those are the blocks where the Earth is actually grow out of. We also have a calcite here. So this would be the middle layer provider. And then we also have the, let me actually check this here, the smooth muscles and that would be the outer layer provider. So we have a middle layer and an hour later, you're going to see in our example here, if I switch back to this, we can see that the error is the same thing that we have deep slate as the general makeup of the inner layer. The oracle come or is going to be our budding amethyst, so so to speak, an outer layer of dirt. And then the complete our layer is gonna be the Emerald block, while the recalc and block right here, where this list is basically, this is going to be our growing amethyst. So in the list right here you can see these are the MFAs buds that can spawn. And in our case, this is going to be our calcium blocks just for the sake of an example here, right? Thickness should be fairly self-explanatory. Just define the thickness here. A cracking config basically determines on how big some openings might be in this geode. And then you have some things that you can basically change the distribution, noise multiplier and some generation offset, highly recommend, like as always, play around with the numbers over here. This is like the best thing that you can do. Also play around with the blocks over here. You will see in just a moment when we actually spawned this in a new world, how this actually looks. And you will pretty much very easily understand how this works. So no worries there. And this is basically the general idea. Play around with this. Now this is of course, all available to you in a GitHub repository and individual just as well. So no worries there. Let's proceed to the marketplace features class. So I'm going to copy this over as well. But this is also going to be not too crazy. Actually do something like this. Maybe you can read this. There you go. There's the oracle come real placed and you can see we're just making a rarity placement here of 42 because why not? And then we need the square placement feature, squared placement modifier off. And then we have the uniform height from six to 50. I've just chosen those because that's gonna be fine once, uh, once again, of course, play around with this, right? Chose, choose different offsets, right? You can use the fixed one below top all of that. Just try out a bunch of stuff here and then see what you can find with the different values here. And to spawn this, well, it is fairly straightforward. We just want to go into our generation here. We're just going to duplicate this one and we want to change this to the oracle come or placed to the oracle come, GO TO placed. Also making sure that the Configure feature here is the geode. And then here we are also referencing the geode and that is it That should small niche, you're in a new world. Let's create a new world and see if it works. Or France or in Minecraft. And there we have one example already. So we found one, a geode and you can see, of course, the inner most layer basically is air here. And then you can see these are the different layers. You can see this is deeply the dirt over here. Then we have the budding amethyst replacement for r ors. And then on some of them, the Oracle can block spawn and those would be the places where the actual clusters would spawn from. The Emerald block itself, you can see is actually very much outside of it. So you can see that this is actually where the geode already starts and it is quite a lot. So you can see here then all of this is dirt and then at some point, you basically start finding some of the different blocks here as well. And then at some point after digging a lot, so you can see that it is quite a lot. So you've actually reached the other outside again. We can have to go this way. And then at some point, let's see. We're gonna be able to find the actual GO inside as well. So that is pretty much how easy it can be to add some custom fields. Once again, playing around with the numbers, playing around with the blocks. That's all up to you. But overall, it is a very straightforward to actually have it, generate it. And as always, as I've said, the code is available on GitHub repository and individual just as well, but that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 119. (1.18.2) Block that interacts with Redstone: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be taking a look at how you can implement Redstone into your customer block. So what does that mean? Well, we're going to make the oracle become a lamp, a block that instead of right-clicking it to turn it on and off, we're going to make it work with redstone ore this, right? We have one example and that is the redstone lamp block. Like always microbes source code is your best friend. Let's just press shift twice and let's search for the redstone lamp block right here. And you can see that we have the neighbor update method as well as these scheduled to take methods. So those are the two methods that we need. Let's just copy them over, select them and copy them over control C, control V to paste it in. And then we just need to change the lid here to collect everywhere where it says LET, you just want to say then same here as well, and liked as well. And then we can make this a little bit easier to read. So instead of the Boolean value, we just wanted to like that. And then the casting here also, it doesn't have to happen right now the question is what is happening here? Well, the neighbors update method is called when a neighbor of this particular block state updates in the world shouldn't be too crazy for the general ideas that we want to know whether or not this particular block is on. If it is on n, it is not receiving power, we want to turn it off and other way round. If it's, if it's turned off and it's receiving power than we want to turn it on. That is the general idea. Now this is a little bit more complicated in my mind than it has to be, but we're gonna be fine because this is pretty much how vanilla does it as well. And then we're scheduling a tick take basically is then done right here. So you can see this is called when a scheduled to tick is well executed basically. And we're basically just setting the state at this particular position to the flick state cycle. What is cycle mean? Well, we're basically just inverting whatever the actual Boolean value is. So cycle, just cycles through all of the values. It's very hard to see in this case. But the general idea is just that it just cycles through all of the different values of this particular block state property because it's a Boolean, there are only two possible values that it can have. Therefore, it's just going to turn a folds into a true and a true into a false. And that is all that we need. So you can see the is receiving Redstone power at this particular position, and that is all that we need, right? So this is just a Boolean method here that asks, Hey, is this block receiving power? And that is all that you need to check whether or not power is applied to this block. And then just so that we have it that's actually comment this out here. And let's just make a system out print line and we're just going to say powered by. And then we're going to say world that and we have a few power. Well things over here you can see there's a emitting power, read some power and get received power, get emitted. Redstone is receiving Redstone and then strongest, we're just going to output the strongest power. So this is going to return an integer in this case, and it's gonna be anything from 0 to 15 because of course, Redstone power, the max is 15 and the lowest would be 0, which would be no power at all. This is then going to be output in the console here inside of intelligence when we right-click this particular block. Now that is actually all that we need to do, most of it from vanilla. Now, as always, of course, all of the code here is gonna be available to you in a description in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. Now let's go into a world and let's see if it works. All right, friends in Minecraft again, and I've already set down the oracle icon lab over here. So let's just take a lever and let's see. And then we go, it turns on and then it turns off when I, but the lever off again. And so what we can do as well as we can with this. So there you go. And this also works. If I now right-click this and take a look right here in the incline, we should see power by 14. So this is of course the case because this would be 15 and then one further along with the Redstone line here, this would be 14. If I then also turn on the lever here and I right-click again, then you can see we're still getting 14. Interestingly enough, this should be 15. In my mind, that is very interesting. Let's see if we can do it like this. That's this work. Now it works with 15. Alright, so the lever, it didn't actually quite work. I guess. That's very interesting to me. Actually, I would've expected this work, but fair enough. So this now basically is the way that this works and this is how easy it can be to add a block that will functions with Redstone, Minecraft. Of course, any additional functionality that you will then want to add when the restaurant is applied, you of course have to either add in the block or if this is a book entity, you can also of course do this as well and then change it around there as well. But that is of course, something that you can do on your own. And I hope that you can do this and add some functionality to it as well, but that will be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 120. (1.18.2) Custom Block Entity Renderer: Alright, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be adding a customer block entity renderer to Minecraft. So what is a block entity renderer? Well, basically it is going to be a certain extra rendering that we add to a customer block entity. And what is going to be our block entity? Well, we're going to have a custom block model that looks kind of like this, but it's going to be a pedestal. And then when we right-click it with an item and the item is going to hover over this particular pedestal. That is the general idea. Nothing too crazy, but still pretty cool to look at this particular block bench firewall, of course, also be available for download. And then we can go to File Export, Export, block item model, the pedestal adjacent. Now I already have this, so we're going to be fine and we're going to add this in just a little while as a block model adjacent. But first let's start by adding the block. So in our book, in our custom block package, right-click new Java class called the pedestal. Look. Now I will be coming over most of this, but no worries. All of this is available to you in a GitHub repository in individual just as well. Now we will get one arrow right here and a couple of more arrows right here. But no worries, we'll be able to fix those in just a moment once we've added the block entity class as well. Now what is happening here? Well overall, the most important thing here is of course that is extends the block with entity class and also that we have the get rendered type overwritten with the model. This is extremely important. If you don't do this, then your custom block will be invisible as actually go to the bottom. So those are three helper methods. We also have the on-state replaced. This just drops basically all of the items that are inside of the inventory. Nothing too crazy. And then we have the unused. This method is of course called when you right-click this particular block. And what happens here is that if the item instead of the pedestal is empty and we actually are holding an item, then we're just going to put this item that the player is holding into this inventory and deleting the later item in his hand. If there actually isn't item inside of this particular pedestal, then we're just spawning it to the player and then we're deleting the pedestal item right here. So that's actually all that we're really doing in the unused method. Highly recommend checking this out as well. It's not that complicated, all things considered. And one of us, we have this block. Let's actually go into the entity package and make the custom entities. So this is gonna be the pedestal block entity and there is something snuck in here, and that is gonna be a typo. So there you go. Block entity. There we go. And once again, I will copy over the continents. This is actually, I think this is actually even less than the actual block. Funnily enough. There's only 67 lines long. Not that crazy. And you can see this of course, extends the block entity and it implements the implemented inventory that we've added in the customer block entities lecture as well. We have the defaulted list of items stack that's just the inventory shouldn't be anything crazy. And then we also have a flawed right here, which is the rotation. But we need the rotations in this case, because those need to be saved on the block entity itself. Because we can't really save this on the block entity renderer because they're ever only exists one block entity renderer while the book entity itself. If we save it on this, then it won't interfere. Because when you save it on the block and D renderer, then what happens is that each time you sit down a new pedestal block entity, the thing just gets faster and faster. And that is of course not quite something that we want. So this is why the rotation is going to be the rotation of the item. So this is why we save it right here. We also have a right in a read and beauty method shouldn't be anything crazy, right? These are just for saving the inventory when we go out of the world, right? When we save the world. And then also incredibly important is that we want to update packet method overwritten with the block entity, update to server to client as to see packet and creating it with this and then also to initial chunk data and b t. We want this to look like this. So those two are incredibly important. Otherwise there will be a D sync between the server and the client. So keep that in mind that those have to be added as well. As I've already mentioned. All of this is available to you in the process or an individual just as well. We can copy it over from there, right then let's go into the block entities class and let's just copy over the pedestal. So first of all, we're going to copy this. So we're going to duplicate this and make this the pedestal block entity is going to be called the pedestal. And then we're going to just duplicate this selected and press Control D. This is gonna be the pedestal. This is of course equal to, first of all, the name here, pedestal. And then here we want to change this to a pedestal block entity. And then here we want to use the pedestal. Now of course this is not implemented yet, but no worries at all. We're just going to add this as well. So the blue mode block entities, we can now go to the pedestal rock entity. The error here should go away and there should be no more errors present than in the block. We can now import the pedestal book entity class and are all errors here should also go away. And it's great. And then to get rid of this error, we just have to register the actual block. So we're just gonna do that as well. Let's just copy over the winter window. That is going to be fine. And this is gonna be the pedestal horse, Same with the name here at assault. And this is going to be the pedestal block. Now we're not going to copy glass. Let's actually do of material stone. I think that that makes the most sense, non opaque. We actually don't need that. Strength three, that's going to be fine. And then of course, in our item group, in our custom item group here. And that should be fine. Now this arrow should also go away, and now all of the errors are gone. Now we still need the custom renderer. So the entity package, we're going to right-click new package called client. And then inside of there we're gonna make a new class called the pedestal Volokh entity renderer. You go and this is actually fairly straightforward, but this is going to implements the block entity Renderer, renderer right here of type. Pedestal block entity will hover over this Implement Methods. This is the render method right here, and that is pretty much all that we need to do. Do. So then we can do a public pedestal block entity renderer. Instead of here, we want to call the book entity render our factory dot context, context and the goal. So we just want the default constructor basically in here with this particular parameter and the render method as well, the contents of the random method I will actually copy over. You can see we're basically getting the item render over here, and then we're also getting the item stack. Now the thing that we're doing with the matrices here, the matrix stack basically is we are, this all just determines the translation. So where our particular item stack is, scale determines how big it is, and then multiply here, just rotates the actual item erupt. That's what these three colds do than the item renderer Render item just renders the item. Then we have to pop this particular matrix stack, and then we're adding the rotation to it as well. So that is pretty much all that we're doing here. So pretty cool, All things considered. And I highly recommend just taking a look at this and I'm trying to understand it. It shouldn't be that crazy. But I will also say rendering is definitely not my forte. I especially like it. It's, it can be pretty crazy, but all things considered, it should be fine, right? One tiny thing, Let's actually do call the non opaque over here. Just so that we have this. It does make sense, I believe because the, because it is smaller than a block. So let's just call this. And then how do we register this particular block entity renderer? Well, this block is your Hendra is actually registered fairly straightforwardly in the MC course client class once again, of course, now this will require the following. We want to call it book entity renderer registry. This one right here, not registered. More block entities, dot pedestal and then the pedestal rock entity Renoir colon, colon new. We also want to call the block render layer map dot instance that put block or blocks dot pedestal. And then set the renderer layer to get cut out that you got. And that should actually be all of the things that we need. Now we of course also need the adjacent files, but those should be fairly self-explanatory, right? So those shouldn't be too crazy. But once again, in the block state is Jason in the block States folder, right, Let's start by adding the block status JSON file for the actual pedestal. They go, this is just a normal Bloc states Jason file. Nothing crazy going on here has also added the translation. We have a block though is this name pedestal. So we're just going to add this. At this point, this should be pretty much routine, shouldn't be anything crazy over here. Now, this is going to be the exported file, so there's gonna be pedestal adjacent over here. And here. Of course we once again need to change this to Minecraft colon block slash smooth stone. Because otherwise it's not going to find a smooth stone. So that is one of the thing that you need to change from the exported json file and then the item JSON file also. Pretty much the same thing that we've seen plenty of times before. This refers back to the block model JSON file and then no texture is needed. So those are actually all of the things that we need. Lock states, translation, block, an item model, JSON file, and that should be it. So this should be all that we need for. Now. Let's go into the game and see if it works. Alright, so we find ourselves in Minecraft and as you can see, the pedestal has been added. So let's set it down and let's try to right-click with the raw error calcium. And there you go. It is sat down. And we can also add some more over here. And you can see basically they are all only thing up and down and registering here. So I can right-click and get them out of it again. And I can right-click and put them in. And you can see I'm always losing one or calcium basically. And then I can also get it out. So exactly how we would expect it to work. It actually does work, and that's pretty cool. And this is one example of a customer block entity renderer. But as I've said, the code is all available in the GitHub repository in individual just as well. But that would be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you in the next lecture. So, yeah. 121. (1.18.2) Loot Chests in custom Structures: All right, welcome back the fabric course for one ATP. In this lecture, we're gonna be seeing how you can add custom loot chests to your custom structures. So this is something that actually some people struggled with, even though the custom structure from telepathic ground right here had this pretty well explained over here. But some people still needed a certain examples, so we're going to apply them with that example. Let's just see what we have to do. That what we have to do is we can spawn a chest right here. And again it's born it with this particular command. So set block at the position we're standing, a Minecraft chest, they ignore. So it's going to face the same direction we're looking into. And then the loot table we're going to set to chest simple bungees. So we're just going to do this. And you can see now the trust has spawned. Now, if I open it, right, and then we're to go in and save this. So if they live, this one is the Davidson. If I've ordered now save this structure, then every structure would have this particular contents of this chest. That is one of the issues that some people have faced because what you need to do is when you actually spawn it. So let's just split it again, right here with once again, the loot table, simple dungeon. You can also add your own Lu tables and you can also do different route tables here, but be sure to basically have a table that is specifically for chess. And then once you've shown the chest, do not open the chest. You can open the chest because as soon as you open the chest, you solidify whatever is inside of it. You want this to be not opened after you swallow it, and then you want to save your custom structure. But now we're going to save the structure. And now we can replace the NVT data that we have already have. And then this chest in particular is going to always have different load in it when the structure is spawns in the world. Now let's go to intelligent and change up the MPT file, right? So the NVT file is of course once again under the safe. Now this should be the, another day, another structure, if I recall correctly, There you go, the count mouse. Let's copy this over. Let's go to the Data folder, MC course structures, and let's paste it in here, account mhos MVT, we're going to override it. That's fine. And now this is all that we need to do. Now let's make a new world and see if it works. Alright, so we find ourselves in Minecraft again. So let's just fly to the first count, my house right here that has spawned and I believe there's another one in this direction. Well, first of all, we will find the chest inside of here. And if I right-click it, you can see this is the particular load. So we have iron horse armor and three rotten flesh. So let's just save that in our brain and let's see. Okay, So there was a horse armor and three rotten flesh, and let's see if we can find another one. Another count my house, whether or not this is also the case. Alright, then we finally go, I finally found another account mouse would actually quite difficult to find those. Remember, there was three, rotten flesh and a horse armor, and we can see this is completely different. We now have music disk. We still have a horse armor but no rotten flesh. But you can see every single structure has different loop inside of them. So that is pretty much how easy it is to add some custom loot chest, your custom structures, right? But that would already be it for this lecture right here. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new and I'll see you all in the next lecture. So, yeah. 122. (1.18.2) UPDATE TO 1.19: All right, welcome back to the fabric course for 118. And in this lecture we're gonna be updating our project to 119. Now, this is actually going to be a fairly straightforward process, all things considered. Luckily, the changes between 11819 and fabric aren't that crazy. So let's just begin. First of all, we're going to start with the fabric mod adjacent file, where we have to change these depends or here. Now we want to change those two. Fabric loader being 14.6. I want to change the Minecraft version to be the squiggly line here, tilda 1.19. Of course, that should be fine. In our MC course mixing Tracer file, we want to change the Java, java 17, and then we can continue to the build Gradle file, where first of all, we want to change the fabric Looom version here to 12. And then we of course, also wanted to change the gecko lip implementation over here. The equilibrium force has to be updated. So this would be fabric one at 22.1. And then in the greater properties file, this is actually where we have to change most of these things. We want to change the micro version to 1 ninth, yarn mappings or 119, build one fabric loader. The lower version here is 14.6. We can then of course it's also change our own mod version here. And then this is going to be 55.11.19. And that should pretty much be all of the things that we need to change over here. And then we can load the Gradle changes. Now once again, this might take anywhere from a few seconds to maybe even two minutes, three minutes, depending on how fast your computer is, depending on how fast your Internet connection is, all of that craziness. Let's just let this run through and be patient. And then we'll see once this has gotten as a build successful, alright, here we are 32 seconds. If you then go, for example, into your main mod class and some of the classes are marked red rates on what initializer could, for example, be Margaret, don't worry, just wait a second until everything has built and then it should fix itself in theory. So this is pretty much all that we need to do. Now, of course, come the code changes, which are, I wouldn't say numerous necessarily, but there are quite a few of them. So let's first of all start at the very top of our classes. So the first one where we need to change some things is, I believe in it's not the pedestal class, it should be the speedy block. Now interestingly enough, the thing that we actually need to change here is the text over here. So the literal texts class does no longer exist, but luckily, it is very easy to change this. We just need to call text dot literal. And that is pretty much all that we need to do once again here, text dot literal, and now we have an error in the imports. You fix this, we can just press control alt and O. And that should fix that as well. Now you can see that the Random display is also not working. Now why could that be? Well, the reason is that the random class has changed as well. We're currently using Java util random. Let's just delete this import. And if we then import the random class again, you can see it actually wants to import net Minecraft, beautiful math random, random. We actually have a new random class. This now of course has some different functionality to it. So we actually have to do the following in the double. So here in our next double, we're just not going to pass in anything in this case. And this should also be ins that case. There you go. That should be okay. So if you have a method where random is a parameter, that is probably the reason why it's not working. If it's still using the Java util class of random, it's a little, it's not the best naming convention here at naming it the same as the Java util one, but that's going to be okay. But that is the random class there and that is the speedy block and that should be fine. Now, one of the big changes is going to be in our high-end stuff. So this one should actually be fine. More block entities should be fine. You can of course go through it. Here. We just have a text. Once again, this is gonna be texts that literal and then Alt, Control and O, and then no more errors should be present. So that's all great. You can see most of this stuff is actually going to be pretty much fine. The more blocks class is also correct. That's great. Science also good. So the blocks are all done. Some changes have happened in the commands. We're going to see this in a moment. De-register method actually has also changed, but that's fine. We're just going to change the texts that literal for the time being. And then once again Control Alt O. And then for this at home command, the same thing. We're going to say, text literal day ago and then Control Alt O again. And there we go. The commands are changed for the time being. And what's very important here also is that everything of course is once again available to you in the description below in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. Now the mod conflicts should not change because those are all basically new. Select custom classes more or less the effects, they don't change the Enchantments, they don't change the entities. So something's changed in gecko lip and that is the names of these particular methods. So what we can do is we can just do the following. We can just select this. So I'm just going to copy the name over here. I'm going to go to my account little package of press Control, Shift R and paste this in. And I want to change this in all of the wells everywhere we're basically comes up and this name here changes to model resource. In short, we write this correctly there you will get more resource. We're just going to replace all. And then this is going to be fixed in all of our custom model classes. How do I know that this is the change? Well, if we just middle mouse button, click on the animated GO modal mass over here, we can basically see the different things are, this is actually in the model provider. I believe they go model resources, texture resources. And the other one is the animation resorts. So that's pretty much what it changes too. So once again, we're gonna do the same thing, Control Shift R on the calendar package. Now we're going to change the texture location to texture resource. This is all fine. But let's just replace all the ego. That's gonna be okay. And then the animation file location also the same thing. Going to replace this with the animation resource lays it, replaced it. Now no more errors should be present in any of our model files. This is also fine and you can see this also all changed, but also all still working. So kind of exactly how you would want it to the actual entities. There are no changes to the entities. There is a change here. What is this? This is the end, be controlled by writers. So let's actually take a look at what this is. Well, I'm not a 100% sure why the writable here does no longer have the can be controlled by writer. But honestly, let's just remove the add override and let's just hope that it still works. That's probably going to be the best idea here. And then when it comes to the rest here, everything should still be working totally fine. So entities are also done. The events should also be fine in this case, that's great. Fluids are also totally fine. And then we come to the item. The item is the first one. We are quite a few changes happened, but also not that crazy. Though most of the changes in the item happened in the data tablet and the dowsing rod. Because once again, we have some texts, so easily enough texts that literal right here Control Alt O, and then the same in the dowsing rod item here we have a translatable texts, so this is gonna be texts translatable. And then here as well, have instead of a new translatable texts, we have texts translatable and then same here, texts translatable. Then here once again we have a literal texts of texts, data literal Control, Alt O, and then no more errors should be present. Apart from that, the rest of the items are all fine. There might be something in the more items class. There's nothing in the more items class. So everything here working as well. The mixer should be fine except for these structural feature mixin, we can actually delete this right here. And then also very important, delete this from the MC course or mixed race in as well, that is no longer needed. Now the paintings have the painting strange? Yes, the paintings have actually changed. It's crazy, I know, but it is the case now. It's no longer called the painting motif. It is now called the painting, a variant. But what we can do is we can basically just select this press Control R and then change this to painting variant and then just say Replace All, and then it should be fine. And then here we want to change this to a painting, a variant, and then it should work as well. The potions have not changed, and I believe the recipes also have not changed. So everything here is still working. Great. Screens are fine, sounds are fine, and then you till now in Utah there are actually who changes. One of them is the loot table modifier. So those have changed a little bit. So now we no longer use the loot table loading callback event. We're now using the loot table events data modify that register, but this is the change we have to do here. And then the change here is we no longer use the fabric lewd pool builder. We're now using the pool loot pool data builder. And then here we're using loot pool data builder and then creating a new building right here. This is going to call the apply method and this is going to call it the pool method. And then we can just copy over the first line over here and then just replace this Diego and then same here. This is apply and then width pool is just called Pool. Once again with functions called Apply and this one is called, well, now this should work totally fine. Once again, the imports, we're just going to press Control Alt O, and that should be fine. Let's continue to the Model Registry is where we actually have a issue with the event over here. Now the event actually, we just can import this again, but you can see then our register methods are no longer working. So the register method have changed a little bit. So I'm just going to copy over the new register method parameters. So we now have three parameters. As you can see, the dispatcher is just now the server command source dispatcher. So this is all that we need to do once again, of course, this is available to you in the GitHub repository and individual just as well. So you can basically, well, we're easily take a look at that there. So let's just copy over the parameters one more time over here. You go in them. We're taking this one and just changing it. And now normal airstrip be present, Control Alt O. And then the mod registries are also fine. But then there are some crazy changes in the villagers over here. Now, the change down here is actually going to be that instead of a point interests type accessor, we're just making a new point, new interests over here. So you can see we're just creating this. We also no longer need to call the setup of poise method. And then in here in the register professions, while we wanna do is we want to actually call the register the villager profession builder that create. That ID with a new identifier as seeing in our MC course mod mod ID and the name. And then calling the workstation passing in the type. We also have to change this in a moment. And then we also want to call the bark sound sound events, that entity work Amara, that build, posing with a parentheses and they go and that should be pretty much what we need to do here. For the point of interests type, we want to change this to a registry E of type, point of interests type. There you go. And then here, instead of passing this in, we want to see a registry key, registry key dot of registry data point of interests to type a key with a new identifier. Once again, of course MC, course Mod model ID. And then the blast or point were important to that. The blastopore here is the same as this name right here or the plaster point. Now we also want to say Control Alt O to get rid of the imports. And then in our MC course mod class, we wanted to remove the setup poise call and that should be fine. The villagers should now work as well. And now last but not least, of course, World generation, what has changed here? Well, actually not too crazy. In the sapling generator, we once again have the different random class. So if we just remove random import and import it again, then here everything should work fine. So that's great. Nothing's changed in the other feature classes. And then the changes are just in the gen class because we now have a different way of selecting it. So the selector is actually now have include by key all out another found in N. So there's a little bit of a difference here, but we can just say this and then it's, for example, say biome keys dot planes. And then here we should be able to say include by key biome, keys dot jungle for example. So this should now work as well. The same thing happens here, right? The planes, let's say biome keys, planes for the flowers over here, and then for the tree, same thing, load here. Biome keys dot planes. And that should be fine. The origin ration didn't change and the world modern origin as well. The same thing. Now the structures, they have changed again because of course, this is why we can't have nice things so to speak. But that is going to be okay, no worries there. So let's actually start with the sky structures over here. These guys structures, I'm just going to once again copy the contents over of this and we're just going to briefly look at this. So we now have a codec. What does the codec? The simplest thing to explain this as basically it is a way of reading a class from a JSON file that is pretty much the easiest way to take a look at this. Now, once again, this is going to be available, and this was also done by telepathic ground once again. So we can basically thank them for basically updating this very, very fast. And I highly recommend checking out the allopathic grunts it up, pause to once again and checking out all of the new comments that are added there that should probably help you as well. Now the mod structures one looks like this. Now they actually might be one more issue here. Now, this should be all fine. And then intimate structures, basically one of the following. So now we want a structure type over here. Then let's add this. So we want this, this is a register method. The register method, it looks like this. The course MOD or this is MC equals MOD Diego. And then just deleting all of the inputs that are no longer working and that should pretty much be fine. You can see the code changes are not that crazy, but there are also Jason changes which we can, I believe tackle already because this should be everything that we need to change here. Yes. We can basically go into the adjacent files and take a look at those as well. So this is going to be the, of course, the MC course traits and files world gen. The first thing we do is we need to rename this particular folder configured structural feature is now just called structure. Structure. Now the contents of this have changed a little bit as well. So let's take a look at this. But first of all, we want to remove the conflict over here so that it only has the storage pool and the size inline. And then we also want to add the max distance from center. So this one right here, you also want to add three more things. And that is going to be we basically replace the add up noise with the surface structures absolute height. We can now actually also define inside of the JSON file, starting to height map this one right here. Now we need to do the same thing for all of the adjacent files. And what's important is that for the adjacent only house, we actually wanted to change this one up here to jigsaw, that's very important. Then remove the conflicts once again, AMA in line this distance from center over here below the size. And now we want to add four different things, changing the adept noise. And that is gonna be the US expansion hack here as well. That's very important of this is basically needed for when you use the jigsaw right here. Same thing here. Just changing this up. You go, don't forget to add the comma over here. They are. There you go. Let's replace the add up noise over here. And then of course once again, the max distance from center. And that should be fine as well. Then last but not least, the storage platform as well or platform changing the type to jigsaw, getting rid of the config over here, distance from center, and then placing the ad up noise right here. There you go. And that should pretty much be all that we need to do in the structured trace of us. Lead structures should now work totally fine. And I believe looking at this, this should be all of the like huge changes. There is one more change which is very annoying, and that is actually with the recent files right here. There is a change for the door. So we have a cherry blossom door over here and this one right here. And they also changed. So both the block States JSON file, as well as the block model JSON files for the doors changed. We had four of them, two for the bottom, two for the top. And now there's actually four for each. So there's four bottom ones and for top ones. So what we can do is we can go to the external libraries all the way down to is this one right here, net micro projects, so on and so forth. Under the assets Minecraft, we can first of all go to the block states and copy over the acacia door, in this case R1. So let's just do that. There you go. Let's go back down again and let's go to the models block. And you can see here acacia door, all of a sudden there's eight of them. It's actually insane. I don't know why they changed it, but that's okay. So copy those over as well. And then we can change them one by one. So this one here, the acacia door, basically, all we just need to do is we just need to change a microphone over here to MST course, Replace All, and then select acacia and change this to the cherry underscore blossom. Replace all. There you go. And then we can delete the cherry blossom door here. Press Shift F6 once again to rename cherry blossom underscore door. And then the block states one is changed, but of course then come the real thing and that is the model file. Now what we can do is click on the blog folder, press Shift Control R, and then change not cherry blossom, but actually acacia to cherry blossom. You can say it replaced all. Yes, please. And then we can do the same thing. Go to block again, Control Shift R, and then we want to change a Minecraft MC course. Now we have to be very careful to not just replace all because it's going to replace the parents as well. And we don't want that. We only want to change the bottom and top. You can see bottom. I can replace top. Replace. Now we have a parent no. Bottom. Yes. Up. Yes. Once again, parent no. Bottom. Yes, top. Yes. Please make sure to do this correctly. Otherwise, you will have an error in there or it's not going to display properly. But please take care when replacing it like this, up and then bottom and top again. And then now we only have parents, so we now are done. And now we just need to change the names here. Once again, Shift F6 to rename them, and then always changing the acacia to cherry blossom. And then I believe we should be fine over here. After we've done this. Now as you can see, there's a little loop tedious. Hopefully, you don't have not added like 20 different doors. Otherwise. I I mean, I'm sorry. It is what it is. It's probably going to be just a very boring afternoon for you then renaming all of this because my God is this is this annoying, but it is what it is. It doors have changed and that is gonna be okay. But now we can remove the old door Jason files. And with this, we are finally done. For now. Let's open the game and see if it works. Or we have another random tick over here. This is of course once again because of the random, right, just remove the import Alt and Enter on this, and then everything should work fine. Let's see, and let's continue. Let's see if there's any other arrows. There might be another scheduled tick once again, the same error here, no worries at all. Let's just remove this Alton enter on the random, and then let's continue along and now I think we should be fine. Alright, so fabric has started. So let's just go in and see if we can create a new world. And this looks great. So if we reach this one, that's gonna be okay. And let's just make a new world and let's see. Alright, so here we are in Minecraft once again. So let's first of all take a look and there we have it. Everything is still available. So let's just take a look at whether or not some of these things still work the way we would expect them to. Let's get a dowsing rod. Let's get a data tablet over here. Let's see if we can still find some ores. And there we have it. We have found some ores and it has saved on the data tablet. So that seems to all be working fine. Let's spawn the entities. They also still are fine. They seem to be responding quite well. Let's then take a look at the recalc and blaster. That is always a thing that is a little bit of an interesting one, right? D-block entities if they still work. Let's get some cool. Let's get a pick ax over here. And then last but not least, let's get a worry calcium ingot and let's see if this also still works. And indeed it does still work. I found rabbit. I think you have a little bit of an issue over here. Alright, there you go. The Oracle can pick x also still works. So this also works still fine. Then let's actually take a look at if we can locate a links biome and y-naught. And let's see if that yields some things for us. So we should find out that's not the right one. We want to go with the spectator more. There you go. We can find some of the trees over here. And maybe we can also find some of our flowers. And indeed we can, there we have it. So just a few of our flowers, interestingly, interesting resist of this as a venture model. Eventual more. There you go. And then we have pink roses. So everything here seems to still be working pretty much exactly how you'd expect it to. Let's actually also locate a structure just so that we have this. So this should be MC course. Let's see, counting house and there is a count Mao's available and there we have it. So everything's still working totally fine even with our custom loop in here, which is exactly what you want to see. So yeah, that's pretty much how easy it can be to update fabric to 119. Alright, and this pretty much concludes the course. Thank you so much for watching. I hope you found this useful and you'll learn something new if you did, would very much appreciate a review from you. Otherwise, I hope I'll see you in possible future lectures now, there's nothing currently planned anymore, but who knows, there might be one or two extra things that might come up. Otherwise, I hope to see you in anywhere else, maybe in future courses as well. So, yeah.